<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/498/index.xml" />
    <title>Discover Best Sellers Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Social Sciences</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/498/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sun, 18 Feb 2018 19:51:46 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 18 Feb 2018 19:51:46 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/498/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/498/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Discover Best Sellers Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Social Sciences</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/498/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>Free Listen Audiobooks</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/498/logo.jpg" />
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Alexandrea Keebler</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>biacuaduc@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Science &amp; Medicine">
      <itunes:category text="Social Sciences"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>Die Wise Audiobook by Stephen Jenkinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Wise-Audiobook/B01H7DBV3W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Die Wise
Subtitle: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul
Author: Stephen Jenkinson
Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-16
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the discussion and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.
Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation all people owe their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: This work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness - or breaks it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephen Jenkinson&apos;s elegant and sorrow-freighted book brings prophetic insight rather than pastoral affirmations. A true story-man, Jenkinson paints image after image on the cave wall of his parchment. Die Wise is a formidable body of work, road-tested in ways most of us hope never to know about.&quot; (Dr. Martin Shaw, author of Snowy Tower: Parzival and the Wet, Black Branch of Language)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Jenkinson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2016 13:51:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004641/bk_rand_004641_sample.mp3" length="2399730" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Wise-Audiobook/B01H7DBV3W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ufbDru3FL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>18:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Die Wise
Subtitle: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul
Author: Stephen Jenkinson
Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-16
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the discussion and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.
Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation all people owe their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: This work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness - or breaks it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephen Jenkinson&apos;s elegant and sorrow-freighted book brings prophetic insight rather than pastoral affirmations. A true story-man, Jenkinson paints image after image on the cave wall of his parchment. Die Wise is a formidable body of work, road-tested in ways most of us hope never to know about.&quot; (Dr. Martin Shaw, author of Snowy Tower: Parzival and the Wet, Black Branch of Language)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Die Wise
Subtitle: A Manifesto for Sanity and Soul
Author: Stephen Jenkinson
Narrator: Stephen Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-16
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Die Wise does not offer seven steps for coping with death. It does not suggest ways to make dying easier. It pours no honey to make the medicine go down. Instead, with lyrical prose, deep wisdom, and stories from his two decades of working with dying people and their families, Stephen Jenkinson places death at the center of the discussion and asks us to behold it in all its painful beauty. Die Wise teaches the skills of dying, skills that have to be learned in the course of living deeply and well. Die Wise is for those who will fail to live forever.
Dying well, Jenkinson writes, is a right and responsibility of everyone. It is not a lifestyle option. It is a moral, political, and spiritual obligation all people owe their ancestors and their heirs. Die Wise dreams such a dream and plots such an uprising. How we die, how we care for dying people, and how we carry our dead: This work makes our capacity for a village-mindedness - or breaks it.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephen Jenkinson&apos;s elegant and sorrow-freighted book brings prophetic insight rather than pastoral affirmations. A true story-man, Jenkinson paints image after image on the cave wall of his parchment. Die Wise is a formidable body of work, road-tested in ways most of us hope never to know about.&quot; (Dr. Martin Shaw, author of Snowy Tower: Parzival and the Wet, Black Branch of Language)

Members Reviews:
Wonderful book!
I feel that this book should be listened to rather than read. It is read by the author who is a gifted storyteller.
I purchased the book out of curiosity and not expecting much from it because I love to listen to fiction and most of my non-fiction reading is more along the lines of essay.
As soon as I started listening to this book, I was entranced and mesmerized. I could not stop listening. I am now almost finished and as soon as I am I will begin again as I want to glean every bit of knowledge, wisdom and wonder from it as I can.
It may seem that this might be a scary or disturbing book as it is concerned with what is considered a very dark and dismal aspect of life which we all take great pains to avoid until we have no other choice. However, I found, curiously, that it calmed me down immensely and I love listening to it. I cannot explain why except to say that it brought me home to myself.
I am no great writer or communicator which is why I rarely write reviews but in this case I really want to encourage everyone to listen to it as it will possibly help to bring us all home.
... do listen to this long story that slowly unwinds the truths of our species. I think you won&apos;t regret it.

Great listen
Any additional comments?
Its a great book to listen. I didn&apos;t rush and even repeated some chapters in order to properly soak in what the author was saying. I challenge you to exercise patience and listen to the whole book without rushing. :)

A deep and necessary experience.
This book is quiet and momentous, challenging and nurturing. It is for everyone who seeks to see our culture more clearly, and who seeks another way of being within that culture.
The book deserves to be listened to meditatively, in the same manner in which it was written. There are no quick or easy lessons within, but if patience is applied, there are rich benefits of perspective and wisdom and solemnity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Troublemakers Audiobook by Carla Shalaby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Troublemakers-Audiobook/B072HGH5YS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Troublemakers
Subtitle: Lessons in Freedom from Young Children at School
Author: Carla Shalaby
Narrator: Luci Christian Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this dazzling debut, Carla Shalaby, a former elementary school teacher, explores the everyday lives of four young &quot;troublemakers&quot;, challenging the ways we identify and understand so-called problem children. Time and again, we make seemingly endless efforts to moderate, punish, and even medicate our children, when we should instead be concerned with transforming the very nature of our institutions, systems, and structures, large and small. Through delicately crafted portraits of these memorable children - Zora, Lucas, Sean, and Marcus - Troublemakers allows us to see school through the eyes of those who know firsthand what it means to be labeled a problem.
From Zora&apos;s proud individuality to Marcus&apos;s open willfulness, from Sean&apos;s struggle with authority to Lucas&apos;s tenacious imagination, comes profound insight - for educators and parents alike - into how schools engender, exclude, and then try to erase trouble, right along with the young people accused of making it. And although the harsh disciplining of adolescent behavior has been called out as part of a school-to-prison pipeline, the children we meet in this book demonstrate how a child&apos;s path to excessive punishment and exclusion in fact begins at a much younger age.
Shalaby&apos;s empathetic, discerning, and elegant prose gives us a deeply textured look at what noncompliance signals about the environments we require students to adapt to in our schools. Both urgent and timely, this paradigm-shifting book challenges our typical expectations for young children and with principled affection reveals how these demands - despite good intentions - work to undermine the pursuit of a free and just society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Carla Shalaby)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2017 19:00:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/030367/bk_adbl_030367_sample.mp3" length="1560285" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Troublemakers-Audiobook/B072HGH5YS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51n8eEjOhyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Troublemakers
Subtitle: Lessons in Freedom from Young Children at School
Author: Carla Shalaby
Narrator: Luci Christian Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this dazzling debut, Carla Shalaby, a former elementary school teacher, explores the everyday lives of four young &quot;troublemakers&quot;, challenging the ways we identify and understand so-called problem children. Time and again, we make seemingly endless efforts to moderate, punish, and even medicate our children, when we should instead be concerned with transforming the very nature of our institutions, systems, and structures, large and small. Through delicately crafted portraits of these memorable children - Zora, Lucas, Sean, and Marcus - Troublemakers allows us to see school through the eyes of those who know firsthand what it means to be labeled a problem.
From Zora&apos;s proud individuality to Marcus&apos;s open willfulness, from Sean&apos;s struggle with authority to Lucas&apos;s tenacious imagination, comes profound insight - for educators and parents alike - into how schools engender, exclude, and then try to erase trouble, right along with the young people accused of making it. And although the harsh disciplining of adolescent behavior has been called out as part of a school-to-prison pipeline, the children we meet in this book demonstrate how a child&apos;s path to excessive punishment and exclusion in fact begins at a much younger age.
Shalaby&apos;s empathetic, discerning, and elegant prose gives us a deeply textured look at what noncompliance signals about the environments we require students to adapt to in our schools. Both urgent and timely, this paradigm-shifting book challenges our typical expectations for young children and with principled affection reveals how these demands - despite good intentions - work to undermine the pursuit of a free and just society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Troublemakers
Subtitle: Lessons in Freedom from Young Children at School
Author: Carla Shalaby
Narrator: Luci Christian Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this dazzling debut, Carla Shalaby, a former elementary school teacher, explores the everyday lives of four young &quot;troublemakers&quot;, challenging the ways we identify and understand so-called problem children. Time and again, we make seemingly endless efforts to moderate, punish, and even medicate our children, when we should instead be concerned with transforming the very nature of our institutions, systems, and structures, large and small. Through delicately crafted portraits of these memorable children - Zora, Lucas, Sean, and Marcus - Troublemakers allows us to see school through the eyes of those who know firsthand what it means to be labeled a problem.
From Zora&apos;s proud individuality to Marcus&apos;s open willfulness, from Sean&apos;s struggle with authority to Lucas&apos;s tenacious imagination, comes profound insight - for educators and parents alike - into how schools engender, exclude, and then try to erase trouble, right along with the young people accused of making it. And although the harsh disciplining of adolescent behavior has been called out as part of a school-to-prison pipeline, the children we meet in this book demonstrate how a child&apos;s path to excessive punishment and exclusion in fact begins at a much younger age.
Shalaby&apos;s empathetic, discerning, and elegant prose gives us a deeply textured look at what noncompliance signals about the environments we require students to adapt to in our schools. Both urgent and timely, this paradigm-shifting book challenges our typical expectations for young children and with principled affection reveals how these demands - despite good intentions - work to undermine the pursuit of a free and just society.

Members Reviews:
read it! so inspiring and super real!
it was great! loved it, cried for the kids and felt the frustrating aspects of school with them

Insightfully brilliant
In Troublemaker you are given an insight into what is possible if you believe in the power of ideas and would like to know what it would be like if we put trust in the notion that children can learn in a variety of different ways.  It reveals the struggle in education being a one size fits all solution for the education crisis.  The real crisis is not advocating for love and thinking that there is only one strict, authoritarian style of education.  It is the children that are labeled troublemakers, those that dare think outside of the box or who do not fit into current societal ideal norms that deserve to be given the freedom to learn in a way that best suits them.  This is for teachers that want to find a better way to deal with those students that challenge you.  I highly recommend this book for all teachers, parents, administrators and policy makers.  This is a glimpse of hope towards fixing our overburdened, high pressured, high expectation education system.  I eagerly await the author&apos;s follow up book.  Thank you for writing this timely book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps Audiobook by Burgess Owens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Liberalism-or-How-to-Turn-Good-Men-into-Whiners-Weenies-and-Wimps-Audiobook/B06XDDBFXX</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps
Author: Burgess Owens
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps documents the role of the 21 white, self-avowed socialist, atheist, and Marxist founders of the NAACP and their impact on the black community&apos;s present status at the top of our nation&apos;s misery index. It highlights the decades of anti-black legislation supported by liberal black leaders who prioritized class over race in their zeal for the promises of socialism. Their anti-black legislation, dating back with the 1932 Davis-Bacon Act, continues today to suppress inter-community black capitalism, federal construction-related black employment, work and job experience for black teenagers, quality education access for urban black children, and the role of black men as leaders within the family unit. Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps highlights the strategy, used in 1910, to inject the atheist ideology of socialism into a once enterprising, self-sufficient, competitive, and proud Christian black community. A portion of that community, the conservative black middle class, is positioned to pull our nation back from this abyss.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Burgess Owens)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2017 21:28:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007275/bk_tant_007275_sample.mp3" length="87606" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Liberalism-or-How-to-Turn-Good-Men-into-Whiners-Weenies-and-Wimps-Audiobook/B06XDDBFXX</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51n03QLNXML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps
Author: Burgess Owens
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps documents the role of the 21 white, self-avowed socialist, atheist, and Marxist founders of the NAACP and their impact on the black community&apos;s present status at the top of our nation&apos;s misery index. It highlights the decades of anti-black legislation supported by liberal black leaders who prioritized class over race in their zeal for the promises of socialism. Their anti-black legislation, dating back with the 1932 Davis-Bacon Act, continues today to suppress inter-community black capitalism, federal construction-related black employment, work and job experience for black teenagers, quality education access for urban black children, and the role of black men as leaders within the family unit. Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps highlights the strategy, used in 1910, to inject the atheist ideology of socialism into a once enterprising, self-sufficient, competitive, and proud Christian black community. A portion of that community, the conservative black middle class, is positioned to pull our nation back from this abyss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps
Author: Burgess Owens
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-14-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps documents the role of the 21 white, self-avowed socialist, atheist, and Marxist founders of the NAACP and their impact on the black community&apos;s present status at the top of our nation&apos;s misery index. It highlights the decades of anti-black legislation supported by liberal black leaders who prioritized class over race in their zeal for the promises of socialism. Their anti-black legislation, dating back with the 1932 Davis-Bacon Act, continues today to suppress inter-community black capitalism, federal construction-related black employment, work and job experience for black teenagers, quality education access for urban black children, and the role of black men as leaders within the family unit. Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps highlights the strategy, used in 1910, to inject the atheist ideology of socialism into a once enterprising, self-sufficient, competitive, and proud Christian black community. A portion of that community, the conservative black middle class, is positioned to pull our nation back from this abyss.

Members Reviews:
Best political book I&apos;ve read in years.
Owens deserves major credit for taking such an unpopular stance, yet his logic is sound and his principles are obvious.  This book, while being written primarily through a black American&apos;s perspective with a likewise audience, ought to be read by every American.  Very powerful.  A side note: who wouldn&apos;t want a man like this for president?!

Seemed to be a book of essays
As he repeated his points several times to the point where at times I wondered if I had accidentally rewound the book.... learned a lot about Negro organizations and leaders that I did not know.... sort of a non-aggressive diluted Malcolm X stance on what Blacks need to do.... Being an fan of Thomas Sowell and Walter Williams, I agree with his views of what is wrong with our nanny state but nothing about how we get away from it... it is worth the read though....

Eye Opening!
Gave me an eye opening view of the struggles of the past. A must read!

Historically Insightful
Liberalism is a poison to the brain/mind of all Living Souls/humans. I learned so much. I love this audio book.

An excellent reflection &lt;br /&gt;
A must read. So glad I picked this book up. I was very inspired by the entire book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Of Dice and Men Audiobook by David M. Ewalt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Of-Dice-and-Men-Audiobook/B00ETBVZTQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Dice and Men
Subtitle: The Story of Dungeons &amp; Dragons and the People Who Play It
Author: David M. Ewalt
Narrator: David M. Ewalt, Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-28-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 543 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Here, there be dragons.
Ancient red dragons with 527 hit points, +44 to attack, and a 20d10 breath weapon, to be specific. In the world of fantasy role-playing, those numbers describe a winged serpent with immense strength and the ability to spit fire. There are few beasts more powerful - just like there are few games more important than Dungeons &amp; Dragons.
Even if youve never played Dungeons &amp; Dragons, you probably know someone who has: the game has had a profound influence on our culture. Released in 1974 - decades before the Internet and social media - Dungeons &amp; Dragons inspired one of the original nerd subcultures, and is still revered by millions of fans around the world. Now the authoritative history and magic of the game are revealed by an award-winning journalist and lifelong D&amp;D player.
In Of Dice and Men, David Ewalt recounts the development of Dungeons &amp; Dragons from the games roots on the battlefields of ancient Europe, through the hysteria that linked it to satanic rituals and teen suicides, to its apotheosis as father of the modern video-game industry. As he chronicles the surprising history of the games origins (a history largely unknown even to hardcore players) and examines D&amp;Ds profound impact, Ewalt weaves laser-sharp subculture analysis with his own present-day gaming experiences. An enticing blend of history, journalism, narrative, and memoir, Of Dice and Men sheds light on Americas most popular (and widely misunderstood) form of collaborative entertainment.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David M. Ewalt)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2013 21:13:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/005330/bk_brll_005330_sample.mp3" length="2399847" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Of-Dice-and-Men-Audiobook/B00ETBVZTQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hfRXBUfyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Dice and Men
Subtitle: The Story of Dungeons &amp; Dragons and the People Who Play It
Author: David M. Ewalt
Narrator: David M. Ewalt, Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-28-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 543 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Here, there be dragons.
Ancient red dragons with 527 hit points, +44 to attack, and a 20d10 breath weapon, to be specific. In the world of fantasy role-playing, those numbers describe a winged serpent with immense strength and the ability to spit fire. There are few beasts more powerful - just like there are few games more important than Dungeons &amp; Dragons.
Even if youve never played Dungeons &amp; Dragons, you probably know someone who has: the game has had a profound influence on our culture. Released in 1974 - decades before the Internet and social media - Dungeons &amp; Dragons inspired one of the original nerd subcultures, and is still revered by millions of fans around the world. Now the authoritative history and magic of the game are revealed by an award-winning journalist and lifelong D&amp;D player.
In Of Dice and Men, David Ewalt recounts the development of Dungeons &amp; Dragons from the games roots on the battlefields of ancient Europe, through the hysteria that linked it to satanic rituals and teen suicides, to its apotheosis as father of the modern video-game industry. As he chronicles the surprising history of the games origins (a history largely unknown even to hardcore players) and examines D&amp;Ds profound impact, Ewalt weaves laser-sharp subculture analysis with his own present-day gaming experiences. An enticing blend of history, journalism, narrative, and memoir, Of Dice and Men sheds light on Americas most popular (and widely misunderstood) form of collaborative entertainment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Dice and Men
Subtitle: The Story of Dungeons &amp; Dragons and the People Who Play It
Author: David M. Ewalt
Narrator: David M. Ewalt, Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-28-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 543 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Here, there be dragons.
Ancient red dragons with 527 hit points, +44 to attack, and a 20d10 breath weapon, to be specific. In the world of fantasy role-playing, those numbers describe a winged serpent with immense strength and the ability to spit fire. There are few beasts more powerful - just like there are few games more important than Dungeons &amp; Dragons.
Even if youve never played Dungeons &amp; Dragons, you probably know someone who has: the game has had a profound influence on our culture. Released in 1974 - decades before the Internet and social media - Dungeons &amp; Dragons inspired one of the original nerd subcultures, and is still revered by millions of fans around the world. Now the authoritative history and magic of the game are revealed by an award-winning journalist and lifelong D&amp;D player.
In Of Dice and Men, David Ewalt recounts the development of Dungeons &amp; Dragons from the games roots on the battlefields of ancient Europe, through the hysteria that linked it to satanic rituals and teen suicides, to its apotheosis as father of the modern video-game industry. As he chronicles the surprising history of the games origins (a history largely unknown even to hardcore players) and examines D&amp;Ds profound impact, Ewalt weaves laser-sharp subculture analysis with his own present-day gaming experiences. An enticing blend of history, journalism, narrative, and memoir, Of Dice and Men sheds light on Americas most popular (and widely misunderstood) form of collaborative entertainment.

Members Reviews:
Nerrrrrrrrrrd!
If you ever played the game, or still do, this book is awesome.  I mainly enjoyed the detailed story about the invention of the game and the rise and fall of TSR as a company.  A fascinating look at the birth of something that shaped my childhood.  Also interesting is the author&apos;s exploration of their own gaming past and future, where RPGs are headed.

Interesting...but disjointed
This is a very informative and well-researched book. However, seemingly in an attempt to make it more entertaining, it jumps around a lot, frequently shifting back and forth. I found that a bit confusing, distracting, and annoying.
The content itself is great, but the manner in which it is presented and organized leaves something to be desired.

Good story until.....
During the mid 1970&apos;s I played D and D and enjoyed the game very much, so the first 75% or so of this book was a trip down memory lane for me.  I never understood why TSR, a company that from the outside looked to be growing like crazy and very profitable, suddenly went bust.  This book explains that, albeit not in a lot of detail.
I was enjoying the book right up until the author choose to spend a very large chapter describing his LARPing (live action role playing) experience in detail, that is where it went off the rails for me.  Very tedious and boring, then... as he exited the tales of his LARPing he choose to spend the last portion of the book shilling and gushing over D&amp;D Next (version 5 of the game), it all came off as a lame sales pitch, an attempt to convince the D&amp;D community (most of whom are still angry about the AWFUL 4th version of the game) that 5 was great.
If you enjoy D&amp;D or are just curious about the game and the people who play it, this is a decent introduction, it&apos;s not a bad read (or listen as is the case here).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of X-Ray Reading Audiobook by Roy Peter Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Art-of-X-Ray-Reading-Audiobook/B019S38272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of X-Ray Reading
Subtitle: How the Secrets of 25 Great Works of Literature Will Improve Your Writing
Author: Roy Peter Clark
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-26-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roy Peter Clark, one of America&apos;s most influential writing teachers, offers writing lessons we can draw from 25 great texts.
Where do writers learn their best moves? They use a technique that Roy Peter Clark calls X-ray reading, a form of reading that lets you penetrate beyond the surface of a text to see how meaning is actually being made.
In The Art of X-Ray Reading, Clark invites you to don your X-ray reading glasses and join him on a guided tour through some of the most exquisite and masterful literary works of all time, from The Great Gatsby to Lolita to The Bluest Eye and many more. Along the way, he shows you how to mine these masterpieces for invaluable writing strategies that you can add to your arsenal and apply in your own writing. Once you&apos;ve experienced X-ray reading, your writing will never be the same again.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Roy Peter Clark)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2016 01:11:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002398/bk_hach_002398_sample.mp3" length="2399657" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Art-of-X-Ray-Reading-Audiobook/B019S38272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hzmdwOv4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of X-Ray Reading
Subtitle: How the Secrets of 25 Great Works of Literature Will Improve Your Writing
Author: Roy Peter Clark
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-26-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roy Peter Clark, one of America&apos;s most influential writing teachers, offers writing lessons we can draw from 25 great texts.
Where do writers learn their best moves? They use a technique that Roy Peter Clark calls X-ray reading, a form of reading that lets you penetrate beyond the surface of a text to see how meaning is actually being made.
In The Art of X-Ray Reading, Clark invites you to don your X-ray reading glasses and join him on a guided tour through some of the most exquisite and masterful literary works of all time, from The Great Gatsby to Lolita to The Bluest Eye and many more. Along the way, he shows you how to mine these masterpieces for invaluable writing strategies that you can add to your arsenal and apply in your own writing. Once you&apos;ve experienced X-ray reading, your writing will never be the same again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of X-Ray Reading
Subtitle: How the Secrets of 25 Great Works of Literature Will Improve Your Writing
Author: Roy Peter Clark
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-26-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Roy Peter Clark, one of America&apos;s most influential writing teachers, offers writing lessons we can draw from 25 great texts.
Where do writers learn their best moves? They use a technique that Roy Peter Clark calls X-ray reading, a form of reading that lets you penetrate beyond the surface of a text to see how meaning is actually being made.
In The Art of X-Ray Reading, Clark invites you to don your X-ray reading glasses and join him on a guided tour through some of the most exquisite and masterful literary works of all time, from The Great Gatsby to Lolita to The Bluest Eye and many more. Along the way, he shows you how to mine these masterpieces for invaluable writing strategies that you can add to your arsenal and apply in your own writing. Once you&apos;ve experienced X-ray reading, your writing will never be the same again.

Members Reviews:
So Good I Bought the Print Version
Would you consider the audio edition of The Art of X-Ray Reading to be better than the print version?
I will soon know the answer to this question. I enjoyed the Audible version so much I decided to buy a print version in order to underline and notate key parts.
What other book might you compare The Art of X-Ray Reading to and why?
Eats, Shoots and Leaves although this book is much better than that one.
Which character  as performed by Jefferson Mays  was your favorite?
There are no real characters in this book unless you consider the books chosen to be examined. In that case, my favorite part was the section on Flannery O&apos;Connor, a wonderful short story writer. After hearing that section I was even more impressed by O&apos;Connor&apos;s skill.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
This is a very entertaining book even though it is actually a book about reading in order to improve your writing. Great writing coupled with an excellent narrator have made this a most entertaining book. I appreciate favorite authors even more than before as the nuances of their skill is uncovered.

surprisingly fun and informative
What did you love best about The Art of X-Ray Reading?
The excerpts from books I haven&apos;t read that are now on my reading list- Clark brought many great passages to my attention! I also did learn to pay closer attention to certain details of good prose as promised by the book. I will give myself permission to slow down and savor good sentences a bit more. Sometimes it seems like good writing and attention to style is overlooked these days and Clark offers a remedy to this.
What was one of the most memorable moments of The Art of X-Ray Reading?
The chapter in which the author treats Rachel Carson&apos;s &apos;The Sea Around Us.&apos; Gorgeous excerpts, fascinating analysis.
Have you listened to any of Jefferson Mayss other performances before? How does this one compare?
The narrator did a great job.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Seven Daughters of Eve Audiobook by Bryan Sykes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Seven-Daughters-of-Eve-Audiobook/B078GWHK1R</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Seven Daughters of Eve
Subtitle: The Science That Reveals Our Genetic Ancestry
Author: Bryan Sykes
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the most dramatic stories of genetic discovery since James Watson&apos;s The Double Helix - a work whose scientific and cultural reverberations will be discussed for years to come.
In 1994 Professor Bryan Sykes, a leading world authority on DNA and human evolution, was called in to examine the frozen remains of a man trapped in glacial ice in northern Italy. News of both the Ice Man&apos;s discovery and his age, which was put at over 5,000 years, fascinated scientists and newspapers throughout the world. But what made Sykes&apos;s story particularly revelatory was his successful identification of a genetic descendant of the Ice Man, a woman living in Great Britain today. How was Sykes able to locate a living relative of a man who died thousands of years ago?
In The Seven Daughters of Eve, he gives us a firsthand account of his research into a remarkable gene, which passes undiluted from generation to generation through the maternal line. After plotting thousands of DNA sequences from all over the world, Sykes found that they clustered around a handful of distinct groups. Among Europeans and North American Caucasians, there are, in fact, only seven.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bryan Sykes)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 05:33:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/009071/bk_tant_009071_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Seven-Daughters-of-Eve-Audiobook/B078GWHK1R</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61JEy-JNxHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Seven Daughters of Eve
Subtitle: The Science That Reveals Our Genetic Ancestry
Author: Bryan Sykes
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the most dramatic stories of genetic discovery since James Watson&apos;s The Double Helix - a work whose scientific and cultural reverberations will be discussed for years to come.
In 1994 Professor Bryan Sykes, a leading world authority on DNA and human evolution, was called in to examine the frozen remains of a man trapped in glacial ice in northern Italy. News of both the Ice Man&apos;s discovery and his age, which was put at over 5,000 years, fascinated scientists and newspapers throughout the world. But what made Sykes&apos;s story particularly revelatory was his successful identification of a genetic descendant of the Ice Man, a woman living in Great Britain today. How was Sykes able to locate a living relative of a man who died thousands of years ago?
In The Seven Daughters of Eve, he gives us a firsthand account of his research into a remarkable gene, which passes undiluted from generation to generation through the maternal line. After plotting thousands of DNA sequences from all over the world, Sykes found that they clustered around a handful of distinct groups. Among Europeans and North American Caucasians, there are, in fact, only seven.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Seven Daughters of Eve
Subtitle: The Science That Reveals Our Genetic Ancestry
Author: Bryan Sykes
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the most dramatic stories of genetic discovery since James Watson&apos;s The Double Helix - a work whose scientific and cultural reverberations will be discussed for years to come.
In 1994 Professor Bryan Sykes, a leading world authority on DNA and human evolution, was called in to examine the frozen remains of a man trapped in glacial ice in northern Italy. News of both the Ice Man&apos;s discovery and his age, which was put at over 5,000 years, fascinated scientists and newspapers throughout the world. But what made Sykes&apos;s story particularly revelatory was his successful identification of a genetic descendant of the Ice Man, a woman living in Great Britain today. How was Sykes able to locate a living relative of a man who died thousands of years ago?
In The Seven Daughters of Eve, he gives us a firsthand account of his research into a remarkable gene, which passes undiluted from generation to generation through the maternal line. After plotting thousands of DNA sequences from all over the world, Sykes found that they clustered around a handful of distinct groups. Among Europeans and North American Caucasians, there are, in fact, only seven.

Members Reviews:
Bryan Sykes is a delight to read
Bryan Sykes is a delight to read.  I have read &apos;Seven Daughters of Eve twice as well as another on the genetic roots of Britain and Ireland.  Both are fascinating and written in an easy light-hearted style laced with humour.  Although he is dealing with state of the art genetics the non-scientists among us will find him very easy to follow, most of the time. A second read will cement his points in your mind and you can enjoy the amusing bits again!

More DNA options
Excited now about further DNA options. So sorry it took me so long to read this book.

good read
This is a great book to read if you are wanting to understand more about DNA and where we came from.

A Book to Cherish!
Genetics, evolution. Readable and fascinating book.  Read this!

I recommend it to anyone who is considering using DNA for ...
I found this quite helpful in understanding some aspects of DNA.  I recommend it to anyone who is considering using DNA for genealogical purposes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mind = Blown Audiobook by Matthew Santoro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mind-Blown-Audiobook/B01DYKCYCO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mind = Blown
Subtitle: Amazing Facts About This Weird, Hilarious, Insane World
Author: Matthew Santoro
Narrator: Matthew Santoro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Matthew Santoro&apos;s originality and humor have attracted millions of fans, making him a beloved YouTube star. His weekly videos on amazing and little-known facts are eagerly anticipated by his many subscribers and followers around the world. In his first-ever book, Matthew&apos;s love of weird and wacky knowledge explodes with new facts and stories from around the planet and beyond. Surprising and always entertaining, Mind = Blown offers even more of Matthew&apos;s unique take on this hilarious, crazy world, including:
From shin-kicking competitions and beer pong-playing robots to enormous fireballs shooting through space, you won&apos;t believe what you&apos;ll discover in Mind = Blown. But beware: There is too much astounding trivia for any one mind to contain!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Santoro)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2016 10:04:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/002822/bk_peng_002822_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mind-Blown-Audiobook/B01DYKCYCO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61LPO6G0r7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mind = Blown
Subtitle: Amazing Facts About This Weird, Hilarious, Insane World
Author: Matthew Santoro
Narrator: Matthew Santoro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Matthew Santoro&apos;s originality and humor have attracted millions of fans, making him a beloved YouTube star. His weekly videos on amazing and little-known facts are eagerly anticipated by his many subscribers and followers around the world. In his first-ever book, Matthew&apos;s love of weird and wacky knowledge explodes with new facts and stories from around the planet and beyond. Surprising and always entertaining, Mind = Blown offers even more of Matthew&apos;s unique take on this hilarious, crazy world, including:
From shin-kicking competitions and beer pong-playing robots to enormous fireballs shooting through space, you won&apos;t believe what you&apos;ll discover in Mind = Blown. But beware: There is too much astounding trivia for any one mind to contain!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mind = Blown
Subtitle: Amazing Facts About This Weird, Hilarious, Insane World
Author: Matthew Santoro
Narrator: Matthew Santoro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-16
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 117 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Matthew Santoro&apos;s originality and humor have attracted millions of fans, making him a beloved YouTube star. His weekly videos on amazing and little-known facts are eagerly anticipated by his many subscribers and followers around the world. In his first-ever book, Matthew&apos;s love of weird and wacky knowledge explodes with new facts and stories from around the planet and beyond. Surprising and always entertaining, Mind = Blown offers even more of Matthew&apos;s unique take on this hilarious, crazy world, including:
From shin-kicking competitions and beer pong-playing robots to enormous fireballs shooting through space, you won&apos;t believe what you&apos;ll discover in Mind = Blown. But beware: There is too much astounding trivia for any one mind to contain!

Members Reviews:
Not a horrible book- just super fluffy
I didn&apos;t expect a whole lot , but was still disappointed .  This book is really really fluffy. There&apos;s not really any detail at all- I think Guinness book of world records has more detail, honestly.
A compilation of random facts .  Some were interesting, and even a few I hadn&apos;t heard before .
This would be a passable tween book (with a couple exceptions), but otherwise just way too much brain candy.

loved it.
Mr Santoro is one person I could listen to for hours. He is great on YouTube and the book is no exception. I love that my daughter and I rest and listen to this book together. I absolutely love this book.

This book of facts is an interesting listen.
Matt Santoro is really great!  If you like his Youtube videos, you&apos;ll love this book.

An amazingly interesting book
Mind=Blown is a very interesting book. The book keeps you wanting more and he tells the storyline very well. It also has many moments of humor and it is easy to comprehend the information.

Great Book
This author is one of my favorites. Please follow him on Youtube. You will not be disappointed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Audiobook by Peter Block</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Community-Audiobook/B002VA9SBY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Community
Subtitle: The Structure of Belonging
Author: Peter Block
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-30-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This disconnection and detachment makes it hard if not impossible to envision a common future and work towards it together. We know what healthy communities look like - there are many success stories out there, and they&apos;ve been described in detail.
What Block provides in this inspiring new book is an exploration of the exact way community can emerge from fragmentation: How is community built? How does the transformation occur? What fundamental shifts are involved? He explores a way of thinking about our places that creates an opening for authentic communities to exist and details what each of us can do to make that happen.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Block)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2009 02:25:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/001031/bk_adbl_001031_sample.mp3" length="2439777" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Community-Audiobook/B002VA9SBY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41SM2XwNuJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Community
Subtitle: The Structure of Belonging
Author: Peter Block
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-30-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This disconnection and detachment makes it hard if not impossible to envision a common future and work towards it together. We know what healthy communities look like - there are many success stories out there, and they&apos;ve been described in detail.
What Block provides in this inspiring new book is an exploration of the exact way community can emerge from fragmentation: How is community built? How does the transformation occur? What fundamental shifts are involved? He explores a way of thinking about our places that creates an opening for authentic communities to exist and details what each of us can do to make that happen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Community
Subtitle: The Structure of Belonging
Author: Peter Block
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-30-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This disconnection and detachment makes it hard if not impossible to envision a common future and work towards it together. We know what healthy communities look like - there are many success stories out there, and they&apos;ve been described in detail.
What Block provides in this inspiring new book is an exploration of the exact way community can emerge from fragmentation: How is community built? How does the transformation occur? What fundamental shifts are involved? He explores a way of thinking about our places that creates an opening for authentic communities to exist and details what each of us can do to make that happen.

Members Reviews:
Great book if it&apos;s for you
Book has some great incites on community building practices. It is written almost like a manual on how to get started on community building. Really good for someone who is a natural leader and is looking for some concrete structure to build off of. The book is written for the right brained and looks at community building from less of an idealistic approach and more from a concrete one. I found the book interesting and informative, but not exactly applicable to me per-se. The print copy would probably be more useful if someone where to use it as an actual manual. I bought a copy of the print version for someone who works on community building in my neighborhood and she absolutely loves the book. I didn&apos;t get a whole lot out of it, but mostly because I am not doing community organizing so... check your situation, could be really beneficial for you and your community.

A Refreshing Alternative to the Status Quo
Throughout this book are threads of ideas presented in Blocks previous books (The Empowered Manager, Flawless Consulting, Stewardship, The Answer to How is Yes) that are woven into the context of creating stronger communities. Its a testament to the evolution of Blocks thinking and therefore his work and is chock full of profound and quotable ideas:
	The context that restores community is one of generosity, possibility, and gifts and not one of problem solving, fear, and retribution.
	A place of belonging is one where all voices have value.
	The small group is the unit of transformation.
	Questions are more transforming than answers.
Block delves into the subject of what it takes to restore and transform our communities through dialogue and small groups. He examines the issues of leadership and citizenship and discusses a variety of large and small group methodologies that will lead to successful transformation. In todays polarized political climate of finger pointing and gaming, this book offers a refreshing alternative to the status quo.

Brilliant
This book will first upgrade the language you use to describe/discuss community, then challenge you every step of the way to destroy your traditional, &quot;proven&quot;, yet deeply flawed approach, and reconstruct it using a more human-centered, emergent design with ownership and accountability. Warning: you will want to scribble and highlight every other sentence...brotha is oh so quotable.

Starts out terrific
If you read the first half it&apos;s an awesome book.  But the second half takes the overall review down.  Unless you&apos;re interested in how to arrange chairs in a discussion...

Fantastic read!
This should be required reading for everyone.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of White Christian America Audiobook by Robert P. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-White-Christian-America-Audiobook/B01HZXLBHA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of White Christian America
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 127 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Robert P. Jones, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI), challenges us to grasp the profound political and cultural consequences of a new reality - that America is no longer a majority white Christian nation.
For most of our nation&apos;s history, white Christian America (WCA) - the cultural and political edifice built primarily by white Protestant Christians - set the tone for our national policy and shaped American ideals. But especially since the 1990s, WCA has steadily lost influence, following declines within both its mainline and evangelical branches. Today America is no longer demographically or culturally a majority white Christian nation.
Drawing on more than four decades of polling data, The End of White Christian America explains and analyzes the waning vitality of WCA. Jones argues that the visceral nature of today&apos;s most heated issues - the vociferous arguments around same-sex marriage and religious liberty, the rise of the Tea Party following the election of our first black president, and stark disagreements between black and white Americans over the fairness of the criminal justice system - can only be understood against the backdrop of white Christians&apos; anxieties as America&apos;s racial and religious topography shifts around them.
In 2016 and beyond, the descendants of WCA will lack the political power they once had to set the terms of the nation&apos;s debate over values and morals and to determine election outcomes. Looking ahead, Jones forecasts the ways that they might adjust to find their place in the new America - and the consequences for us all if they don&apos;t.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert P. Jones)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2016 09:29:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007572/bk_sans_007572_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-End-of-White-Christian-America-Audiobook/B01HZXLBHA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41lHu3Rag7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of White Christian America
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 127 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Robert P. Jones, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI), challenges us to grasp the profound political and cultural consequences of a new reality - that America is no longer a majority white Christian nation.
For most of our nation&apos;s history, white Christian America (WCA) - the cultural and political edifice built primarily by white Protestant Christians - set the tone for our national policy and shaped American ideals. But especially since the 1990s, WCA has steadily lost influence, following declines within both its mainline and evangelical branches. Today America is no longer demographically or culturally a majority white Christian nation.
Drawing on more than four decades of polling data, The End of White Christian America explains and analyzes the waning vitality of WCA. Jones argues that the visceral nature of today&apos;s most heated issues - the vociferous arguments around same-sex marriage and religious liberty, the rise of the Tea Party following the election of our first black president, and stark disagreements between black and white Americans over the fairness of the criminal justice system - can only be understood against the backdrop of white Christians&apos; anxieties as America&apos;s racial and religious topography shifts around them.
In 2016 and beyond, the descendants of WCA will lack the political power they once had to set the terms of the nation&apos;s debate over values and morals and to determine election outcomes. Looking ahead, Jones forecasts the ways that they might adjust to find their place in the new America - and the consequences for us all if they don&apos;t.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of White Christian America
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 127 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Robert P. Jones, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI), challenges us to grasp the profound political and cultural consequences of a new reality - that America is no longer a majority white Christian nation.
For most of our nation&apos;s history, white Christian America (WCA) - the cultural and political edifice built primarily by white Protestant Christians - set the tone for our national policy and shaped American ideals. But especially since the 1990s, WCA has steadily lost influence, following declines within both its mainline and evangelical branches. Today America is no longer demographically or culturally a majority white Christian nation.
Drawing on more than four decades of polling data, The End of White Christian America explains and analyzes the waning vitality of WCA. Jones argues that the visceral nature of today&apos;s most heated issues - the vociferous arguments around same-sex marriage and religious liberty, the rise of the Tea Party following the election of our first black president, and stark disagreements between black and white Americans over the fairness of the criminal justice system - can only be understood against the backdrop of white Christians&apos; anxieties as America&apos;s racial and religious topography shifts around them.
In 2016 and beyond, the descendants of WCA will lack the political power they once had to set the terms of the nation&apos;s debate over values and morals and to determine election outcomes. Looking ahead, Jones forecasts the ways that they might adjust to find their place in the new America - and the consequences for us all if they don&apos;t.

Members Reviews:
No New Ground But Well Laid Out
This book starts with the fact that whites and especially those who identify as white Christians are rapidly loosing their majority status in the United States.  A fact that is difficult or impossible to refute no matter how hard some people try to do so.  He then lays out the historical path that led us to this point.  And along that path he points out key events, movements or moments in time where white Christians shot themselves in the foot by digging into an untenable position or took actions that in the long run, will simply make this transition more difficult for everyone, especially themselves.  Throughout the book he relays quotes and comments by people with supposed Christian values that are, frankly, disturbingly bigoted  at best, appallingly bigoted at worst and quite frankly, make me embarrassed for those who said them and for the race that we share.
So, no new facts, but some fresh antidotes I had not read before and a very interesting discussion.  I recommend this book for those who like to understand &quot;how we got here.&quot;

Timely
Great recent history especially last 40 years of religion&apos;s role in politics and how we view our country. Very thought provoking, especially on the question of where to we go from here.

Left out a discussion of women leaving churches over sexism
I agree with the discussion of the topics covered, which center on the racism and lack of support for LGBTQ rights. It seems to me that many young people are leaving churches because of the blatant sexism. This is a glaring oversight it the book.

Exceptional look into the future
An exceptional look into the future landscape of America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Psychopath Test Audiobook by Jon Ronson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Psychopath-Test-Audiobook/B0052TX75E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Psychopath Test
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 231 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a story about madness. It all starts when journalist Jon Ronson is contacted by a leading neurologist. She and several colleagues have recently received a cryptically puzzling book in the mail, and Jon is challenged to solve the mystery behind it. As he searches for the answer, Jon soon finds himself, unexpectedly, on an utterly compelling and often unbelievable adventure into the world of madness.
Jon meets a Broadmoor inmate who swears he faked a mental disorder to get a lighter sentence but is now stuck there, with nobody believing hes sane. He meets some of the people who catalogue mental illness, and those who vehemently oppose them. He meets the influential psychologist who developed the industry standard Psychopath Test and who is convinced that many important CEOs and politicians are in fact psychopaths.
Jon learns from him how to ferret out these high-flying psychopaths and, armed with his new psychopath-spotting abilities, heads into the corridors of power...Combining Jons trademark humour, charm and investigative incision, The Psychopath Test is a deeply honest book unearthing dangerous truths and asking serious questions about how we define normality in a world where we are increasingly judged by our maddest edges.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jon Ronson)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2011 06:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/macm/000557/bk_macm_000557_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Psychopath-Test-Audiobook/B0052TX75E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Hep3+UTNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Psychopath Test
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 231 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a story about madness. It all starts when journalist Jon Ronson is contacted by a leading neurologist. She and several colleagues have recently received a cryptically puzzling book in the mail, and Jon is challenged to solve the mystery behind it. As he searches for the answer, Jon soon finds himself, unexpectedly, on an utterly compelling and often unbelievable adventure into the world of madness.
Jon meets a Broadmoor inmate who swears he faked a mental disorder to get a lighter sentence but is now stuck there, with nobody believing hes sane. He meets some of the people who catalogue mental illness, and those who vehemently oppose them. He meets the influential psychologist who developed the industry standard Psychopath Test and who is convinced that many important CEOs and politicians are in fact psychopaths.
Jon learns from him how to ferret out these high-flying psychopaths and, armed with his new psychopath-spotting abilities, heads into the corridors of power...Combining Jons trademark humour, charm and investigative incision, The Psychopath Test is a deeply honest book unearthing dangerous truths and asking serious questions about how we define normality in a world where we are increasingly judged by our maddest edges.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Psychopath Test
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 231 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a story about madness. It all starts when journalist Jon Ronson is contacted by a leading neurologist. She and several colleagues have recently received a cryptically puzzling book in the mail, and Jon is challenged to solve the mystery behind it. As he searches for the answer, Jon soon finds himself, unexpectedly, on an utterly compelling and often unbelievable adventure into the world of madness.
Jon meets a Broadmoor inmate who swears he faked a mental disorder to get a lighter sentence but is now stuck there, with nobody believing hes sane. He meets some of the people who catalogue mental illness, and those who vehemently oppose them. He meets the influential psychologist who developed the industry standard Psychopath Test and who is convinced that many important CEOs and politicians are in fact psychopaths.
Jon learns from him how to ferret out these high-flying psychopaths and, armed with his new psychopath-spotting abilities, heads into the corridors of power...Combining Jons trademark humour, charm and investigative incision, The Psychopath Test is a deeply honest book unearthing dangerous truths and asking serious questions about how we define normality in a world where we are increasingly judged by our maddest edges.

Members Reviews:
Couldn&apos;t stop listening!
Ronson has a very unique speaking style and I was absolutely transfixed by it! He has an ability to make serious, frightening and sometimes disturbing topics somehow hilarious. At times I was surprised to find myself so amused and entertained by a book about psychopathic behaviour. As some others have mentioned, this book is not a serious review of the &quot;Madness Industry&quot; but instead a collection of fascinating interviews and bizarre stories that the author discovers along his journey. The way Ronson describes himself as a bit quirky, introverted and anxiety-prone makes him seem like an unlikely interviewer for his many subjects, which I think makes his encounters with these individuals all the more entertaining! A really great listen. I plan to listen to more books written and/or narrated by Ronson!

i failed.. twas a relief
i do not envy poor Ronson for having to spend so much time with some of these people.. however i am glad that he endured.. to bring such a wonderful insight into the thoughts socio-elite.. they lurk around every corner.. hide in all the crevices.. or just stand there.. out in the open.. saying &quot;hey,look at me&quot;.. but seriously.. fascinating stuff

captivating
It had me engaged throughout the entire book. The mind is a fascinating thing to study and Jon Ronson has a style that&apos;s easy to listen to and constantly curious. I&apos;ve learned a lot listening to this book and I&apos;m going to study more.

Excellent
. Typical Ronson humour and insight into the human condition. Ronson`s reading is great too

Fascinating and compelling
Jon Ronson is one of the most consistently interesting journalists working. While plenty of people have tried writing about madness, media and the mental health industry, many writers tend to play up the scary side for drama. But Ronson carefully avoids glamorisation, but still manages to deliver a compelling and enthralling story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wayfinders Audiobook by Wade Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Wayfinders-Audiobook/B074CK1VJR</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wayfinders
Subtitle: Why Ancient Wisdom Matters in the Modern World
Author: Wade Davis
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every culture is a unique answer to a fundamental question: What does it mean to be human and alive? In The Wayfinders, renowned anthropologist, winner of the prestigious Samuel Johnson Prize, and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Wade Davis leads us on a thrilling journey to celebrate the wisdom of the world&apos;s indigenous cultures.
In Polynesia, we set sail with navigators whose ancestors settled the Pacific 10 centuries before Christ. In the Amazon, we meet the descendants of a true lost civilization, the Peoples of the Anaconda. In the Andes, we discover that the earth really is alive, while in Australia we experience Dreamtime, the all-embracing philosophy of the first humans to walk out of Africa. We then travel to Nepal, where we encounter a wisdom hero, a Bodhisattva, who emerges from 45 years of Buddhist retreat and solitude. And, finally, we settle in Borneo, where the last rain forest nomads struggle to survive.
Understanding the lessons of this journey will be our mission for the next century. For at risk is the human legacy - a vast archive of knowledge and expertise, a catalog of the imagination. Rediscovering a new appreciation for the diversity of the human spirit, as expressed by culture, is among the central challenges of our time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Wade Davis)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2017 18:06:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008194/bk_tant_008194_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Wayfinders-Audiobook/B074CK1VJR</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41vH9Ex3bTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wayfinders
Subtitle: Why Ancient Wisdom Matters in the Modern World
Author: Wade Davis
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every culture is a unique answer to a fundamental question: What does it mean to be human and alive? In The Wayfinders, renowned anthropologist, winner of the prestigious Samuel Johnson Prize, and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Wade Davis leads us on a thrilling journey to celebrate the wisdom of the world&apos;s indigenous cultures.
In Polynesia, we set sail with navigators whose ancestors settled the Pacific 10 centuries before Christ. In the Amazon, we meet the descendants of a true lost civilization, the Peoples of the Anaconda. In the Andes, we discover that the earth really is alive, while in Australia we experience Dreamtime, the all-embracing philosophy of the first humans to walk out of Africa. We then travel to Nepal, where we encounter a wisdom hero, a Bodhisattva, who emerges from 45 years of Buddhist retreat and solitude. And, finally, we settle in Borneo, where the last rain forest nomads struggle to survive.
Understanding the lessons of this journey will be our mission for the next century. For at risk is the human legacy - a vast archive of knowledge and expertise, a catalog of the imagination. Rediscovering a new appreciation for the diversity of the human spirit, as expressed by culture, is among the central challenges of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wayfinders
Subtitle: Why Ancient Wisdom Matters in the Modern World
Author: Wade Davis
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-08-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every culture is a unique answer to a fundamental question: What does it mean to be human and alive? In The Wayfinders, renowned anthropologist, winner of the prestigious Samuel Johnson Prize, and National Geographic Explorer-in-Residence Wade Davis leads us on a thrilling journey to celebrate the wisdom of the world&apos;s indigenous cultures.
In Polynesia, we set sail with navigators whose ancestors settled the Pacific 10 centuries before Christ. In the Amazon, we meet the descendants of a true lost civilization, the Peoples of the Anaconda. In the Andes, we discover that the earth really is alive, while in Australia we experience Dreamtime, the all-embracing philosophy of the first humans to walk out of Africa. We then travel to Nepal, where we encounter a wisdom hero, a Bodhisattva, who emerges from 45 years of Buddhist retreat and solitude. And, finally, we settle in Borneo, where the last rain forest nomads struggle to survive.
Understanding the lessons of this journey will be our mission for the next century. For at risk is the human legacy - a vast archive of knowledge and expertise, a catalog of the imagination. Rediscovering a new appreciation for the diversity of the human spirit, as expressed by culture, is among the central challenges of our time.

Members Reviews:
You can feel the author&apos;s passion for his life&apos;s work!!  Excellent!
I really enjoyed this book.  I read it over the course of 3 or 4 days in my spare moments.  It&apos;s historical and researched, but also written with evident passion and poetry.  I really found informative the chapter of the South Pacific and the settling of those areas and the navigation of the seas without modern day equipment, rather only using the position of the stars, the feeling of the current, the birds as signs to how far you have to go.  It was incredible.  The idea of living generation after generation on islands surrounded by the ocean.
What the book helped me see is an understanding of nature that these groups of people had and NEEDED to live and survive.  For example, the people of the Kalahari.  I felt as if there existence itself was so precarious, and that it is amazing that they survived and lived in such a harsh climate, and that through this necessity they learned over years how to literally suck the life out of this desolute landscape to stay alive and survive.
There was a great line in the last chapter, Century of the Wind, that painted a picture in my mind, a little more close to home, of this past world that has been erased in my own home.  It says, &quot;As late as 1871, buffalo outnumbered people in North America.  In that year one could stand on a bluff in the Dakots and see buffalo in every direction for 50 kilometres.&quot;  Wow.
Overall, what I saw in this book was the passion of a man who has obviously dedicated his life to studying people groups outside of todays mainstream society and what we see are lives and languages and wisdom that are lost or are on the precipe of being lost forever.  For example, every 20 days one of the worlds languages slips into oblivion when the last elder of that people group die.
Also, do I think that due to this, we should go back to some idyllic way of living?  That the ways of these older groups were inheritantly more peacful than ours?  Yes and no.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Uneasy Street Audiobook by Rachel Sherman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Uneasy-Street-Audiobook/B075LMBZ1J</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Uneasy Street
Subtitle: The Anxieties of Affluence
Author: Rachel Sherman
Narrator: Liz Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A surprising and revealing look at how today&apos;s elite view their own wealth and place in society.
From TV&apos;s Real Housewives to The Wolf of Wall Street, our popular culture portrays the wealthy as materialistic and entitled. But what do we really know about those who live on &quot;easy street&quot;?
In this penetrating book, Rachel Sherman draws on rare in-depth interviews that she conducted with 50 affluent New Yorkers - including hedge fund financiers and corporate lawyers, professors and artists, and stay-at-home mothers - to examine their lifestyle choices and their understanding of privilege. Sherman upends images of wealthy people as invested only in accruing and displaying social advantages for themselves and their children. Instead, these liberal elites, who believe in diversity and meritocracy, feel conflicted about their position in a highly unequal society. They wish to be &quot;normal&quot;, describing their consumption as reasonable and basic and comparing themselves to those who have more than they do rather than those with less. These New Yorkers also want to see themselves as hard workers who give back and raise children with good values, and they avoid talking about money.
Although their experiences differ depending on a range of factors, including whether their wealth was earned or inherited, these elites generally depict themselves as productive and prudent, and therefore morally worthy, while the undeserving rich are lazy, ostentatious, and snobbish. Sherman argues that this ethical distinction between &quot;good&quot; and &quot;bad&quot; wealthy people characterizes American culture more broadly, and that it perpetuates rather than challenges economic inequality.
As the distance between rich and poor widens, Uneasy Street not only explores the real lives of those at the top but also sheds light on how extreme inequality comes to seem ordinary and acceptable to the rest of us.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rachel Sherman)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2017 13:18:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/010396/bk_reco_010396_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Uneasy-Street-Audiobook/B075LMBZ1J</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51CVDybZefL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Uneasy Street
Subtitle: The Anxieties of Affluence
Author: Rachel Sherman
Narrator: Liz Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A surprising and revealing look at how today&apos;s elite view their own wealth and place in society.
From TV&apos;s Real Housewives to The Wolf of Wall Street, our popular culture portrays the wealthy as materialistic and entitled. But what do we really know about those who live on &quot;easy street&quot;?
In this penetrating book, Rachel Sherman draws on rare in-depth interviews that she conducted with 50 affluent New Yorkers - including hedge fund financiers and corporate lawyers, professors and artists, and stay-at-home mothers - to examine their lifestyle choices and their understanding of privilege. Sherman upends images of wealthy people as invested only in accruing and displaying social advantages for themselves and their children. Instead, these liberal elites, who believe in diversity and meritocracy, feel conflicted about their position in a highly unequal society. They wish to be &quot;normal&quot;, describing their consumption as reasonable and basic and comparing themselves to those who have more than they do rather than those with less. These New Yorkers also want to see themselves as hard workers who give back and raise children with good values, and they avoid talking about money.
Although their experiences differ depending on a range of factors, including whether their wealth was earned or inherited, these elites generally depict themselves as productive and prudent, and therefore morally worthy, while the undeserving rich are lazy, ostentatious, and snobbish. Sherman argues that this ethical distinction between &quot;good&quot; and &quot;bad&quot; wealthy people characterizes American culture more broadly, and that it perpetuates rather than challenges economic inequality.
As the distance between rich and poor widens, Uneasy Street not only explores the real lives of those at the top but also sheds light on how extreme inequality comes to seem ordinary and acceptable to the rest of us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Uneasy Street
Subtitle: The Anxieties of Affluence
Author: Rachel Sherman
Narrator: Liz Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A surprising and revealing look at how today&apos;s elite view their own wealth and place in society.
From TV&apos;s Real Housewives to The Wolf of Wall Street, our popular culture portrays the wealthy as materialistic and entitled. But what do we really know about those who live on &quot;easy street&quot;?
In this penetrating book, Rachel Sherman draws on rare in-depth interviews that she conducted with 50 affluent New Yorkers - including hedge fund financiers and corporate lawyers, professors and artists, and stay-at-home mothers - to examine their lifestyle choices and their understanding of privilege. Sherman upends images of wealthy people as invested only in accruing and displaying social advantages for themselves and their children. Instead, these liberal elites, who believe in diversity and meritocracy, feel conflicted about their position in a highly unequal society. They wish to be &quot;normal&quot;, describing their consumption as reasonable and basic and comparing themselves to those who have more than they do rather than those with less. These New Yorkers also want to see themselves as hard workers who give back and raise children with good values, and they avoid talking about money.
Although their experiences differ depending on a range of factors, including whether their wealth was earned or inherited, these elites generally depict themselves as productive and prudent, and therefore morally worthy, while the undeserving rich are lazy, ostentatious, and snobbish. Sherman argues that this ethical distinction between &quot;good&quot; and &quot;bad&quot; wealthy people characterizes American culture more broadly, and that it perpetuates rather than challenges economic inequality.
As the distance between rich and poor widens, Uneasy Street not only explores the real lives of those at the top but also sheds light on how extreme inequality comes to seem ordinary and acceptable to the rest of us.

Members Reviews:
Rich People&apos;s Problems
The most interesting part of this book was to hear the voices of people who make millions every year who also somehow consider themselves to be middle class (or maybe upper middle). But by no means do they consider themselves rich. What an interesting look behind the curtain at the financial worries of the top 1% and fraction thereof.
The fact that really blew me away was that only 2% of Americans actually consider themselves to be wealthy. As crazy as that sounds, the interviews in the book document the phenomenon over and over of rich people feeling like they are barely squeaking by. No wonder they are so violently opposed to any increase in their taxes. Even after the author tries to reason with them about what real poverty and middle class looks like, almost every rich person in the study still clings to the notion that somehow they are just middle class folks. This is a fascinating book that provides a new insight into the mind of the upper 1%. Who knew they were just middle class folks after all...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dorothy Sayers: Lost Tools of Learning Audiobook by Classical Academic Press</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dorothy-Sayers-Lost-Tools-of-Learning-Audiobook/B076PP5H9G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dorothy Sayers: Lost Tools of Learning
Author: Classical Academic Press
Narrator: Victoria Twigg
Format: Unabridged
Length: 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-17
Publisher: Classical Academic Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1947, British scholar, playwright, and novelist Dorothy Sayers stood in an Oxford hall and delivered a speech that would become a catalyst of the current classical education movement.
The Lost Tools of Learning is a flagship address presenting the tools that were given to students in the Middle Ages via the trivium, the study of grammar, logic, and rhetoric. For perhaps the first time, these trivium subjects were applied by Sayers to students&apos; developmental stages. She also advocates the integration of subjects, and explains that training students to learn on their own is the chief goal of education.
This essay, which has influenced subsequent classical educators, is now available as an audio recording with the feel of being in the hall hearing Ms. Sayers herself. Read by native Briton Victoria Twigg, and introduced by Dr. Christopher Perrin.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Classical Academic Press)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2017 17:10:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/099199/bk_acx0_099199_sample.mp3" length="1962571" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dorothy-Sayers-Lost-Tools-of-Learning-Audiobook/B076PP5H9G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tvtHOqwVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dorothy Sayers: Lost Tools of Learning
Author: Classical Academic Press
Narrator: Victoria Twigg
Format: Unabridged
Length: 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-17
Publisher: Classical Academic Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1947, British scholar, playwright, and novelist Dorothy Sayers stood in an Oxford hall and delivered a speech that would become a catalyst of the current classical education movement.
The Lost Tools of Learning is a flagship address presenting the tools that were given to students in the Middle Ages via the trivium, the study of grammar, logic, and rhetoric. For perhaps the first time, these trivium subjects were applied by Sayers to students&apos; developmental stages. She also advocates the integration of subjects, and explains that training students to learn on their own is the chief goal of education.
This essay, which has influenced subsequent classical educators, is now available as an audio recording with the feel of being in the hall hearing Ms. Sayers herself. Read by native Briton Victoria Twigg, and introduced by Dr. Christopher Perrin.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dorothy Sayers: Lost Tools of Learning
Author: Classical Academic Press
Narrator: Victoria Twigg
Format: Unabridged
Length: 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-17
Publisher: Classical Academic Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1947, British scholar, playwright, and novelist Dorothy Sayers stood in an Oxford hall and delivered a speech that would become a catalyst of the current classical education movement.
The Lost Tools of Learning is a flagship address presenting the tools that were given to students in the Middle Ages via the trivium, the study of grammar, logic, and rhetoric. For perhaps the first time, these trivium subjects were applied by Sayers to students&apos; developmental stages. She also advocates the integration of subjects, and explains that training students to learn on their own is the chief goal of education.
This essay, which has influenced subsequent classical educators, is now available as an audio recording with the feel of being in the hall hearing Ms. Sayers herself. Read by native Briton Victoria Twigg, and introduced by Dr. Christopher Perrin.

Members Reviews:
Brief Speech Concerned with Education&apos;s devolution
A wonderfully worded speech by playwright Dorothy Sayers She was brave to reveal the lost education structure that once defined free-thinking education system seen in early American education system. She speaks out against the Prussian model, meant to turn out obedient, uncritical stock of soldiers for a militaristic and imperialistic culture. She Dives into the core Trivium method and makes mention of the natural expansions into the Quadrivium. If you&apos;re not informed about this core issue in educating critically thinking individuals, then this is a great start down such a path.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overwhelmed Audiobook by Brigid Schulte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Overwhelmed-Audiobook/B00JPL86A6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overwhelmed
Subtitle: Work, Love, and Play When No One Has the Time
Author: Brigid Schulte
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-17-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 268 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can working parents in America - or anywhere - ever find true leisure time?
According to the Leisure Studies Department at the University of Iowa, true leisure is that place in which we realize our humanity. If thats true, argues Brigid Schulte, then we&apos;re doing dangerously little realizing of our humanity. In Overwhelmed, Schulte, a staff writer for The Washington Post, asks: Are our brains, our partners, our culture, and our bosses making it impossible for us to experience anything but contaminated time?
Schulte first asked this question in a 2010 feature for The Washington Post Magazine: How did researchers compile this statistic that said we were rolling in leisure - over four hours a day? Did any of us feel that we actually had downtime? Was there anything useful in their research - anything we could do?
Overwhelmed is a map of the stresses that have ripped our leisure to shreds, and a look at how to put the pieces back together. Schulte speaks to neuroscientists, sociologists, and hundreds of working parents to tease out the factors contributing to our collective sense of being overwhelmed, seeking insights, answers, and inspiration. She investigates progressive offices trying to invent a new kind of workplace; she travels across Europe to get a sense of how other countries accommodate working parents; she finds younger couples who claim to have figured out an ideal division of chores, childcare, and meaningful paid work. Overwhelmed is the story of what she found out.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Brigid Schulte)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2014 11:54:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/006107/bk_brll_006107_sample.mp3" length="2399678" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Overwhelmed-Audiobook/B00JPL86A6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fuQOgtatL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overwhelmed
Subtitle: Work, Love, and Play When No One Has the Time
Author: Brigid Schulte
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-17-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 268 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can working parents in America - or anywhere - ever find true leisure time?
According to the Leisure Studies Department at the University of Iowa, true leisure is that place in which we realize our humanity. If thats true, argues Brigid Schulte, then we&apos;re doing dangerously little realizing of our humanity. In Overwhelmed, Schulte, a staff writer for The Washington Post, asks: Are our brains, our partners, our culture, and our bosses making it impossible for us to experience anything but contaminated time?
Schulte first asked this question in a 2010 feature for The Washington Post Magazine: How did researchers compile this statistic that said we were rolling in leisure - over four hours a day? Did any of us feel that we actually had downtime? Was there anything useful in their research - anything we could do?
Overwhelmed is a map of the stresses that have ripped our leisure to shreds, and a look at how to put the pieces back together. Schulte speaks to neuroscientists, sociologists, and hundreds of working parents to tease out the factors contributing to our collective sense of being overwhelmed, seeking insights, answers, and inspiration. She investigates progressive offices trying to invent a new kind of workplace; she travels across Europe to get a sense of how other countries accommodate working parents; she finds younger couples who claim to have figured out an ideal division of chores, childcare, and meaningful paid work. Overwhelmed is the story of what she found out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overwhelmed
Subtitle: Work, Love, and Play When No One Has the Time
Author: Brigid Schulte
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-17-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 268 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can working parents in America - or anywhere - ever find true leisure time?
According to the Leisure Studies Department at the University of Iowa, true leisure is that place in which we realize our humanity. If thats true, argues Brigid Schulte, then we&apos;re doing dangerously little realizing of our humanity. In Overwhelmed, Schulte, a staff writer for The Washington Post, asks: Are our brains, our partners, our culture, and our bosses making it impossible for us to experience anything but contaminated time?
Schulte first asked this question in a 2010 feature for The Washington Post Magazine: How did researchers compile this statistic that said we were rolling in leisure - over four hours a day? Did any of us feel that we actually had downtime? Was there anything useful in their research - anything we could do?
Overwhelmed is a map of the stresses that have ripped our leisure to shreds, and a look at how to put the pieces back together. Schulte speaks to neuroscientists, sociologists, and hundreds of working parents to tease out the factors contributing to our collective sense of being overwhelmed, seeking insights, answers, and inspiration. She investigates progressive offices trying to invent a new kind of workplace; she travels across Europe to get a sense of how other countries accommodate working parents; she finds younger couples who claim to have figured out an ideal division of chores, childcare, and meaningful paid work. Overwhelmed is the story of what she found out.

Members Reviews:
Depressing, Dreary Listening Experience
Is there anything you would change about this book?
I wish this wasn&apos;t so heavily focused in the beginning on complaining about how hard it is to be a working mother. Yes, I know that it&apos;s hard to juggle work and family, but as a single working person, it made me feel like, &quot;oh you have it EASY compared to ME.&quot; It was a lot of complaining from a upper middle class person that frankly started to annoy me. I didn&apos;t get the answers and advice I was hoping to find -- just someone saying &quot;Sh*t&apos;s hard. Am I right, gals?&quot; Tell me something I don&apos;t know and can learn from... not just more of what I already know.
What do you think your next listen will be?
I listened to the Richard Branson book, &quot;The Virgin Way&quot; and the Gary Vaynerchuck book &quot;Crush It&quot; because it was just so much more useful, entertaining and inspiring.
What do you think the narrator could have done better?
I think it was more the content than the narration, but ugh. the whining. the whining...

10-Hour Rant on Mommy-Martyrs
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
Maybe mothers who are martyrs and victims, and want everyone to know about it might think   &quot;Finally, someone who understands me.&quot; For the rest of us, you might think &quot;No wonder I avoid people (women) like this.&quot;
What was most disappointing about Brigid Schultes story?
I thought it might have some helpful ways to deal with feeling overwhelmed. Only parts of the last two hours had any type of synthesis - once this author finally realized that she was the problem (without this I would have given it a ZERO star rating). This author seems to believe that the whole world needs to change to suit her.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Late Essays Audiobook by J. M. Coetzee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Late-Essays-Audiobook/B078MQMMDM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Late Essays
Subtitle: 2016-2017
Author: J. M. Coetzee
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-02-18
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new collection of 22 literary essays from the Nobel Prize-winning author J.M. Coetzee
J.M. Coetzee is not only one of the most acclaimed fiction writers in the world, he is also an accomplished and insightful literary critic. In Late Essays, a thought-provoking collection of 22 pieces, he examines the work of some of the world&apos;s greatest writers - from Daniel Defoe and Samuel Beckett to Irene Nemirovsky and Goethe.
Challenging yet accessible, literary master Coetzee writes these essays with great clarity and precision, offering listeners an illuminating and profound analysis of a remarkable list of writers and their works.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. M. Coetzee)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jan 2018 14:42:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/011652/bk_reco_011652_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Late-Essays-Audiobook/B078MQMMDM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tJJDRwgLL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Late Essays
Subtitle: 2016-2017
Author: J. M. Coetzee
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-02-18
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new collection of 22 literary essays from the Nobel Prize-winning author J.M. Coetzee
J.M. Coetzee is not only one of the most acclaimed fiction writers in the world, he is also an accomplished and insightful literary critic. In Late Essays, a thought-provoking collection of 22 pieces, he examines the work of some of the world&apos;s greatest writers - from Daniel Defoe and Samuel Beckett to Irene Nemirovsky and Goethe.
Challenging yet accessible, literary master Coetzee writes these essays with great clarity and precision, offering listeners an illuminating and profound analysis of a remarkable list of writers and their works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Late Essays
Subtitle: 2016-2017
Author: J. M. Coetzee
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-02-18
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new collection of 22 literary essays from the Nobel Prize-winning author J.M. Coetzee
J.M. Coetzee is not only one of the most acclaimed fiction writers in the world, he is also an accomplished and insightful literary critic. In Late Essays, a thought-provoking collection of 22 pieces, he examines the work of some of the world&apos;s greatest writers - from Daniel Defoe and Samuel Beckett to Irene Nemirovsky and Goethe.
Challenging yet accessible, literary master Coetzee writes these essays with great clarity and precision, offering listeners an illuminating and profound analysis of a remarkable list of writers and their works.

Members Reviews:
Good analysis, but...
I found this book to be a bit rambling and unclear on the criteria for  the selection of writers for review. Some chapters were clear, others repetitious.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connected Audiobook by Nicholas A. Christakis, James H. Fowler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Connected-Audiobook/B002V18B3E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connected
Subtitle: The Surprising Power of Our Social Networks and How They Shape Our Lives
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis, James H. Fowler
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 203 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Connected, the authors explain why emotions are contagious, how health behaviors spread, why the rich get richer, even how we find and choose our partners. Intriguing and entertaining, Connected overturns the notion of the individual and provides a revolutionary paradigm - that social networks influence our ideas, emotions, health, relationships, behavior, politics, and much more. It will change the way we think about every aspect of our lives.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nicholas A. Christakis)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2009 17:34:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/001847/bk_sans_001847_sample.mp3" length="2399726" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Connected-Audiobook/B002V18B3E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51BzSpJCCcL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connected
Subtitle: The Surprising Power of Our Social Networks and How They Shape Our Lives
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis, James H. Fowler
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 203 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Connected, the authors explain why emotions are contagious, how health behaviors spread, why the rich get richer, even how we find and choose our partners. Intriguing and entertaining, Connected overturns the notion of the individual and provides a revolutionary paradigm - that social networks influence our ideas, emotions, health, relationships, behavior, politics, and much more. It will change the way we think about every aspect of our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connected
Subtitle: The Surprising Power of Our Social Networks and How They Shape Our Lives
Author: Nicholas A. Christakis, James H. Fowler
Narrator: Nicholas A. Christakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 203 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Connected, the authors explain why emotions are contagious, how health behaviors spread, why the rich get richer, even how we find and choose our partners. Intriguing and entertaining, Connected overturns the notion of the individual and provides a revolutionary paradigm - that social networks influence our ideas, emotions, health, relationships, behavior, politics, and much more. It will change the way we think about every aspect of our lives.

Members Reviews:
Very entertaining for a long car ride.
This book was a good discussion about how other people (your network) can affect you, and vice versa.  There were many real world examples and discussions of studies presented in a way that was very easy for a lay person to understand.
I enjoyed the main author&apos;s narration.  It sounded more conversational because he knew what he was reading.  Sometimes a third-party narrator sounds too robotic.

Expected More
Would have been much better if the author had not read his own book.  Author read books seldom work (unless you are Malcolm Gladwell) -  reading for audio is as much of an art as writing the book.  The book?  I recommend Connected even though it is not a great book.  The essential truth of the power of networks, and the science done by the authors to tease out their salience, are both sound and ground-breaking.  Methodologically strong and epistemologically important.  We need to think about our worlds from the perspective of networks.  Connected proves that not every good academic can write a popular book based on their work.  Can&apos;t blame them for trying.  Advice...buy in paper....skim through...and share the ideas.

An Introduction to Social Contagion
Bottom line: You won&apos;t find many more accessible books on the subject. In lieu of the wonderful information it contains, it is worth it to forgive the books imperfections.
The central theme of this book is based on the idea of social contagion (the spreading of ideas, emotions, behaviors and resources through networks of humans) and that the sum of a system&apos;s parts are more than its whole.
The author explores these ideas through a some what disorganized but none the less intriguing collection of studies and examples. The book is very accessible and though the narration gets old at times the writing style is very easy to follow considering the difficult subject matter.
I listened to the book in small pieces over a year. I understand why some folks judge the work as lacking as a whole. Ironically, the sum of its parts are less than its whole in that they don&apos;t form a compelling narrative. But for those who are interested in the connected subject areas around sociology, the book is a gold mine of must read examples.
If you&apos;re mildly science literate and find any of the following subjects of interest: big data, social justice, economics, marketing, sociology, psychology, statistics, demographics or graph theory then ignore the lackluster reviews and just get it.

Becoming more important every day...
In this era of rapidly evolving and even more consequential networks, this book would benefit from frequently updated editions.  The 2016 election cycle could provide at least another full chapter!

Logic defying
The personal network effects described in this book are fascinating and compelling. Yet they defy logic and intuition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Social Physics Audiobook by Alex Pentland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-Physics-Audiobook/B00HUVOWRY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social Physics
Subtitle: How Good Ideas Spread - The Lessons from a New Science
Author: Alex Pentland
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-30-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 135 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From one of the worlds leading data scientists, a landmark tour of the new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence.
If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MITs Alex Sandy Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics.
Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: Were social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action - and most basic notions of common sense - are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors.
Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, weve been stuck with the same stale social structures - classes, markets - and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest.
Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether its a business or an entire city. We can maximize a groups collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.
Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work - and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads listeners to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alex Pentland)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2014 09:43:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/002286/bk_peng_002286_sample.mp3" length="2377919" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-Physics-Audiobook/B00HUVOWRY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51khUTdUCbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social Physics
Subtitle: How Good Ideas Spread - The Lessons from a New Science
Author: Alex Pentland
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-30-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 135 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From one of the worlds leading data scientists, a landmark tour of the new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence.
If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MITs Alex Sandy Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics.
Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: Were social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action - and most basic notions of common sense - are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors.
Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, weve been stuck with the same stale social structures - classes, markets - and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest.
Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether its a business or an entire city. We can maximize a groups collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.
Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work - and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads listeners to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social Physics
Subtitle: How Good Ideas Spread - The Lessons from a New Science
Author: Alex Pentland
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-30-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 135 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From one of the worlds leading data scientists, a landmark tour of the new science of idea flow, offering revolutionary insights into the mysteries of collective intelligence and social influence.
If the Big Data revolution has a presiding genius, it is MITs Alex Sandy Pentland. Over years of groundbreaking experiments, he has distilled remarkable discoveries significant enough to become the bedrock of a whole new scientific field: social physics.
Humans have more in common with bees than we like to admit: Were social creatures first and foremost. Our most important habits of action - and most basic notions of common sense - are wired into us through our coordination in social groups. Social physics is about idea flow, the way human social networks spread ideas and transform those ideas into behaviors.
Thanks to the millions of digital bread crumbs people leave behind via smartphones, GPS devices, and the Internet, the amount of new information we have about human activity is truly profound. Until now, sociologists have depended on limited data sets and surveys that tell us how people say they think and behave, rather than what they actually do. As a result, weve been stuck with the same stale social structures - classes, markets - and a focus on individual actors, data snapshots, and steady states. Pentland shows that, in fact, humans respond much more powerfully to social incentives that involve rewarding others and strengthening the ties that bind than incentives that involve only their own economic self-interest.
Pentland and his teams have found that they can study patterns of information exchange in a social network without any knowledge of the actual content of the information and predict with stunning accuracy how productive and effective that network is, whether its a business or an entire city. We can maximize a groups collective intelligence to improve performance and use social incentives to create new organizations and guide them through disruptive change in a way that maximizes the good. At every level of interaction, from small groups to large cities, social networks can be tuned to increase exploration and engagement, thus vastly improving idea flow.
Social Physics will change the way we think about how we learn and how our social groups work - and can be made to work better, at every level of society. Pentland leads listeners to the edge of the most important revolution in the study of social behavior in a generation, an entirely new way to look at life itself.

Members Reviews:
Excellent intro, but overly ambitious conclusions
Would you consider the audio edition of Social Physics to be better than the print version?
The book was a good introduction to the topic and an enjoyable listen.  There are some charts and diagrams you didn&apos;t get to see.
How would you have changed the story to make it more enjoyable?
Focused more on the actual research rather then trying to make grand conclusions that they suggest a new &quot;science&quot;
Any additional comments?
Great introduction if you&apos;re not familiar with the latest in Behavioral Economics.  However, I didn&apos;t buy the conclusion that these fascinating studies lead to a new &quot;science&quot; called &quot;Social Physics.&quot;  The experiments and use of modern technology is really interesting.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Hope in The Unseen Audiobook by Ron Suskind</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Hope-in-The-Unseen-Audiobook/B002V5H6TU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Hope in The Unseen
Subtitle: An American Odyssey from the Inner City to the Ivy League
Author: Ron Suskind
Narrator: Peter Jay Fernandez
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling investigative journalist Ron Suskind based this book on his Pulitzer Prize winning articles about Cedric Jennings, a black youth struggling to survive one of D.C.&apos;s toughest school districts. A moving portrait of inner city life, 
A Hope in the Unseen offers a view of life through the eyes of someone trying desperately to make his way up from the bottom.
&#169;1998 Ron Suskind (P)2008 Recorded Books</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ron Suskind)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Oct 2008 12:31:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/002490/bk_reco_002490_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Hope-in-The-Unseen-Audiobook/B002V5H6TU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51yTLVymcNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>17:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Hope in The Unseen
Subtitle: An American Odyssey from the Inner City to the Ivy League
Author: Ron Suskind
Narrator: Peter Jay Fernandez
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling investigative journalist Ron Suskind based this book on his Pulitzer Prize winning articles about Cedric Jennings, a black youth struggling to survive one of D.C.&apos;s toughest school districts. A moving portrait of inner city life, 
A Hope in the Unseen offers a view of life through the eyes of someone trying desperately to make his way up from the bottom.
&#169;1998 Ron Suskind (P)2008 Recorded Books</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Hope in The Unseen
Subtitle: An American Odyssey from the Inner City to the Ivy League
Author: Ron Suskind
Narrator: Peter Jay Fernandez
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-25-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling investigative journalist Ron Suskind based this book on his Pulitzer Prize winning articles about Cedric Jennings, a black youth struggling to survive one of D.C.&apos;s toughest school districts. A moving portrait of inner city life, 
A Hope in the Unseen offers a view of life through the eyes of someone trying desperately to make his way up from the bottom.
&#169;1998 Ron Suskind (P)2008 Recorded Books

Members Reviews:
Great Story
I had read the paper copy of this long before I decided to listen to it.  It is a great true story and it is well worth the time it will take to get through it. I found myself rooting for Cedric and his dreams.  It is very inspirational.

Amazing Perspective
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes, this book is important for anyone engaged in higher education or learning. The tilt is slightly in the direction of the culture in private education, but it is easy to relate to public universities. Highly recommended!
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
Once I started, I did not want to stop the story!

Gritty and hopeful
What did you love best about A Hope in The Unseen?
I loved the hope in this book.  Cedric was neither too good to be true, nor a real &quot;bad boy&quot;, despite where he came from and some of the anger that engendered.
Ron Suskind did a fantastic job juxtaposing the smarts of this young man with the rigeurs of an Ivy League school, and the fallout of higher education for those who receive scholarships for an education for whcih they are simply ill-prepared.
Any additional comments?
I loved this book.  It neither sugar-coats the life on the street that Cedric and his mother lived, nor gives us gratuitous shock value for the hard life that Cedric is subjected to.
I found myself rooting for Cedric, even while I was angry at an education system that short-changed him and kids like him; the kids have the smarts, but are not nurtured because the school system is so focused on dealing with the realities of a tough neighborhood.  Classes are large, high absenteeism, gangs, drugs, guns... just everyday occurrences.
I have started to seriously question race, and what that has to do with how one looks at the world.  As a Canadian, I have witnessed the government&apos;s inquiry into First nations residential schools and the effect they have had on subsequent generations.  The high school described in this book reminds me of the Native school I volunteered at several years ago.
it is gritty and real and hopeful... worth your time!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assassination Generation Audiobook by Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen, Katie Miserany</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Assassination-Generation-Audiobook/B01M10XNIO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Assassination Generation
Subtitle: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing
Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen, Katie Miserany
Narrator: Dave Grossman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The author of the 400,000-copy best seller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide - and what we must do about it.
Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, 12 other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills 69 participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended.
What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person&apos;s obsession with video games that teach to kill.
Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial best seller On Killing revealed that most of us are not &quot;natural born killers&quot; - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games.
Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His audiobook will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dave Grossman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:58:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002834/bk_hach_002834_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Assassination-Generation-Audiobook/B01M10XNIO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51WLPK3NPdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Assassination Generation
Subtitle: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing
Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen, Katie Miserany
Narrator: Dave Grossman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The author of the 400,000-copy best seller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide - and what we must do about it.
Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, 12 other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills 69 participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended.
What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person&apos;s obsession with video games that teach to kill.
Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial best seller On Killing revealed that most of us are not &quot;natural born killers&quot; - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games.
Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His audiobook will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Assassination Generation
Subtitle: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing
Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen, Katie Miserany
Narrator: Dave Grossman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The author of the 400,000-copy best seller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide - and what we must do about it.
Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, 12 other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills 69 participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended.
What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person&apos;s obsession with video games that teach to kill.
Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial best seller On Killing revealed that most of us are not &quot;natural born killers&quot; - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games.
Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His audiobook will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Required Reading
This book needs to be required reading for anyone involved with children. Whether its in protective services, education, school resource officer or school administration.

great book for all adults
This book is a must read for anyone who has any contact with children. Excellent!!

Should be required reading when talking about school shootings
Should be required reading for teachers, first responders and law enforcement when discussing school shootings and the growing tide of violence among children.

Raising children &amp; media... Parents must read.
If you are having or already have children this is a must read... Way more than you thought you knew regarding the media, violence and child development.

Thank you!
A must read for every parent, medical prof &amp; responsible members of society.
Very grateful for your precious gift to the human race.
God bless!
Dr Michael Goldberg MD</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Race and Culture Audiobook by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Race-and-Culture-Audiobook/B0045V4VIM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race and Culture
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-06-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 169 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thomas Sowell is one of Americas leading voices on matters of race and ethnicity. In his book, Inside American Education, he surveyed the ills of American education from the primary grades to graduate school with an impressive range of knowledge and acuity of observation, according to the Wall Street Journal. Now, in his book Race and Culture, he asks the question: What is it that allows certain groups to get ahead? and the answer will undoubtedly create debates for years to come.
The thesis of Race and Culture is that productive skills are the key to understanding the economic advancement of particular racial or ethnic groups, as well as countries and civilizations - and that the spread of those skills, whether through migration or conquest, explains much of the advancement of the human race. Whether this body of skills, aptitudes, and disciplines is called culture or human capital, it explains far more than politics, prejudice, or genetics. Rather than draw on the experience of one country or one era of history, Race and Culture encompasses dozens of racial and ethnic groups, living in scores of countries around the world, over a period of centuries. Due to its breadth and scope, this study is able to test alternative theories empirically on a vast canvas in space and time. Its conclusions refute much, if not most, of what is currently believed about race and about cultures.
Thomas Sowell has taught economics at Cornell, UCLA, Amherst, and other academic institutions, and his Basic Economics has been translated into six languages. He is currently a scholar in residence at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He has been published in both academic journals and such popular media as the Wall Street Journal, Forbes magazine, and Fortune, and he writes a syndicated column that appears in newspapers across the country.

Critic Reviews:
For the better part of the last decade, Mr. Sowells books on race, economics, and markets have constituted a rare repository of insights on some of the most pressing social-science concerns of our times. (The Wall Street Journal)
Sowelldraws on a worldwide range of examples and more than a decade of research in this intriguing exploration of the role of cultural attributes on group advancementHe tackles a host of issues: the costs and benefits of residential segregation; how affirmative action primarily helps better-off members of preferred groups; how prominent political leaders are not crucial to group success; how low-scoring groups on intelligence tests do their worst on abstract questions devoid of cultural bias. (Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is a unique national resource. Almost alone among academic economists, he fulfills the true calling of the intellectual, which is to explain the world so that we can know how to save what we cherishso that we have no excuse for ignorance. (Washington Times)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Oct 2010 11:30:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003998/bk_blak_003998_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Race-and-Culture-Audiobook/B0045V4VIM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ZL6bKtUYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race and Culture
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-06-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 169 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thomas Sowell is one of Americas leading voices on matters of race and ethnicity. In his book, Inside American Education, he surveyed the ills of American education from the primary grades to graduate school with an impressive range of knowledge and acuity of observation, according to the Wall Street Journal. Now, in his book Race and Culture, he asks the question: What is it that allows certain groups to get ahead? and the answer will undoubtedly create debates for years to come.
The thesis of Race and Culture is that productive skills are the key to understanding the economic advancement of particular racial or ethnic groups, as well as countries and civilizations - and that the spread of those skills, whether through migration or conquest, explains much of the advancement of the human race. Whether this body of skills, aptitudes, and disciplines is called culture or human capital, it explains far more than politics, prejudice, or genetics. Rather than draw on the experience of one country or one era of history, Race and Culture encompasses dozens of racial and ethnic groups, living in scores of countries around the world, over a period of centuries. Due to its breadth and scope, this study is able to test alternative theories empirically on a vast canvas in space and time. Its conclusions refute much, if not most, of what is currently believed about race and about cultures.
Thomas Sowell has taught economics at Cornell, UCLA, Amherst, and other academic institutions, and his Basic Economics has been translated into six languages. He is currently a scholar in residence at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He has been published in both academic journals and such popular media as the Wall Street Journal, Forbes magazine, and Fortune, and he writes a syndicated column that appears in newspapers across the country.

Critic Reviews:
For the better part of the last decade, Mr. Sowells books on race, economics, and markets have constituted a rare repository of insights on some of the most pressing social-science concerns of our times. (The Wall Street Journal)
Sowelldraws on a worldwide range of examples and more than a decade of research in this intriguing exploration of the role of cultural attributes on group advancementHe tackles a host of issues: the costs and benefits of residential segregation; how affirmative action primarily helps better-off members of preferred groups; how prominent political leaders are not crucial to group success; how low-scoring groups on intelligence tests do their worst on abstract questions devoid of cultural bias. (Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is a unique national resource. Almost alone among academic economists, he fulfills the true calling of the intellectual, which is to explain the world so that we can know how to save what we cherishso that we have no excuse for ignorance. (Washington Times)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race and Culture
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-06-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 169 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thomas Sowell is one of Americas leading voices on matters of race and ethnicity. In his book, Inside American Education, he surveyed the ills of American education from the primary grades to graduate school with an impressive range of knowledge and acuity of observation, according to the Wall Street Journal. Now, in his book Race and Culture, he asks the question: What is it that allows certain groups to get ahead? and the answer will undoubtedly create debates for years to come.
The thesis of Race and Culture is that productive skills are the key to understanding the economic advancement of particular racial or ethnic groups, as well as countries and civilizations - and that the spread of those skills, whether through migration or conquest, explains much of the advancement of the human race. Whether this body of skills, aptitudes, and disciplines is called culture or human capital, it explains far more than politics, prejudice, or genetics. Rather than draw on the experience of one country or one era of history, Race and Culture encompasses dozens of racial and ethnic groups, living in scores of countries around the world, over a period of centuries. Due to its breadth and scope, this study is able to test alternative theories empirically on a vast canvas in space and time. Its conclusions refute much, if not most, of what is currently believed about race and about cultures.
Thomas Sowell has taught economics at Cornell, UCLA, Amherst, and other academic institutions, and his Basic Economics has been translated into six languages. He is currently a scholar in residence at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He has been published in both academic journals and such popular media as the Wall Street Journal, Forbes magazine, and Fortune, and he writes a syndicated column that appears in newspapers across the country.

Critic Reviews:
For the better part of the last decade, Mr. Sowells books on race, economics, and markets have constituted a rare repository of insights on some of the most pressing social-science concerns of our times. (The Wall Street Journal)
Sowelldraws on a worldwide range of examples and more than a decade of research in this intriguing exploration of the role of cultural attributes on group advancementHe tackles a host of issues: the costs and benefits of residential segregation; how affirmative action primarily helps better-off members of preferred groups; how prominent political leaders are not crucial to group success; how low-scoring groups on intelligence tests do their worst on abstract questions devoid of cultural bias. (Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is a unique national resource. Almost alone among academic economists, he fulfills the true calling of the intellectual, which is to explain the world so that we can know how to save what we cherishso that we have no excuse for ignorance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wanderlust Audiobook by Rebecca Solnit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wanderlust-Audiobook/B00N1ZEI5O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wanderlust
Subtitle: A History of Walking
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Liisa Ivary
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing together many histories - of anatomical evolution and city design, of treadmills and labyrinths, of walking clubs and sexual mores - Rebecca Solnit creates a fascinating portrait of the range of possibilities presented by walking. Arguing that the history of walking includes walking for pleasure as well as for political, aesthetic, and social meaning, Solnit focuses on the walkers whose everyday and extreme acts have shaped our culture, from philosophers to poets to mountaineers. She profiles some of the most significant walkers in history and fiction - from Wordsworth to Gary Snyder, from Jane Austen&apos;s Elizabeth Bennet to Andre Breton&apos;s Nadja - finding a profound relationship between walking and thinking and walking and culture. Solnit argues for the necessity of preserving the time and space in which to walk in our ever more car-dependent and accelerated world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rebecca Solnit)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Aug 2014 17:05:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/020022/bk_adbl_020022_sample.mp3" length="1523238" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Wanderlust-Audiobook/B00N1ZEI5O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51++5Q-TzYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wanderlust
Subtitle: A History of Walking
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Liisa Ivary
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing together many histories - of anatomical evolution and city design, of treadmills and labyrinths, of walking clubs and sexual mores - Rebecca Solnit creates a fascinating portrait of the range of possibilities presented by walking. Arguing that the history of walking includes walking for pleasure as well as for political, aesthetic, and social meaning, Solnit focuses on the walkers whose everyday and extreme acts have shaped our culture, from philosophers to poets to mountaineers. She profiles some of the most significant walkers in history and fiction - from Wordsworth to Gary Snyder, from Jane Austen&apos;s Elizabeth Bennet to Andre Breton&apos;s Nadja - finding a profound relationship between walking and thinking and walking and culture. Solnit argues for the necessity of preserving the time and space in which to walk in our ever more car-dependent and accelerated world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wanderlust
Subtitle: A History of Walking
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Liisa Ivary
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-27-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing together many histories - of anatomical evolution and city design, of treadmills and labyrinths, of walking clubs and sexual mores - Rebecca Solnit creates a fascinating portrait of the range of possibilities presented by walking. Arguing that the history of walking includes walking for pleasure as well as for political, aesthetic, and social meaning, Solnit focuses on the walkers whose everyday and extreme acts have shaped our culture, from philosophers to poets to mountaineers. She profiles some of the most significant walkers in history and fiction - from Wordsworth to Gary Snyder, from Jane Austen&apos;s Elizabeth Bennet to Andre Breton&apos;s Nadja - finding a profound relationship between walking and thinking and walking and culture. Solnit argues for the necessity of preserving the time and space in which to walk in our ever more car-dependent and accelerated world.

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
Excellent a deeply and interesting relation between a sport and a way of life.

Five Stars
Wonderful essays--insightful and well-written!

Five Stars
Wonderful, graceful prose to encourage and inspire walkers everywhere.

Great book!
Just finished the first chapter
But I plan on finishing the entire book.
I love the way it describes La Jolla cove.
I do not live there but I have been there a few times. Its a great place.

Five Stars
I love Solnit!!! Very introspective and thought provoking</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Code of the Street Audiobook by Elijah Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Code-of-the-Street-Audiobook/B00HS5VQWG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Code of the Street
Subtitle: Decency, Violence, and the Moral Life of the Inner City
Author: Elijah Anderson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inner-city black America is often stereotyped as a place of random violence; in fact, violence in the inner city is regulated through an informal but well-known code of the street. How you dress, talk, and behave can have life-or-death consequences, with young people particularly at risk.
The most powerful force counteracting this code and its reign of terror is the strong, loving, decent family, and we meet many heroic figures in the course of this narrative. Unfortunately, the culture of the street thrives and often defeats decency because it controls public spaces, so that individuals with higher, better aspirations are often entangled in the code and its self-destructive behaviors.
Writing in the tradition of Jane Jacobs and William Julius Wilson, the author delineates the true workings of city streets. His most interesting characters are not the bullies and dealers, but the decent folks, young and old, who through entrepreneurship and creative self-help strategies are forging a viable alternative, an escape from the code of the street.
Winner of the Komarovsky Book Award, this incisive book examines the code as a response to the lack of jobs that pay a living wage, to the stigma of race, to rampant drug use, to alienation and lack of hope. An individual&apos;s safety and sense of worth are determined by the respect he commands in public - a deference frequently based on an implied threat of violence. Unfortunately, even those with higher aspirations can often become entangled in the code&apos;s self-destructive behaviors.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Elijah Anderson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2014 04:22:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/012284/bk_adbl_012284_sample.mp3" length="2231634" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Code-of-the-Street-Audiobook/B00HS5VQWG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51G8VvrbdZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>15:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Code of the Street
Subtitle: Decency, Violence, and the Moral Life of the Inner City
Author: Elijah Anderson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inner-city black America is often stereotyped as a place of random violence; in fact, violence in the inner city is regulated through an informal but well-known code of the street. How you dress, talk, and behave can have life-or-death consequences, with young people particularly at risk.
The most powerful force counteracting this code and its reign of terror is the strong, loving, decent family, and we meet many heroic figures in the course of this narrative. Unfortunately, the culture of the street thrives and often defeats decency because it controls public spaces, so that individuals with higher, better aspirations are often entangled in the code and its self-destructive behaviors.
Writing in the tradition of Jane Jacobs and William Julius Wilson, the author delineates the true workings of city streets. His most interesting characters are not the bullies and dealers, but the decent folks, young and old, who through entrepreneurship and creative self-help strategies are forging a viable alternative, an escape from the code of the street.
Winner of the Komarovsky Book Award, this incisive book examines the code as a response to the lack of jobs that pay a living wage, to the stigma of race, to rampant drug use, to alienation and lack of hope. An individual&apos;s safety and sense of worth are determined by the respect he commands in public - a deference frequently based on an implied threat of violence. Unfortunately, even those with higher aspirations can often become entangled in the code&apos;s self-destructive behaviors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Code of the Street
Subtitle: Decency, Violence, and the Moral Life of the Inner City
Author: Elijah Anderson
Narrator: Vince Bailey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inner-city black America is often stereotyped as a place of random violence; in fact, violence in the inner city is regulated through an informal but well-known code of the street. How you dress, talk, and behave can have life-or-death consequences, with young people particularly at risk.
The most powerful force counteracting this code and its reign of terror is the strong, loving, decent family, and we meet many heroic figures in the course of this narrative. Unfortunately, the culture of the street thrives and often defeats decency because it controls public spaces, so that individuals with higher, better aspirations are often entangled in the code and its self-destructive behaviors.
Writing in the tradition of Jane Jacobs and William Julius Wilson, the author delineates the true workings of city streets. His most interesting characters are not the bullies and dealers, but the decent folks, young and old, who through entrepreneurship and creative self-help strategies are forging a viable alternative, an escape from the code of the street.
Winner of the Komarovsky Book Award, this incisive book examines the code as a response to the lack of jobs that pay a living wage, to the stigma of race, to rampant drug use, to alienation and lack of hope. An individual&apos;s safety and sense of worth are determined by the respect he commands in public - a deference frequently based on an implied threat of violence. Unfortunately, even those with higher aspirations can often become entangled in the code&apos;s self-destructive behaviors.

Members Reviews:
ok book
i needed this book for a class. the narrator talked so slow i had to listen to it at double speed.

Awesome research
This really gives me a better understanding of life in some of the most impoverished communities. I teach in S.E. Washington D.C and this definitely helps me cope with the way students operate. Thank you so much Mr. Anderson, I am looking forward to more of your books.

Listen on double speed!
Not sure if this option is available on non-Apple devices but if you are a lucky user of iPhone or iPod, listen to this book on double speed (click on a little red &quot;speed&quot; line in the bottom right corner of your screen). Then it&apos;s perfect!!! The book is absolutely riveting, deep, and thought-provoking. Changes your views by adding new perspectives. Totally worth it!

Great
Very detailed ethnography of the marginalized black population in Philly with potential solutions to remedy the issues the community faces.

a bit truthful but unnecessary
there was sum humor but still not sure y author wrote it or pe4son who shared it with me did so. def would nvr b attracted to it on my own&amp; almost just stop lostening several times... reader has done other audiobooks ive listened to, this by far is his best read.
some parts of book completely took new story line without notice at points where it seemed to become interesting. oneexample is: during the part where Dad was telling story of getting revenge on gang for killing his son.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed Audiobook by Jon Ronson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/So-Youve-Been-Publicly-Shamed-Audiobook/B00S8QQGDI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-12-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 323 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Sunday Times top ten best-selling author of The Psychopath Test, a captivating and brilliant exploration of one of our world&apos;s most underappreciated forces: shame.
&quot;It&apos;s about the terror, isn&apos;t it?&quot;
&quot;The terror of what?&quot; I said.
&quot;The terror of being found out.&quot;
For the past three years, Jon Ronson has travelled the world, meeting recipients of high-profile public shamings. The shamed are people like us - people who, say, made jokes on social media that came out badly or made mistakes at work. Once their transgressions were revealed, collective outrage circled with the force of a hurricane, and the next thing they knew they were being torn apart by an angry mob, jeered, demonized, sometimes even fired from their jobs.
A great renaissance of public shaming is sweeping our land. Justice has been democratized. The silent majority are getting a voice. But what are we doing with our voice? We are mercilessly finding people&apos;s faults. We are defining the boundaries of normality by ruining the lives of those outside it. We are using shame as a form of social control.
Simultaneously powerful and hilarious in the way only Jon Ronson can be, So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed is a deeply honest book about modern life, full of eye-opening truths about the escalating war on human flaws - and the very scary part we all play in it.
Jon Ronson is an award-winning writer and documentary maker. He is the author of two best sellers, Them: Adventures with Extremists and The Men Who Stare at Goats, and two collections Out of the Ordinary: True Tales of Everyday Craziness and What I Do: More True Tales of Everyday Craziness. He lives in London.
This is an updated edition with new afterword, written and narrated by Jon Ronson.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A work of original, inspired journalism, it considers the complex dynamics between those who shame and those who are shamed, both of whom can become the focus of social media&apos;s grotesque, disproportionate judgments&quot; (Financial Times)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jon Ronson)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2015 00:32:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022622/bk_adbl_022622_sample.mp3" length="2403978" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/So-Youve-Been-Publicly-Shamed-Audiobook/B00S8QQGDI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GXldtI6VL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-12-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 323 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Sunday Times top ten best-selling author of The Psychopath Test, a captivating and brilliant exploration of one of our world&apos;s most underappreciated forces: shame.
&quot;It&apos;s about the terror, isn&apos;t it?&quot;
&quot;The terror of what?&quot; I said.
&quot;The terror of being found out.&quot;
For the past three years, Jon Ronson has travelled the world, meeting recipients of high-profile public shamings. The shamed are people like us - people who, say, made jokes on social media that came out badly or made mistakes at work. Once their transgressions were revealed, collective outrage circled with the force of a hurricane, and the next thing they knew they were being torn apart by an angry mob, jeered, demonized, sometimes even fired from their jobs.
A great renaissance of public shaming is sweeping our land. Justice has been democratized. The silent majority are getting a voice. But what are we doing with our voice? We are mercilessly finding people&apos;s faults. We are defining the boundaries of normality by ruining the lives of those outside it. We are using shame as a form of social control.
Simultaneously powerful and hilarious in the way only Jon Ronson can be, So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed is a deeply honest book about modern life, full of eye-opening truths about the escalating war on human flaws - and the very scary part we all play in it.
Jon Ronson is an award-winning writer and documentary maker. He is the author of two best sellers, Them: Adventures with Extremists and The Men Who Stare at Goats, and two collections Out of the Ordinary: True Tales of Everyday Craziness and What I Do: More True Tales of Everyday Craziness. He lives in London.
This is an updated edition with new afterword, written and narrated by Jon Ronson.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A work of original, inspired journalism, it considers the complex dynamics between those who shame and those who are shamed, both of whom can become the focus of social media&apos;s grotesque, disproportionate judgments&quot; (Financial Times)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed
Author: Jon Ronson
Narrator: Jon Ronson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-12-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 323 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Sunday Times top ten best-selling author of The Psychopath Test, a captivating and brilliant exploration of one of our world&apos;s most underappreciated forces: shame.
&quot;It&apos;s about the terror, isn&apos;t it?&quot;
&quot;The terror of what?&quot; I said.
&quot;The terror of being found out.&quot;
For the past three years, Jon Ronson has travelled the world, meeting recipients of high-profile public shamings. The shamed are people like us - people who, say, made jokes on social media that came out badly or made mistakes at work. Once their transgressions were revealed, collective outrage circled with the force of a hurricane, and the next thing they knew they were being torn apart by an angry mob, jeered, demonized, sometimes even fired from their jobs.
A great renaissance of public shaming is sweeping our land. Justice has been democratized. The silent majority are getting a voice. But what are we doing with our voice? We are mercilessly finding people&apos;s faults. We are defining the boundaries of normality by ruining the lives of those outside it. We are using shame as a form of social control.
Simultaneously powerful and hilarious in the way only Jon Ronson can be, So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed is a deeply honest book about modern life, full of eye-opening truths about the escalating war on human flaws - and the very scary part we all play in it.
Jon Ronson is an award-winning writer and documentary maker. He is the author of two best sellers, Them: Adventures with Extremists and The Men Who Stare at Goats, and two collections Out of the Ordinary: True Tales of Everyday Craziness and What I Do: More True Tales of Everyday Craziness. He lives in London.
This is an updated edition with new afterword, written and narrated by Jon Ronson.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A work of original, inspired journalism, it considers the complex dynamics between those who shame and those who are shamed, both of whom can become the focus of social media&apos;s grotesque, disproportionate judgments&quot; (Financial Times)

Members Reviews:
Required Reading for Navigating Our Current Times
What did you love best about So You&apos;ve Been Publicly Shamed?
This book was revelatory for me. Having loved Jon Ronson from This American Life and enjoyed his other books, I suspected that I would enjoy it, but I was surprised by how often I found myself worrying about, considering, and then reconsidering the ideas he presents here.
I feel like any fellow millennial who regularly participates in or witnesses acts of online public shaming without a second thought, and who champions the internet as a place that delivers justice where other systems can&apos;t, needs to read this book and become more aware of the real costs of that behaviour, and of the overall impact it has.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Other People&apos;s Children Audiobook by Lisa Delpit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Other-Peoples-Children-Audiobook/B01IIFWF8I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Other People&apos;s Children
Subtitle: Cultural Conflict in the Classroom
Author: Lisa Delpit
Narrator: Lisa Rene&#233; Pitts
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of an American Educational Studies Association Critics&apos; Choice Award and Choice Magazine&apos;s Outstanding Academic Book Award, and voted one of Teacher Magazine&apos;s &quot;great books&quot;, Other People&apos;s Children has sold over 150,000 copies since its original hardcover publication. This edition features a new introduction by Delpit, as well as new framing essays by Herbert Kohl and Charles Payne.
In a radical analysis of contemporary classrooms, MacArthur Award-winning author Lisa Delpit develops ideas about ways teachers can be better &quot;cultural transmitters&quot; in the classroom, where prejudice, stereotypes, and cultural assumptions breed ineffective education. Delpit suggests that many academic problems attributed to children of color are actually the result of miscommunication, as primarily white teachers and &quot;other people&apos;s children&quot; struggle with the imbalance of power and the dynamics plaguing our system.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lisa Delpit)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jul 2016 16:31:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006354/bk_tant_006354_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Other-Peoples-Children-Audiobook/B01IIFWF8I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/515bZe1Gg6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Other People&apos;s Children
Subtitle: Cultural Conflict in the Classroom
Author: Lisa Delpit
Narrator: Lisa Rene&#233; Pitts
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of an American Educational Studies Association Critics&apos; Choice Award and Choice Magazine&apos;s Outstanding Academic Book Award, and voted one of Teacher Magazine&apos;s &quot;great books&quot;, Other People&apos;s Children has sold over 150,000 copies since its original hardcover publication. This edition features a new introduction by Delpit, as well as new framing essays by Herbert Kohl and Charles Payne.
In a radical analysis of contemporary classrooms, MacArthur Award-winning author Lisa Delpit develops ideas about ways teachers can be better &quot;cultural transmitters&quot; in the classroom, where prejudice, stereotypes, and cultural assumptions breed ineffective education. Delpit suggests that many academic problems attributed to children of color are actually the result of miscommunication, as primarily white teachers and &quot;other people&apos;s children&quot; struggle with the imbalance of power and the dynamics plaguing our system.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Other People&apos;s Children
Subtitle: Cultural Conflict in the Classroom
Author: Lisa Delpit
Narrator: Lisa Rene&#233; Pitts
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Winner of an American Educational Studies Association Critics&apos; Choice Award and Choice Magazine&apos;s Outstanding Academic Book Award, and voted one of Teacher Magazine&apos;s &quot;great books&quot;, Other People&apos;s Children has sold over 150,000 copies since its original hardcover publication. This edition features a new introduction by Delpit, as well as new framing essays by Herbert Kohl and Charles Payne.
In a radical analysis of contemporary classrooms, MacArthur Award-winning author Lisa Delpit develops ideas about ways teachers can be better &quot;cultural transmitters&quot; in the classroom, where prejudice, stereotypes, and cultural assumptions breed ineffective education. Delpit suggests that many academic problems attributed to children of color are actually the result of miscommunication, as primarily white teachers and &quot;other people&apos;s children&quot; struggle with the imbalance of power and the dynamics plaguing our system.

Members Reviews:
A blessing to teachers, students &amp; families.
Timeless - Provides clear insight into the need for &amp; means to cultural awareness in classrooms.

love this book
i finally finished reading and listening to this book! i learned so much-about childrens growth and how they learn-i highly recommend it and to have in ones own private library 10 out of 10--this author also has TED TALKS available to research with and are a great supplemental to this book

Wow! A must read!
If you are looking for a multicultural resource, no matter what your field, this is IT!  The principles outlined by Delpit can be applied to almost any field of multiculturalism: communication, collaboration, connection, education, ministry of any kind.  This book is NOT just for educators. It is for all. I am thoroughly impressed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reinventing American Health Care Audiobook by Ezekiel J. Emanuel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reinventing-American-Health-Care-Audiobook/B00U6OZ0BO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reinventing American Health Care
Subtitle: How the Affordable Care Act Will Improve Our Terribly Complex, Blatantly Unjust, Outrageously Expensive, Grossly Inefficient, Error Prone System
Author: Ezekiel J. Emanuel
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 98 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In March 2010 the Affordable Care Act was signed into law. It was the most extensive reform of America&apos;s health-care system since at least the creation of Medicare in 1965 and maybe ever. The ACA was controversial and highly political, and the law faced legal challenges reaching all the way to the Supreme Court; it even precipitated a government shutdown.
Ezekiel J. Emanuel, a professor of medical ethics and health policy at the University of Pennsylvania who also served as a special adviser to the White House on health-care reform, has written a brilliant diagnostic explanation of why health care in America has become such a divisive social issue, how money and medicine have their own American story, and why reform has bedeviled presidents of the left and right for more than one hundred years.
Emanuel also explains exactly how the ACA reforms are reshaping the health-care system now. He forecasts the future, identifying six megatrends in health that will determine the market for health care to 2020 and beyond. His predictions are bold, provocative, and uniquely well informed. Health care has never had a more comprehensive or authoritative interpreter.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A plain-English explanation of a tricky topic.&quot; (
Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ezekiel J. Emanuel)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2015 11:29:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004553/bk_tant_004553_sample.mp3" length="2399662" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reinventing-American-Health-Care-Audiobook/B00U6OZ0BO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61nz8tU1RkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reinventing American Health Care
Subtitle: How the Affordable Care Act Will Improve Our Terribly Complex, Blatantly Unjust, Outrageously Expensive, Grossly Inefficient, Error Prone System
Author: Ezekiel J. Emanuel
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 98 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In March 2010 the Affordable Care Act was signed into law. It was the most extensive reform of America&apos;s health-care system since at least the creation of Medicare in 1965 and maybe ever. The ACA was controversial and highly political, and the law faced legal challenges reaching all the way to the Supreme Court; it even precipitated a government shutdown.
Ezekiel J. Emanuel, a professor of medical ethics and health policy at the University of Pennsylvania who also served as a special adviser to the White House on health-care reform, has written a brilliant diagnostic explanation of why health care in America has become such a divisive social issue, how money and medicine have their own American story, and why reform has bedeviled presidents of the left and right for more than one hundred years.
Emanuel also explains exactly how the ACA reforms are reshaping the health-care system now. He forecasts the future, identifying six megatrends in health that will determine the market for health care to 2020 and beyond. His predictions are bold, provocative, and uniquely well informed. Health care has never had a more comprehensive or authoritative interpreter.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A plain-English explanation of a tricky topic.&quot; (
Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reinventing American Health Care
Subtitle: How the Affordable Care Act Will Improve Our Terribly Complex, Blatantly Unjust, Outrageously Expensive, Grossly Inefficient, Error Prone System
Author: Ezekiel J. Emanuel
Narrator: William Dufris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 98 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In March 2010 the Affordable Care Act was signed into law. It was the most extensive reform of America&apos;s health-care system since at least the creation of Medicare in 1965 and maybe ever. The ACA was controversial and highly political, and the law faced legal challenges reaching all the way to the Supreme Court; it even precipitated a government shutdown.
Ezekiel J. Emanuel, a professor of medical ethics and health policy at the University of Pennsylvania who also served as a special adviser to the White House on health-care reform, has written a brilliant diagnostic explanation of why health care in America has become such a divisive social issue, how money and medicine have their own American story, and why reform has bedeviled presidents of the left and right for more than one hundred years.
Emanuel also explains exactly how the ACA reforms are reshaping the health-care system now. He forecasts the future, identifying six megatrends in health that will determine the market for health care to 2020 and beyond. His predictions are bold, provocative, and uniquely well informed. Health care has never had a more comprehensive or authoritative interpreter.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A plain-English explanation of a tricky topic.&quot; (
Booklist)

Members Reviews:
The Best Insight on Healthcare and the ACA
As a Healthcare professional re-entering the Healthcare world now with a focus on Health Insurance, I have read months of literature but this Ebook Had the Most valuable well researched (inside) information on Healthcare reform; the goal of the ACA and How The future of our Healthcare Systems &amp; Structure of pay and teaching of future Healthcare Providers will Tremendously Evolve. Thanks! Alisha Brown

The book lacks integrity
Would you try another book from Ezekiel J. Emanuel and/or William Dufris?
I would not read another book by Ezekiel Emanuel.  William Dufris does a nice job narrating the book.
What was most disappointing about Ezekiel J. Emanuels story?
I expected a slightly biased review of our healthcare system being that it was authored by an Emanuel.  I hoped though that I&apos;d get a good education on the state of healthcare.  Unfortunately my experience tells me otherwise.  I found the book to be roughly equivalent to getting an education on a topic from a Michael Moore film.  There are some interesting points, but you have to be very careful in selecting what to and not to take at face value.
Just one example of a half truth that I ran into and immediately new was wrong.  In chapter 4 Emanuel describes Medtronic as having 16.2 billion dollars in sales (which is true for 2014), but then goes on to claim &quot;Medtronics profits are very, VERY high above 60%.&quot; Chapter 4 @51:24.  In 2014 Medtronic made 3.6 billion dollars on 16.2 billion dollars in sales, a not so shabby 22% profit margin, but FAR FAR from the above 60% claimed in the book.  Emanuel never clarifies what profit measure he is using.  Moments earlier he mentioned pfizer having roughly 14.7% and mylan having 8.7%.  Both of which were &quot;net margins&quot; exactly the same as how I found the 22% stated above.  Presumably without clarification he switches to gross margins for Medtronics to make it sound as absurdly high as possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disrupting Class, Expanded Edition Audiobook by Clayton M. Christensen, Michael B. Horn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Disrupting-Class-Expanded-Edition-Audiobook/B01N4QB0BC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Class, Expanded Edition
Subtitle: How Disruptive Innovation Will Change the Way the World Learns
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Michael B. Horn
Narrator: Scott Pollak
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-17
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The book that&apos;s changing the future of education.
Studies in neuroscience reveal that the way we learn doesn&apos;t always match up with the way we are taught. To stay competitive - academically, economically, and technologically - we need to apply the proven principles of disruptive innovation to our educational system. Disrupting Class will show you how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A brilliant teacher, Christensen brings clarity to a muddled and chaotic world of education.&quot; (Jim Collins, best-selling author of Good to Great)
&quot;A terrific read; it must become a blueprint for educational transformation.&quot; (Joel Klein, former chancellor of the New York City Department of Education)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Clayton M. Christensen)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2017 14:17:33 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/graw/000219/bk_graw_000219_sample.mp3" length="2399902" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Disrupting-Class-Expanded-Edition-Audiobook/B01N4QB0BC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51MJkZ5NbCL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Class, Expanded Edition
Subtitle: How Disruptive Innovation Will Change the Way the World Learns
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Michael B. Horn
Narrator: Scott Pollak
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-17
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The book that&apos;s changing the future of education.
Studies in neuroscience reveal that the way we learn doesn&apos;t always match up with the way we are taught. To stay competitive - academically, economically, and technologically - we need to apply the proven principles of disruptive innovation to our educational system. Disrupting Class will show you how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A brilliant teacher, Christensen brings clarity to a muddled and chaotic world of education.&quot; (Jim Collins, best-selling author of Good to Great)
&quot;A terrific read; it must become a blueprint for educational transformation.&quot; (Joel Klein, former chancellor of the New York City Department of Education)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Class, Expanded Edition
Subtitle: How Disruptive Innovation Will Change the Way the World Learns
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Michael B. Horn
Narrator: Scott Pollak
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-17
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The book that&apos;s changing the future of education.
Studies in neuroscience reveal that the way we learn doesn&apos;t always match up with the way we are taught. To stay competitive - academically, economically, and technologically - we need to apply the proven principles of disruptive innovation to our educational system. Disrupting Class will show you how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A brilliant teacher, Christensen brings clarity to a muddled and chaotic world of education.&quot; (Jim Collins, best-selling author of Good to Great)
&quot;A terrific read; it must become a blueprint for educational transformation.&quot; (Joel Klein, former chancellor of the New York City Department of Education)

Members Reviews:
Excellent! A breath of hope
Great book! Educators, parents, principals, entrepreneurs, philanthropists and anyone interested in helping the evolution of education should read and try to implement these ideas. I can only hope that classes in the future resemble the ones prescribed by the authors.

Great book! Should be a standard read for teachers
Thoroughly explains what the next step is for our current education system and how they got there in thought.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scientology: A to Xenu: An Insider&apos;s Guide to What Scientology Is All About Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scientology-A-to-Xenu-An-Insiders-Guide-to-What-Scientology-Is-All-About-Audiobook/B01CTECKZC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: A to Xenu: An Insider&apos;s Guide to What Scientology Is All About
Author: Chris Shelton
Narrator: Chris Shelton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-11-16
Publisher: GraphicsWerks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is Scientology really? Behind the glossy logos and sleek advertisements and South Park parodies, what do Scientologists really believe and practice? Is it really a religion? Who was L. Ron Hubbard, and why did he start it in the first place? Is their technology for real or just so much New Age pseudoscience?
Former insider Chris Shelton grew up in Scientology and worked for it for 25 years. This critical analysis covers the key aspects of its beliefs, practices, and structure from the bottom to the top, including not just the confidential Xenu story but details of all of the upper-level scriptures. Chris goes into detail about what goes on inside Scientology churches, why its members get involved in the first place, and what it takes to get out should someone decide to leave.
An informative guide for anyone who has been involved with Scientology in the past as well as anyone who wants to understand what it&apos;s really all about.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chris Shelton)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Mar 2016 23:30:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/055107/bk_acx0_055107_sample.mp3" length="755820" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scientology-A-to-Xenu-An-Insiders-Guide-to-What-Scientology-Is-All-About-Audiobook/B01CTECKZC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fysqHBnDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: A to Xenu: An Insider&apos;s Guide to What Scientology Is All About
Author: Chris Shelton
Narrator: Chris Shelton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-11-16
Publisher: GraphicsWerks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is Scientology really? Behind the glossy logos and sleek advertisements and South Park parodies, what do Scientologists really believe and practice? Is it really a religion? Who was L. Ron Hubbard, and why did he start it in the first place? Is their technology for real or just so much New Age pseudoscience?
Former insider Chris Shelton grew up in Scientology and worked for it for 25 years. This critical analysis covers the key aspects of its beliefs, practices, and structure from the bottom to the top, including not just the confidential Xenu story but details of all of the upper-level scriptures. Chris goes into detail about what goes on inside Scientology churches, why its members get involved in the first place, and what it takes to get out should someone decide to leave.
An informative guide for anyone who has been involved with Scientology in the past as well as anyone who wants to understand what it&apos;s really all about.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: A to Xenu: An Insider&apos;s Guide to What Scientology Is All About
Author: Chris Shelton
Narrator: Chris Shelton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-11-16
Publisher: GraphicsWerks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is Scientology really? Behind the glossy logos and sleek advertisements and South Park parodies, what do Scientologists really believe and practice? Is it really a religion? Who was L. Ron Hubbard, and why did he start it in the first place? Is their technology for real or just so much New Age pseudoscience?
Former insider Chris Shelton grew up in Scientology and worked for it for 25 years. This critical analysis covers the key aspects of its beliefs, practices, and structure from the bottom to the top, including not just the confidential Xenu story but details of all of the upper-level scriptures. Chris goes into detail about what goes on inside Scientology churches, why its members get involved in the first place, and what it takes to get out should someone decide to leave.
An informative guide for anyone who has been involved with Scientology in the past as well as anyone who wants to understand what it&apos;s really all about.

Members Reviews:
Excellent &amp; book with some technical problems
What made the experience of listening to Scientology: A to Xenu: An Insider&apos;s Guide to What Scientology Is All About the most enjoyable?
This is a straight forward book that works as both an introduction to the CoS or a companion piece to other books such as Going Clear or Inside Scientology.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Chris (the author) comes off as informed &amp; sincere. While this book is not about him or his journey out of Scientology, you can&apos;t help but rout for him.
Which scene was your favorite?
The chapter that breaks down the O.T. Levels is very interesting.  I don&apos;t think that information has been presented so straight forward in any other book about Scientology.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
As started above.  The O.T. Level information is very interesting.
Any additional comments?
There are some real problems with the production value of this audiobook that I think need to be addressed. During several parts of this book the narrator will stop mid-sentence &amp; say &quot;again&quot;, then reads the line over again. Clearly these were just messed while editing the audiobook together.  Not a big deal but still it happens quite a bit. To the point of being distracting.  Would love to have this corrected at some point.

Good stuff about LRH&apos;s destructive cult.
This is the 7th anti (or rather the trurh about) Scientology book I&apos;ve listened to since I watched Going Clear the movie.  I learned a few new things in this one.  I love learning about destructive mind-control cults like Heaven&apos;s Gate, The People&apos;s Temple and the Church of Scientology.
Welcome back to the land of the WOGs, Chris!

Great book for learning the sausage making of Scientology.
Listened to the book twice. He is very knowledgable about the intricate workings of Scientology. Kept my interest from beginning to end.

Everything you wanted to know about Scientology
Chris Shelton tells a compelling story about his 25 years in Scientology.
What I really like about this book is his insightful knowledge of the theory or dogma of this orginisation. It really is an A to Xenu guide to Scientology. Anyone who enjoyed the Going Clear book and documentary will enjoy this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Regarding the Pain of Others Audiobook by Susan Sontag</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Regarding-the-Pain-of-Others-Audiobook/B005KLQ0WQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Regarding the Pain of Others 
Author: Susan Sontag
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 120 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Twenty-five years after her classic On Photography, Susan Sontag returned here to the subject of visual representations of war and violence in our culture. How does the spectacle of the sufferings of others (via television or newsprint) affect us? Are viewers inured - or incited - to violence by the depiction of cruelty?
In Regarding the Pain of Others, Susan Sontag takes a fresh look at the representation of atrocity - from Goya&apos;s The Disasters of War to photographs of the American Civil War, lynchings of blacks in the South, and the Nazi death camps, and to more contemporary horrific images of Bosnia, Sierra Leone, Rwanda, Israel, and Palestine, as well as New York City on September 11, 2001.
Sontag once again changes the way we think about the uses and meanings of images in our world, and offers an important reflection about how war itself is waged (and understood) in our time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Regarding the Pain of Others bristles with a sense of commitment - to seeing the world as it is, to worrying about the ways it is represented, even to making some gesture in the direction of changing it... the performance is thrilling to witness.&quot; (
The New York Times Magazine)
&quot;A timely meditation on politics and ethics.... Sontag&apos;s insight and erudition are profound.&quot; (
The Atlanta Journal-Constitution)
&quot;A fiercely challenging book.... immensely thought-provoking.&quot; (
The Christian Science Monitor)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Susan Sontag)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Sep 2011 19:33:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/001911/bk_adbl_001911_sample.mp3" length="2399703" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Regarding-the-Pain-of-Others-Audiobook/B005KLQ0WQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51b57mZw2fL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Regarding the Pain of Others 
Author: Susan Sontag
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 120 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Twenty-five years after her classic On Photography, Susan Sontag returned here to the subject of visual representations of war and violence in our culture. How does the spectacle of the sufferings of others (via television or newsprint) affect us? Are viewers inured - or incited - to violence by the depiction of cruelty?
In Regarding the Pain of Others, Susan Sontag takes a fresh look at the representation of atrocity - from Goya&apos;s The Disasters of War to photographs of the American Civil War, lynchings of blacks in the South, and the Nazi death camps, and to more contemporary horrific images of Bosnia, Sierra Leone, Rwanda, Israel, and Palestine, as well as New York City on September 11, 2001.
Sontag once again changes the way we think about the uses and meanings of images in our world, and offers an important reflection about how war itself is waged (and understood) in our time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Regarding the Pain of Others bristles with a sense of commitment - to seeing the world as it is, to worrying about the ways it is represented, even to making some gesture in the direction of changing it... the performance is thrilling to witness.&quot; (
The New York Times Magazine)
&quot;A timely meditation on politics and ethics.... Sontag&apos;s insight and erudition are profound.&quot; (
The Atlanta Journal-Constitution)
&quot;A fiercely challenging book.... immensely thought-provoking.&quot; (
The Christian Science Monitor)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Regarding the Pain of Others 
Author: Susan Sontag
Narrator: Jennifer Van Dyck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-11
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 120 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Twenty-five years after her classic On Photography, Susan Sontag returned here to the subject of visual representations of war and violence in our culture. How does the spectacle of the sufferings of others (via television or newsprint) affect us? Are viewers inured - or incited - to violence by the depiction of cruelty?
In Regarding the Pain of Others, Susan Sontag takes a fresh look at the representation of atrocity - from Goya&apos;s The Disasters of War to photographs of the American Civil War, lynchings of blacks in the South, and the Nazi death camps, and to more contemporary horrific images of Bosnia, Sierra Leone, Rwanda, Israel, and Palestine, as well as New York City on September 11, 2001.
Sontag once again changes the way we think about the uses and meanings of images in our world, and offers an important reflection about how war itself is waged (and understood) in our time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Regarding the Pain of Others bristles with a sense of commitment - to seeing the world as it is, to worrying about the ways it is represented, even to making some gesture in the direction of changing it... the performance is thrilling to witness.&quot; (
The New York Times Magazine)
&quot;A timely meditation on politics and ethics.... Sontag&apos;s insight and erudition are profound.&quot; (
The Atlanta Journal-Constitution)
&quot;A fiercely challenging book.... immensely thought-provoking.&quot; (
The Christian Science Monitor)

Members Reviews:
Terrible recording
How did the narrator detract from the book?
The recording sounded like it was playing at double speed, but slowing down the play time had it dragging and catching. It&apos;s really hard to listen to such serious (and great) content when it sounds like it&apos;s being read by the chipmunks. I would recommend against buying this audiobook.

Sontag for President!
A deeply insightful and eloquent exploration of our urge for war, violence and atrocity. Listen!

Updated and deepened &apos;On photography&apos;
Thoughtful, challenging and thought-provoking...
Susan Sontag updates her 1977 collection of essays &quot;On Photography&quot; collated from contributions to the New York Review of Books between 1973 and 1977.  She revisits debates about the importance of images, the positioning of photo-journalists, the ethics of portrayal... taking account more latterly of the post 9/11 world, the omnipresent digital images engulfing us and the 24-hour news cycle. She highlights the quest for shocking images, one after the other, with which to titillate and attract viewers and advertisers, demonstrating what we lose... in depth and analysis ... and meaning and caring... as a result.
Sontag&apos;s empathy with others, dissatisfaction with the state of global and domestic politics, and concerns with the shallow commodification of news, images and insights, shine through.
Beautifully written, argued and read.

not working
What disappointed you about Regarding the Pain of Others?
I really dont understand why I can&apos;t hear any audio at all? just buffers for ages!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aint No Makin It Audiobook by Jay MacLeod</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aint-No-Makin-It-Audiobook/B00J5PILK2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aint No Makin It
Subtitle: Aspirations and Attainment in a Low-Income Neighborhood
Author: Jay MacLeod
Narrator: Christian Rummel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This classic text addresses one of the most important issues in modern social theory and policy: how social inequality is reproduced from one generation to the next. With the original 1987 publication of Aint No Makin It Jay MacLeod brought us to the Clarendon Heights housing project where we met the &quot;Brothers&quot; and the &quot;Hallway Hangers&quot;. Their story of poverty, race, and defeatism moved listeners and challenged ethnic stereotypes. MacLeods return eight years later, and the resulting 1995 revision, revealed little improvement in the lives of these men as they struggled in the labor market and crime-ridden underground economy.
The third edition of this classic ethnography of social reproduction brings the story of inequality and social mobility into todays dialogue. Now fully updated with 13 new interviews from the original Hallway Hangers and Brothers, as well as new theoretical analysis and comparison to the original conclusions, Aint No Makin It remains an admired and invaluable text.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jay MacLeod)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2014 11:16:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/017190/bk_adbl_017190_sample.mp3" length="2360403" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Aint-No-Makin-It-Audiobook/B00J5PILK2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51u0O5EIHFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>20:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aint No Makin It
Subtitle: Aspirations and Attainment in a Low-Income Neighborhood
Author: Jay MacLeod
Narrator: Christian Rummel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This classic text addresses one of the most important issues in modern social theory and policy: how social inequality is reproduced from one generation to the next. With the original 1987 publication of Aint No Makin It Jay MacLeod brought us to the Clarendon Heights housing project where we met the &quot;Brothers&quot; and the &quot;Hallway Hangers&quot;. Their story of poverty, race, and defeatism moved listeners and challenged ethnic stereotypes. MacLeods return eight years later, and the resulting 1995 revision, revealed little improvement in the lives of these men as they struggled in the labor market and crime-ridden underground economy.
The third edition of this classic ethnography of social reproduction brings the story of inequality and social mobility into todays dialogue. Now fully updated with 13 new interviews from the original Hallway Hangers and Brothers, as well as new theoretical analysis and comparison to the original conclusions, Aint No Makin It remains an admired and invaluable text.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Aint No Makin It
Subtitle: Aspirations and Attainment in a Low-Income Neighborhood
Author: Jay MacLeod
Narrator: Christian Rummel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This classic text addresses one of the most important issues in modern social theory and policy: how social inequality is reproduced from one generation to the next. With the original 1987 publication of Aint No Makin It Jay MacLeod brought us to the Clarendon Heights housing project where we met the &quot;Brothers&quot; and the &quot;Hallway Hangers&quot;. Their story of poverty, race, and defeatism moved listeners and challenged ethnic stereotypes. MacLeods return eight years later, and the resulting 1995 revision, revealed little improvement in the lives of these men as they struggled in the labor market and crime-ridden underground economy.
The third edition of this classic ethnography of social reproduction brings the story of inequality and social mobility into todays dialogue. Now fully updated with 13 new interviews from the original Hallway Hangers and Brothers, as well as new theoretical analysis and comparison to the original conclusions, Aint No Makin It remains an admired and invaluable text.

Members Reviews:
A must-read for any conflict theory sociologist
Read this for a class and very glad that I did.  It was a great insight into the lives of these individuals and I found myself becoming attached to various characters throughout.  If nothing else, it&apos;s a great conversation piece.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>College (Un)Bound Audiobook by Jeffrey J. Selingo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/College-UnBound-Audiobook/B00CLFKFXE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: College (Un)Bound
Subtitle: The Future of Higher Education and What It Means for Students
Author: Jeffrey J. Selingo
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 242 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the value of a college degree?
The four-year college experience is as American as apple pie. So is the belief that higher education offers a ticket to a better life. But with student-loan debt surpassing the $1 trillion mark and unemployment of college graduates at historic highs, people are beginning to question that value.
In College (Un)Bound, Jeffrey J. Selingo, editor at large of the Chronicle of Higher Education, argues that Americas higher education system is broken. The great credentials race has turned universities into big businesses and fostered an environment where middle-tier colleges can command elite university-level tuitions while concealing staggeringly low graduation rates and churning out students with few of the skills needed for a rapidly evolving job market.
Selingo not only turns a critical eye on the current state of higher education but also predicts how technology will transform it for the better. Free massive online open courses (MOOCs) and hybrid classes, adaptive learning software, and the unbundling of traditional degree credits will increase access to high-quality education regardless of budget or location and tailor lesson plans to individual needs. One thing is certain: the class of 2020 will have a radically different college experience than their parents had.
Incisive, urgent, and controversial, College (Un)bound is a must-listen for prospective students, parents, and anyone concerned with the future of American higher education.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeffrey J. Selingo)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 17:48:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/004963/bk_brll_004963_sample.mp3" length="2399702" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/College-UnBound-Audiobook/B00CLFKFXE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51dzQk9QPaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: College (Un)Bound
Subtitle: The Future of Higher Education and What It Means for Students
Author: Jeffrey J. Selingo
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 242 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the value of a college degree?
The four-year college experience is as American as apple pie. So is the belief that higher education offers a ticket to a better life. But with student-loan debt surpassing the $1 trillion mark and unemployment of college graduates at historic highs, people are beginning to question that value.
In College (Un)Bound, Jeffrey J. Selingo, editor at large of the Chronicle of Higher Education, argues that Americas higher education system is broken. The great credentials race has turned universities into big businesses and fostered an environment where middle-tier colleges can command elite university-level tuitions while concealing staggeringly low graduation rates and churning out students with few of the skills needed for a rapidly evolving job market.
Selingo not only turns a critical eye on the current state of higher education but also predicts how technology will transform it for the better. Free massive online open courses (MOOCs) and hybrid classes, adaptive learning software, and the unbundling of traditional degree credits will increase access to high-quality education regardless of budget or location and tailor lesson plans to individual needs. One thing is certain: the class of 2020 will have a radically different college experience than their parents had.
Incisive, urgent, and controversial, College (Un)bound is a must-listen for prospective students, parents, and anyone concerned with the future of American higher education.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: College (Un)Bound
Subtitle: The Future of Higher Education and What It Means for Students
Author: Jeffrey J. Selingo
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-13
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 242 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the value of a college degree?
The four-year college experience is as American as apple pie. So is the belief that higher education offers a ticket to a better life. But with student-loan debt surpassing the $1 trillion mark and unemployment of college graduates at historic highs, people are beginning to question that value.
In College (Un)Bound, Jeffrey J. Selingo, editor at large of the Chronicle of Higher Education, argues that Americas higher education system is broken. The great credentials race has turned universities into big businesses and fostered an environment where middle-tier colleges can command elite university-level tuitions while concealing staggeringly low graduation rates and churning out students with few of the skills needed for a rapidly evolving job market.
Selingo not only turns a critical eye on the current state of higher education but also predicts how technology will transform it for the better. Free massive online open courses (MOOCs) and hybrid classes, adaptive learning software, and the unbundling of traditional degree credits will increase access to high-quality education regardless of budget or location and tailor lesson plans to individual needs. One thing is certain: the class of 2020 will have a radically different college experience than their parents had.
Incisive, urgent, and controversial, College (Un)bound is a must-listen for prospective students, parents, and anyone concerned with the future of American higher education.

Members Reviews:
The Future is on the Horizon
The future of college education seems to be on the horizon for some and already here for many others.  I have listen to this book once and on my second listen because the information is critical for my family&apos;s teens and &apos;tweens to know now. The future of college education seems to be in &quot;online courses&quot; or a combination of online and on campus, which means less money spent and to some extent, the best education that money can buy.  Some of the Ivy League colleges and universities are getting on the bandwagon even though they continue to tout the physical campus as the best &quot;experience&quot; for the student.
According to this author, some colleges and universities are holding on to the &quot;status quo&quot; because their jobs are on the line. I liked what this author had to say and he gave plenty of supportive evidence to backup his premise.
Fred Stella&apos;s narration is a good fit for the material... his voice and tone keeps your head in the book. A good read for anybody who is interested in the future of college degrees:  i.e., the bachelor&apos;s degree is now the high school diploma and the ph.d is becoming the master&apos;s degree!  So, how does a student standout from the crowd of bachelor&apos;s or master&apos;s degrees?  The author had a couple of suggestions on that too. Good info.

Interesting anecdotes but unclear thesis
This was not my favorite narrator.  It worked better for me at 1.25x speed.
That said, the information was fairly well-presented and interesting, especially the anecdotes. I think I would have preferred an abridged version that would have given me the highlights.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between You and Me Audiobook by Mary Norris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Between-You-and-Me-Audiobook/B00UA083K4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Between You and Me
Subtitle: Confessions of Comma Queen
Author: Mary Norris
Narrator: Mary Norris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 447 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mary Norris has spent more than three decades in The New Yorker&apos;s copy department, maintaining its celebrated high standards. Now she brings her vast experience, good cheer, and finely sharpened pencils to help the rest of us in a boisterous language audiobook as full of life as it is of practical advice. Between You &amp; Me features Norris&apos; laugh-out-loud descriptions of some of the most common and vexing problems in spelling, punctuation, and usage - comma faults, danglers, &quot;who&quot; versus &quot;whom&quot;, &quot;that&quot; versus &quot;which&quot;, compound words, gender-neutral language - and her clear explanations of how to handle them. Down-to-earth and always open minded, she draws on examples from Charles Dickens, Emily Dickinson, Henry James, and the Lord&apos;s Prayer as well as from The Honeymooners, The Simpsons, David Foster Wallace, and Gillian Flynn. She takes us to see a copy of Noah Webster&apos;s groundbreaking Blue-Back Speller, on a quest to find out who put the hyphen in Moby-Dick, on a pilgrimage to the world&apos;s only pencil-sharpener museum, and inside the hallowed halls of The New Yorker and her work with such celebrated writers as Pauline Kael, Philip Roth, and George Saunders.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mary Norris)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2015 15:08:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/008434/bk_reco_008434_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Between-You-and-Me-Audiobook/B00UA083K4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41oAkPjfl+L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Between You and Me
Subtitle: Confessions of Comma Queen
Author: Mary Norris
Narrator: Mary Norris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 447 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mary Norris has spent more than three decades in The New Yorker&apos;s copy department, maintaining its celebrated high standards. Now she brings her vast experience, good cheer, and finely sharpened pencils to help the rest of us in a boisterous language audiobook as full of life as it is of practical advice. Between You &amp; Me features Norris&apos; laugh-out-loud descriptions of some of the most common and vexing problems in spelling, punctuation, and usage - comma faults, danglers, &quot;who&quot; versus &quot;whom&quot;, &quot;that&quot; versus &quot;which&quot;, compound words, gender-neutral language - and her clear explanations of how to handle them. Down-to-earth and always open minded, she draws on examples from Charles Dickens, Emily Dickinson, Henry James, and the Lord&apos;s Prayer as well as from The Honeymooners, The Simpsons, David Foster Wallace, and Gillian Flynn. She takes us to see a copy of Noah Webster&apos;s groundbreaking Blue-Back Speller, on a quest to find out who put the hyphen in Moby-Dick, on a pilgrimage to the world&apos;s only pencil-sharpener museum, and inside the hallowed halls of The New Yorker and her work with such celebrated writers as Pauline Kael, Philip Roth, and George Saunders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Between You and Me
Subtitle: Confessions of Comma Queen
Author: Mary Norris
Narrator: Mary Norris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-15
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 447 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mary Norris has spent more than three decades in The New Yorker&apos;s copy department, maintaining its celebrated high standards. Now she brings her vast experience, good cheer, and finely sharpened pencils to help the rest of us in a boisterous language audiobook as full of life as it is of practical advice. Between You &amp; Me features Norris&apos; laugh-out-loud descriptions of some of the most common and vexing problems in spelling, punctuation, and usage - comma faults, danglers, &quot;who&quot; versus &quot;whom&quot;, &quot;that&quot; versus &quot;which&quot;, compound words, gender-neutral language - and her clear explanations of how to handle them. Down-to-earth and always open minded, she draws on examples from Charles Dickens, Emily Dickinson, Henry James, and the Lord&apos;s Prayer as well as from The Honeymooners, The Simpsons, David Foster Wallace, and Gillian Flynn. She takes us to see a copy of Noah Webster&apos;s groundbreaking Blue-Back Speller, on a quest to find out who put the hyphen in Moby-Dick, on a pilgrimage to the world&apos;s only pencil-sharpener museum, and inside the hallowed halls of The New Yorker and her work with such celebrated writers as Pauline Kael, Philip Roth, and George Saunders.

Members Reviews:
Fun book for those who love language
Where does Between You and Me rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
It was great.  I read the New Yorker and appreciate its outstanding quality.  It was fun to hear from someone who was so integral to the quality of the magazine and its content.
What was one of the most memorable moments of Between You and Me?
When Norris describes some of her more famous co-workers and bosses and how their particular strengths worked together to make the New Yorker the magazine that it is.  I also enjoyed hearing about the Pencil Sharpener Museum.
Which scene was your favorite?
When she describes her problems in getting #2 pencils and trying mechanical pencils and other types of pencils. She is a true connoisseur and I loved it.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
No sure.
Any additional comments?
This is a quirky book about a quirky subject but can be enjoyed by anyone who cares about good writing and quality work.

I smiled through the whole thing
What did you love best about Between You and Me?
She is absolutely engaging. She understands the issues completely, and writes well about them without making anything into life or death. Almost tongue in cheek. I can&apos;t imagine that many people would find this all that fascinating. But I did. I&apos;m nervous about my punctuation.

Surprisingly hilarious
Mary Norris is very funny, both as a writer and a reader. While the book is mostly about stuff like pluperfect subjunctive gerund clauses and such, her hilarious asides were what I most enjoyed. I had to skip over much of the chapter about crude language, but was rewarded in the following wonderful chapter about pencils, the only downside being that it cost me a $40 order of Blackwing pencils.
This is a book that I will enjoy hearing again.

Laugh-out-loud funny and informative.
I learned things I never knew. I now understand things I had memorized but never really could explain. I gained much appreciation for and greater willingness to be curious about grammar, vocabulary, sentence structure, meaning, and usage. I need to buy the paper version for reference.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Consider the Lobster and Other Essays (Selected Essays) Audiobook by David Foster Wallace</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Consider-the-Lobster-and-Other-Essays-Selected-Essays-Audiobook/B002V8KIKG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Consider the Lobster and Other Essays (Selected Essays)
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: David Foster Wallace
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-05
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 867 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do lobsters feel pain?
He addresses this and other important cultural questions in four brilliant esasays from his latest collection.
In what is sure to be a much-talked-about exploration of distinctly modern subjects, one of the sharpest minds of our time delves into some of life&apos;s most delicious topics.
This collection includes the following essays: &quot;Consider the Lobster&quot;, &quot;The View from Mrs. Thompson&apos;s&quot;, &quot;Big Red Son&quot;, and &quot;How Tracy Austin Broke My Heart&quot;.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Wallace poses an unsettling challenge to the way many of us live now....This is strong stuff....It is Wallace&apos;s nostalgia for a lost meaningfulness...that gives his essays their particular urgency, their attractive mix of mordancy and humorous ruefulness....Few of his young peers have spoken as eloquently and feelingly as he has about the moral imagination that contemporary American life imposes on them.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review) &quot;Novelist Wallace might just be the smartest essayist writing today.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Foster Wallace)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2005 21:31:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/time/000419/bk_time_000419_sample.mp3" length="1432600" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Consider-the-Lobster-and-Other-Essays-Selected-Essays-Audiobook/B002V8KIKG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/413DAy2Q24L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Consider the Lobster and Other Essays (Selected Essays)
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: David Foster Wallace
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-05
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 867 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do lobsters feel pain?
He addresses this and other important cultural questions in four brilliant esasays from his latest collection.
In what is sure to be a much-talked-about exploration of distinctly modern subjects, one of the sharpest minds of our time delves into some of life&apos;s most delicious topics.
This collection includes the following essays: &quot;Consider the Lobster&quot;, &quot;The View from Mrs. Thompson&apos;s&quot;, &quot;Big Red Son&quot;, and &quot;How Tracy Austin Broke My Heart&quot;.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Wallace poses an unsettling challenge to the way many of us live now....This is strong stuff....It is Wallace&apos;s nostalgia for a lost meaningfulness...that gives his essays their particular urgency, their attractive mix of mordancy and humorous ruefulness....Few of his young peers have spoken as eloquently and feelingly as he has about the moral imagination that contemporary American life imposes on them.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review) &quot;Novelist Wallace might just be the smartest essayist writing today.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Consider the Lobster and Other Essays (Selected Essays)
Author: David Foster Wallace
Narrator: David Foster Wallace
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-05
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 867 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do lobsters feel pain?
He addresses this and other important cultural questions in four brilliant esasays from his latest collection.
In what is sure to be a much-talked-about exploration of distinctly modern subjects, one of the sharpest minds of our time delves into some of life&apos;s most delicious topics.
This collection includes the following essays: &quot;Consider the Lobster&quot;, &quot;The View from Mrs. Thompson&apos;s&quot;, &quot;Big Red Son&quot;, and &quot;How Tracy Austin Broke My Heart&quot;.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Wallace poses an unsettling challenge to the way many of us live now....This is strong stuff....It is Wallace&apos;s nostalgia for a lost meaningfulness...that gives his essays their particular urgency, their attractive mix of mordancy and humorous ruefulness....Few of his young peers have spoken as eloquently and feelingly as he has about the moral imagination that contemporary American life imposes on them.&quot; (The New York Times Book Review) &quot;Novelist Wallace might just be the smartest essayist writing today.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
David Foster Wallace...a good place to start
I had neither read nor listened to any of DFW&apos;s work, but I decided to check into it upon hearing of his recent death. Accolades called him our great lost voice and an amazing essayist. Well, he is a fantastic writer. These essays, about a lobster festival in Maine, a long essay about a porn awards ceremony, and another about his experience of 9/11 from the safe remove of Indiana are engaging and outstanding. He writes with a funny slant, great asides and observations.  And he&apos;s laugh-out-loud funny. Also, check out his week-long tour with the John McCain press corps while a Rolling Stone correspondent in 2000 in another fine listen called &quot;McCain&apos;s Promise&quot;

It&apos;s Great, But...
I would point anyone looking at this audiobook toward DFW: In His Own Words. The entirety of Consider the Lobster is included in it, as well as all of his voice work on Brief Interviews with Hideous Men and several of his radio interviews. I bought this one before that was released, but now having both is redundant.

Great Author Read
This was a fantastic author read, much better than most.  Wallace is a brilliant writer and hearing him read his own work adds to the experience of these essays.
The structure of the audiobook follows that of the print book - 3 separate essays.  Each is thoughtful, well-written, and very entertaining.

What a Great Writer!
My only disappointment with this audiobook is the fact that several of the articles and essays that are in the actual printed book are missing.  Made me mad.  Otherwise, bravo!
I bought this audiobook after the deeply saddening suicide of David Foster Wallace.  He&apos;s one of the greatest minds of our time, and it&apos;s such a tragedy that he wasn&apos;t able to enjoy his life more.  He had a lot to give.
His vocabulary is challenging and his humor is sharp.  His narration made the listening experience extra-special.

Great set of mind
Tom Wolfe, Hunter S Thompson, and David F Wallace... There are just a few authors (journalist) that deserve to have their words stand long after the living have forgotten their faces and the world in which the words were penned has moved on.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Can&apos;t Kill Us All Audiobook by Wesley Lowery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/They-Cant-Kill-Us-All-Audiobook/B01N3SGN0W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Can&apos;t Kill Us All
Subtitle: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America&apos;s Racial Justice Movement
Author: Wesley Lowery
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 189 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Publishers Weekly
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Elle
11 Fall Books We Can&apos;t Wait to Read - Seattle Times
A Best Book of Fall 2016 - Boston Globe
One of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch&apos;s 20 Books to Watch, fall 2016
A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it.
Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today.
In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the response to Michael Brown&apos;s death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown&apos;s family and the families of other victims as well as local activists. By posing the question &quot;what does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?&quot;, Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure, and too few jobs.
Studded with moments of joy and tragedy, They Can&apos;t Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community&apos;s long history of being on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can&apos;t Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Wesley Lowery)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 12:02:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002874/bk_hach_002874_sample.mp3" length="2399777" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/They-Cant-Kill-Us-All-Audiobook/B01N3SGN0W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PxO09O1KL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Can&apos;t Kill Us All
Subtitle: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America&apos;s Racial Justice Movement
Author: Wesley Lowery
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 189 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Publishers Weekly
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Elle
11 Fall Books We Can&apos;t Wait to Read - Seattle Times
A Best Book of Fall 2016 - Boston Globe
One of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch&apos;s 20 Books to Watch, fall 2016
A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it.
Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today.
In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the response to Michael Brown&apos;s death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown&apos;s family and the families of other victims as well as local activists. By posing the question &quot;what does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?&quot;, Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure, and too few jobs.
Studded with moments of joy and tragedy, They Can&apos;t Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community&apos;s long history of being on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can&apos;t Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Can&apos;t Kill Us All
Subtitle: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America&apos;s Racial Justice Movement
Author: Wesley Lowery
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 189 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Publishers Weekly
One of the Most Anticipated Books of Fall 2016 - Elle
11 Fall Books We Can&apos;t Wait to Read - Seattle Times
A Best Book of Fall 2016 - Boston Globe
One of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch&apos;s 20 Books to Watch, fall 2016
A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it.
Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today.
In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the response to Michael Brown&apos;s death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown&apos;s family and the families of other victims as well as local activists. By posing the question &quot;what does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?&quot;, Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure, and too few jobs.
Studded with moments of joy and tragedy, They Can&apos;t Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community&apos;s long history of being on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can&apos;t Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both.

Members Reviews:
Overall decent but lacking somethibg
As a black man in america who has seen his fair share of racial policing, I came seeking anecdotal references as well as various statistics of abuse. For some reason, I felt this book lacking in both.  Perhaps  I am not the intended audience buy I hope this title does help others see our struggle.
I also view the title as misleading because I DO think can kill us all... And like others have said, the emotional music detracts from the  message

Eye opening book I want to send to my Uncle(s)
The dedication to telling the stories in this book is admirable and highly commended. The stories themselves need to be heard because they are true and necessary

Vitally important topic
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
but the delivery was slow, diluted, and the biggest problem I had was that the author seemed so full of himself. he seemed to emphasize his celebrity status more than the topic. distracting.

Quite Good
This book is a great way to think over many of the prominent cases of police killings of black citizens in recent years. The author gives a very autobiographical account from his perspective as a journalist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now I Know Audiobook by Dan Lewis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Now-I-Know-Audiobook/B00GI0WN2O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 588 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did you know that there are actually 27 letters in the alphabet, or that the U.S. had a plan to invade Canada? And what actually happened to the flags left on the moon?
Even if you think you have a handle on all things trivia, you&apos;re guaranteed a big surprise with Now I Know. From uncovering what happens to lost luggage to New York City&apos;s plan to crack down on crime by banning pinball, this book will challenge your knowledge of the fascinating stories behind the world&apos;s greatest facts.
Covering 100 outrageous topics, Now I Know is the ultimate challenge for any know-it-all who thinks they have nothing left to learn.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Lewis)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2013 23:12:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/016445/bk_adbl_016445_sample.mp3" length="2165230" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Now-I-Know-Audiobook/B00GI0WN2O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61IPP0YEaZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 588 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did you know that there are actually 27 letters in the alphabet, or that the U.S. had a plan to invade Canada? And what actually happened to the flags left on the moon?
Even if you think you have a handle on all things trivia, you&apos;re guaranteed a big surprise with Now I Know. From uncovering what happens to lost luggage to New York City&apos;s plan to crack down on crime by banning pinball, this book will challenge your knowledge of the fascinating stories behind the world&apos;s greatest facts.
Covering 100 outrageous topics, Now I Know is the ultimate challenge for any know-it-all who thinks they have nothing left to learn.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 588 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did you know that there are actually 27 letters in the alphabet, or that the U.S. had a plan to invade Canada? And what actually happened to the flags left on the moon?
Even if you think you have a handle on all things trivia, you&apos;re guaranteed a big surprise with Now I Know. From uncovering what happens to lost luggage to New York City&apos;s plan to crack down on crime by banning pinball, this book will challenge your knowledge of the fascinating stories behind the world&apos;s greatest facts.
Covering 100 outrageous topics, Now I Know is the ultimate challenge for any know-it-all who thinks they have nothing left to learn.

Members Reviews:
Interesting book, with lots of interesting stories
I would put the book on and listen to it while I worked, or cleaned up the house. The hundreds of short facts are almost all interesting, so it was a fun book to listen to. And now I can annoy my friends and family with all these facts!

A book full of &quot;believe it or nots&quot;
Any additional comments?
This book reminds me of the old &quot;Believe it or Not&quot; segments.  Granted this book is generally more &quot;scholarly&quot; than stories of bee beards and people who type every number between zero and a million, but it is basically a book of very short interesting factoids.  I was not always convinced that the author&apos;s facts were exactly right.  In some areas where I knew a little about the topic I found myself skeptical about the complete accuracy of his statements.  But, I did manage to finish the book.  If you like this sort of random bits of information, this is one of those books well suited for the short commute when you just don&apos;t have time to really get wrapped up in a plot.

Interesting facts, Great Trivia,!
If you could sum up Now I Know in three words, what would they be?
Thought Provoking! (Only needed two) The book is full of obscure facts and thought provoking facts nicely presented. If you are a trivia hound this the book for you.
Who was your favorite character and why?
There were not any characters in the books just list after list of thought provoking facts and of coarse I can&apos;t think of a single example to give you right now, (MS BRAIN no short term memory) But I liked all the facts and figures.
What does Jeremy Arthur bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
A nice voice if a little montoned in parts, But it was nice to sleep to.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
There were so many it;s hard to pick just one, (Or in short my MS Brain can&apos;t remember one right now but as soon as I walk away and stop doing this I will remember a dozen.) There really were dozens of facts that were all cool.
Any additional comments?
Very good book that I really enjoyed. Wish I had a better memory to give you more facts. But it was very good and informative. I did find the narrator a little monotoned   somewhat, but the book itself was a lot of fun. I truly enjoyed it. .

Quirky!
Now I know a bunch of random facts! This was a great book to have downloaded for those quick drives or when you&apos;re in between books. It&apos;s what you&apos;d expect, so get ready to wow your friends with miscellaneous trivia!

No depth
It sites Wikipedia, and rarely contains enough information about any fact to be interesting.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Experience and Education Audiobook by John Dewey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Experience-and-Education-Audiobook/B00B8VUG4A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Experience and Education
Author: John Dewey
Narrator: Gary L Willprecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Experience and Education is the best concise statement on education ever published by John Dewey, the man acknowledged to be the pre-eminent educational theorist of the twentieth century. Written more than two decades after Democracy and Education (Dewey&apos;s most comprehensive statement of his position in educational philosophy), this book demonstrates how Dewey reformulated his ideas as a result of his intervening experience with the progressive schools and in the light of the criticisms his theories had received.
Analyzing both &quot;traditional&quot; and &quot;progressive&quot; education, Dr. Dewey here insists that neither the old nor the new education is adequate and that each is miseducative because neither of them applies the principles of a carefully developed philosophy of experience. Many pages of this volume illustrate Dr. Dewey&apos;s ideas for a philosophy of experience and its relation to education. He particularly urges that all teachers and educators looking for a new movement in education should think in terms of the deeped and larger issues of education rather than in terms of some divisive &quot;ism&quot; about education, even such an &quot;ism&quot; as &quot;progressivism.&quot; His philosophy, here expressed in its most essential, most readable form, predicates an American educational system that respects all sources of experience, on that offers a true learning situation that is both historical and social, both orderly and dynamic.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one has done more to keep alive the fundamental ideals of liberal civilization.&quot; (Morris R. Cohen)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Dewey)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Feb 2013 19:50:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/004723/bk_acx0_004723_sample.mp3" length="1432182" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Experience-and-Education-Audiobook/B00B8VUG4A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nRFcAazwL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Experience and Education
Author: John Dewey
Narrator: Gary L Willprecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Experience and Education is the best concise statement on education ever published by John Dewey, the man acknowledged to be the pre-eminent educational theorist of the twentieth century. Written more than two decades after Democracy and Education (Dewey&apos;s most comprehensive statement of his position in educational philosophy), this book demonstrates how Dewey reformulated his ideas as a result of his intervening experience with the progressive schools and in the light of the criticisms his theories had received.
Analyzing both &quot;traditional&quot; and &quot;progressive&quot; education, Dr. Dewey here insists that neither the old nor the new education is adequate and that each is miseducative because neither of them applies the principles of a carefully developed philosophy of experience. Many pages of this volume illustrate Dr. Dewey&apos;s ideas for a philosophy of experience and its relation to education. He particularly urges that all teachers and educators looking for a new movement in education should think in terms of the deeped and larger issues of education rather than in terms of some divisive &quot;ism&quot; about education, even such an &quot;ism&quot; as &quot;progressivism.&quot; His philosophy, here expressed in its most essential, most readable form, predicates an American educational system that respects all sources of experience, on that offers a true learning situation that is both historical and social, both orderly and dynamic.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one has done more to keep alive the fundamental ideals of liberal civilization.&quot; (Morris R. Cohen)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Experience and Education
Author: John Dewey
Narrator: Gary L Willprecht
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Experience and Education is the best concise statement on education ever published by John Dewey, the man acknowledged to be the pre-eminent educational theorist of the twentieth century. Written more than two decades after Democracy and Education (Dewey&apos;s most comprehensive statement of his position in educational philosophy), this book demonstrates how Dewey reformulated his ideas as a result of his intervening experience with the progressive schools and in the light of the criticisms his theories had received.
Analyzing both &quot;traditional&quot; and &quot;progressive&quot; education, Dr. Dewey here insists that neither the old nor the new education is adequate and that each is miseducative because neither of them applies the principles of a carefully developed philosophy of experience. Many pages of this volume illustrate Dr. Dewey&apos;s ideas for a philosophy of experience and its relation to education. He particularly urges that all teachers and educators looking for a new movement in education should think in terms of the deeped and larger issues of education rather than in terms of some divisive &quot;ism&quot; about education, even such an &quot;ism&quot; as &quot;progressivism.&quot; His philosophy, here expressed in its most essential, most readable form, predicates an American educational system that respects all sources of experience, on that offers a true learning situation that is both historical and social, both orderly and dynamic.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one has done more to keep alive the fundamental ideals of liberal civilization.&quot; (Morris R. Cohen)

Members Reviews:
Great book, but too dense for audio version.
Any additional comments?
The popularity of John Dewey, American pragmatist philosopher and education reformer, has largely waned. But during his 90+ years of life, he was one of the most famous public intellectuals alive, teaching at Columbia University. But now he is mostly cited in education circles, perhaps more than he is read, and apart from the Center for Dewey Studies at Southern Illinois University, is largely ignored by the academic philosophy establishment. You wont find his books at Barnes and Noble very often.
What happened?
I first encountered Dewey after William James, that other famous American pragmatist. Deweys book The Quest for Certainty, his review of the history of philosophy, was not the most lively book but it made good points. Pragmatism, the only truly Yankee school of philosophy, stresses the import of thought for action, the practical consequences of philosophical concepts. Rather than the abstract debates over a priori knowledge of metaphysical entities that characterizes Western philosophy, pragmatists called for philosophy to be more like science: more oriented on process, on action. Dewey, who began his career as a Hegelian, extended Peirces and James thought further. For Dewey, there is no such thing as certainty about entities that exist prior to all experience. Concepts arise from experience and are meaningless unless they bear fruit for experience. This radically recasts or destroys traditional philosophical debates such as free will, the existence of God, and the mind-body problem.
Which brings me to this book. I really enjoyed this book, because Deweys points about education are so applicable to my life. Dewey contrasts two modes of education.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Narcissism Epidemic Audiobook by Jean M. Twenge, W. Keith Campbell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Narcissism-Epidemic-Audiobook/B00KSEQWW8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Narcissism Epidemic
Subtitle: Living in the Age of Entitlement
Author: Jean M. Twenge, W. Keith Campbell
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narcissism - an inflated view of the self - is everywhere. Public figures say it&apos;s what makes them stray from their wives. Parents teach it by dressing children in T-shirts that say &quot;Princess&quot;. Teenagers and young adults hone it on Facebook, and celebrity newsmakers have elevated it to an art form. And it&apos;s what&apos;s making people depressed, lonely, and buried under piles of debt. Dr. Jean M. Twenge focuses on the pernicious spread of narcissism in today&apos;s culture, which has repercussions for every age group and class. Dr. Twenge joins forces with Dr. W. Keith Campbell, a nationally recognized expert on narcissism, to explore this new plague. Together, they provide an eye-opening exposition of the alarming rise of narcissism and its catastrophic effects at every level of society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Filled with important, disturbing research detailing the alarming cultural spread of narcissism today.&quot; ---Karyl McBride, Ph.D., author of Will I Ever Be Good Enough?</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jean M. Twenge)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2014 14:36:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/003892/bk_tant_003892_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Narcissism-Epidemic-Audiobook/B00KSEQWW8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PyiDlR9eL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Narcissism Epidemic
Subtitle: Living in the Age of Entitlement
Author: Jean M. Twenge, W. Keith Campbell
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narcissism - an inflated view of the self - is everywhere. Public figures say it&apos;s what makes them stray from their wives. Parents teach it by dressing children in T-shirts that say &quot;Princess&quot;. Teenagers and young adults hone it on Facebook, and celebrity newsmakers have elevated it to an art form. And it&apos;s what&apos;s making people depressed, lonely, and buried under piles of debt. Dr. Jean M. Twenge focuses on the pernicious spread of narcissism in today&apos;s culture, which has repercussions for every age group and class. Dr. Twenge joins forces with Dr. W. Keith Campbell, a nationally recognized expert on narcissism, to explore this new plague. Together, they provide an eye-opening exposition of the alarming rise of narcissism and its catastrophic effects at every level of society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Filled with important, disturbing research detailing the alarming cultural spread of narcissism today.&quot; ---Karyl McBride, Ph.D., author of Will I Ever Be Good Enough?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Narcissism Epidemic
Subtitle: Living in the Age of Entitlement
Author: Jean M. Twenge, W. Keith Campbell
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Narcissism - an inflated view of the self - is everywhere. Public figures say it&apos;s what makes them stray from their wives. Parents teach it by dressing children in T-shirts that say &quot;Princess&quot;. Teenagers and young adults hone it on Facebook, and celebrity newsmakers have elevated it to an art form. And it&apos;s what&apos;s making people depressed, lonely, and buried under piles of debt. Dr. Jean M. Twenge focuses on the pernicious spread of narcissism in today&apos;s culture, which has repercussions for every age group and class. Dr. Twenge joins forces with Dr. W. Keith Campbell, a nationally recognized expert on narcissism, to explore this new plague. Together, they provide an eye-opening exposition of the alarming rise of narcissism and its catastrophic effects at every level of society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Filled with important, disturbing research detailing the alarming cultural spread of narcissism today.&quot; ---Karyl McBride, Ph.D., author of Will I Ever Be Good Enough?

Members Reviews:
Feeling &quot;special?&quot; Snap out of it!
Twenge and Campbell provide a wide-ranging study of social psychology with many useful insights. Unfortunately the tone in which the book is written and narrated is off-putting, arrogant, and grating on the nerves. The &quot;look at me&quot; author intrusion was over the top. They would have written a much stronger, more cohesive book if that fault hadn&apos;t been so distracting. The narrator sounds snarky and disdainful, which doesn&apos;t help.
This book goes a long way to explaining how we find ourselves in this situation. Even if you take out the statistics and somewhat outdated cultural references, there&apos;s a lot in here that is important to consider. I wish every parent and grandparent would read it and at least think through some of the issues raised.
If you need strategies to deal with a narcissist, you won&apos;t find them in this book. For that, I&apos;d recommend looking at Rokelle Lerner&apos;s THE OBJECT OF MY AFFECTION IS IN MY REFLECTION and Eleanor Payson&apos;s THE WIZARD OF OZ AND OTHER NARCISSISTS.
This next bit is just my own experience, so feel free to skip if you wish.
I read this book to understand &quot;small-n narcissism&quot; because there is more and more of what this book talks about in the arts.
Three examples from the last week. (1) An inexperienced twentysomething painter threw a screaming tantrum when her inadequate work was not accepted for inclusion in a national, highly competitive exhibition. (2) A teenage boy asked me how long it would take &quot;to get good&quot; on classical guitar. When I told him many years of dedicated study and practice, he said he was &quot;gonna get one of those &apos;learn guitar in seven days&apos; things online&quot; and wandered off. (3) A twelve year-old bragged to her adoring parents that she had &quot;mastered&quot; the flute and called herself &quot;really gifted.&quot; She was not a prodigy, just an ordinary kid who&apos;d finished her fourth lesson.
Those who have something to teach are getting tired of dealing with superannuated two year-olds who have a tantrum every time they find work is required of them, or discover there are others more talented, experienced, or willing to learn from their mistakes than they are. Entitled narcissists want instant fame, accolades, and praise for nothing more than showing up.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Language A to Z Audiobook by The Great Courses, John McWhorter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Language-A-to-Z-Audiobook/B00GM0V6AK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language A to Z
Author: The Great Courses, John McWhorter
Narrator: Professor John McWhorter
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 1239 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Linguistics, the study of language, has a reputation for being complex and inaccessible. But here&apos;s a secret: There&apos;s a lot that&apos;s quirky and intriguing about how human language works-and much of it is downright fun to learn about. But with so many potential avenues of exploration, it can often seem daunting to try to understand it. Where does one even start?
In these twenty-four 15-minute lectures by one of the best-known popularizes of language, you&apos;ll discover a delightful way to get accessible, bite-sized introductions to language. Using the English alphabet as a unique, offbeat way to approach the subject, Professor McWhorter has crafted a hopscotch tour of some of the field&apos;s major topics, hot-button issues, and more.
You&apos;ll learn why it can actually be OK to use slang like &quot;LOL.&quot; Why English speakers don&apos;t use words like &quot;thou&quot; and &quot;thee&quot; anymore. What makes &quot;mama&quot; and &quot;papa&quot; a child&apos;s first words-in many languages. How popular rhymes like &quot;Eeny, meeny, miney, moe&quot;) actually derive from the words for numbers in an early relative of Welsh. Why &quot;like&quot; is here to stay in common American speech. And much more.
These and other fascinating topics are all delivered in Professor McWhorter&apos;s light-hearted yet informative teaching style, which makes this series essential for anyone looking for a welcoming window into the quirks, curiosities, and intricacies of how language works. Filled with humor, whimsy, and no shortage of insights, it&apos;s a fast-paced tour of the same territory linguists tread each and every day.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2013 01:04:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000360/bk_tcco_000360_sample.mp3" length="2399890" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Language-A-to-Z-Audiobook/B00GM0V6AK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41alfnPXczL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language A to Z
Author: The Great Courses, John McWhorter
Narrator: Professor John McWhorter
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 1239 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Linguistics, the study of language, has a reputation for being complex and inaccessible. But here&apos;s a secret: There&apos;s a lot that&apos;s quirky and intriguing about how human language works-and much of it is downright fun to learn about. But with so many potential avenues of exploration, it can often seem daunting to try to understand it. Where does one even start?
In these twenty-four 15-minute lectures by one of the best-known popularizes of language, you&apos;ll discover a delightful way to get accessible, bite-sized introductions to language. Using the English alphabet as a unique, offbeat way to approach the subject, Professor McWhorter has crafted a hopscotch tour of some of the field&apos;s major topics, hot-button issues, and more.
You&apos;ll learn why it can actually be OK to use slang like &quot;LOL.&quot; Why English speakers don&apos;t use words like &quot;thou&quot; and &quot;thee&quot; anymore. What makes &quot;mama&quot; and &quot;papa&quot; a child&apos;s first words-in many languages. How popular rhymes like &quot;Eeny, meeny, miney, moe&quot;) actually derive from the words for numbers in an early relative of Welsh. Why &quot;like&quot; is here to stay in common American speech. And much more.
These and other fascinating topics are all delivered in Professor McWhorter&apos;s light-hearted yet informative teaching style, which makes this series essential for anyone looking for a welcoming window into the quirks, curiosities, and intricacies of how language works. Filled with humor, whimsy, and no shortage of insights, it&apos;s a fast-paced tour of the same territory linguists tread each and every day.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language A to Z
Author: The Great Courses, John McWhorter
Narrator: Professor John McWhorter
Format: Original Recording
Length: 6 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 1239 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Linguistics, the study of language, has a reputation for being complex and inaccessible. But here&apos;s a secret: There&apos;s a lot that&apos;s quirky and intriguing about how human language works-and much of it is downright fun to learn about. But with so many potential avenues of exploration, it can often seem daunting to try to understand it. Where does one even start?
In these twenty-four 15-minute lectures by one of the best-known popularizes of language, you&apos;ll discover a delightful way to get accessible, bite-sized introductions to language. Using the English alphabet as a unique, offbeat way to approach the subject, Professor McWhorter has crafted a hopscotch tour of some of the field&apos;s major topics, hot-button issues, and more.
You&apos;ll learn why it can actually be OK to use slang like &quot;LOL.&quot; Why English speakers don&apos;t use words like &quot;thou&quot; and &quot;thee&quot; anymore. What makes &quot;mama&quot; and &quot;papa&quot; a child&apos;s first words-in many languages. How popular rhymes like &quot;Eeny, meeny, miney, moe&quot;) actually derive from the words for numbers in an early relative of Welsh. Why &quot;like&quot; is here to stay in common American speech. And much more.
These and other fascinating topics are all delivered in Professor McWhorter&apos;s light-hearted yet informative teaching style, which makes this series essential for anyone looking for a welcoming window into the quirks, curiosities, and intricacies of how language works. Filled with humor, whimsy, and no shortage of insights, it&apos;s a fast-paced tour of the same territory linguists tread each and every day.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
A genious Miscelany of linguistic topics
Prof. John McWhorter, linguist and English lecturer at the University of Columbia fires off like a rocket bringing linguistics to the listener through 24 short 15 minute mini-lectures from A-Z. He uses the alphabet to introduce the listener to some interesting facts about the mishmash of  languages spoken in the world.
He starts the course at an enormous pace and peppers you with a lot of information. Initially I thought that I would opt out due to the pace against which he presents. I managed to stuck in there and was not disappointed. He knows a lot about languages.
From a South African perspective just the following: Xhosa is not pronounced Chosa as if it should start with a fricative, but with a clicking sound like that of the clicking languages that he describes. His pronunciation of the language called Afrikaans was also lacking. Despite that, he brings tremendous insight into languages and their structures. Highlights are &quot;H for Hobbits&quot; and &quot;R for R-lessness&quot;
If you want a fun-filled and highly informative course, this one is for you.

Gobsmacked!
Now this is something fun and different from the venerable &quot;Great Courses.&quot;   I love them, but they tend to be considerably longer and more scholarly than &quot;Language A to Z&quot;.
Not that Professor McWhorter doesn&apos;t know his stuff.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Flat World and Education: Audiobook by Linda Darling-Hammond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Flat-World-and-Education-Audiobook/B00BEK1L08</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Flat World and Education:
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future
Author: Linda Darling-Hammond
Narrator: Lynne Ennis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-12-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Flat World and Education offers an eye-opening wake-up call concerning America&apos;s future and vividly illustrates what the United States needs to do to build a system of high-achieving and equitable schools that ensures every child the right to learn.
The Grawemeyer Award in Education, 2012
ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award Finalist in Education, 2011
The book is published by Teachers College Press.

Critic Reviews:
&apos;&apos;We are so fortunate that Linda Darling-Hammond has provided this road map for educational excellence for all children in today&apos;s flat world. She thoughtfully emphasizes the basic strengths that we need in these changing times and then outlines what our schools must do to respond to 21st-century learning needs. Linda is one of the education researchers whom I most respect. &apos;All children&apos; must mean all children and this book shows us how to do it.&apos;&apos; (Richard W. Riley, Former U. S. Secretary of Education)
&apos;&apos;When Linda Darling-Hammond speaks, America&apos;s teachers listen! I listened and learned from her as we together led the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards and created the National Commission on Teaching and America&apos;s Future. Excellent schools are the key to America&apos;s economic future, and superb teaching is the key to great schools. This book makes clear as a bell how to organize schools for successful teaching and what state and national policies are required to support it.&apos;&apos; (James B. Hunt, Former Governor of North Carolina and President of the Hunt Institute)
&apos;&apos;Her arguments are sound, rooted in evidence, and unencumbered by the kinds of ideological partisanship that characterizes too much of current educational debates. After reading this book, one will understand why it was that Barack Obama, when seeking advice from the sharpest minds in education, turned to Dr. Linda Darling Hammond.&apos;&apos; (Pedro A. Noguera, Metropolitan Center for Urban Education, New York University)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Linda Darling-Hammond)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2013 16:02:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/004898/bk_acx0_004898_sample.mp3" length="1098219" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Flat-World-and-Education-Audiobook/B00BEK1L08</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61+miDt7CWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>15:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Flat World and Education:
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future
Author: Linda Darling-Hammond
Narrator: Lynne Ennis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-12-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Flat World and Education offers an eye-opening wake-up call concerning America&apos;s future and vividly illustrates what the United States needs to do to build a system of high-achieving and equitable schools that ensures every child the right to learn.
The Grawemeyer Award in Education, 2012
ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award Finalist in Education, 2011
The book is published by Teachers College Press.

Critic Reviews:
&apos;&apos;We are so fortunate that Linda Darling-Hammond has provided this road map for educational excellence for all children in today&apos;s flat world. She thoughtfully emphasizes the basic strengths that we need in these changing times and then outlines what our schools must do to respond to 21st-century learning needs. Linda is one of the education researchers whom I most respect. &apos;All children&apos; must mean all children and this book shows us how to do it.&apos;&apos; (Richard W. Riley, Former U. S. Secretary of Education)
&apos;&apos;When Linda Darling-Hammond speaks, America&apos;s teachers listen! I listened and learned from her as we together led the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards and created the National Commission on Teaching and America&apos;s Future. Excellent schools are the key to America&apos;s economic future, and superb teaching is the key to great schools. This book makes clear as a bell how to organize schools for successful teaching and what state and national policies are required to support it.&apos;&apos; (James B. Hunt, Former Governor of North Carolina and President of the Hunt Institute)
&apos;&apos;Her arguments are sound, rooted in evidence, and unencumbered by the kinds of ideological partisanship that characterizes too much of current educational debates. After reading this book, one will understand why it was that Barack Obama, when seeking advice from the sharpest minds in education, turned to Dr. Linda Darling Hammond.&apos;&apos; (Pedro A. Noguera, Metropolitan Center for Urban Education, New York University)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Flat World and Education:
Subtitle: How America&apos;s Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future
Author: Linda Darling-Hammond
Narrator: Lynne Ennis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 15 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-12-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Flat World and Education offers an eye-opening wake-up call concerning America&apos;s future and vividly illustrates what the United States needs to do to build a system of high-achieving and equitable schools that ensures every child the right to learn.
The Grawemeyer Award in Education, 2012
ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award Finalist in Education, 2011
The book is published by Teachers College Press.

Critic Reviews:
&apos;&apos;We are so fortunate that Linda Darling-Hammond has provided this road map for educational excellence for all children in today&apos;s flat world. She thoughtfully emphasizes the basic strengths that we need in these changing times and then outlines what our schools must do to respond to 21st-century learning needs. Linda is one of the education researchers whom I most respect. &apos;All children&apos; must mean all children and this book shows us how to do it.&apos;&apos; (Richard W. Riley, Former U. S. Secretary of Education)
&apos;&apos;When Linda Darling-Hammond speaks, America&apos;s teachers listen! I listened and learned from her as we together led the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards and created the National Commission on Teaching and America&apos;s Future. Excellent schools are the key to America&apos;s economic future, and superb teaching is the key to great schools. This book makes clear as a bell how to organize schools for successful teaching and what state and national policies are required to support it.&apos;&apos; (James B. Hunt, Former Governor of North Carolina and President of the Hunt Institute)
&apos;&apos;Her arguments are sound, rooted in evidence, and unencumbered by the kinds of ideological partisanship that characterizes too much of current educational debates. After reading this book, one will understand why it was that Barack Obama, when seeking advice from the sharpest minds in education, turned to Dr. Linda Darling Hammond.&apos;&apos; (Pedro A. Noguera, Metropolitan Center for Urban Education, New York University)

Members Reviews:
Exceptional Information
It is a long book to listen to- but every chapter surprised me with in depth analysis and new comparisons. Definitely worth the time!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Defense of a Liberal Education Audiobook by Fareed Zakaria</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Defense-of-a-Liberal-Education-Audiobook/B00U3DXKRO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Fareed Zakaria
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 348 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN&apos;s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world&apos;s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook.
The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and history - which were once very popular and highly respected - are in steep decline, and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history when deciding on an educational path.
In this timely and urgently needed audiobook, Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately learning - all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom, and above all it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit - to know.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Fareed Zakaria)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 04:54:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007018/bk_sans_007018_sample.mp3" length="2399699" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Defense-of-a-Liberal-Education-Audiobook/B00U3DXKRO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51V7f0FASqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Fareed Zakaria
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 348 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN&apos;s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world&apos;s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook.
The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and history - which were once very popular and highly respected - are in steep decline, and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history when deciding on an educational path.
In this timely and urgently needed audiobook, Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately learning - all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom, and above all it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit - to know.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Fareed Zakaria
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-30-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 348 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN&apos;s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world&apos;s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook.
The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and history - which were once very popular and highly respected - are in steep decline, and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history when deciding on an educational path.
In this timely and urgently needed audiobook, Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately learning - all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom, and above all it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit - to know.

Members Reviews:
Almost
I can almost agree with all that Fareed had to say. I myself did not graduate from high school. And I have a great life today at the age of sixty one. I&apos;ve made a lot of mistakes but I learned from everyone of them. When I started out at the age of 12 I new that the most important thing was too make as much money as you can, and always learn as much as you can from everything that you do.
And I&apos;m still learning every day! This is how life should be. Enjoying every moment of what you make of it. And if you screw up you can always try something else!!
Howard Hackney

Short, but engaging and persuading
What did you love best about In Defense of a Liberal Education?
I enjoyed this book. It was short, very easy to understand, and noted some academic studies to support his hypothesis. An engaging argument to support those that choose to follow a liberal arts education.

Thinking for Yourself Is a Good Thing
Having grown up in Texas, one of the biggest offenders against the idea of the masses thinking for itself as individuals, I can look almost anywhere in my surroundings and directly apply Zakaria&apos;s arguments.  There is so much practical wisdom here that most will never see or take advantage of that it hurts.  Zakaria&apos;s thoughts here are well-organized, well-defended, and transparent on every level, and yet, implementing it to its fullest goes beyond the level of the individual.  Those in power have very little incentive to change the status quo because that&apos;s how they got to power in the first place.  Even so, Zakaria makes an excellent case for the practicality and value of liberal arts and the power of a people who can hink for themselves.  My personal suggestion would be the one path unthinkable to most: for an individual to continue such studies on their own.  There are resources aplenty in the age of information.  Play the game, get the degree you think you need, but never stop learning.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Signs from Pets in the Afterlife Audiobook by Lyn Ragan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Signs-from-Pets-in-the-Afterlife-Audiobook/B01M1C6M37</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signs from Pets in the Afterlife
Author: Lyn Ragan
Narrator: Amy Melissa Bentley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Communications from beloved pets are seen by thousands every day. Some messages are given in ways that require an acute awareness and more interpretation as well. From the heavens above, signs are given by deceased pets to connect with their families they left behind. Oftentimes, the gifts they share are unseen or are difficult to identify.
Learning to speak the language of spirit requires practice, but once identified, the joy of hearing from your pet in spirit can bring great comfort. This book is an ABC&apos;s narrative for identifying signs, messages, and signals from the afterworld. It shares a simple way to look for, and read, communications from pets in the hereafter.
For anyone looking to continue their relationship with a beloved pet in the afterlife, this book can help you identify their gifts from Heaven.
Love lives forever and so do our souls.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lyn Ragan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2016 13:17:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006673/bk_tant_006673_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Signs-from-Pets-in-the-Afterlife-Audiobook/B01M1C6M37</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bj1OMVM+L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signs from Pets in the Afterlife
Author: Lyn Ragan
Narrator: Amy Melissa Bentley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Communications from beloved pets are seen by thousands every day. Some messages are given in ways that require an acute awareness and more interpretation as well. From the heavens above, signs are given by deceased pets to connect with their families they left behind. Oftentimes, the gifts they share are unseen or are difficult to identify.
Learning to speak the language of spirit requires practice, but once identified, the joy of hearing from your pet in spirit can bring great comfort. This book is an ABC&apos;s narrative for identifying signs, messages, and signals from the afterworld. It shares a simple way to look for, and read, communications from pets in the hereafter.
For anyone looking to continue their relationship with a beloved pet in the afterlife, this book can help you identify their gifts from Heaven.
Love lives forever and so do our souls.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signs from Pets in the Afterlife
Author: Lyn Ragan
Narrator: Amy Melissa Bentley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Communications from beloved pets are seen by thousands every day. Some messages are given in ways that require an acute awareness and more interpretation as well. From the heavens above, signs are given by deceased pets to connect with their families they left behind. Oftentimes, the gifts they share are unseen or are difficult to identify.
Learning to speak the language of spirit requires practice, but once identified, the joy of hearing from your pet in spirit can bring great comfort. This book is an ABC&apos;s narrative for identifying signs, messages, and signals from the afterworld. It shares a simple way to look for, and read, communications from pets in the hereafter.
For anyone looking to continue their relationship with a beloved pet in the afterlife, this book can help you identify their gifts from Heaven.
Love lives forever and so do our souls.

Members Reviews:
Horrible...
Any additional comments?
Woman makes a lot of assumptions that the signs are coming from your pets, maybe they are coming from someone else.  Hated this book, couldn&apos;t even finish it....wish I could have returned it.

Bad Narrator
The reader for this book is awful! I don&apos;t think she has ever read a book aloud nor had a pet that she has lost. Deleted the book after 3 chapters. Too bad... the narrator is everything!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mothers and Others Audiobook by Sarah Blaffer Hrdy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mothers-and-Others-Audiobook/B00GSZNTB8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mothers and Others
Subtitle: The Evolutionary Origins of Mutual Understanding
Author: Sarah Blaffer Hrdy
Narrator: Helen Stern
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Somewhere in Africa, more than a million years ago, a line of apes began to rear their young differently than their Great Ape ancestors. From this new form of care came new ways of engaging and understanding each other. How such singular human capacities evolved, and how they have kept us alive for thousands of generations, is the mystery revealed in this bold and wide-ranging new vision of human emotional evolution.
Mothers and Others finds the key in the primatologically unique length of human childhood. If the young were to survive in a world of scarce food, they needed to be cared for, not only by their mothers but also by siblings, aunts, fathers, friends - and, with any luck, grandmothers. Out of this complicated and contingent form of childrearing, Sarah Hrdy argues, came the human capacity for understanding others. Mothers and others teach us who will care, and who will not.
From its opening vision of &quot;apes on a plane;&quot; to descriptions of baby care among marmosets, chimpanzees, wolves, and lions; to explanations about why men in hunter-gatherer societies hunt together, Mothers and Others is compelling to listen to. But it is also an intricately knit argument that ever since the Pleistocene, it has taken a village to raise children - and how that gave our ancient ancestors the first push on the path toward becoming emotionally modern human beings.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sarah Blaffer Hrdy)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2013 20:39:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015230/bk_adbl_015230_sample.mp3" length="2298507" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mothers-and-Others-Audiobook/B00GSZNTB8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rUulSpRmL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mothers and Others
Subtitle: The Evolutionary Origins of Mutual Understanding
Author: Sarah Blaffer Hrdy
Narrator: Helen Stern
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Somewhere in Africa, more than a million years ago, a line of apes began to rear their young differently than their Great Ape ancestors. From this new form of care came new ways of engaging and understanding each other. How such singular human capacities evolved, and how they have kept us alive for thousands of generations, is the mystery revealed in this bold and wide-ranging new vision of human emotional evolution.
Mothers and Others finds the key in the primatologically unique length of human childhood. If the young were to survive in a world of scarce food, they needed to be cared for, not only by their mothers but also by siblings, aunts, fathers, friends - and, with any luck, grandmothers. Out of this complicated and contingent form of childrearing, Sarah Hrdy argues, came the human capacity for understanding others. Mothers and others teach us who will care, and who will not.
From its opening vision of &quot;apes on a plane;&quot; to descriptions of baby care among marmosets, chimpanzees, wolves, and lions; to explanations about why men in hunter-gatherer societies hunt together, Mothers and Others is compelling to listen to. But it is also an intricately knit argument that ever since the Pleistocene, it has taken a village to raise children - and how that gave our ancient ancestors the first push on the path toward becoming emotionally modern human beings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mothers and Others
Subtitle: The Evolutionary Origins of Mutual Understanding
Author: Sarah Blaffer Hrdy
Narrator: Helen Stern
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Somewhere in Africa, more than a million years ago, a line of apes began to rear their young differently than their Great Ape ancestors. From this new form of care came new ways of engaging and understanding each other. How such singular human capacities evolved, and how they have kept us alive for thousands of generations, is the mystery revealed in this bold and wide-ranging new vision of human emotional evolution.
Mothers and Others finds the key in the primatologically unique length of human childhood. If the young were to survive in a world of scarce food, they needed to be cared for, not only by their mothers but also by siblings, aunts, fathers, friends - and, with any luck, grandmothers. Out of this complicated and contingent form of childrearing, Sarah Hrdy argues, came the human capacity for understanding others. Mothers and others teach us who will care, and who will not.
From its opening vision of &quot;apes on a plane;&quot; to descriptions of baby care among marmosets, chimpanzees, wolves, and lions; to explanations about why men in hunter-gatherer societies hunt together, Mothers and Others is compelling to listen to. But it is also an intricately knit argument that ever since the Pleistocene, it has taken a village to raise children - and how that gave our ancient ancestors the first push on the path toward becoming emotionally modern human beings.

Members Reviews:
A popular book rather than a scholarly one.
Many assertions backed up by too little data, and seemingly with a pre-judged agenda. If annotated, the printed material may be better. The reader was good, but as the author is American, the text most likely would have benefitted from an American reader.

Essential reading
essential reading for scholars of human  nature or those just interested. Encyclopedic knowledge contained here just as with Hrdy&apos;s Mothernature</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Troublesome Inheritance Audiobook by Nicholas Wade</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Troublesome-Inheritance-Audiobook/B00JXQX19Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Troublesome Inheritance
Subtitle: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 260 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story.
Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory.
Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years - to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well.
Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits - thrift, docility, nonviolence - have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These &quot;values&quot; obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews.
Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nicholas Wade)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2014 18:06:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/002362/bk_peng_002362_sample.mp3" length="2399727" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Troublesome-Inheritance-Audiobook/B00JXQX19Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51j0pHsGslL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Troublesome Inheritance
Subtitle: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 260 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story.
Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory.
Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years - to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well.
Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits - thrift, docility, nonviolence - have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These &quot;values&quot; obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews.
Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Troublesome Inheritance
Subtitle: Genes, Race, and Human History
Author: Nicholas Wade
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 260 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Drawing on startling new evidence from the mapping of the genome, an explosive new account of the genetic basis of race and its role in the human story.
Fewer ideas have been more toxic or harmful than the idea of the biological reality of race, and with it the idea that humans of different races are biologically different from one another. For this understandable reason, the idea has been banished from polite academic conversation. Arguing that race is more than just a social construct can get a scholar run out of town, or at least off campus, on a rail. Human evolution, the consensus view insists, ended in prehistory.
Inconveniently, as Nicholas Wade argues in A Troublesome Inheritance, the consensus view cannot be right. And in fact, we know that populations have changed in the past few thousand years - to be lactose tolerant, for example, and to survive at high altitudes. Race is not a bright-line distinction; by definition it means that the more human populations are kept apart, the more they evolve their own distinct traits under the selective pressure known as Darwinian evolution. For many thousands of years, most human populations stayed where they were and grew distinct, not just in outward appearance but in deeper senses as well.
Wade, the longtime journalist covering genetic advances for The New York Times, draws widely on the work of scientists who have made crucial breakthroughs in establishing the reality of recent human evolution. The most provocative claims in this book involve the genetic basis of human social habits. What we might call middle-class social traits - thrift, docility, nonviolence - have been slowly but surely inculcated genetically within agrarian societies, Wade argues. These &quot;values&quot; obviously had a strong cultural component, but Wade points to evidence that agrarian societies evolved away from hunter-gatherer societies in some crucial respects. Also controversial are his findings regarding the genetic basis of traits we associate with intelligence, such as literacy and numeracy, in certain ethnic populations, including the Chinese and Ashkenazi Jews.
Wade believes deeply in the fundamental equality of all human peoples. He also believes that science is best served by pursuing the truth without fear, and if his mission to arrive at a coherent summa of what the new genetic science does and does not tell us about race and human history leads straight into a minefield, then so be it. This will not be the last word on the subject, but it will begin a powerful and overdue conversation.

Members Reviews:
Fascinating page-turner
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes, I already have. Ok, so I didn&apos;t actually turn any pages, but I did listen to the last two-thirds of the book in one Saturday sitting. This is a subject matter that I&apos;m passionately interested in, but lack any science background to appreciate previous books that I&apos;ve read. I would recommend it as a good broad introduction to evolution and natural selection.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
The author&apos;s theories. He covers many questions that I have pondered on myself, offers some fascinating theories, and compels the reader to continue questioning. There are some interesting rebuttals to Jared Diamonds books. I also appreciated the citing of Fukuyama&apos;s books on political order.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mismeasure of Man Audiobook by Stephen Jay Gould</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Mismeasure-of-Man-Audiobook/B005MZW22W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mismeasure of Man
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book&apos;s claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, &quot;a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological &apos;explanations&apos; of our present social woes.&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A rare book---at once of great importance and wonderful to read.&quot; (
Saturday Review)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Jay Gould)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2011 20:59:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002177/bk_tant_002177_sample.mp3" length="2399740" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Mismeasure-of-Man-Audiobook/B005MZW22W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51DmK6l5RQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mismeasure of Man
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book&apos;s claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, &quot;a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological &apos;explanations&apos; of our present social woes.&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A rare book---at once of great importance and wonderful to read.&quot; (
Saturday Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Mismeasure of Man
Author: Stephen Jay Gould
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 88 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book&apos;s claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, &quot;a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological &apos;explanations&apos; of our present social woes.&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A rare book---at once of great importance and wonderful to read.&quot; (
Saturday Review)

Members Reviews:
Excellent and eye opening
Any additional comments?
A story of history that makes you shake your head in disbelief but also an excellent story of cognitive bias and its influence on science.  A story that can still occur today.

A great Anthropology book
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes I would. Having an audible version of such a nice book is very convenient and we can listen to it anytime anywhere.
What other book might you compare The Mismeasure of Man to and why?
Why Evolution is True by Jerry Coyne. It gives us different perspectives on evolution.
What did you like about the performance? What did you dislike?
The voice of the reader of The Mismeasure of Man is a little monotonous. It is hard to keep listening for more than an hour.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
Evolution is everywhere. We are not more special than any other species. Being a humble human being may help open doors to a greater understanding of the past, present and future of our species.
Any additional comments?
Books on science, anthropology, archaeology, geology are as important as novels and popular literature. I notice there are many options on classic and modern literature but not so many in books dealing with natural sciences. The Origin of Species would make a great option.

Wow!
wow! I was given this book by a respected Professor years ago during a Time when I was inundated with my studies as a student. I regret these twenty years I&apos;ve spent without the light this works sheds on the problems of human potential, racism and elitism.

A Hasty Response to The Bell Curve
The author tried his best to jump-in and debunk the Bell Curve study - and he tried too hard - I found his efforts forced.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Gon&apos; Be Alright Audiobook by Jeff Chang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Gon-Be-Alright-Audiobook/B01KP6SJEW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Gon&apos; Be Alright
Subtitle: Notes on Race and Resegregation
Author: Jeff Chang
Narrator: Jeff Chang
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In these provocative, powerful essays, acclaimed writer/journalist Jeff Chang (Can&apos;t Stop Won&apos;t Stop, Who We Be) takes an incisive and wide-ranging look at the recent tragedies and widespread protests that have shaken the country. Through deep reporting with key activists and thinkers, passionately personal writing, and distinguished cultural criticism, We Gon&apos; Be Alright links #BlackLivesMatter to #OscarsSoWhite, Ferguson to Washington, DC, the Great Migration to resurgent nativism. Chang explores the rise and fall of the idea of diversity, the roots of student protest, changing ideas about Asian Americanness, and the impact of a century of racial separation in housing. He argues that resegregation is the unexamined condition of our time, the undoing of which is key to moving the nation forward to racial justice and cultural equity.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeff Chang)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2016 23:18:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/028390/bk_adbl_028390_sample.mp3" length="2399774" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Gon-Be-Alright-Audiobook/B01KP6SJEW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bDvcaqC7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Gon&apos; Be Alright
Subtitle: Notes on Race and Resegregation
Author: Jeff Chang
Narrator: Jeff Chang
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In these provocative, powerful essays, acclaimed writer/journalist Jeff Chang (Can&apos;t Stop Won&apos;t Stop, Who We Be) takes an incisive and wide-ranging look at the recent tragedies and widespread protests that have shaken the country. Through deep reporting with key activists and thinkers, passionately personal writing, and distinguished cultural criticism, We Gon&apos; Be Alright links #BlackLivesMatter to #OscarsSoWhite, Ferguson to Washington, DC, the Great Migration to resurgent nativism. Chang explores the rise and fall of the idea of diversity, the roots of student protest, changing ideas about Asian Americanness, and the impact of a century of racial separation in housing. He argues that resegregation is the unexamined condition of our time, the undoing of which is key to moving the nation forward to racial justice and cultural equity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Gon&apos; Be Alright
Subtitle: Notes on Race and Resegregation
Author: Jeff Chang
Narrator: Jeff Chang
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In these provocative, powerful essays, acclaimed writer/journalist Jeff Chang (Can&apos;t Stop Won&apos;t Stop, Who We Be) takes an incisive and wide-ranging look at the recent tragedies and widespread protests that have shaken the country. Through deep reporting with key activists and thinkers, passionately personal writing, and distinguished cultural criticism, We Gon&apos; Be Alright links #BlackLivesMatter to #OscarsSoWhite, Ferguson to Washington, DC, the Great Migration to resurgent nativism. Chang explores the rise and fall of the idea of diversity, the roots of student protest, changing ideas about Asian Americanness, and the impact of a century of racial separation in housing. He argues that resegregation is the unexamined condition of our time, the undoing of which is key to moving the nation forward to racial justice and cultural equity.

Members Reviews:
Weak Voice Narration
The author mentioned some things I didn&apos;t know and it was interesting enough to take note of several things he said, but he doesn&apos;t have a good reading voice. His voice wasn&apos;t well modulated.
Also, his topics seemed a bit randomly put together. I don&apos;t know if I would recommend this book. It&apos;s not horrible but it&apos;s just short of good.
However, I do truly appreciate the author&apos;s willingness to bring attention to resegregation and other indignities facing people of color in America.

Amazingly insightful
Jeff Chang has done a lot of good work here and I think it is a brilliant work.  It goes without saying that even though he is critiquing the system he is still complicit in it.  But he shows a side of the modern conversation that I haven&apos;t yet heard articulated so well.
Maybe not the greatest entry point into this conversation for most people, but an amazing work.

a conversation that needs to happen
This book mostly goes into depth about the cause and impact of the Ferguson riots, but also talks about being Asian-American (not quite white enough for white privilege despite the positive stereotype) and reviews Beyonce&apos;s album Lemonade.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Policing the Black Man Audiobook by Angela J. Davis - editor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Policing-the-Black-Man-Audiobook/B0731RSQ7R</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Policing the Black Man
Subtitle: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment
Author: Angela J. Davis - editor
Narrator: Robin Miles, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation&apos;s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times best seller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others.
Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process, from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men.
The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court&apos;s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Angela J. Davis - editor)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2017 18:28:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/010100/bk_blak_010100_sample.mp3" length="2396204" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Policing-the-Black-Man-Audiobook/B0731RSQ7R</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517MGDuJoiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Policing the Black Man
Subtitle: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment
Author: Angela J. Davis - editor
Narrator: Robin Miles, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation&apos;s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times best seller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others.
Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process, from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men.
The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court&apos;s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Policing the Black Man
Subtitle: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment
Author: Angela J. Davis - editor
Narrator: Robin Miles, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation&apos;s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times best seller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others.
Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process, from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men.
The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court&apos;s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America.

Members Reviews:
A Book Every Young White Male Should Read
What made the experience of listening to Policing the Black Man the most enjoyable?
The essays present a side of the #blacklivesmatter story that a privileged white male is unfamiliar with. These essays helped open my eyes to the need to educate America on racism and how the political system needs to be educated in policing more equally.
Any additional comments?
The reason I didn&apos;t give it a 5 star rating is due to the selection of essays the editor (Angela Davis) chose. Once you hear the first 2 or 3 essays you have heard basically the entire book. The following essays use the same examples of police brutality and make the same basic points. I heard the same quote two or three times about how &quot;America is moving towards two societies, one white, one black -- separate and unequal.&quot; I really wish the editor had done a better job presenting new material throughout the book as a whole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Divide Audiobook by Joseph E. Stiglitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-Divide-Audiobook/B00YT8E50A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Divide
Subtitle: Unequal Societies and What We Can Do About Them
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How has America become the most unequal advanced country in the world, and what can we do about it?
In The Great Divide, Joseph E. Stiglitz expands on the diagnosis he offered in his best-selling book The Price of Inequality and suggests ways to counter America&apos;s growing problem. With his signature blend of clarity and passion, Stiglitz argues that inequality is a choice - the cumulative result of unjust policies and misguided priorities.
Gathering his writings for popular outlets including Vanity Fair and The New York Times, Stiglitz exposes in full America&apos;s inequality: its dimensions, its causes, and its consequences for the nation and for the world. From the Reagan era to the Great Recession and its long aftermath, Stiglitz delves into the irresponsible policies - deregulation, tax cuts, and tax breaks for the 1 percent - that are leaving many Americans further and further behind and turning the American dream into an ever more unachievable myth. With formidable yet accessible economic insight, he urges us to embrace real solutions: increasing taxes on corporations and the wealthy; offering more help to the children of the poor; investing in education, science, and infrastructure; helping out homeowners instead of banks; and, most importantly, doing more to restore the economy to full employment. Stiglitz also draws lessons from Scandinavia, Singapore, and Japan, and he argues against the tide of unnecessary, destructive austerity that is sweeping across Europe.
Ultimately, Stiglitz believes, our choice is not between growth and fairness; with the right policies, we can choose both. His complaint is not so much about capitalism as such but how 21st-century capitalism has been perverted. His is a call to confront America&apos;s economic inequality as the political and moral issue that it is.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joseph E. Stiglitz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2015 21:04:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/024076/bk_adbl_024076_sample.mp3" length="2003010" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Great-Divide-Audiobook/B00YT8E50A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516DMUPrbgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Divide
Subtitle: Unequal Societies and What We Can Do About Them
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How has America become the most unequal advanced country in the world, and what can we do about it?
In The Great Divide, Joseph E. Stiglitz expands on the diagnosis he offered in his best-selling book The Price of Inequality and suggests ways to counter America&apos;s growing problem. With his signature blend of clarity and passion, Stiglitz argues that inequality is a choice - the cumulative result of unjust policies and misguided priorities.
Gathering his writings for popular outlets including Vanity Fair and The New York Times, Stiglitz exposes in full America&apos;s inequality: its dimensions, its causes, and its consequences for the nation and for the world. From the Reagan era to the Great Recession and its long aftermath, Stiglitz delves into the irresponsible policies - deregulation, tax cuts, and tax breaks for the 1 percent - that are leaving many Americans further and further behind and turning the American dream into an ever more unachievable myth. With formidable yet accessible economic insight, he urges us to embrace real solutions: increasing taxes on corporations and the wealthy; offering more help to the children of the poor; investing in education, science, and infrastructure; helping out homeowners instead of banks; and, most importantly, doing more to restore the economy to full employment. Stiglitz also draws lessons from Scandinavia, Singapore, and Japan, and he argues against the tide of unnecessary, destructive austerity that is sweeping across Europe.
Ultimately, Stiglitz believes, our choice is not between growth and fairness; with the right policies, we can choose both. His complaint is not so much about capitalism as such but how 21st-century capitalism has been perverted. His is a call to confront America&apos;s economic inequality as the political and moral issue that it is.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Divide
Subtitle: Unequal Societies and What We Can Do About Them
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 89 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How has America become the most unequal advanced country in the world, and what can we do about it?
In The Great Divide, Joseph E. Stiglitz expands on the diagnosis he offered in his best-selling book The Price of Inequality and suggests ways to counter America&apos;s growing problem. With his signature blend of clarity and passion, Stiglitz argues that inequality is a choice - the cumulative result of unjust policies and misguided priorities.
Gathering his writings for popular outlets including Vanity Fair and The New York Times, Stiglitz exposes in full America&apos;s inequality: its dimensions, its causes, and its consequences for the nation and for the world. From the Reagan era to the Great Recession and its long aftermath, Stiglitz delves into the irresponsible policies - deregulation, tax cuts, and tax breaks for the 1 percent - that are leaving many Americans further and further behind and turning the American dream into an ever more unachievable myth. With formidable yet accessible economic insight, he urges us to embrace real solutions: increasing taxes on corporations and the wealthy; offering more help to the children of the poor; investing in education, science, and infrastructure; helping out homeowners instead of banks; and, most importantly, doing more to restore the economy to full employment. Stiglitz also draws lessons from Scandinavia, Singapore, and Japan, and he argues against the tide of unnecessary, destructive austerity that is sweeping across Europe.
Ultimately, Stiglitz believes, our choice is not between growth and fairness; with the right policies, we can choose both. His complaint is not so much about capitalism as such but how 21st-century capitalism has been perverted. His is a call to confront America&apos;s economic inequality as the political and moral issue that it is.

Members Reviews:
The great divide
It a very insightful story of those who are super wealthy and how they influence those around them and in particular how the focus there money on government.

Acollection of articles, not a book
No where in the book summary or reviews was I warned that this is a collection of articles, not a book. What&apos;s wrong with that? It is very repetitive. If you have the stamina (or shortness of memory) to make it through this volume, you will hear Stiglitz&apos;s favorite phrases nearly a dozen times each.
Stiglitz has an important but limited repertoire of effectively describing causes and effects of inequality, followed by less effectively listing mitigating measures, and then lamely inferring that achieving greater equality would bring economic utopia and endless rapid growth. Having read many economists, I find Stiglitz to be comparatively shallow in terms of accounting for issues beyond his main concern. Inequality is only one among several significant economic challenges for the future. We also face the resource constraints, growing population, and the costs of dealing with climate change. The economist with the best grasp of all these issues is Herman Daly.

I Told You So
Although I&apos;m sympathetic to the author&apos;s agenda and thoroughly enjoyed Piketty&apos;s Capitalism, I struggled to get through this. Not only repetitive in nature - the various essays inevitably make some of the same points over and over again - the tone seems to be intellectually snobbish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chokehold Audiobook by Paul Butler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Chokehold-Audiobook/B0728GVVH8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Chokehold
Subtitle: Policing Black Men
Author: Paul Butler
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive new book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it&apos;s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread - all with the support of judges and politicians.
In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer - without relying as much on police.
Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler&apos;s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it&apos;s better for a black man to plead guilty - even if he&apos;s innocent - are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Butler)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2017 17:48:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/009113/bk_brll_009113_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Chokehold-Audiobook/B0728GVVH8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41CLEyq7xxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Chokehold
Subtitle: Policing Black Men
Author: Paul Butler
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive new book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it&apos;s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread - all with the support of judges and politicians.
In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer - without relying as much on police.
Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler&apos;s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it&apos;s better for a black man to plead guilty - even if he&apos;s innocent - are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Chokehold
Subtitle: Policing Black Men
Author: Paul Butler
Narrator: JD Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-11-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive new book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it&apos;s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread - all with the support of judges and politicians.
In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer - without relying as much on police.
Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler&apos;s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it&apos;s better for a black man to plead guilty - even if he&apos;s innocent - are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations.

Members Reviews:
GET THIS BOOK
A Must READ for every BLACKMAN. So informative had to listen to it twice. Will be buying the hard copy for my library

Good Information
I found out about this book watching MSNBC one night &amp; thought it would give me more current policing insight &amp; it did just that.  Knowing new tactics &amp; coming from a reliable source was extremely helpful.  must read for all, especially those of color.

Insightful book
Really informative, great sources and interpretation. Butlers experience as a prosecutor and prosecuted offers a great way to navigate the politics of American criminal justice

Good but not amazing
I was disappointed by this book. While I don&apos;t disagree with most of the points the author makes, in many places the book lacks substance. Simply making sweeping assertions about racism in the criminal justice system is fine (and my claim isn&apos;t that they are incorrect), but it doesn&apos;t add much to the debate. Relative to the other books in this area, this book should be low on any reading list. You need to read Michelle Alexander, John Pfaff, James Forman Jr, Khalil Gibran Muhammad etc well before this book (and once you have there isn&apos;t much more to be gained by reading this). The best parts of the book are where the author draws directly on his own experience as a prosecutor (i.e. locking up black men) to give an insight into how the system works. He should have focused on that.
The book also needs to be edited a lot. He spends too long at the beginning defining the concept of the chokehold. There is a lot of repetition. There is too much referring to other chapters. The use of slang (never money, always &quot;cash money&quot;) is fine, but i worry the author is adopting a mode of speech just to buy credibility. I am sure that as a criminal prosector the author never used those terms in regular speech. The reference to academic work is mostly superficial. There is a lot of throwing around of social science terms that don&apos;t really mean anything. Explaining &quot;intersectionality&quot; once is OK, but he labors the point several times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everything Bad Is Good for You Audiobook by Steven Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Everything-Bad-Is-Good-for-You-Audiobook/B005EZORQE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Everything Bad Is Good for You
Author: Steven Johnson
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 93 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Mind Wide Open comes a groundbreaking assessment of popular culture as it&apos;s never been considered before: through the lens of intelligence.
Forget everything youve ever read about the age of dumbed-down, instant-gratification culture. In this provocative, unfailingly intelligent, thoroughly researched, and surprisingly convincing book, Steven Johnson draws from fields as diverse as neuroscience, economics, and media theory to argue that the pop culture we soak in every day - from Lord of the Rings to Grand Theft Auto to The Simpsons - has been growing more sophisticated with each passing year, and, far from rotting our brains, is actually posing new cognitive challenges that are actually making our minds measurably sharper. You will never regard the glow of the video game or television screen the same way again.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steven Johnson)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2011 08:03:29 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/001749/bk_peng_001749_sample.mp3" length="2399831" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Everything-Bad-Is-Good-for-You-Audiobook/B005EZORQE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41q-wCa++RL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Everything Bad Is Good for You
Author: Steven Johnson
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 93 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Mind Wide Open comes a groundbreaking assessment of popular culture as it&apos;s never been considered before: through the lens of intelligence.
Forget everything youve ever read about the age of dumbed-down, instant-gratification culture. In this provocative, unfailingly intelligent, thoroughly researched, and surprisingly convincing book, Steven Johnson draws from fields as diverse as neuroscience, economics, and media theory to argue that the pop culture we soak in every day - from Lord of the Rings to Grand Theft Auto to The Simpsons - has been growing more sophisticated with each passing year, and, far from rotting our brains, is actually posing new cognitive challenges that are actually making our minds measurably sharper. You will never regard the glow of the video game or television screen the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Everything Bad Is Good for You
Author: Steven Johnson
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 93 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the New York Times bestseller Mind Wide Open comes a groundbreaking assessment of popular culture as it&apos;s never been considered before: through the lens of intelligence.
Forget everything youve ever read about the age of dumbed-down, instant-gratification culture. In this provocative, unfailingly intelligent, thoroughly researched, and surprisingly convincing book, Steven Johnson draws from fields as diverse as neuroscience, economics, and media theory to argue that the pop culture we soak in every day - from Lord of the Rings to Grand Theft Auto to The Simpsons - has been growing more sophisticated with each passing year, and, far from rotting our brains, is actually posing new cognitive challenges that are actually making our minds measurably sharper. You will never regard the glow of the video game or television screen the same way again.

Members Reviews:
great material, but outdated.&lt;br /&gt;
If you are truly interested in the topics of this book, there are many more modern adaptations of the idea that have taken this research further.
It was a great book, and I believe the author was ahead of the curve at the time, but when he is talking about technology, we are leaps and bounds ahead of where he mentions in the book.
Although it is somewhat comforting to validate the information.

Skips sections
Periodically the audio book will skip over a sentence in the book. It also skipped four pages (109-113 depending on your book copy)

a good cultural commentary, a little redundant
Maybe it&apos;s because he&apos;s preaching to the choir in my case, but there were sections of this book that seemed a bit obvious and superfluous to his thesis. That said, there is plenty in this book that I would want everyone to read. The fashionable self deprecation in our culture should stop and this book gives good reasons why it should stop.

Wish he had more to say.
Great content.  The author&apos;s points need to be heard.  I only wish he would bring up more than just games and TV, or at least he could have delve deeper.  He could have talked more about the change in crime rates, the similarities to work life, and more about user-created content.

Smart people it must be TV and video games!
Would you recommend Everything Bad Is Good for You to your friends? Why or why not?
No. It&apos;s references are dated.
Was Everything Bad Is Good for You worth the listening time?
Not worth the time. It&apos;s an interesting idea and I&apos;m sure parts of it are true however he provides little proof to support his theory. The book is full of &quot;I think&quot; and &quot;I suspect&quot; without backing up his assumptions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Girls Audiobook by Nancy Jo Sales</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Girls-Audiobook/B01BNULB2G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: American Girls
Subtitle: Social Media and the Secret Lives of Teenagers
Author: Nancy Jo Sales
Narrator: Therese Plummer, Nancy Jo Sales
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 220 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Instagram. Whisper. Yik Yak. Vine. YouTube. Kik. Ask.fm. Tinder. The dominant force in the lives of girls coming of age in America today is social media. What it is doing to an entire generation of young women is the subject of award-winning Vanity Fair writer Nancy Jo Sales&apos; riveting and explosive American Girls.
With extraordinary intimacy and precision, Sales captures what it feels like to be a girl in America today. From Montclair to Manhattan and Los Angeles, from Florida and Arizona to Texas and Kentucky, Sales crisscrossed the country, speaking to more than 200 girls, ages 13 to 19, and documenting a massive change in the way girls are growing up, a phenomenon that transcends race, geography, and household income. American Girls provides a disturbing portrait of the end of childhood as we know it and of the inexorable and ubiquitous experience of a new kind of adolescence - one dominated by new social and sexual norms, where a girl&apos;s first crushes and experiences of longing and romance occur in an accelerated electronic environment; where issues of identity and self-esteem are magnified and transformed by social platforms that provide instantaneous judgment.
What does it mean to be a girl in America in 2016? It means coming of age online in a hypersexualized culture that has normalized extreme behavior, from pornography to the casual exchange of nude photographs; a culture rife with a virulent new strain of sexism and a sometimes self-undermining notion of feminist empowerment; a culture in which teenagers are spending so much time on technology and social media that they are not developing basic communication skills. From beauty gurus to slut shaming to a disconcerting trend of exhibitionism, Nancy Jo Sales provides a shocking window into the troubling world of today&apos;s teenage girls.
Provocative and urgent, American Girls is destined to ignite a much-needed conversation about how we can help our daughters and sons negotiate unprecedented new challenges.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nancy Jo Sales)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2016 01:33:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004495/bk_rand_004495_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/American-Girls-Audiobook/B01BNULB2G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51-Vthyh-uL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: American Girls
Subtitle: Social Media and the Secret Lives of Teenagers
Author: Nancy Jo Sales
Narrator: Therese Plummer, Nancy Jo Sales
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 220 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Instagram. Whisper. Yik Yak. Vine. YouTube. Kik. Ask.fm. Tinder. The dominant force in the lives of girls coming of age in America today is social media. What it is doing to an entire generation of young women is the subject of award-winning Vanity Fair writer Nancy Jo Sales&apos; riveting and explosive American Girls.
With extraordinary intimacy and precision, Sales captures what it feels like to be a girl in America today. From Montclair to Manhattan and Los Angeles, from Florida and Arizona to Texas and Kentucky, Sales crisscrossed the country, speaking to more than 200 girls, ages 13 to 19, and documenting a massive change in the way girls are growing up, a phenomenon that transcends race, geography, and household income. American Girls provides a disturbing portrait of the end of childhood as we know it and of the inexorable and ubiquitous experience of a new kind of adolescence - one dominated by new social and sexual norms, where a girl&apos;s first crushes and experiences of longing and romance occur in an accelerated electronic environment; where issues of identity and self-esteem are magnified and transformed by social platforms that provide instantaneous judgment.
What does it mean to be a girl in America in 2016? It means coming of age online in a hypersexualized culture that has normalized extreme behavior, from pornography to the casual exchange of nude photographs; a culture rife with a virulent new strain of sexism and a sometimes self-undermining notion of feminist empowerment; a culture in which teenagers are spending so much time on technology and social media that they are not developing basic communication skills. From beauty gurus to slut shaming to a disconcerting trend of exhibitionism, Nancy Jo Sales provides a shocking window into the troubling world of today&apos;s teenage girls.
Provocative and urgent, American Girls is destined to ignite a much-needed conversation about how we can help our daughters and sons negotiate unprecedented new challenges.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: American Girls
Subtitle: Social Media and the Secret Lives of Teenagers
Author: Nancy Jo Sales
Narrator: Therese Plummer, Nancy Jo Sales
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 220 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Instagram. Whisper. Yik Yak. Vine. YouTube. Kik. Ask.fm. Tinder. The dominant force in the lives of girls coming of age in America today is social media. What it is doing to an entire generation of young women is the subject of award-winning Vanity Fair writer Nancy Jo Sales&apos; riveting and explosive American Girls.
With extraordinary intimacy and precision, Sales captures what it feels like to be a girl in America today. From Montclair to Manhattan and Los Angeles, from Florida and Arizona to Texas and Kentucky, Sales crisscrossed the country, speaking to more than 200 girls, ages 13 to 19, and documenting a massive change in the way girls are growing up, a phenomenon that transcends race, geography, and household income. American Girls provides a disturbing portrait of the end of childhood as we know it and of the inexorable and ubiquitous experience of a new kind of adolescence - one dominated by new social and sexual norms, where a girl&apos;s first crushes and experiences of longing and romance occur in an accelerated electronic environment; where issues of identity and self-esteem are magnified and transformed by social platforms that provide instantaneous judgment.
What does it mean to be a girl in America in 2016? It means coming of age online in a hypersexualized culture that has normalized extreme behavior, from pornography to the casual exchange of nude photographs; a culture rife with a virulent new strain of sexism and a sometimes self-undermining notion of feminist empowerment; a culture in which teenagers are spending so much time on technology and social media that they are not developing basic communication skills. From beauty gurus to slut shaming to a disconcerting trend of exhibitionism, Nancy Jo Sales provides a shocking window into the troubling world of today&apos;s teenage girls.
Provocative and urgent, American Girls is destined to ignite a much-needed conversation about how we can help our daughters and sons negotiate unprecedented new challenges.

Members Reviews:
A must read if you are a parent!
Knowledge is power. So glad this book was recommended to me by a friend. Scary stuff but I&apos;d rather have an idea as to what my kids are exposed to and engaging with than turning a blind eye or being naive. No easy conclusions or answers here but the conversations with our boys and girls need to happen sooner and younger than I may have realized.

A Must Read for anyone who has or works with teens
While the focus is on teen girls, listeners (or readers) will also gain insight into the minds of teenage boys. at once heartbreaking, enlightening, and entertaining, this is a must read for anyone with teens in their life.

Ear opening. Very well performed by reader.
Valuable research insights for parents of teenage kids and very young adults. My, how things have changed.

a must-read for parents of teens
a thought-provoking book and an exceptional performance.  I would recommend this book to anyone with teenage kids.

I wish all women would read and put into practice the opposite
Of what we are doing to each other. Our Beauvoir is what&apos;s feeding the disgusting unhealthy nature of the way men are wired.
And instead of continuing to destroy ourselves and fall prey to the disturbing trends lend and ear and empower each other to change the debauchery that&apos;s destroying us</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Teachings of Don Juan Audiobook by Carlos Castaneda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Teachings-of-Don-Juan-Audiobook/B01JZNJZWQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Teachings of Don Juan
Subtitle: A Yaqui Way of Knowledge
Author: Carlos Castaneda
Narrator: Peter Coyote
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-16
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1968, with the publication of Carlos Castaneda&apos;s The Teachings of Don Juan, the spiritual search was revealed to be as incredibly exciting as any death-defying adventure which human beings may be drawn to undertake.
As the years have passed, Dr. Castaneda has come to be seen as an anthropologist of the soul, showing us that the inner world has its own inaccessible mountains, forbidding deserts, and awesomely beautiful dangers which we are all called to confront.
Listen and marvel as Coyote and Castaneda draw us into a breathtaking world of magical reality and ultimate truth.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Coyote makes us listen to Don Juan&apos;s vision with fresh ears; he enlivens this mystical search with a sense of mystery and poetry.&quot; (Listener&apos;s Guide to Audio Books)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Carlos Castaneda)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2016 19:36:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pnix/000743/bk_pnix_000743_sample.mp3" length="2126448" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Teachings-of-Don-Juan-Audiobook/B01JZNJZWQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TP2HOxXOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Teachings of Don Juan
Subtitle: A Yaqui Way of Knowledge
Author: Carlos Castaneda
Narrator: Peter Coyote
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-16
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1968, with the publication of Carlos Castaneda&apos;s The Teachings of Don Juan, the spiritual search was revealed to be as incredibly exciting as any death-defying adventure which human beings may be drawn to undertake.
As the years have passed, Dr. Castaneda has come to be seen as an anthropologist of the soul, showing us that the inner world has its own inaccessible mountains, forbidding deserts, and awesomely beautiful dangers which we are all called to confront.
Listen and marvel as Coyote and Castaneda draw us into a breathtaking world of magical reality and ultimate truth.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Coyote makes us listen to Don Juan&apos;s vision with fresh ears; he enlivens this mystical search with a sense of mystery and poetry.&quot; (Listener&apos;s Guide to Audio Books)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Teachings of Don Juan
Subtitle: A Yaqui Way of Knowledge
Author: Carlos Castaneda
Narrator: Peter Coyote
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-16
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1968, with the publication of Carlos Castaneda&apos;s The Teachings of Don Juan, the spiritual search was revealed to be as incredibly exciting as any death-defying adventure which human beings may be drawn to undertake.
As the years have passed, Dr. Castaneda has come to be seen as an anthropologist of the soul, showing us that the inner world has its own inaccessible mountains, forbidding deserts, and awesomely beautiful dangers which we are all called to confront.
Listen and marvel as Coyote and Castaneda draw us into a breathtaking world of magical reality and ultimate truth.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Coyote makes us listen to Don Juan&apos;s vision with fresh ears; he enlivens this mystical search with a sense of mystery and poetry.&quot; (Listener&apos;s Guide to Audio Books)

Members Reviews:
LSD trips are not my cup of tea
Struggled to finish.  Some universal truths, but too much about taking mushrooms to get there.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biological Anthropology: An Evolutionary Perspective Audiobook by The Great Courses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Biological-Anthropology-An-Evolutionary-Perspective-Audiobook/B00DB4U0OI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Biological Anthropology: An Evolutionary Perspective
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Barbara J. King
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 113 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who are we? It&apos;s a question humankind has been asking about itself for a long time.
But when we consider ourselves not as static beings fixed in time, but as ever-changing creatures, our viewpoint of human history becomes much more captivating. The question is no longer &quot;Who are we?&quot; but &quot;What have we become? And what are we becoming?
&quot;What makes this new viewpoint possible is the evolutionary perspective offered by biological anthropology, through which we study the evolution, genetics, anatomy, and modern variation of the human species. In this series of 24 captivating lectures, an award-winning teacher and acclaimed scholar delves into the story of how, why, where, and when we became human.
You&apos;ll gain a fresh understanding of the forces that have shaped our species, as Professor King synthesizes the best that more than a century of scientific scholarship has to offer across a variety of disciplines, including primate anatomy and behavior - to understand evolution and to learn more about our common ancestor - and molecular anthropology, to gain the insights offered by fossils, ancient skeletal remains, and lifestyle information like cave art and stone tools.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2013 06:14:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000046/bk_tcco_000046_sample.mp3" length="2399763" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Biological-Anthropology-An-Evolutionary-Perspective-Audiobook/B00DB4U0OI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51eaRt8sSjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Biological Anthropology: An Evolutionary Perspective
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Barbara J. King
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 113 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who are we? It&apos;s a question humankind has been asking about itself for a long time.
But when we consider ourselves not as static beings fixed in time, but as ever-changing creatures, our viewpoint of human history becomes much more captivating. The question is no longer &quot;Who are we?&quot; but &quot;What have we become? And what are we becoming?
&quot;What makes this new viewpoint possible is the evolutionary perspective offered by biological anthropology, through which we study the evolution, genetics, anatomy, and modern variation of the human species. In this series of 24 captivating lectures, an award-winning teacher and acclaimed scholar delves into the story of how, why, where, and when we became human.
You&apos;ll gain a fresh understanding of the forces that have shaped our species, as Professor King synthesizes the best that more than a century of scientific scholarship has to offer across a variety of disciplines, including primate anatomy and behavior - to understand evolution and to learn more about our common ancestor - and molecular anthropology, to gain the insights offered by fossils, ancient skeletal remains, and lifestyle information like cave art and stone tools.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Biological Anthropology: An Evolutionary Perspective
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Barbara J. King
Format: Original Recording
Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-08-13
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 113 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who are we? It&apos;s a question humankind has been asking about itself for a long time.
But when we consider ourselves not as static beings fixed in time, but as ever-changing creatures, our viewpoint of human history becomes much more captivating. The question is no longer &quot;Who are we?&quot; but &quot;What have we become? And what are we becoming?
&quot;What makes this new viewpoint possible is the evolutionary perspective offered by biological anthropology, through which we study the evolution, genetics, anatomy, and modern variation of the human species. In this series of 24 captivating lectures, an award-winning teacher and acclaimed scholar delves into the story of how, why, where, and when we became human.
You&apos;ll gain a fresh understanding of the forces that have shaped our species, as Professor King synthesizes the best that more than a century of scientific scholarship has to offer across a variety of disciplines, including primate anatomy and behavior - to understand evolution and to learn more about our common ancestor - and molecular anthropology, to gain the insights offered by fossils, ancient skeletal remains, and lifestyle information like cave art and stone tools.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Excellent course in human origins
Would you listen to Biological Anthropology: An Evolutionary Perspective again? Why?
This is an excellent course.  The professor shares a lot of insight into the controversies of this field and her own work with non human primates. She clearly explains the science of evolution and it&apos;s terms, like reproductive success ( never look at your children in the same way again! ) I suppose it&apos;s hard not to be dated in this field where new discoveries are continually changing our understanding of our origins.  If you get this course you&apos;ll want to supplement with other material written more recently. There are some books out suitable for the non scientist. At the time of the course they did not know about Neanderthal DNA in modern humans, or the amazing homo florensis. She does anticipate the Neanderthal DNA discovery and it&apos;s implications. She is clearly an accomplished researcher and lecturer and if you are interested in this subject this course is a good use of a credit.

Like Taking Intro to Biological Anthropology
I found this to be a nice summation of what you would end up, or at least should end up, getting out of an introductory class to biological evolution. It is also a nice source to refresh yourselves on some of the terms and major points of evolution in respect to biological anthropology. If you have any interest in the subject, it is worth the credit.

Informative
Nice tour of the topic which, for me, is an update. I understand that biological anthropology, as a course given to university students, can benefit from being articulated with the specific cultural climate of our time and place(s), but I was a bit annoyed by the space taken up by the Professor&apos;s own ideological posturing. This was most prominent in chapters 14&amp;15 (gender issues) and in chapter 19 (racial issues). That being said, Prof.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Intellectuals and Society Audiobook by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Intellectuals-and-Society-Audiobook/B0030URMV2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Intellectuals and Society
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 598 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a study of how intellectuals as a class affect modern societies by shaping the climate of opinion in which official policies develop, on issues ranging from economics to law to war and peace.
The thesis of Intellectuals and Society is that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers. It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events, but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals. Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by those intellectuals.
Intellectuals and Society not only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged. One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proved not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society-- and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2010 16:30:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003601/bk_blak_003601_sample.mp3" length="2399668" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Intellectuals-and-Society-Audiobook/B0030URMV2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41ACFhNansL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Intellectuals and Society
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 598 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a study of how intellectuals as a class affect modern societies by shaping the climate of opinion in which official policies develop, on issues ranging from economics to law to war and peace.
The thesis of Intellectuals and Society is that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers. It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events, but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals. Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by those intellectuals.
Intellectuals and Society not only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged. One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proved not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society-- and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Intellectuals and Society
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-14-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 598 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a study of how intellectuals as a class affect modern societies by shaping the climate of opinion in which official policies develop, on issues ranging from economics to law to war and peace.
The thesis of Intellectuals and Society is that the influence of intellectuals is not only greater than in previous eras but also takes a very different form from that envisioned by those like Machiavelli and others who have wanted to directly influence rulers. It has not been by shaping the opinions or directing the actions of the holders of power that modern intellectuals have most influenced the course of events, but by shaping public opinion in ways that affect the actions of power holders in democratic societies, whether or not those power holders accept the general vision or the particular policies favored by intellectuals. Even government leaders with disdain or contempt for intellectuals have had to bend to the climate of opinion shaped by those intellectuals.
Intellectuals and Society not only examines the track record of intellectuals in the things they have advocated but also analyzes the incentives and constraints under which their views and visions have emerged. One of the most surprising aspects of this study is how often intellectuals have been proved not only wrong, but grossly and disastrously wrong in their prescriptions for the ills of society-- and how little their views have changed in response to empirical evidence of the disasters entailed by those views.

Members Reviews:
I find Thomas Sowell fascinating
I have to confess that I find Thomas Sowell fascinating.  I read his book Economic Facts and Fallacies and I have read many more.  I enjoy watching him one Youtube.  The man has a fantastic mind, he is able to tie real problems and solutions to real outcomes.  He does not need to invent, slander or use pejoratives to attach those that disagree.  His logic, history, facts and reality prove him right over and over again
.
I love this book.  I enjoyed every bit of it, and I love how Dr. Sowell ties every bit of the intelligentsias rhetoric back facts, numbers, reality, and history.  The book follows Dr. Sowells thoughts on most of the materials I have read.  There is nothing new here, except the ability to read Dr. Sowells thought.  He is unapologetic, honest and forthright.  Unlike the Intellectuals who will attack him personally, he has honor, and real intelligence.  This work will never rise to fame, as he pulls the blinds open on the Intelligentsia, but it is a great read, even if you dont care for Thomas Sowell.

An efficient attack on liberal philosophy.
This author is intelligent and mission oriented.  He has taken the liberal line and found many cogent attacks on its margins and fissures.  His tone is condsending, and he can be quite harsh.  However, if you are a liberal I recommend this book to understand the conservative line.  If you are a conservative this book will fit very well into your worldview.
He makes so good point about how the liberal model, that we can do better, is often at variance with actual experience.  Yet, a good innoculation to his retoric would be the books; The working poor, and The new Jim Crow.  These books counter all of the arguments that are passionately offered in this work.
However, all in all, I found this book to be informative and interesting.

Thought provoking
I really enjoyed this book and it narration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>And Yet... Audiobook by Christopher Hitchens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/And-Yet-Audiobook/B017ROQODS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And Yet...
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;America&apos;s foremost rhetorical pugilist.&quot; (John Giuffo, The Village Voice)
The death of Christopher Hitchens in December 2011 prematurely silenced a voice that was among the most admired of contemporary writers. For more than 40 years, Hitchens delivered to numerous publications on both sides of the Atlantic essays that were astonishingly wide ranging and provocative. The judges for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay posthumously bestowed on Hitchens praised him for the way he wrote &quot;with fervor about the books and writers he loved and with unbridled venom about ideas and political figures he loathed&quot;. He could write, the judges went on to say, with &quot;undisguised brio, mining the resources of the language as if alert to every possibility of color and inflection.&quot; He was, as Benjamin Schwarz, his editor at The Atlantic magazine, recalled, &quot;slashing and lively, biting and funny - and with a nuanced sensibility and a refined ear that he kept in tune with his encyclopedic knowledge and near photographic memory of English poetry&quot;. And as Michael Dirda, writing in The Times Literary Supplement, observed, Hitchens &quot;was a flail and a scourge, but also a gift to readers everywhere&quot;.
The author of five previous volumes of selected writings, including the international best seller Arguably, Hitchens left at his death nearly 250,000 words of essays not yet published in book form. And Yet...assembles a selection that usefully adds to Hitchens&apos; oeuvre. It ranges from the literary to the political and is, by turns, a banquet of entertaining and instructive delights, including essays on Orwell, Lermontov, Chesterton, Fleming, Naipaul, Rushdie, Pamuk, and Dickens, among others, as well as his laugh-out-loud self-mocking &quot;makeover&quot;. The range and quality of Hitchens&apos; essays transcend the particular occasions for which they were originally written.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Narrator Steve] West sounds as though he owns the text and wants us to understand and share its truths.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christopher Hitchens)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2015 05:27:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007290/bk_sans_007290_sample.mp3" length="2399732" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/And-Yet-Audiobook/B017ROQODS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/415+G8gwY3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And Yet...
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;America&apos;s foremost rhetorical pugilist.&quot; (John Giuffo, The Village Voice)
The death of Christopher Hitchens in December 2011 prematurely silenced a voice that was among the most admired of contemporary writers. For more than 40 years, Hitchens delivered to numerous publications on both sides of the Atlantic essays that were astonishingly wide ranging and provocative. The judges for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay posthumously bestowed on Hitchens praised him for the way he wrote &quot;with fervor about the books and writers he loved and with unbridled venom about ideas and political figures he loathed&quot;. He could write, the judges went on to say, with &quot;undisguised brio, mining the resources of the language as if alert to every possibility of color and inflection.&quot; He was, as Benjamin Schwarz, his editor at The Atlantic magazine, recalled, &quot;slashing and lively, biting and funny - and with a nuanced sensibility and a refined ear that he kept in tune with his encyclopedic knowledge and near photographic memory of English poetry&quot;. And as Michael Dirda, writing in The Times Literary Supplement, observed, Hitchens &quot;was a flail and a scourge, but also a gift to readers everywhere&quot;.
The author of five previous volumes of selected writings, including the international best seller Arguably, Hitchens left at his death nearly 250,000 words of essays not yet published in book form. And Yet...assembles a selection that usefully adds to Hitchens&apos; oeuvre. It ranges from the literary to the political and is, by turns, a banquet of entertaining and instructive delights, including essays on Orwell, Lermontov, Chesterton, Fleming, Naipaul, Rushdie, Pamuk, and Dickens, among others, as well as his laugh-out-loud self-mocking &quot;makeover&quot;. The range and quality of Hitchens&apos; essays transcend the particular occasions for which they were originally written.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Narrator Steve] West sounds as though he owns the text and wants us to understand and share its truths.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And Yet...
Subtitle: Essays
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: Steve West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;America&apos;s foremost rhetorical pugilist.&quot; (John Giuffo, The Village Voice)
The death of Christopher Hitchens in December 2011 prematurely silenced a voice that was among the most admired of contemporary writers. For more than 40 years, Hitchens delivered to numerous publications on both sides of the Atlantic essays that were astonishingly wide ranging and provocative. The judges for the PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay posthumously bestowed on Hitchens praised him for the way he wrote &quot;with fervor about the books and writers he loved and with unbridled venom about ideas and political figures he loathed&quot;. He could write, the judges went on to say, with &quot;undisguised brio, mining the resources of the language as if alert to every possibility of color and inflection.&quot; He was, as Benjamin Schwarz, his editor at The Atlantic magazine, recalled, &quot;slashing and lively, biting and funny - and with a nuanced sensibility and a refined ear that he kept in tune with his encyclopedic knowledge and near photographic memory of English poetry&quot;. And as Michael Dirda, writing in The Times Literary Supplement, observed, Hitchens &quot;was a flail and a scourge, but also a gift to readers everywhere&quot;.
The author of five previous volumes of selected writings, including the international best seller Arguably, Hitchens left at his death nearly 250,000 words of essays not yet published in book form. And Yet...assembles a selection that usefully adds to Hitchens&apos; oeuvre. It ranges from the literary to the political and is, by turns, a banquet of entertaining and instructive delights, including essays on Orwell, Lermontov, Chesterton, Fleming, Naipaul, Rushdie, Pamuk, and Dickens, among others, as well as his laugh-out-loud self-mocking &quot;makeover&quot;. The range and quality of Hitchens&apos; essays transcend the particular occasions for which they were originally written.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Narrator Steve] West sounds as though he owns the text and wants us to understand and share its truths.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
In Contrast. . .
Not long ago, I wrote a lengthy glowing review of ARGUABLY, probably my favorite collection of essays of all time, certainly by anyone in the past half century.  What a brilliant mind.
In contrast, the essays in &quot;and yet...&quot; are the Hitchens essays and articles not chosen for &quot;Arguably.&quot;  For good reason.  These are either not as sharp and witty or cover subjects that aren&apos;t as intriguing.
If you&apos;re a fan of Hitchens however, I recommend you get these.  I enjoyed most of them immensely, despite my disagreement with his views on religion.  After all, Christopher Hitchens, not at his sharpest or wittiest, is better than the best of the muckrakers still living.
By the way, I could hear the voice of Hitchens in Simon Prebble&apos;s narration in &quot;Arguably.&quot;  Mr. West, the narrator here, unfortunately has the spirit of a saccharine shadow.

A woinderful collection of Hitchen&apos;s articles
Christopher Hitchens was the best English language essayist of the past 50 years. This book is a gem, a collection of his articles for various publications. Some, like his Self-Improvement or Christmas articles, are downright hilarious.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Plague Audiobook by Kent Heckenlively, Judy Mikovits PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Plague-Audiobook/B00QVPIB36</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Plague
Subtitle: One Scientists Intrepid Search for the Truth About Human Retroviruses and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Autism, and Other Diseases
Author: Kent Heckenlively, Judy Mikovits PhD
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
On July 22, 2009, a special meeting was held with 24 leading scientists at the National Institutes of Health to discuss early findings that a newly discovered retrovirus was linked to chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS), prostate cancer, lymphoma, and eventually neurodevelopmental disorders in children. When Dr. Judy Mikovits finished her presentation the room was silent for a moment, then one of the scientists said, &quot;Oh my God!&quot; The resulting investigation would be like no other in science. For Dr. Mikovits, a 20-year veteran of the National Cancer Institute, this was the midpoint of a five-year journey that would start with the founding of the Whittemore-Peterson Institute for Neuro-Immune Disease at the University of Nevada, Reno, and end with her as a witness for the federal government against her former employer, Harvey Whittemore, for illegal campaign contributions to Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid. On this journey, Dr. Mikovits would face the scientific prejudices against CFS, wander into the minefield that is autism, and through it all struggle to maintain her faith in God and the profession to which she had dedicated her life. This is a story for anybody interested in the peril and promise of science at the very highest levels in our country.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kent Heckenlively)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2014 04:00:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/016575/bk_adbl_016575_sample.mp3" length="1681256" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Plague-Audiobook/B00QVPIB36</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41EqNIt0rML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>19:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Plague
Subtitle: One Scientists Intrepid Search for the Truth About Human Retroviruses and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Autism, and Other Diseases
Author: Kent Heckenlively, Judy Mikovits PhD
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
On July 22, 2009, a special meeting was held with 24 leading scientists at the National Institutes of Health to discuss early findings that a newly discovered retrovirus was linked to chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS), prostate cancer, lymphoma, and eventually neurodevelopmental disorders in children. When Dr. Judy Mikovits finished her presentation the room was silent for a moment, then one of the scientists said, &quot;Oh my God!&quot; The resulting investigation would be like no other in science. For Dr. Mikovits, a 20-year veteran of the National Cancer Institute, this was the midpoint of a five-year journey that would start with the founding of the Whittemore-Peterson Institute for Neuro-Immune Disease at the University of Nevada, Reno, and end with her as a witness for the federal government against her former employer, Harvey Whittemore, for illegal campaign contributions to Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid. On this journey, Dr. Mikovits would face the scientific prejudices against CFS, wander into the minefield that is autism, and through it all struggle to maintain her faith in God and the profession to which she had dedicated her life. This is a story for anybody interested in the peril and promise of science at the very highest levels in our country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Plague
Subtitle: One Scientists Intrepid Search for the Truth About Human Retroviruses and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Autism, and Other Diseases
Author: Kent Heckenlively, Judy Mikovits PhD
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
On July 22, 2009, a special meeting was held with 24 leading scientists at the National Institutes of Health to discuss early findings that a newly discovered retrovirus was linked to chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS), prostate cancer, lymphoma, and eventually neurodevelopmental disorders in children. When Dr. Judy Mikovits finished her presentation the room was silent for a moment, then one of the scientists said, &quot;Oh my God!&quot; The resulting investigation would be like no other in science. For Dr. Mikovits, a 20-year veteran of the National Cancer Institute, this was the midpoint of a five-year journey that would start with the founding of the Whittemore-Peterson Institute for Neuro-Immune Disease at the University of Nevada, Reno, and end with her as a witness for the federal government against her former employer, Harvey Whittemore, for illegal campaign contributions to Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid. On this journey, Dr. Mikovits would face the scientific prejudices against CFS, wander into the minefield that is autism, and through it all struggle to maintain her faith in God and the profession to which she had dedicated her life. This is a story for anybody interested in the peril and promise of science at the very highest levels in our country.

Members Reviews:
Far Beyond Compelling
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Only if they though they could handle it. If they don&apos;t mind having their faith shaken or if they are a true medical cynic (like myself).
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
I have never had a book of any kind make me as angry from beginning to end as this book did. It is an indictment of our criminal justice system, our governmental medical bureaucracy, the scientific laboratory and clinical research community and indeed our medical belief system.
What three words best describe Eric Martins voice?
Articulate, authoritative, emotive
but this was frequently destroyed for me by the gross mispronunciation of many medical and scientific terms. A scientific adviser is a must
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
It IS what you don&apos;t know that can hurt you

Eye opening. The story amazed me
This book is an eye opening account that introduced a lot of new information interwoven with the story. I enjoyed listening to the audio version, which is very well performed in confidential style that is appealing.  I could also easily repeat a particularly educational and interesting segment. Take the chance and read it, it triggers a lot of questions on health and viruses, vaccines and illness.... What to speak of the shocking political and legal infractions. I find the book and its authors courageous and an introduction to the important awakening to an awareness of some of what is really going on in the shocking world of research and vaccines etc. Hopefully this will trigger saving lives of children and adults...

Alarming
This book should alarm anyone who has their trust in the supposed objectivity of scientific bodies. It is a shock to see how personalities have interpreted research according to presuppositions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Race Matters Audiobook by Cornel West</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Race-Matters-Audiobook/B002VA9W24</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race Matters
Author: Cornel West
Narrator: Cornel West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 238 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A master teacher and preeminent analyst of America&apos;s racial dilemma bridges the gulf between races in this national best seller. Cornel West is a professor at Harvard&apos;s Divinity School and Department of Afro-American Studies. He is the author of many books, including Prophetic Fragments, and with bell hooks, Breaking Bread.
&#169;1993 Cornel West; (P)1994 by The Audio Partners Publishing Corp.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As moving as any of the sermons of the Rev. Martin Luther King, as profound as W.E.B. DuBois&quot; (Washington Post Book World)
&quot;Few Americans speak about race with [his] clarity, humanity, and intellectual rigor.&quot; (Senator Bill Bradley)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Cornel West)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 1999 15:09:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/part/000028/bk_part_000028_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Race-Matters-Audiobook/B002VA9W24</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41gJJ6eriaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race Matters
Author: Cornel West
Narrator: Cornel West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 238 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A master teacher and preeminent analyst of America&apos;s racial dilemma bridges the gulf between races in this national best seller. Cornel West is a professor at Harvard&apos;s Divinity School and Department of Afro-American Studies. He is the author of many books, including Prophetic Fragments, and with bell hooks, Breaking Bread.
&#169;1993 Cornel West; (P)1994 by The Audio Partners Publishing Corp.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As moving as any of the sermons of the Rev. Martin Luther King, as profound as W.E.B. DuBois&quot; (Washington Post Book World)
&quot;Few Americans speak about race with [his] clarity, humanity, and intellectual rigor.&quot; (Senator Bill Bradley)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Race Matters
Author: Cornel West
Narrator: Cornel West
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 238 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A master teacher and preeminent analyst of America&apos;s racial dilemma bridges the gulf between races in this national best seller. Cornel West is a professor at Harvard&apos;s Divinity School and Department of Afro-American Studies. He is the author of many books, including Prophetic Fragments, and with bell hooks, Breaking Bread.
&#169;1993 Cornel West; (P)1994 by The Audio Partners Publishing Corp.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As moving as any of the sermons of the Rev. Martin Luther King, as profound as W.E.B. DuBois&quot; (Washington Post Book World)
&quot;Few Americans speak about race with [his] clarity, humanity, and intellectual rigor.&quot; (Senator Bill Bradley)

Members Reviews:
Poignant
For me, a white male conservative, I found the book to be fantastic. Thought provoking, logical, and thoughtful. I&apos;d like to see a Professor West lecturer in person. Even with different economic opinions I though his ideas on race are very poignant in today&apos;s world.

Reassessing Racism
Where does Race Matters rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
Among the best (top 5).
What other book might you compare Race Matters to and why?
I would not compare this to other books, it seems Dr. West was attempting to survey the current outlook on racism. I am not familiar with other books that share equal scope.
Have you listened to any of Cornel Wests other performances before? How does this one compare?
I have listened to his discussions and debates, and I must say, his conversation and writing are both eloquent and unassuming.
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
I think the most interesting tidbit was the references to other authors that have influenced Dr. West. In particular, I was introduced to the author Toni Morrison, of which I look forward to reading.
Any additional comments?
This is a great book and Dr. West&apos;s book deserves serious consideration. A must read.

Brilliant, relevant and a call to concerted action
Wonderful read. This author is equally captivating and eloquent as a storyteller. This book is not simply an assessment of, then, current race relations in America. Rather, it is presentation that takes on the arduous task of adequately summarizing the history of race relations in Americae, evaluating and critiquing prominent political and social figures who have had key roles in race relations and representation, and lastly, a challenge to apply critical thinking on the assumptions, politics, and relevant  a history of race, so that we may progress toward a more equitable, inclusive and just world for all.

...too deep for the deluded ! !
Every scholar, theologian, and politician must read this book in order to understand today&apos;s society!  Both Black and Whites alike!

Prophetic
Many of Wests would-be outlandish predictions about the future of race relations have come to play out disastrously on the national stage. Required reading.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mindware Audiobook by Richard E. Nisbett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mindware-Audiobook/B012BNW600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mindware
Subtitle: Tools for Smart Thinking
Author: Richard E. Nisbett
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 413 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Many scientific and philosophical ideas are so powerful that they can be applied to our lives at home, work, and school to help us think smarter and more effectively about our behavior and the world around us. Surprisingly, many of these ideas remain unknown to most of us. In Mindware, the world-renowned psychologist Richard Nisbett presents these ideas in clear and accessible detail, offering a tool kit for better thinking and wiser decisions.
He has made a distinguished career of studying and teaching such powerful problem-solving concepts as the law of large numbers, statistical regression, cost-benefit analysis, sunk costs and opportunity costs, and causation and correlation, probing how best to teach others to use them effectively in their daily lives. In this groundbreaking book, he shows that a course in a given field - statistics or economics, for example - often doesn&apos;t work as well as a few minutes of more practical instruction in analyzing everyday situations.
Mindware shows how to reframe common problems in such a way that these powerful scientific and statistical concepts can be applied to them. The result is an enlightening and practical guide to the most powerful tools of reasoning ever developed - tools that can easily be used to make better professional, business, and personal decisions.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The most influential thinker, in my life, has been [Nisbett].&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times Book Review)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard E. Nisbett)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2015 06:13:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/024631/bk_adbl_024631_sample.mp3" length="2127689" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mindware-Audiobook/B012BNW600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71kh-eL3pxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mindware
Subtitle: Tools for Smart Thinking
Author: Richard E. Nisbett
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 413 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Many scientific and philosophical ideas are so powerful that they can be applied to our lives at home, work, and school to help us think smarter and more effectively about our behavior and the world around us. Surprisingly, many of these ideas remain unknown to most of us. In Mindware, the world-renowned psychologist Richard Nisbett presents these ideas in clear and accessible detail, offering a tool kit for better thinking and wiser decisions.
He has made a distinguished career of studying and teaching such powerful problem-solving concepts as the law of large numbers, statistical regression, cost-benefit analysis, sunk costs and opportunity costs, and causation and correlation, probing how best to teach others to use them effectively in their daily lives. In this groundbreaking book, he shows that a course in a given field - statistics or economics, for example - often doesn&apos;t work as well as a few minutes of more practical instruction in analyzing everyday situations.
Mindware shows how to reframe common problems in such a way that these powerful scientific and statistical concepts can be applied to them. The result is an enlightening and practical guide to the most powerful tools of reasoning ever developed - tools that can easily be used to make better professional, business, and personal decisions.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The most influential thinker, in my life, has been [Nisbett].&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times Book Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mindware
Subtitle: Tools for Smart Thinking
Author: Richard E. Nisbett
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 413 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Many scientific and philosophical ideas are so powerful that they can be applied to our lives at home, work, and school to help us think smarter and more effectively about our behavior and the world around us. Surprisingly, many of these ideas remain unknown to most of us. In Mindware, the world-renowned psychologist Richard Nisbett presents these ideas in clear and accessible detail, offering a tool kit for better thinking and wiser decisions.
He has made a distinguished career of studying and teaching such powerful problem-solving concepts as the law of large numbers, statistical regression, cost-benefit analysis, sunk costs and opportunity costs, and causation and correlation, probing how best to teach others to use them effectively in their daily lives. In this groundbreaking book, he shows that a course in a given field - statistics or economics, for example - often doesn&apos;t work as well as a few minutes of more practical instruction in analyzing everyday situations.
Mindware shows how to reframe common problems in such a way that these powerful scientific and statistical concepts can be applied to them. The result is an enlightening and practical guide to the most powerful tools of reasoning ever developed - tools that can easily be used to make better professional, business, and personal decisions.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The most influential thinker, in my life, has been [Nisbett].&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times Book Review)

Members Reviews:
Sound scientific advice on how to live your life
In this excellent and practical book the prominent psychology, Richard Nisbett, translates psychological research into practical advice that will help the reader to better evaluate situations and to make better decisions. The book is in many ways similar to Kahnemans book Thinking fast and slow, in that it explains where our reasoning, deductions and inferences tend to go wrong. However, Nisbett takes the extra step of trying to formulate simple laws that one can follow to avoid the psychological pitfalls that people often fall into. In some cases this merely means being aware that there is such a pitfall, which according to Nisbett actually helps a great deal. For example, if we are aware of our instinctual tendency to rate anecdotal evidence higher than experimental evidence, we can make a conscious effort downplay anecdotal evidence. Similarly, even if no one uses decision theory (listing pros and cons for all alternatives we are faced with) perfectly, knowing the basics will actually help us make slightly better decisions on average.
One of the more notable aspects of modern society is that we are constantly being bombarded with information and commercials. A good chunk of this book is dedicated to deciphering findings reported in the media. For example, we should be very skeptical of correlations, because correlation does not equal causation. If obese children tend to have parents that controls the childs food intake, that does not mean that controlling your childs food intake will make them obese. A more likely explanation is that when a child becomes obese, parents will want to control food intake. A huge number of similar findings are reported in the media on a daily basis. Unfortunately, journalists, like the rest of us are also susceptible to think that correlation mean causation, and their reports are written accordingly resulting in a lot of confusion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bridges Out of Poverty Audiobook by Ruby K. Payne, Terie Dreussi Smith, Philip E. DeVol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bridges-Out-of-Poverty-Audiobook/B00IOW2JLY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bridges Out of Poverty
Subtitle: Strategies for Professionals and Communities
Author: Ruby K. Payne, Terie Dreussi Smith, Philip E. DeVol
Narrator: Philip DeVol, Tom Blair
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-14
Publisher: aha! Process, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Bridges Out of Poverty is a unique and powerful tool designed specifically for social, health, and legal services professionals. Based in part on Dr. Ruby K. Payne&apos;s myth-shattering A Framework for Understanding Poverty, Bridges reaches out to the millions of service providers and businesses whose daily work connects them with the lives of people in poverty.
Find case studies, detailed analysis, helpful charts and exercises, and specific solutions you and your organization can implement right now to:
If your business, agency, or organization works with people from poverty, only a deeper understanding of their challenges - and strengths - will help you partner with them to create opportunities for success.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ruby K. Payne)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2014 18:39:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/016248/bk_acx0_016248_sample.mp3" length="1098128" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bridges-Out-of-Poverty-Audiobook/B00IOW2JLY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61izjI6iHWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bridges Out of Poverty
Subtitle: Strategies for Professionals and Communities
Author: Ruby K. Payne, Terie Dreussi Smith, Philip E. DeVol
Narrator: Philip DeVol, Tom Blair
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-14
Publisher: aha! Process, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Bridges Out of Poverty is a unique and powerful tool designed specifically for social, health, and legal services professionals. Based in part on Dr. Ruby K. Payne&apos;s myth-shattering A Framework for Understanding Poverty, Bridges reaches out to the millions of service providers and businesses whose daily work connects them with the lives of people in poverty.
Find case studies, detailed analysis, helpful charts and exercises, and specific solutions you and your organization can implement right now to:
If your business, agency, or organization works with people from poverty, only a deeper understanding of their challenges - and strengths - will help you partner with them to create opportunities for success.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bridges Out of Poverty
Subtitle: Strategies for Professionals and Communities
Author: Ruby K. Payne, Terie Dreussi Smith, Philip E. DeVol
Narrator: Philip DeVol, Tom Blair
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-14
Publisher: aha! Process, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Bridges Out of Poverty is a unique and powerful tool designed specifically for social, health, and legal services professionals. Based in part on Dr. Ruby K. Payne&apos;s myth-shattering A Framework for Understanding Poverty, Bridges reaches out to the millions of service providers and businesses whose daily work connects them with the lives of people in poverty.
Find case studies, detailed analysis, helpful charts and exercises, and specific solutions you and your organization can implement right now to:
If your business, agency, or organization works with people from poverty, only a deeper understanding of their challenges - and strengths - will help you partner with them to create opportunities for success.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Couldn&apos;t pause, awesome approach to bridging the gap.
I couldn&apos;t stop listening to the audio book. It consumed my whole day. I replayed certain segments for note taking and better understanding. I will require my management team to read the book or listen to the audible. A must read for teachers and academic administrators. While this is a great resource for college level , I believe the greatest impact is K-12. We can change a generation by using the BOP teachings.

Great Book to help understand Poverty
This book certainly was an eye-opening!  The biggest takeaway was the &quot;hidden class rules&quot;.  I never thought about it but that is a major barrier for those new to our culture and to those in poverty.  This is a MUST read for those working with people in poverty and those organization that want to be inclusive.  HUD HRA employees...this would be a great resource book.

A must for everyone!
It doesn&apos;t matter where you come from or where life takes you. This book is excellent and a must for everyone!

Insightful
the book is very eye-opening to poverty and the dynamic that goes along with it.  this will be very helpful in the role of the professional when interacting with the people of poverty</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nobody Audiobook by Todd Brewster - foreword, Marc Lamont Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Nobody-Audiobook/B071H9TRPV</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nobody
Subtitle: Casualties of America&apos;s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond
Author: Todd Brewster - foreword, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity.
In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered &quot;Nobody&quot; in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful.
To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable.
Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-listen for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Todd Brewster - foreword)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2017 17:38:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/009965/bk_blak_009965_sample.mp3" length="2345839" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Nobody-Audiobook/B071H9TRPV</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41kmeHX4pVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nobody
Subtitle: Casualties of America&apos;s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond
Author: Todd Brewster - foreword, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity.
In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered &quot;Nobody&quot; in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful.
To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable.
Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-listen for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nobody
Subtitle: Casualties of America&apos;s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond
Author: Todd Brewster - foreword, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity.
In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered &quot;Nobody&quot; in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful.
To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable.
Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-listen for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today.

Members Reviews:
Well Done
I actually have the hard copy of this book and I&apos;ve read it already. I&apos;ve assigned to my classes. it is a great exploration of our current political, social, economic moment in American history. I think all citizens should read this book. much of it has been discussed in the Press. however, Professor Hill unpacks important histories and theories to fully understand these horrible yet important events.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Society of the Spectacle Audiobook by Guy Debord</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Society-of-the-Spectacle-Audiobook/B01A5Z2KZC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Society of the Spectacle
Author: Guy Debord
Narrator: Bruce T Harvey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: New Saucerian
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the &quot;Das Kapital&quot; of the 20th century - an essential text, and the main theoretical work of the Situationists. Few works of political and cultural theory have been as enduringly provocative. From its publication amid the social upheavals of the 1960s up to the present, the volatile theses of this book have decisively transformed debates on the shape of modernity, capitalism, and everyday life in the 21st century. This is the original translation by Fredy Perlman, kept in print continuously for the last 50 years, keeping the flame of personal and collective autonomy alive.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Guy Debord)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 10:47:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/050850/bk_acx0_050850_sample.mp3" length="2365380" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Society-of-the-Spectacle-Audiobook/B01A5Z2KZC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51uRIeL02rL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Society of the Spectacle
Author: Guy Debord
Narrator: Bruce T Harvey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: New Saucerian
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the &quot;Das Kapital&quot; of the 20th century - an essential text, and the main theoretical work of the Situationists. Few works of political and cultural theory have been as enduringly provocative. From its publication amid the social upheavals of the 1960s up to the present, the volatile theses of this book have decisively transformed debates on the shape of modernity, capitalism, and everyday life in the 21st century. This is the original translation by Fredy Perlman, kept in print continuously for the last 50 years, keeping the flame of personal and collective autonomy alive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Society of the Spectacle
Author: Guy Debord
Narrator: Bruce T Harvey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: New Saucerian
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the &quot;Das Kapital&quot; of the 20th century - an essential text, and the main theoretical work of the Situationists. Few works of political and cultural theory have been as enduringly provocative. From its publication amid the social upheavals of the 1960s up to the present, the volatile theses of this book have decisively transformed debates on the shape of modernity, capitalism, and everyday life in the 21st century. This is the original translation by Fredy Perlman, kept in print continuously for the last 50 years, keeping the flame of personal and collective autonomy alive.

Members Reviews:
optional?
Interesting subject matter poorly narrated. A real struggle to finish but intrigue pushed me forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Is Where You Belong Audiobook by Melody Warnick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Is-Where-You-Belong-Audiobook/B01HC3Z2AA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Is Where You Belong
Subtitle: The Art and Science of Loving the Place You Live
Author: Melody Warnick
Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-21-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the spirit of Gretchen Rubin&apos;s The Happiness Project and Eric Weiner&apos;s The Geography of Bliss, a journalist embarks on a project to discover what it takes to love where you live.
The average restless American will move 11.7 times in a lifetime. For Melody Warnick, it was her sixth move - from Austin, Texas, to Blacksburg, Virginia - that threatened to unhinge her. In the lonely aftermath of unpacking, she wondered: Aren&apos;t we supposed to put down roots at some point? How does the place we live become the place we want to stay? This time she had an epiphany. Rather than hold her breath and hope this new town would be her family&apos;s perfect fit, she would figure out how to fall in love with it - no matter what.
How we come to feel at home in our towns and cities is what Warnick sets out to discover in This Is Where You Belong. She dives into the body of research around place attachment - the deep sense of connection that binds some of us to our cities and increases our physical and emotional well-being - then travels to towns across America to see it in action. Inspired by a growing movement of placemaking, she examines what its practitioners are doing to create likable locales. She also speaks with frequent movers and loyal stayers around the country to learn what draws highly mobile Americans to a new city and what makes us stay. The best ideas she imports to her adopted hometown of Blacksburg for a series of &quot;Love Where You Live&quot; experiments designed to make her feel more locally connected: dining with her neighbors, shopping Small Business Saturday, marching in the town Christmas parade.
Can these efforts make a halfhearted resident happier? Will Blacksburg be the place she finally stays? What Warnick learns will inspire you to embrace your own community - and perhaps discover that the place where you live right now...is home.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Melody Warnick)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2016 11:12:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/008907/bk_blak_008907_sample.mp3" length="2399662" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/This-Is-Where-You-Belong-Audiobook/B01HC3Z2AA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51vLqEF3iPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Is Where You Belong
Subtitle: The Art and Science of Loving the Place You Live
Author: Melody Warnick
Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-21-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the spirit of Gretchen Rubin&apos;s The Happiness Project and Eric Weiner&apos;s The Geography of Bliss, a journalist embarks on a project to discover what it takes to love where you live.
The average restless American will move 11.7 times in a lifetime. For Melody Warnick, it was her sixth move - from Austin, Texas, to Blacksburg, Virginia - that threatened to unhinge her. In the lonely aftermath of unpacking, she wondered: Aren&apos;t we supposed to put down roots at some point? How does the place we live become the place we want to stay? This time she had an epiphany. Rather than hold her breath and hope this new town would be her family&apos;s perfect fit, she would figure out how to fall in love with it - no matter what.
How we come to feel at home in our towns and cities is what Warnick sets out to discover in This Is Where You Belong. She dives into the body of research around place attachment - the deep sense of connection that binds some of us to our cities and increases our physical and emotional well-being - then travels to towns across America to see it in action. Inspired by a growing movement of placemaking, she examines what its practitioners are doing to create likable locales. She also speaks with frequent movers and loyal stayers around the country to learn what draws highly mobile Americans to a new city and what makes us stay. The best ideas she imports to her adopted hometown of Blacksburg for a series of &quot;Love Where You Live&quot; experiments designed to make her feel more locally connected: dining with her neighbors, shopping Small Business Saturday, marching in the town Christmas parade.
Can these efforts make a halfhearted resident happier? Will Blacksburg be the place she finally stays? What Warnick learns will inspire you to embrace your own community - and perhaps discover that the place where you live right now...is home.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: This Is Where You Belong
Subtitle: The Art and Science of Loving the Place You Live
Author: Melody Warnick
Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-21-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the spirit of Gretchen Rubin&apos;s The Happiness Project and Eric Weiner&apos;s The Geography of Bliss, a journalist embarks on a project to discover what it takes to love where you live.
The average restless American will move 11.7 times in a lifetime. For Melody Warnick, it was her sixth move - from Austin, Texas, to Blacksburg, Virginia - that threatened to unhinge her. In the lonely aftermath of unpacking, she wondered: Aren&apos;t we supposed to put down roots at some point? How does the place we live become the place we want to stay? This time she had an epiphany. Rather than hold her breath and hope this new town would be her family&apos;s perfect fit, she would figure out how to fall in love with it - no matter what.
How we come to feel at home in our towns and cities is what Warnick sets out to discover in This Is Where You Belong. She dives into the body of research around place attachment - the deep sense of connection that binds some of us to our cities and increases our physical and emotional well-being - then travels to towns across America to see it in action. Inspired by a growing movement of placemaking, she examines what its practitioners are doing to create likable locales. She also speaks with frequent movers and loyal stayers around the country to learn what draws highly mobile Americans to a new city and what makes us stay. The best ideas she imports to her adopted hometown of Blacksburg for a series of &quot;Love Where You Live&quot; experiments designed to make her feel more locally connected: dining with her neighbors, shopping Small Business Saturday, marching in the town Christmas parade.
Can these efforts make a halfhearted resident happier? Will Blacksburg be the place she finally stays? What Warnick learns will inspire you to embrace your own community - and perhaps discover that the place where you live right now...is home.

Members Reviews:
Look beyond yourself!
Great book for those who have a hard time feeling like they fit into a community.  I took away some tangible goals to help get plugged in to my neighborhood/town.  Overall, I think this is a book that is aimed to challenge you to think beyond your own world and care deeper about those around you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pets on the Couch Audiobook by Nicholas Dodman, DVM</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pets-on-the-Couch-Audiobook/B01KAJUPVO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pets on the Couch
Subtitle: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry
Author: Nicholas Dodman, DVM
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 467 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times best seller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining - and poignant - stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems, as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs, and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways.
Racehorses with Tourette&apos;s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism - these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities, rather than differences, between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them - and for our mutual bonds.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nicholas Dodman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2016 12:02:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/009061/bk_blak_009061_sample.mp3" length="2399670" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pets-on-the-Couch-Audiobook/B01KAJUPVO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41Nzij91lBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pets on the Couch
Subtitle: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry
Author: Nicholas Dodman, DVM
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 467 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times best seller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining - and poignant - stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems, as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs, and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways.
Racehorses with Tourette&apos;s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism - these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities, rather than differences, between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them - and for our mutual bonds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pets on the Couch
Subtitle: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry
Author: Nicholas Dodman, DVM
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 467 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times best seller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining - and poignant - stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems, as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs, and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways.
Racehorses with Tourette&apos;s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism - these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities, rather than differences, between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them - and for our mutual bonds.

Members Reviews:
The Oliver Sacks of Vets! Brilliant!
Beyond the realm of the unsound and deeply disturbed, &quot;Pets on the Couch&quot; provides fascinating and loving stories of the animals who share their lives with us. Their struggles and ultimately, their salvation.
Here are the dogs of war, home now and suffering PTSD as surely as any marine who worked alongside them; horses with Tourette syndrome, helped and now wonderful examples to children that differences shouldn&apos;t be scary; animals with OCD, explosive aggression, pathological fear, epilepsy, even autism. These are the things that would have been an animal&apos;s death sentence in the past.
Now they can be treated. The science that&apos;s always used them as test subjects can now be used to ease their suffering, treat their seizures, provide that window of stabilization where behavior modification can then be used to show them that life can be safe, good, filled with love and fun.
This isn&apos;t just a series of anecdotes, though there are many examples to go along with each illness. Dodman is a dedicated man who uses PET/CT scans, advanced MRIs, plunges into genetic testing to find that autism in humans, and the similar in animals can be traced back to a faulty piece of X chromosome.
But while he values research and science, he preaches common sense and empathy overall. Your dog is not barking ALL day long to drive you nuts; perhaps she was deprived of socialization in her early months, was mistreated, has fears that would drive the normal person to bark all day long were they in her paws.
The narration is wonderful, reflects the warmth and humor in the text, makes the research riveting. I laughed and smiled a lot through the whole audiobook and listened to it in a single day.
I suppose I was looking for my cat, Thoreau&apos;s, problem to be described, diagnosed, and fixed. He has it in for my brother, gets majorly aggressive, and I was hoping there&apos;d be an easy fix.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scientology: Abuse at the Top Audiobook by Amy Scobee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scientology-Abuse-at-the-Top-Audiobook/B00BJ5Z9L0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: Abuse at the Top
Author: Amy Scobee
Narrator: Danielle Plaso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-22-13
Publisher: Ravenpheat Productions, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A former top insider reveals the nightmare world of violence and abuse at the highest levels of the Church of Scientology. One review states: &quot;At home alone, a 14 year old girl takes a phone call from Scientology. This starts a quarter of a century journey of manipulation, betrayal and sexual, physical and mental abuse. This journey leads to the highest management echelon and one woman&apos;s courage to break free. A real page-turner.&quot; - Mark P. Another writes: &quot;Amy Scobee has written a book unlike any other expose of Scientology. She actually was at the top of International Management for 20 years, and oversaw the recruitment of Hollywood stars into the Church of Scientology. She witnessed the abuse of top managers by their senior, David Miscavige. She writes convincingly of the human rights violations she endured while on the Rehabilitation Project Force, a thinly disguised slave labor camp. Her book is enjoyable to insiders and laymen alike, with a glossary of terms provided, and plentiful footnotes. This is an important contribution to understanding the controversy surrounding the Church of Scientology. The glaring spotlight eventually points to Abuse at the Top.&quot; - Michael H.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Amy Scobee)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Feb 2013 08:08:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/005172/bk_acx0_005172_sample.mp3" length="1365204" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Scientology-Abuse-at-the-Top-Audiobook/B00BJ5Z9L0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51O2F8XtRML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: Abuse at the Top
Author: Amy Scobee
Narrator: Danielle Plaso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-22-13
Publisher: Ravenpheat Productions, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A former top insider reveals the nightmare world of violence and abuse at the highest levels of the Church of Scientology. One review states: &quot;At home alone, a 14 year old girl takes a phone call from Scientology. This starts a quarter of a century journey of manipulation, betrayal and sexual, physical and mental abuse. This journey leads to the highest management echelon and one woman&apos;s courage to break free. A real page-turner.&quot; - Mark P. Another writes: &quot;Amy Scobee has written a book unlike any other expose of Scientology. She actually was at the top of International Management for 20 years, and oversaw the recruitment of Hollywood stars into the Church of Scientology. She witnessed the abuse of top managers by their senior, David Miscavige. She writes convincingly of the human rights violations she endured while on the Rehabilitation Project Force, a thinly disguised slave labor camp. Her book is enjoyable to insiders and laymen alike, with a glossary of terms provided, and plentiful footnotes. This is an important contribution to understanding the controversy surrounding the Church of Scientology. The glaring spotlight eventually points to Abuse at the Top.&quot; - Michael H.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Scientology: Abuse at the Top
Author: Amy Scobee
Narrator: Danielle Plaso
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-22-13
Publisher: Ravenpheat Productions, LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A former top insider reveals the nightmare world of violence and abuse at the highest levels of the Church of Scientology. One review states: &quot;At home alone, a 14 year old girl takes a phone call from Scientology. This starts a quarter of a century journey of manipulation, betrayal and sexual, physical and mental abuse. This journey leads to the highest management echelon and one woman&apos;s courage to break free. A real page-turner.&quot; - Mark P. Another writes: &quot;Amy Scobee has written a book unlike any other expose of Scientology. She actually was at the top of International Management for 20 years, and oversaw the recruitment of Hollywood stars into the Church of Scientology. She witnessed the abuse of top managers by their senior, David Miscavige. She writes convincingly of the human rights violations she endured while on the Rehabilitation Project Force, a thinly disguised slave labor camp. Her book is enjoyable to insiders and laymen alike, with a glossary of terms provided, and plentiful footnotes. This is an important contribution to understanding the controversy surrounding the Church of Scientology. The glaring spotlight eventually points to Abuse at the Top.&quot; - Michael H.

Members Reviews:
Good Writing....fair narration.
Would you consider the audio edition of Scientology: Abuse at the Top to be better than the print version?
I haven&apos;t read the print version. Although I&apos;m not sure that this book differs much from the written text.
Who was your favorite character and why?
The book is told in 1st person so you follow her experiences.
What three words best describe Danielle Plasos voice?
Milena Markovna Kunis
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
I follow the LRH legend like some people follow &quot;Dexter&quot; (and I follow him for the same reasons). This, like the Jenna Miscavige book follows a specific slice of time describing experiences of the author. If you want a fantastic overview look for Going Clear: Scientology, Hollywood, and the Prison of Belief. But if, like me, you want to drill down into experiences in the SO check out this one and Jenna&apos;s book.
Any additional comments?
The reader seems to have some difficulty with reading the text...maybe it&apos;s just under rehearsed. But lots of amateur emphasis, rhythm and pronunciation inconsistency.

OMG the Narration!
Although I appreciate the inside information and the details of the struggles Amy Scobee went through and I really did want to enjoy this book, I could not get past the narrator. She actually mispronounced &apos;corps&apos; as &apos;corpse&apos;! She butchered the English language repeatedly and her phrasing was off by a mile. She also made everything sarcastic - I mean everything. It became very hard to listen to since I started to listen for mistakes instead of getting lost in the book.

Fascinating story - idiotic reader
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes, but I&apos;d urge them to wear a mouth-guard because teeth gnashing over the narration is inevitable.
Would you be willing to try another book from Amy Scobee? Why or why not?
Yes.
Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Danielle Plaso?
Anyone who knows the word is SUPPOSEDLY, with a D, not &quot;supposaBly.&quot; What is humorous is that the first time she says &quot;supposably&quot; is just after someone accuses the protagonist of being illiterate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gay Revolution Audiobook by Lillian Faderman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Gay-Revolution-Audiobook/B01639AVM8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gay Revolution
Subtitle: The Story of the Struggle
Author: Lillian Faderman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fight for gay, lesbian, and trans civil rights - the years of outrageous injustice, the early battles, the heartbreaking defeats, and the victories beyond the dreams of the gay rights pioneers - is the most important civil rights issue of the present day. Based on rigorous research and more than 150 interviews, The Gay Revolution tells this unfinished story not through dry facts but through dramatic accounts of passionate struggles, with all the sweep, depth, and intricacies that only an award-winning activist, scholar, and novelist like Lillian Faderman can evoke.
The Gay Revolution begins in the 1950s, when law classified gays and lesbians as criminals, the psychiatric profession saw them as mentally ill, the churches saw them as sinners, and society victimized them with irrational hatred. Against this dark backdrop, a few brave people began to fight back, paving the way for the revolutionary changes of the 1960s and beyond. Faderman discusses the protests in the 1960s, the counter reaction of the 1970s and early &apos;80s, the decimated but united community during the AIDS epidemic, and the current hurdles for the right to marriage equality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[T]his volume will deservedly become a standard in the field.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lillian Faderman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2015 22:55:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/005279/bk_tant_005279_sample.mp3" length="2399891" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Gay-Revolution-Audiobook/B01639AVM8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51KAKYqeV8L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>29:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gay Revolution
Subtitle: The Story of the Struggle
Author: Lillian Faderman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fight for gay, lesbian, and trans civil rights - the years of outrageous injustice, the early battles, the heartbreaking defeats, and the victories beyond the dreams of the gay rights pioneers - is the most important civil rights issue of the present day. Based on rigorous research and more than 150 interviews, The Gay Revolution tells this unfinished story not through dry facts but through dramatic accounts of passionate struggles, with all the sweep, depth, and intricacies that only an award-winning activist, scholar, and novelist like Lillian Faderman can evoke.
The Gay Revolution begins in the 1950s, when law classified gays and lesbians as criminals, the psychiatric profession saw them as mentally ill, the churches saw them as sinners, and society victimized them with irrational hatred. Against this dark backdrop, a few brave people began to fight back, paving the way for the revolutionary changes of the 1960s and beyond. Faderman discusses the protests in the 1960s, the counter reaction of the 1970s and early &apos;80s, the decimated but united community during the AIDS epidemic, and the current hurdles for the right to marriage equality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[T]his volume will deservedly become a standard in the field.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gay Revolution
Subtitle: The Story of the Struggle
Author: Lillian Faderman
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fight for gay, lesbian, and trans civil rights - the years of outrageous injustice, the early battles, the heartbreaking defeats, and the victories beyond the dreams of the gay rights pioneers - is the most important civil rights issue of the present day. Based on rigorous research and more than 150 interviews, The Gay Revolution tells this unfinished story not through dry facts but through dramatic accounts of passionate struggles, with all the sweep, depth, and intricacies that only an award-winning activist, scholar, and novelist like Lillian Faderman can evoke.
The Gay Revolution begins in the 1950s, when law classified gays and lesbians as criminals, the psychiatric profession saw them as mentally ill, the churches saw them as sinners, and society victimized them with irrational hatred. Against this dark backdrop, a few brave people began to fight back, paving the way for the revolutionary changes of the 1960s and beyond. Faderman discusses the protests in the 1960s, the counter reaction of the 1970s and early &apos;80s, the decimated but united community during the AIDS epidemic, and the current hurdles for the right to marriage equality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[T]his volume will deservedly become a standard in the field.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
An outstanding book.
What did you love best about The Gay Revolution?
The Gay Revolution gives a great history of what the gay community endured at the turn of the century and into the present day. It gives the stone cold facts but presented in a way that is compelling to listen to. There were parts in this book where I seriously got angry and then there were other parts where I wanted to cry. The LGBT community has been through so much and it is wonderful in this book that the story is told.
What did you like best about this story?
I loved the facts. I love that someone actually looked up and told the story in a way that should have been told long ago.
What does Donna Postel bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
Donna Postel is awesome. I seriously could listen to her all day. When you think of someone talking about history you get this Charlie Brown sound in your head that it is going to be all boring and wha wha wha. But Donna Postel was not like that. She has a very pleasant voice to listen to and when I would listen to this story I stopped everything I was doing to listen.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
In the first few chapters when it was told about the witch hunts for homosexuals. How we were put into mental institutions with the possibility of have a lobotomy. That struck such a fear with me. I was angered yet saddened at the same time.
Any additional comments?
Thi is a must read for people. Whether you are LGBT or straight this is a book that I think everyone should read. It is a very compelling story. And I really feel that you would be moved by this book. Donna Postel is great with her reading of this and is very pleasant to listen to. I learned things that I had no clue that had taken place. Everyone should read this book.

Absolutely awe inspiring
As a recently out and married gay man, I decided that I ought to know about the stories of those who came before. So, I bought this audiobook for a listen as I walked the Appalachian Trail.
This book blew me away.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now I Know More Audiobook by Dan Lewis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Now-I-Know-More-Audiobook/B00OZY41BQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know More
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind Even More of the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 615 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dan Lewis, creator of the Webby Award-winning Now I Know newsletter, is back with 101 unbelievable-but-true stories to blow your mind. Get ready to find out the real deal behind a new collection of fascinating facts. From pink camouflaged fighter planes to secret Harry Potter characters, Now I Know More covers everything from history and science to sports and pop culture. You&apos;ll learn about made-up towns that made their way onto real maps, the time three MLB teams squared off in a single game, and 99 more curious cases of remarkable trivia. And it&apos;s all true. With this audiobook, you really will know more!

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Every story in the book is interesting, and Lewis includes a &apos;bonus fact&apos; at the end of each story, which is a mini mind bender on its own.&quot; (BoingBoing)
&quot;A mind-tickling encyclopedia... Now I Know is a treat in its entirety... an oasis of learning about what you don&apos;t yet know... but are glad you found.&quot; (Brain Pickings)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Lewis)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Nov 2014 03:23:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019259/bk_adbl_019259_sample.mp3" length="2218677" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Now-I-Know-More-Audiobook/B00OZY41BQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Q9CuGeQzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know More
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind Even More of the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 615 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dan Lewis, creator of the Webby Award-winning Now I Know newsletter, is back with 101 unbelievable-but-true stories to blow your mind. Get ready to find out the real deal behind a new collection of fascinating facts. From pink camouflaged fighter planes to secret Harry Potter characters, Now I Know More covers everything from history and science to sports and pop culture. You&apos;ll learn about made-up towns that made their way onto real maps, the time three MLB teams squared off in a single game, and 99 more curious cases of remarkable trivia. And it&apos;s all true. With this audiobook, you really will know more!

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Every story in the book is interesting, and Lewis includes a &apos;bonus fact&apos; at the end of each story, which is a mini mind bender on its own.&quot; (BoingBoing)
&quot;A mind-tickling encyclopedia... Now I Know is a treat in its entirety... an oasis of learning about what you don&apos;t yet know... but are glad you found.&quot; (Brain Pickings)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Now I Know More
Subtitle: The Revealing Stories Behind Even More of the World&apos;s Most Interesting Facts
Author: Dan Lewis
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 615 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dan Lewis, creator of the Webby Award-winning Now I Know newsletter, is back with 101 unbelievable-but-true stories to blow your mind. Get ready to find out the real deal behind a new collection of fascinating facts. From pink camouflaged fighter planes to secret Harry Potter characters, Now I Know More covers everything from history and science to sports and pop culture. You&apos;ll learn about made-up towns that made their way onto real maps, the time three MLB teams squared off in a single game, and 99 more curious cases of remarkable trivia. And it&apos;s all true. With this audiobook, you really will know more!

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Every story in the book is interesting, and Lewis includes a &apos;bonus fact&apos; at the end of each story, which is a mini mind bender on its own.&quot; (BoingBoing)
&quot;A mind-tickling encyclopedia... Now I Know is a treat in its entirety... an oasis of learning about what you don&apos;t yet know... but are glad you found.&quot; (Brain Pickings)

Members Reviews:
Disappointed...
Would you try another book from Dan Lewis and/or Anthony Haden Salerno?
Maybe from the author, but not the narrator
Has Now I Know More turned you off from other books in this genre?
I usually enjoy trivia and random facts.  I stopped listening because of the narrator.
How did the narrator detract from the book?
Strange &apos;breathy&apos; style of reading and a number of mispronunciations.  Febewary for February and Obstensibly for Ostensibly come immediately to mind.
If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from Now I Know More?
I would find a new narrator and pay more attention to quality control.

Light &amp; Fun (Sometimes Creepy)
We&apos;re just a batty lot, we humans are; the way our minds work, the choices we make. &quot;Now I Know More&quot; is a wonderfully enjoyable compilation of facts/stories that are totally irrelevant to life, but are fascinating nonetheless and bring to life history and human nature. Human nature: LBJ screeching to people in the car that THE BRAKES HAVE GONE OUT (just to mess with their minds) to Putin bringing his dogs around when he knows Germany&apos;s Angela Merkel was bitten by a dog in her childhood. History: A family who lived in Siberia and only knew advances had happened by watching &quot;fire in the sky&quot; (satellites), until they all died there by themselves to a cigarette company helping reconstruct one of China&apos;s regions most devastated by earthquakes. All the while passing out cigarette candies to children.
Simply extraordinary. Some of these things are so entertaining, some of them are so freakin&apos; sad, some of them are so galling. But they&apos;re only skimmed, so this is not a deep listen that gets you enraged: It only makes you think, makes you awed, makes you chuckle, makes you irked.
And there are ditties that you&apos;ll never forget: The $20,000,000 wired &quot;Spy Cat&quot; who, and I know the tragedy of this one, doesn&apos;t look both ways before crossing the street. And, oh so many more.
This is a wonderful book! Sometimes you just can&apos;t listen to a 20-hour serious non-fiction audiobook; you just need a mind-breeze that lets you laugh and think. Something well-structured, with perfect segues, and great narration.
And now I know why my beloved magenta is nowhere on the ROY G. BIV spectrum.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free to Make Audiobook by Dale Dougherty, Ariane Conrad - contributor, Tim O&apos;Reilly - foreword</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-to-Make-Audiobook/B01N4EDCPR</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free to Make
Subtitle: How the Maker Movement Is Changing Our Schools, Our Jobs, and Our Minds
Author: Dale Dougherty, Ariane Conrad - contributor, Tim O&apos;Reilly - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Machado
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dale Dougherty, creator of MAKE: magazine and the Maker Faire, provides a guided tour of the international phenomenon known as the Maker Movement, a social revolution that is changing what gets made, how it&apos;s made, where it&apos;s made, and who makes it. Free to Make is a call to join what Dougherty calls the &quot;renaissance of making&quot;, an invitation to see ourselves as creators and shapers of the world around us. As the Internet thrives and world-changing technologies - like 3-D printers and tiny microcontrollers - become increasingly affordable, people around the world are moving away from the passivity of one-size-fits-all consumption and command-and-control models of education and business. Free to Make explores how making revives abandoned and neglected urban areas, reinvigorates community spaces like libraries and museums, and even impacts our personal and social development - fostering a mind-set that is engaged, playful, and resourceful. Free to Make asks us to imagine a world where making is an everyday occurrence in our schools, workplaces, and local communities, grounding us in the physical world and empowering us to solve the challenges we face.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part manifesto, part guidebook, the book is a good primer for beginners and interested DIY types and might offer some new ideas for those already involved in the current boom of makerspaces in libraries, schools, and other community centers.&quot; (Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dale Dougherty)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2017 12:42:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004901/bk_rand_004901_sample.mp3" length="2399665" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Free-to-Make-Audiobook/B01N4EDCPR</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51xoyURtccL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free to Make
Subtitle: How the Maker Movement Is Changing Our Schools, Our Jobs, and Our Minds
Author: Dale Dougherty, Ariane Conrad - contributor, Tim O&apos;Reilly - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Machado
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dale Dougherty, creator of MAKE: magazine and the Maker Faire, provides a guided tour of the international phenomenon known as the Maker Movement, a social revolution that is changing what gets made, how it&apos;s made, where it&apos;s made, and who makes it. Free to Make is a call to join what Dougherty calls the &quot;renaissance of making&quot;, an invitation to see ourselves as creators and shapers of the world around us. As the Internet thrives and world-changing technologies - like 3-D printers and tiny microcontrollers - become increasingly affordable, people around the world are moving away from the passivity of one-size-fits-all consumption and command-and-control models of education and business. Free to Make explores how making revives abandoned and neglected urban areas, reinvigorates community spaces like libraries and museums, and even impacts our personal and social development - fostering a mind-set that is engaged, playful, and resourceful. Free to Make asks us to imagine a world where making is an everyday occurrence in our schools, workplaces, and local communities, grounding us in the physical world and empowering us to solve the challenges we face.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part manifesto, part guidebook, the book is a good primer for beginners and interested DIY types and might offer some new ideas for those already involved in the current boom of makerspaces in libraries, schools, and other community centers.&quot; (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free to Make
Subtitle: How the Maker Movement Is Changing Our Schools, Our Jobs, and Our Minds
Author: Dale Dougherty, Ariane Conrad - contributor, Tim O&apos;Reilly - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Machado
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: North Atlantic Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dale Dougherty, creator of MAKE: magazine and the Maker Faire, provides a guided tour of the international phenomenon known as the Maker Movement, a social revolution that is changing what gets made, how it&apos;s made, where it&apos;s made, and who makes it. Free to Make is a call to join what Dougherty calls the &quot;renaissance of making&quot;, an invitation to see ourselves as creators and shapers of the world around us. As the Internet thrives and world-changing technologies - like 3-D printers and tiny microcontrollers - become increasingly affordable, people around the world are moving away from the passivity of one-size-fits-all consumption and command-and-control models of education and business. Free to Make explores how making revives abandoned and neglected urban areas, reinvigorates community spaces like libraries and museums, and even impacts our personal and social development - fostering a mind-set that is engaged, playful, and resourceful. Free to Make asks us to imagine a world where making is an everyday occurrence in our schools, workplaces, and local communities, grounding us in the physical world and empowering us to solve the challenges we face.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part manifesto, part guidebook, the book is a good primer for beginners and interested DIY types and might offer some new ideas for those already involved in the current boom of makerspaces in libraries, schools, and other community centers.&quot; (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
If you are tired of the &quot;consumer&quot; mentality and want to read about creative people, you will enjoy this book.
I teach Entrepreneurship and Innovation courses at a local university. I went to the Maker Fair this past fall and was fascinated by everything going on from hobbyist to professional. I wanted to be informed about the Maker Movement, its opportunities and its implications. This book has been fun to read, full of inspiring stories of creativity, regardless of the media used.
If you are tired of the &quot;consumer&quot; mentality and want to read about creative people, you will enjoy this book.

Very inspirational book! Let&apos;s just make it!
I recommend this book to teachers, parents, young adults and adults.  I found this book very inspirational and full of real life events and general examples.  The author accomplishes what he intends: he makes making accessible and enticing!  In addition, I found this book very prophetic in terms of how companies and jobs are and will evolve into.

Everyone should read. Everyone a maker.
This is an excellent resource introducing the Maker movement, it&apos;s history and future. It&apos;s very optimistic and enthusiastic. A great read. Inspiring.

Very helpful and useful
Enjoyable reading

Fabulous Survey of the New Industrial Revolution: The Maker Movement
Is there a &quot;New Industrial Revolution&quot; underway?  Chris Anderson, former editor of WIRED magazine, and founder of 3D Robotics company, thinks there is.  According to this book there is a hands-on renaissance afoot, excuse the metaphor mix.  According to the author of this book, Dale Dougherty, it&apos;s a mix of technology and DIY.  This book examines the who-what-where-how of the Maker phenomenon, as Dougherty calls it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unaccountable Audiobook by Marty Makary</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unaccountable-Audiobook/B00C1GKSW6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unaccountable
Subtitle: What Hospitals Won&apos;t Tell You and How Transparency Can Revolutionize Health Care
Author: Marty Makary
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-22-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dr. Marty Makary is co-developer of the life-saving checklist outlined in Atul Gawande&apos;s best-selling The Checklist Manifesto. As a busy surgeon who has worked in many of the best hospitals in the nation, he can testify to the amazing power of modern medicine to cure. But he&apos;s also been a witness to a medical culture that routinely leaves surgical sponges inside patients, amputates the wrong limbs, and overdoses children because of sloppy handwriting.
Over the last 10 years, neither error rates nor costs have come down, despite scientific progress and efforts to curb expenses. Why? To patients, the healthcare system is a black box. Doctors and hospitals are unaccountable, and the lack of transparency leaves both bad doctors and systemic flaws unchecked. Patients need to know more of what healthcare workers know, so they can make informed choices. Accountability in healthcare would expose dangerous doctors, reward good performance, and force positive change nationally, using the power of the free market. Unaccountable is a powerful, no-nonsense, non-partisan diagnosis for healing our hospitals and reforming our broken healthcare system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Makary&apos;s book makes it perfectly clear that data transparency not only allows people to make informed decisions about their health but also nudges hospitals and physicians to be more vigilant and efficient.&quot; (
Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Marty Makary)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2013 12:21:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002970/bk_tant_002970_sample.mp3" length="2399731" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unaccountable-Audiobook/B00C1GKSW6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51O+zpHboNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unaccountable
Subtitle: What Hospitals Won&apos;t Tell You and How Transparency Can Revolutionize Health Care
Author: Marty Makary
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-22-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dr. Marty Makary is co-developer of the life-saving checklist outlined in Atul Gawande&apos;s best-selling The Checklist Manifesto. As a busy surgeon who has worked in many of the best hospitals in the nation, he can testify to the amazing power of modern medicine to cure. But he&apos;s also been a witness to a medical culture that routinely leaves surgical sponges inside patients, amputates the wrong limbs, and overdoses children because of sloppy handwriting.
Over the last 10 years, neither error rates nor costs have come down, despite scientific progress and efforts to curb expenses. Why? To patients, the healthcare system is a black box. Doctors and hospitals are unaccountable, and the lack of transparency leaves both bad doctors and systemic flaws unchecked. Patients need to know more of what healthcare workers know, so they can make informed choices. Accountability in healthcare would expose dangerous doctors, reward good performance, and force positive change nationally, using the power of the free market. Unaccountable is a powerful, no-nonsense, non-partisan diagnosis for healing our hospitals and reforming our broken healthcare system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Makary&apos;s book makes it perfectly clear that data transparency not only allows people to make informed decisions about their health but also nudges hospitals and physicians to be more vigilant and efficient.&quot; (
Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unaccountable
Subtitle: What Hospitals Won&apos;t Tell You and How Transparency Can Revolutionize Health Care
Author: Marty Makary
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-22-13
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 76 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dr. Marty Makary is co-developer of the life-saving checklist outlined in Atul Gawande&apos;s best-selling The Checklist Manifesto. As a busy surgeon who has worked in many of the best hospitals in the nation, he can testify to the amazing power of modern medicine to cure. But he&apos;s also been a witness to a medical culture that routinely leaves surgical sponges inside patients, amputates the wrong limbs, and overdoses children because of sloppy handwriting.
Over the last 10 years, neither error rates nor costs have come down, despite scientific progress and efforts to curb expenses. Why? To patients, the healthcare system is a black box. Doctors and hospitals are unaccountable, and the lack of transparency leaves both bad doctors and systemic flaws unchecked. Patients need to know more of what healthcare workers know, so they can make informed choices. Accountability in healthcare would expose dangerous doctors, reward good performance, and force positive change nationally, using the power of the free market. Unaccountable is a powerful, no-nonsense, non-partisan diagnosis for healing our hospitals and reforming our broken healthcare system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Makary&apos;s book makes it perfectly clear that data transparency not only allows people to make informed decisions about their health but also nudges hospitals and physicians to be more vigilant and efficient.&quot; (
Booklist)

Members Reviews:
Everyone should read this book.
This is an important book that reveals our health care system&apos;s dark side. There is a culture of secrecy, greed and manipulation among our hospitals and healthcare professionals. Some are worse and some are better. This book is a call to action for change. It also offers very good information for patients who want to evaluate their care now. It provides some tools to help people choose doctors and hospitals. I found the information useful and feel hopeful for continued improvement.

The One Book You Must Read For Your Health
This is an groundbreaking and crucial work of non-fiction.  You think you know how doctors and hospitals work.  You don&apos;t.  Were you aware that hospitals own chemo drugs and set the prices?  Did you know they pay doctors kickbacks to use this chemo, the more the better?  Did you realize executives at Children&apos;s Hospitals fly first class and are paid multimillions out of money you donated for sick children?  The author is a Johns Hopkins surgeon with impeccable credentials.  This isn&apos;t an overblown scare tactic of a book.  It&apos;s the truth and you need to read it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smart Cities Audiobook by Anthony Townsend</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Smart-Cities-Audiobook/B00G3DH55G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Smart Cities
Subtitle: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia
Author: Anthony Townsend
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An unflinching look at the aspiring city-builders of our smart, mobile, connected future.
We live in a world defined by urbanization and digital ubiquity, where mobile broadband connections outnumber fixed ones, machines dominate a new &quot;internet of things,&quot; and more people live in cities than in the countryside.
In Smart Cities, urbanist and technology expert Anthony Townsend takes a broad historical look at the forces that have shaped the planning and design of cities and information technologies from the rise of the great industrial cities of the nineteenth century to the present. A century ago, the telegraph and the mechanical tabulator were used to tame cities of millions. Today, cellular networks and cloud computing tie together the complex choreography of mega-regions of tens of millions of people.
In response, cities worldwide are deploying technology to address both the timeless challenges of government and the mounting problems posed by human settlements of previously unimaginable size and complexity. In Chicago, GPS sensors on snow plows feed a real-time &quot;plow tracker&quot; map that everyone can access. In Zaragoza, Spain, a &quot;citizen card&quot; can get you on the free city-wide Wi-Fi network, unlock a bike share, check a book out of the library, and pay for your bus ride home. In New York, a guerrilla group of citizen-scientists installed sensors in local sewers to alert you when storm water runoff overwhelms the system, dumping waste into local waterways.
As technology barons, entrepreneurs, mayors, and an emerging vanguard of civic hackers are trying to shape this new frontier, Smart Cities considers the motivations, aspirations, and shortcomings of them all while offering a new civics to guide our efforts as we build the future together, one click at a time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Anthony Townsend)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2013 15:06:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/014999/bk_adbl_014999_sample.mp3" length="1859346" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Smart-Cities-Audiobook/B00G3DH55G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fwINw6w1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Smart Cities
Subtitle: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia
Author: Anthony Townsend
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An unflinching look at the aspiring city-builders of our smart, mobile, connected future.
We live in a world defined by urbanization and digital ubiquity, where mobile broadband connections outnumber fixed ones, machines dominate a new &quot;internet of things,&quot; and more people live in cities than in the countryside.
In Smart Cities, urbanist and technology expert Anthony Townsend takes a broad historical look at the forces that have shaped the planning and design of cities and information technologies from the rise of the great industrial cities of the nineteenth century to the present. A century ago, the telegraph and the mechanical tabulator were used to tame cities of millions. Today, cellular networks and cloud computing tie together the complex choreography of mega-regions of tens of millions of people.
In response, cities worldwide are deploying technology to address both the timeless challenges of government and the mounting problems posed by human settlements of previously unimaginable size and complexity. In Chicago, GPS sensors on snow plows feed a real-time &quot;plow tracker&quot; map that everyone can access. In Zaragoza, Spain, a &quot;citizen card&quot; can get you on the free city-wide Wi-Fi network, unlock a bike share, check a book out of the library, and pay for your bus ride home. In New York, a guerrilla group of citizen-scientists installed sensors in local sewers to alert you when storm water runoff overwhelms the system, dumping waste into local waterways.
As technology barons, entrepreneurs, mayors, and an emerging vanguard of civic hackers are trying to shape this new frontier, Smart Cities considers the motivations, aspirations, and shortcomings of them all while offering a new civics to guide our efforts as we build the future together, one click at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Smart Cities
Subtitle: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia
Author: Anthony Townsend
Narrator: Jeremy Arthur
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-17-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 72 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An unflinching look at the aspiring city-builders of our smart, mobile, connected future.
We live in a world defined by urbanization and digital ubiquity, where mobile broadband connections outnumber fixed ones, machines dominate a new &quot;internet of things,&quot; and more people live in cities than in the countryside.
In Smart Cities, urbanist and technology expert Anthony Townsend takes a broad historical look at the forces that have shaped the planning and design of cities and information technologies from the rise of the great industrial cities of the nineteenth century to the present. A century ago, the telegraph and the mechanical tabulator were used to tame cities of millions. Today, cellular networks and cloud computing tie together the complex choreography of mega-regions of tens of millions of people.
In response, cities worldwide are deploying technology to address both the timeless challenges of government and the mounting problems posed by human settlements of previously unimaginable size and complexity. In Chicago, GPS sensors on snow plows feed a real-time &quot;plow tracker&quot; map that everyone can access. In Zaragoza, Spain, a &quot;citizen card&quot; can get you on the free city-wide Wi-Fi network, unlock a bike share, check a book out of the library, and pay for your bus ride home. In New York, a guerrilla group of citizen-scientists installed sensors in local sewers to alert you when storm water runoff overwhelms the system, dumping waste into local waterways.
As technology barons, entrepreneurs, mayors, and an emerging vanguard of civic hackers are trying to shape this new frontier, Smart Cities considers the motivations, aspirations, and shortcomings of them all while offering a new civics to guide our efforts as we build the future together, one click at a time.

Members Reviews:
A must read for city enthusiasts
If there is one book that people interested in urban development and urban issues must read, it is this.  It goes beyond a discussion of the promise of smart cities and discusses the import an basis in it&apos;s past, the players who have studied it over the decades, and the organizations thinking about how to make it work for everyone.  I loved this book.

Look around and see the future
Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?
Less man is destroying the world and golly keepers we can all work together
How could the performance have been better?
It&apos;s basically a documentary. The narrator doesn&apos;t need to do anything but talk with one voice
Did Smart Cities inspire you to do anything?
Yes..I will use it for restarting civilization after the zombies have attacked !!!!
Any additional comments?
Overall it was a very interesting book. It showed the blue prints that are all around us everyday to make our modern world better. They show how cities have used new wireless tech to create needed subsystems for city services. They comment how one city was planned to be high tech and didn&apos;t work,but another that grew more organically and wasn&apos;t per planned ,becomes a great tech city. It&apos;s a very good book, like all documentary style it does bog down in places.

Exhaustuve
Everything that has happened in the Smart City eco-system since the coining of the phrase (even earlier) can be found commented. Needs and update.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ava&apos;s Man Audiobook by Rick Bragg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Avas-Man-Audiobook/B002UUKLES</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ava&apos;s Man
Author: Rick Bragg
Narrator: Rick Bragg
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-01
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 326 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the decade of the Great Depression, Charlie moved his family 21 times, keeping seven children one step ahead of the poverty and starvation that threatened them from every side. He worked at the steel mill when the steel was rolling, or for a side of bacon or a bushel of peaches when it wasn&apos;t. He paid the doctor who delivered his fourth daughter, Margaret - the author&apos;s mother - with a jar of whiskey. He understood the finer points of the law as it applied to poor people and drinking men; he was a banjo player and a buck dancer who worked off fines when life got a little sideways, and he sang when he was drunk, where other men fought or cussed. He had a talent for living. His children revered him. When he died, cars lined the blacktop for more than a mile.
Rick Bragg has built a soaring monument to the grandfather he never knew - a father who stood by his family in hard times and left a backwoods legend behind - in an audiobook that blazes withi his love for his family, and for a particular stretch of dirt road along the Alabama-Georgia border. A powerfully intimate piece of American history as it was experienced by the working people of the deep South, a glorious record of a life of character, tenacity and indomitable joy, and an unforgettable tribute to a vanishing culture, Ava&apos;s Man is Rick Bragg at his stunning best.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A soulful, poignant portrait.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 
 &quot;No one writes about the South like Bragg...[his] empathy and humanity shine throughout.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rick Bragg)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Aug 2001 02:32:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/000147/bk_rand_000147_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Avas-Man-Audiobook/B002UUKLES</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41KaKl3qO9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ava&apos;s Man
Author: Rick Bragg
Narrator: Rick Bragg
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-01
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 326 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the decade of the Great Depression, Charlie moved his family 21 times, keeping seven children one step ahead of the poverty and starvation that threatened them from every side. He worked at the steel mill when the steel was rolling, or for a side of bacon or a bushel of peaches when it wasn&apos;t. He paid the doctor who delivered his fourth daughter, Margaret - the author&apos;s mother - with a jar of whiskey. He understood the finer points of the law as it applied to poor people and drinking men; he was a banjo player and a buck dancer who worked off fines when life got a little sideways, and he sang when he was drunk, where other men fought or cussed. He had a talent for living. His children revered him. When he died, cars lined the blacktop for more than a mile.
Rick Bragg has built a soaring monument to the grandfather he never knew - a father who stood by his family in hard times and left a backwoods legend behind - in an audiobook that blazes withi his love for his family, and for a particular stretch of dirt road along the Alabama-Georgia border. A powerfully intimate piece of American history as it was experienced by the working people of the deep South, a glorious record of a life of character, tenacity and indomitable joy, and an unforgettable tribute to a vanishing culture, Ava&apos;s Man is Rick Bragg at his stunning best.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A soulful, poignant portrait.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 
 &quot;No one writes about the South like Bragg...[his] empathy and humanity shine throughout.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ava&apos;s Man
Author: Rick Bragg
Narrator: Rick Bragg
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-01
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 326 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the decade of the Great Depression, Charlie moved his family 21 times, keeping seven children one step ahead of the poverty and starvation that threatened them from every side. He worked at the steel mill when the steel was rolling, or for a side of bacon or a bushel of peaches when it wasn&apos;t. He paid the doctor who delivered his fourth daughter, Margaret - the author&apos;s mother - with a jar of whiskey. He understood the finer points of the law as it applied to poor people and drinking men; he was a banjo player and a buck dancer who worked off fines when life got a little sideways, and he sang when he was drunk, where other men fought or cussed. He had a talent for living. His children revered him. When he died, cars lined the blacktop for more than a mile.
Rick Bragg has built a soaring monument to the grandfather he never knew - a father who stood by his family in hard times and left a backwoods legend behind - in an audiobook that blazes withi his love for his family, and for a particular stretch of dirt road along the Alabama-Georgia border. A powerfully intimate piece of American history as it was experienced by the working people of the deep South, a glorious record of a life of character, tenacity and indomitable joy, and an unforgettable tribute to a vanishing culture, Ava&apos;s Man is Rick Bragg at his stunning best.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A soulful, poignant portrait.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 
 &quot;No one writes about the South like Bragg...[his] empathy and humanity shine throughout.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Deeply moving
I saw Rick Bragg on a Sunday morning interview show and immediately downloaded his book.  This book is simultaneously amusing, humbling, deeply moving, and inspiring. Mr. Bragg&apos;s engaging narration contributes significantly to the overall experience. I am eagerly awaiting access to his other novels.

Powerful Story of Family
I found the beginning of the book a bit disjointed and hard to follow, but once it settled in, I found myself enthralled in the story. Its the story of a simple man who did the best he could, and the people who loved him. Rick Bragg has a wonderful gift of telling a story.

i liked it
a historical look at one families history - along with the way the economics and history of the era and area affected them - It was also interesting to hear the musings of the author relating his relatives experiences in the past to his own current activities.

Great Writer
If you appreciate the southern voice, Rick Bragg is the guy for you. He has the knack of writing in a voice that many can speak but few can capture on paper. Great book. His previous book &quot;All Over But The Shouting&quot; is exceptional

Bragg reading his own work = great big treat
Rick Bragg delves into his family history, mostly to find out about his maternal grandfather, Charlie Bundrum, who he never met and no one in the family would talk much about.  Bragg interviewed family members and then interlaced their memories to make Ava&apos;s Man. You actually learn much more about the Bundrum side of Bragg&apos;s  family than you did in All Over But the Shoutin&apos;, which is about the author&apos;s mother (although it is substantially about the author&apos;s career in journalism).  Great familial and regional lore. Sentence-to-sentence, Bragg just gets better with each book.  And it is so marvelous to have Bragg read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Black Lies Matter Audiobook by Taleeb Starkes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Black-Lies-Matter-Audiobook/B06XCSP685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Black Lies Matter
Subtitle: Why Lies Matter to the Race Grievance Industry
Author: Taleeb Starkes
Narrator: Taleeb Starkes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Chicago, aka &quot;Chiraq&quot;, the first 10 days of 2016 yielded 120 people shot. Baltimore&apos;s 2015 ended as its bloodiest and deadliest year - on a per capita basis. In 2014 Detroit&apos;s police chief called upon law-abiding citizens to take arms against its burgeoning violent, criminal subculture. Unfortunately these cities aren&apos;t anomalies. Year after year a seemingly unshakable reality of violence plagues black communities nationwide. In fact, since 1980, blacks have routinely accounted for almost half of America&apos;s annual homicide victims and more than half of the perpetrators - all while being a minor 13 percent of the national populace.
Yet a certain black-based industry - which specializes in nurturing comfortable lies while burying uncomfortable truths - propagates a notion that racism is the foremost issue facing black Americans, and white cops are bloodthirsty enforcers. Moreover, this cunning, race-peddling entity knows that it&apos;s easier to lie to blacks than to convince blacks that they&apos;ve been lied to. Thus, black lies are good for business; black lives are good for nothing (except exploitation). And presently, business is booming.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Taleeb Starkes)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2017 09:15:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007264/bk_tant_007264_sample.mp3" length="87606" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Black-Lies-Matter-Audiobook/B06XCSP685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51T+09YhgTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Black Lies Matter
Subtitle: Why Lies Matter to the Race Grievance Industry
Author: Taleeb Starkes
Narrator: Taleeb Starkes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Chicago, aka &quot;Chiraq&quot;, the first 10 days of 2016 yielded 120 people shot. Baltimore&apos;s 2015 ended as its bloodiest and deadliest year - on a per capita basis. In 2014 Detroit&apos;s police chief called upon law-abiding citizens to take arms against its burgeoning violent, criminal subculture. Unfortunately these cities aren&apos;t anomalies. Year after year a seemingly unshakable reality of violence plagues black communities nationwide. In fact, since 1980, blacks have routinely accounted for almost half of America&apos;s annual homicide victims and more than half of the perpetrators - all while being a minor 13 percent of the national populace.
Yet a certain black-based industry - which specializes in nurturing comfortable lies while burying uncomfortable truths - propagates a notion that racism is the foremost issue facing black Americans, and white cops are bloodthirsty enforcers. Moreover, this cunning, race-peddling entity knows that it&apos;s easier to lie to blacks than to convince blacks that they&apos;ve been lied to. Thus, black lies are good for business; black lives are good for nothing (except exploitation). And presently, business is booming.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Black Lies Matter
Subtitle: Why Lies Matter to the Race Grievance Industry
Author: Taleeb Starkes
Narrator: Taleeb Starkes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Chicago, aka &quot;Chiraq&quot;, the first 10 days of 2016 yielded 120 people shot. Baltimore&apos;s 2015 ended as its bloodiest and deadliest year - on a per capita basis. In 2014 Detroit&apos;s police chief called upon law-abiding citizens to take arms against its burgeoning violent, criminal subculture. Unfortunately these cities aren&apos;t anomalies. Year after year a seemingly unshakable reality of violence plagues black communities nationwide. In fact, since 1980, blacks have routinely accounted for almost half of America&apos;s annual homicide victims and more than half of the perpetrators - all while being a minor 13 percent of the national populace.
Yet a certain black-based industry - which specializes in nurturing comfortable lies while burying uncomfortable truths - propagates a notion that racism is the foremost issue facing black Americans, and white cops are bloodthirsty enforcers. Moreover, this cunning, race-peddling entity knows that it&apos;s easier to lie to blacks than to convince blacks that they&apos;ve been lied to. Thus, black lies are good for business; black lives are good for nothing (except exploitation). And presently, business is booming.

Members Reviews:
Substantive and Important
This would be a better book to own and reference, but if your choice is listen or don&apos;t read at all , by all means listen to this book! The information is too important to ignore.

Excellent! A must read...
A must read for ALL! Whether you are left or right, white or black, rich or poor or a man or woman. You need to read this book. In this day and age with everything going on in the word. This book finally puts some sound logic and plain truths in our faces. Thank you for setting the record straight.
Hope the author writes more! We need more books like these.
#Alllivesmatter

Must listen b4 u jump on BLM bandwagon
This book has said what I have been trying to articulate ever since black lives matter rear its ugly head only when there&apos;s a police involved shooting even though our cities I like war zones....

Intellectually honest
Tears came to my eyes more than once listening to the stories of the &apos;non-famous&apos; forgotten lives.  I love how all the facts were brought to light and the personal accountability mr starkes  expects from ALL walks of life.   Look forward to more books from starkes. ( and hope he gets a show on compound media or CRTV!! :). )</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SHTF Prepping Audiobook by Kevin Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/SHTF-Prepping-Audiobook/B0187XW0D6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: SHTF Prepping
Subtitle: 100+ Amazing Tips, Tricks, Hacks &amp; DIY Prepper Projects, Along with 77 Items You Need in Your STHF Stockpile Now!
Author: Kevin Moore
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-15
Publisher: Kevin Tinbergen
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a crisis happened today, would you be ready for it?
Would you and your family be able to feed and protect itself?
Do you believe in wishing for the best but preparing for the worst?
If you&apos;re anything like me and have a family or loved ones to protect, then you know that being prepared in a disaster situation can mean the difference between life and death. This book will go over not only why SHTF prepping is important but how to go about doing it and what food and other items you&apos;ll need not only for your short-term survival but for you long-term survival as well.
I&apos;ll show you what skills you&apos;ll need to master along with what weapons and tools you&apos;ll need to have on hand at all times. I&apos;ll also discuss some tips and tricks you&apos;ll want to know to keep your family safe along with some DIY prepper projects you can implement around your home to make your space more functional and safer.
Inside you&apos;ll learn:
The time to get started is now! Proper preparation takes time and careful planning. Don&apos;t let yourself become a victim of circumstance. Prepare now, and benefit later!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kevin Moore)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2015 04:46:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/047843/bk_acx0_047843_sample.mp3" length="2347408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/SHTF-Prepping-Audiobook/B0187XW0D6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61aCBaP4nYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: SHTF Prepping
Subtitle: 100+ Amazing Tips, Tricks, Hacks &amp; DIY Prepper Projects, Along with 77 Items You Need in Your STHF Stockpile Now!
Author: Kevin Moore
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-15
Publisher: Kevin Tinbergen
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a crisis happened today, would you be ready for it?
Would you and your family be able to feed and protect itself?
Do you believe in wishing for the best but preparing for the worst?
If you&apos;re anything like me and have a family or loved ones to protect, then you know that being prepared in a disaster situation can mean the difference between life and death. This book will go over not only why SHTF prepping is important but how to go about doing it and what food and other items you&apos;ll need not only for your short-term survival but for you long-term survival as well.
I&apos;ll show you what skills you&apos;ll need to master along with what weapons and tools you&apos;ll need to have on hand at all times. I&apos;ll also discuss some tips and tricks you&apos;ll want to know to keep your family safe along with some DIY prepper projects you can implement around your home to make your space more functional and safer.
Inside you&apos;ll learn:
The time to get started is now! Proper preparation takes time and careful planning. Don&apos;t let yourself become a victim of circumstance. Prepare now, and benefit later!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: SHTF Prepping
Subtitle: 100+ Amazing Tips, Tricks, Hacks &amp; DIY Prepper Projects, Along with 77 Items You Need in Your STHF Stockpile Now!
Author: Kevin Moore
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-15
Publisher: Kevin Tinbergen
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If a crisis happened today, would you be ready for it?
Would you and your family be able to feed and protect itself?
Do you believe in wishing for the best but preparing for the worst?
If you&apos;re anything like me and have a family or loved ones to protect, then you know that being prepared in a disaster situation can mean the difference between life and death. This book will go over not only why SHTF prepping is important but how to go about doing it and what food and other items you&apos;ll need not only for your short-term survival but for you long-term survival as well.
I&apos;ll show you what skills you&apos;ll need to master along with what weapons and tools you&apos;ll need to have on hand at all times. I&apos;ll also discuss some tips and tricks you&apos;ll want to know to keep your family safe along with some DIY prepper projects you can implement around your home to make your space more functional and safer.
Inside you&apos;ll learn:
The time to get started is now! Proper preparation takes time and careful planning. Don&apos;t let yourself become a victim of circumstance. Prepare now, and benefit later!

Members Reviews:
Take the confusion out of prepping!
If you&apos;re convinced of your need for prepping, then don&apos;t waste your time and money!  Follow this guide and do it right, after all, you&apos;re doing it for a purpose!

Much Needed
There are just so many useful, tips, tricks and projects, just like what the title stated. I believe that in unforeseen situations and disasters must always be ready, especially when you&apos;re responsible for his family. This book is, in my opinion, is a good helper in the preparation. He also gave advice on how to have a water storage, and which amount of water should we need to store. His style is very easy to follow. A conversational tone and illustrations from his own experience makes the author very human.

A prepping book must have!
Where does SHTF Prepping rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
This is one of the best ever. I am very happy to have the book as for the tips and tricks are all here.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Everything is absolutely my favorite. I am doing it now and keeping in my mind all the tips for prepping.
Which character  as performed by Dave Wright  was your favorite?
A quality of voice that is everyone must eager to listen to. A great talent of narration.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
This is any man must have audio book. Preparation on anything that is beyond what we expect is a MUST.
Any additional comments?
My mom will love this book. She is always a girl scout on her own. Keep saying that we need to prepare all!

Super basic
Ridiculous, tell me something I didnt know! This is a very very beginner book almost just common sense.

Basically worthless
I regret buying this. most of it is either common sense or regurgitated survival tv shows. some advise is dangerous or simply ridiculous. many of the tips lack any practical sense.for example. you can make a raft with light branches and a tarp. yep...and how is that? I have seen it done on tv, but this book is no help.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be Human: The Manual Audiobook by Ruby Wax</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Be-Human-The-Manual-Audiobook/B0765BVKHZ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Be Human: The Manual
Author: Ruby Wax
Narrator: Ruby Wax, Ash Ranpura, Gelong Thubten
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten.
It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you&apos;re on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren&apos;t, what&apos;s gone wrong? We&apos;ve started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We&apos;re so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don&apos;t think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it&apos;s new, it&apos;s better.)
We can&apos;t stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we&apos;re on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we&apos;ll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we&apos;ll be able to use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what&apos;s &apos;better&apos;, and if we can do that we&apos;re on the yellow brick road to happiness.
I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us &apos;us&apos; in the brain. We answer every question you&apos;ve ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you&apos;ll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you&apos;ve upgraded your iPhone.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ruby Wax)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2018 02:35:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/001034/bk_pauk_001034_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-to-Be-Human-The-Manual-Audiobook/B0765BVKHZ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TuHtQ21rL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Be Human: The Manual
Author: Ruby Wax
Narrator: Ruby Wax, Ash Ranpura, Gelong Thubten
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten.
It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you&apos;re on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren&apos;t, what&apos;s gone wrong? We&apos;ve started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We&apos;re so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don&apos;t think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it&apos;s new, it&apos;s better.)
We can&apos;t stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we&apos;re on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we&apos;ll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we&apos;ll be able to use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what&apos;s &apos;better&apos;, and if we can do that we&apos;re on the yellow brick road to happiness.
I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us &apos;us&apos; in the brain. We answer every question you&apos;ve ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you&apos;ll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you&apos;ve upgraded your iPhone.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Be Human: The Manual
Author: Ruby Wax
Narrator: Ruby Wax, Ash Ranpura, Gelong Thubten
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How to be Human: The Manual written and read by Ruby Wax with Ash Ranpura and Gelong Thubten.
It took us 4 billion years to evolve to where we are now. No question, anyone reading this has won the evolutionary Hunger Games by the fact you&apos;re on all twos and not some fossil. This should make us all the happiest species alive - most of us aren&apos;t, what&apos;s gone wrong? We&apos;ve started treating ourselves more like machines and less like humans. We&apos;re so used to upgrading things like our iPhones: as soon as the new one comes out, we don&apos;t think twice, we dump it. (Many people I know are now on iWife4 or iHusband8, the motto being, if it&apos;s new, it&apos;s better.)
We can&apos;t stop the future from arriving, no matter what drugs we&apos;re on. But even if nearly every part of us becomes robotic, we&apos;ll still, fingers crossed, have our minds, which, hopefully, we&apos;ll be able to use for things like compassion, rather than chasing what&apos;s &apos;better&apos;, and if we can do that we&apos;re on the yellow brick road to happiness.
I wrote this book with a little help from a monk, who explains how the mind works, and also gives some mindfulness exercises, and a neuroscientist who explains what makes us &apos;us&apos; in the brain. We answer every question you&apos;ve ever had about: evolution, thoughts, emotions, the body, addictions, relationships, kids, the future and compassion. How to be Human is extremely funny, true and the only manual you&apos;ll need to help you upgrade your mind as much as you&apos;ve upgraded your iPhone.

Members Reviews:
Brilliant a must read/listen Mindfulness Magically captured
Insightful, Delightful &amp; Ruby Wax on form delivering nuggets of knowledge - loved listening to Ash &amp; Thubten give their insights - a must have listen for any human </content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Irresistible Introvert Audiobook by Michaela Chung</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Irresistible-Introvert-Audiobook/B01HIM37SE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Irresistible Introvert
Subtitle: Harness the Power of Quiet Charisma in a Loud World
Author: Michaela Chung
Narrator: Lisa Stathoplos
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-05-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn the tools to shed your mask of extroversion, develop your own magnetism, and reveal the true you.
One third to one half of Americans are introverts in a culture that celebrates - even enforces - an ideal of extroversion and a cult of personality. Political leaders are charismatic, celebrities bask in the spotlight, and authority figures are assertive. It is no surprise that a quiet revolution has begun to emerge among the invisible half of the population, asserting that they are just as powerful in their own unique ways.
The Irresistible Introvert embodies the spirit of this revival and breaks down the myth that charisma is reserved for extroverts only. This mini manifesto shows introverts how to master the art of quiet magnetism in a noisy world - no gregariousness required! Within this audio, you&apos;ll discover how to shed the mask of extroversion and reveal a more compelling (and authentic) you. You&apos;ll also learn how to:
As a professional charismatic introvert, author Michaela Chung demonstrates that you no longer have to forcefully push yourself outward into the world against your nature but can rather magnetize people inward toward the true you. In the process you&apos;ll learn to embrace your &quot;innie life&quot; and discover potential you never knew you had.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michaela Chung)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2016 11:28:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/027110/bk_adbl_027110_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Irresistible-Introvert-Audiobook/B01HIM37SE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Y3Pxm6+FL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Irresistible Introvert
Subtitle: Harness the Power of Quiet Charisma in a Loud World
Author: Michaela Chung
Narrator: Lisa Stathoplos
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-05-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn the tools to shed your mask of extroversion, develop your own magnetism, and reveal the true you.
One third to one half of Americans are introverts in a culture that celebrates - even enforces - an ideal of extroversion and a cult of personality. Political leaders are charismatic, celebrities bask in the spotlight, and authority figures are assertive. It is no surprise that a quiet revolution has begun to emerge among the invisible half of the population, asserting that they are just as powerful in their own unique ways.
The Irresistible Introvert embodies the spirit of this revival and breaks down the myth that charisma is reserved for extroverts only. This mini manifesto shows introverts how to master the art of quiet magnetism in a noisy world - no gregariousness required! Within this audio, you&apos;ll discover how to shed the mask of extroversion and reveal a more compelling (and authentic) you. You&apos;ll also learn how to:
As a professional charismatic introvert, author Michaela Chung demonstrates that you no longer have to forcefully push yourself outward into the world against your nature but can rather magnetize people inward toward the true you. In the process you&apos;ll learn to embrace your &quot;innie life&quot; and discover potential you never knew you had.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Irresistible Introvert
Subtitle: Harness the Power of Quiet Charisma in a Loud World
Author: Michaela Chung
Narrator: Lisa Stathoplos
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-05-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn the tools to shed your mask of extroversion, develop your own magnetism, and reveal the true you.
One third to one half of Americans are introverts in a culture that celebrates - even enforces - an ideal of extroversion and a cult of personality. Political leaders are charismatic, celebrities bask in the spotlight, and authority figures are assertive. It is no surprise that a quiet revolution has begun to emerge among the invisible half of the population, asserting that they are just as powerful in their own unique ways.
The Irresistible Introvert embodies the spirit of this revival and breaks down the myth that charisma is reserved for extroverts only. This mini manifesto shows introverts how to master the art of quiet magnetism in a noisy world - no gregariousness required! Within this audio, you&apos;ll discover how to shed the mask of extroversion and reveal a more compelling (and authentic) you. You&apos;ll also learn how to:
As a professional charismatic introvert, author Michaela Chung demonstrates that you no longer have to forcefully push yourself outward into the world against your nature but can rather magnetize people inward toward the true you. In the process you&apos;ll learn to embrace your &quot;innie life&quot; and discover potential you never knew you had.

Members Reviews:
Has its moments but also some misses
This book starts off great: it helps you recognize introversion in yourself or others and it offers a lot of anekdotal evidence and examples. I smiled through the first few hours a lot because it was very relatable. Had the book ended there, I would have probably given it 4 or 5 stars. However, about 75% of the book is what I would call a self-help book: how to converse with people, how buddhist and/or hindu principles can help you through life, how to take care of yourself emotionally en energy-wise, and so on.
So if you are the kind of person (introvert or extravert) who is indeed extremely socially awkward, who has never had a normal or satisfying conversation in their life, who does not know what to do or say on a date, who has no idea how to take care of their energy levels and, not unimportant, is very interested in buddhist or hindu philosophy when it comes to meditation, mindfulness, what a temple is, etc., then this is the book for you.
I am an introvert, but as this book may be viewed as a beginner&apos;s guide to introversion and I am no longer a beginner, it is not for me. Also, I&apos;m a christian and the fairly large helping of non-christian spirituality was irksome, since this book was not advertized as such.
The narration took a little getting used to as it was a bit slow and sometimes the tone was bordering on snark or even condescension, which I suppose was the narrator&apos;s interpretation of the text. I would have given it 3 stars, however I decided to listen to the author on Youtube and found that it is almost exactly as she herself talks. So I guess the narration was pretty well done after all.
Personally, I found Susan Cain&apos;s book Quiet, the Power of Introverts, far more helpful and would recommend you spend your credit on that.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generation Me Audiobook by Jean M. Twenge PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Generation-Me-Audiobook/B071JW8JRM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Generation Me
Subtitle: Why Today&apos;s Young Americans Are More Confident, Assertive, Entitled - and More Miserable Than Ever Before
Author: Jean M. Twenge PhD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative new book, psychologist and social commentator Dr. Jean Twenge documents the self-focus of what she calls &quot;Generation Me&quot; - people born in the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s. Dr. Twenge explores why her generation is tolerant, confident, open-minded, and ambitious but also cynical, depressed, lonely, and anxious. Dr. Twenge reveals how profoundly different today&apos;s young adults are - and makes controversial predictions about what the future holds for them and society as a whole.
But Dr. Twenge doesn&apos;t just talk statistics - she highlights real-life people and stories. With a good deal of irony, humor, and sympathy, she demonstrates that today&apos;s young people have been raised to aim for the stars at a time when it is more difficult than ever to get into college, find a good job, and afford a house. Dr. Twenge also presents the often-shocking truths about her generation&apos;s dramatically different sexual behavior and mores.
Engaging, controversial, prescriptive, and often funny, Generation Me will give boomers new insight into their offspring and help GenMe&apos;ers in their teens, 20s, and 30s finally make sense of themselves and their goals and find their road to happiness.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jean M. Twenge PhD)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 14:11:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007883/bk_tant_007883_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Generation-Me-Audiobook/B071JW8JRM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61F5riIE8rL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Generation Me
Subtitle: Why Today&apos;s Young Americans Are More Confident, Assertive, Entitled - and More Miserable Than Ever Before
Author: Jean M. Twenge PhD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative new book, psychologist and social commentator Dr. Jean Twenge documents the self-focus of what she calls &quot;Generation Me&quot; - people born in the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s. Dr. Twenge explores why her generation is tolerant, confident, open-minded, and ambitious but also cynical, depressed, lonely, and anxious. Dr. Twenge reveals how profoundly different today&apos;s young adults are - and makes controversial predictions about what the future holds for them and society as a whole.
But Dr. Twenge doesn&apos;t just talk statistics - she highlights real-life people and stories. With a good deal of irony, humor, and sympathy, she demonstrates that today&apos;s young people have been raised to aim for the stars at a time when it is more difficult than ever to get into college, find a good job, and afford a house. Dr. Twenge also presents the often-shocking truths about her generation&apos;s dramatically different sexual behavior and mores.
Engaging, controversial, prescriptive, and often funny, Generation Me will give boomers new insight into their offspring and help GenMe&apos;ers in their teens, 20s, and 30s finally make sense of themselves and their goals and find their road to happiness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Generation Me
Subtitle: Why Today&apos;s Young Americans Are More Confident, Assertive, Entitled - and More Miserable Than Ever Before
Author: Jean M. Twenge PhD
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative new book, psychologist and social commentator Dr. Jean Twenge documents the self-focus of what she calls &quot;Generation Me&quot; - people born in the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s. Dr. Twenge explores why her generation is tolerant, confident, open-minded, and ambitious but also cynical, depressed, lonely, and anxious. Dr. Twenge reveals how profoundly different today&apos;s young adults are - and makes controversial predictions about what the future holds for them and society as a whole.
But Dr. Twenge doesn&apos;t just talk statistics - she highlights real-life people and stories. With a good deal of irony, humor, and sympathy, she demonstrates that today&apos;s young people have been raised to aim for the stars at a time when it is more difficult than ever to get into college, find a good job, and afford a house. Dr. Twenge also presents the often-shocking truths about her generation&apos;s dramatically different sexual behavior and mores.
Engaging, controversial, prescriptive, and often funny, Generation Me will give boomers new insight into their offspring and help GenMe&apos;ers in their teens, 20s, and 30s finally make sense of themselves and their goals and find their road to happiness.

Members Reviews:
I would recommend that this book is read by all generations
This book has answered questions concerning the generation gap in the workplace, educational institutions and on the home front. I would recommend that this book is read by all generations.  You will find that certain concerns that arise in various departments, especially Human Resources, can be approached in a non-threatening manner.

Wonderful and very insightful book
Wonderful and very insightful book. Everybody should read it, it would help to solve so many problems that base on misunderstanding of young people...

Connect to the future Generation Me
This is truely an eye opener, as with young adults, we always don&apos;t know how to relate with them.  I truely thank this author&apos;s description on how  clearly it is seen. This is a time of change for baby boomers  to learn  how to connect with Generation Me.

An accurate depiction
Generation Me is an accurate account of why there is often a disconnect  in communicating between the generations. The assumption that we boomers have had is that their thinking would come around match ours. It won&apos;t. We always knew that it was NEVER all about us, while they ALWAYS knew it is all about them. Foundational differences in thought processing yield a very different outcome. We, the baby boomers, must adapt and accept that it is becoming their world if we wish to connect. We may not like it, but it is our new reality. This is a must read for both generations. We will each have a better perspective as a result.

Five Stars
Still reading but cant set it down. Research and observations made are all sound without judgement</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Locust Effect Audiobook by Gary A. Haugen, Victor Boutros</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Locust-Effect-Audiobook/B00I53SHW2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Locust Effect
Subtitle: Why the End of Poverty Requires the End of Violence
Author: Gary A. Haugen, Victor Boutros
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 196 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the world has made encouraging strides in the fight against global poverty, there is a hidden crisis silently undermining our best efforts to help the poor.
It is a plague of everyday violence.
Beneath the surface of the worlds poorest communities, common violencelike rape, forced labor, illegal detention, land theft, police abuse and other brutalityhas become routine and relentless. And like a horde of locusts devouring everything in their path, the unchecked plague of violence ruins lives, blocks the road out of poverty, and undercuts development.
How has this plague of violence grown so ferocious? The answer is terrifying, and startlingly simple: Theres nothing shielding the poor from violent people. In one of the most remarkableand unremarked uponsocial disasters of the last half century, basic public justice systems in the developing world have descended into a state of utter collapse.
Gary A. Haugen and Victor Boutros offer a searing account of how we got hereand what it will take to end the plague. Filled with vivid real-life stories and startling new data, The Locust Effect is a gripping journey into the streets and slums where fear is a daily reality for billions of the worlds poorest, where safety is secured only for those with money, and where much of our well-intended aid is lost in the daily chaos of violence.
While their call to action is urgent, Haugen and Boutros provide hope, a real solution and an ambitious way forward. The Locust Effect is a wake-up call. Its massive implications will forever change the way we understand global povertyand will help secure a safe path to prosperity for the global poor in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Locust Effect is a compelling reminder that if we are to create a 21st century of shared prosperity, we cannot turn a blind eye to the violence that threatens our common humanity.&quot; (President Bill Clinton)
&quot;The Locust Effect provides a much-needed argument for reducing violence against the poor.... By reminding us that basic legal protections are not a privilege, but a universal right, Gary Haugen has issued a moral call to arms that informs the brain and touches the heart.&quot; (Madeleine Albright, Former U.S. Secretary of State)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gary A. Haugen)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2014 01:40:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/005862/bk_brll_005862_sample.mp3" length="2399737" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Locust-Effect-Audiobook/B00I53SHW2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FdLYxINjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Locust Effect
Subtitle: Why the End of Poverty Requires the End of Violence
Author: Gary A. Haugen, Victor Boutros
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 196 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the world has made encouraging strides in the fight against global poverty, there is a hidden crisis silently undermining our best efforts to help the poor.
It is a plague of everyday violence.
Beneath the surface of the worlds poorest communities, common violencelike rape, forced labor, illegal detention, land theft, police abuse and other brutalityhas become routine and relentless. And like a horde of locusts devouring everything in their path, the unchecked plague of violence ruins lives, blocks the road out of poverty, and undercuts development.
How has this plague of violence grown so ferocious? The answer is terrifying, and startlingly simple: Theres nothing shielding the poor from violent people. In one of the most remarkableand unremarked uponsocial disasters of the last half century, basic public justice systems in the developing world have descended into a state of utter collapse.
Gary A. Haugen and Victor Boutros offer a searing account of how we got hereand what it will take to end the plague. Filled with vivid real-life stories and startling new data, The Locust Effect is a gripping journey into the streets and slums where fear is a daily reality for billions of the worlds poorest, where safety is secured only for those with money, and where much of our well-intended aid is lost in the daily chaos of violence.
While their call to action is urgent, Haugen and Boutros provide hope, a real solution and an ambitious way forward. The Locust Effect is a wake-up call. Its massive implications will forever change the way we understand global povertyand will help secure a safe path to prosperity for the global poor in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Locust Effect is a compelling reminder that if we are to create a 21st century of shared prosperity, we cannot turn a blind eye to the violence that threatens our common humanity.&quot; (President Bill Clinton)
&quot;The Locust Effect provides a much-needed argument for reducing violence against the poor.... By reminding us that basic legal protections are not a privilege, but a universal right, Gary Haugen has issued a moral call to arms that informs the brain and touches the heart.&quot; (Madeleine Albright, Former U.S. Secretary of State)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Locust Effect
Subtitle: Why the End of Poverty Requires the End of Violence
Author: Gary A. Haugen, Victor Boutros
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-04-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 196 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the world has made encouraging strides in the fight against global poverty, there is a hidden crisis silently undermining our best efforts to help the poor.
It is a plague of everyday violence.
Beneath the surface of the worlds poorest communities, common violencelike rape, forced labor, illegal detention, land theft, police abuse and other brutalityhas become routine and relentless. And like a horde of locusts devouring everything in their path, the unchecked plague of violence ruins lives, blocks the road out of poverty, and undercuts development.
How has this plague of violence grown so ferocious? The answer is terrifying, and startlingly simple: Theres nothing shielding the poor from violent people. In one of the most remarkableand unremarked uponsocial disasters of the last half century, basic public justice systems in the developing world have descended into a state of utter collapse.
Gary A. Haugen and Victor Boutros offer a searing account of how we got hereand what it will take to end the plague. Filled with vivid real-life stories and startling new data, The Locust Effect is a gripping journey into the streets and slums where fear is a daily reality for billions of the worlds poorest, where safety is secured only for those with money, and where much of our well-intended aid is lost in the daily chaos of violence.
While their call to action is urgent, Haugen and Boutros provide hope, a real solution and an ambitious way forward. The Locust Effect is a wake-up call. Its massive implications will forever change the way we understand global povertyand will help secure a safe path to prosperity for the global poor in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Locust Effect is a compelling reminder that if we are to create a 21st century of shared prosperity, we cannot turn a blind eye to the violence that threatens our common humanity.&quot; (President Bill Clinton)
&quot;The Locust Effect provides a much-needed argument for reducing violence against the poor.... By reminding us that basic legal protections are not a privilege, but a universal right, Gary Haugen has issued a moral call to arms that informs the brain and touches the heart.&quot; (Madeleine Albright, Former U.S. Secretary of State)

Members Reviews:
Really worth listening to
Takeaway: The temptation is to think that people that endure unimaginable pain and devastation are somehow different than me. Maybe they just do not feel like I do.
Gary Haugen is the founder and head of International Justice Mission. Formerly a staff lawyer for the US Justice Department, Haugen started IJM to provide the legal services that are so desperately needed around the world. IJM is best known for its work freeing slaves around the world, particularly women and children in sex trafficking.
But the Locust Effect is more than an informational or fundraising book. The Locust Effect is a call for a refocusing of international aids emphasis. Traditionally international aid, whether government or non-governmental, has focused on emergency services (food or disaster aid) or individual or small group empowerment (economic development, building wells, education, etc.)
Haugen says that these traditional aid programs are important, and they have had a significant role in driving down the number (and percent) of people in extreme poverty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Theory of the Leisure Class Audiobook by Thorstein Veblen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Theory-of-the-Leisure-Class-Audiobook/B077ZJW1PJ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class
Author: Thorstein Veblen
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this, his best-known work, the controversial American economist and social critic Thorstein Veblen appropriates Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution to analyze the modern industrial system. For Veblen, the shallowness and superficiality observed in society results from the tendency to believe that true accomplishment lies in arriving at a condition of ostentatious wealth and status. In developing his thesis, Veblen traces the origins and development of ownership and property, offering extraordinary insights into consumerism, the evolution of class structure, the rise of leisure time, and how modern societal goals are grounded in monetary aspirations and achievements.
With a cool gaze and devastating wit, Veblen examines the human cost paid when social institutions are founded on the consumption of unessential goods for the sake of personal profit. Fashion, beauty, sports, the home, the clergy, scholars - all are assessed for their true usefulness and found wanting. Indeed, Veblen&apos;s critique covers all aspects of modern life from dress, class, industry, business, and home decoration to religion, scholarship, education, and the position of women, laying bare the hollowness of many cherished standards of taste and culture.The targets of Veblen&apos;s brilliant, scathing satire are as evident today as they were when this classic of economic and social theory was first published, and his book still has the power to shock and enlighten.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thorstein Veblen)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 22:55:32 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/010672/bk_blak_010672_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Theory-of-the-Leisure-Class-Audiobook/B077ZJW1PJ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IEPAIDWCL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class
Author: Thorstein Veblen
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this, his best-known work, the controversial American economist and social critic Thorstein Veblen appropriates Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution to analyze the modern industrial system. For Veblen, the shallowness and superficiality observed in society results from the tendency to believe that true accomplishment lies in arriving at a condition of ostentatious wealth and status. In developing his thesis, Veblen traces the origins and development of ownership and property, offering extraordinary insights into consumerism, the evolution of class structure, the rise of leisure time, and how modern societal goals are grounded in monetary aspirations and achievements.
With a cool gaze and devastating wit, Veblen examines the human cost paid when social institutions are founded on the consumption of unessential goods for the sake of personal profit. Fashion, beauty, sports, the home, the clergy, scholars - all are assessed for their true usefulness and found wanting. Indeed, Veblen&apos;s critique covers all aspects of modern life from dress, class, industry, business, and home decoration to religion, scholarship, education, and the position of women, laying bare the hollowness of many cherished standards of taste and culture.The targets of Veblen&apos;s brilliant, scathing satire are as evident today as they were when this classic of economic and social theory was first published, and his book still has the power to shock and enlighten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class
Author: Thorstein Veblen
Narrator: John Lescault
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this, his best-known work, the controversial American economist and social critic Thorstein Veblen appropriates Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution to analyze the modern industrial system. For Veblen, the shallowness and superficiality observed in society results from the tendency to believe that true accomplishment lies in arriving at a condition of ostentatious wealth and status. In developing his thesis, Veblen traces the origins and development of ownership and property, offering extraordinary insights into consumerism, the evolution of class structure, the rise of leisure time, and how modern societal goals are grounded in monetary aspirations and achievements.
With a cool gaze and devastating wit, Veblen examines the human cost paid when social institutions are founded on the consumption of unessential goods for the sake of personal profit. Fashion, beauty, sports, the home, the clergy, scholars - all are assessed for their true usefulness and found wanting. Indeed, Veblen&apos;s critique covers all aspects of modern life from dress, class, industry, business, and home decoration to religion, scholarship, education, and the position of women, laying bare the hollowness of many cherished standards of taste and culture.The targets of Veblen&apos;s brilliant, scathing satire are as evident today as they were when this classic of economic and social theory was first published, and his book still has the power to shock and enlighten.

Members Reviews:
Thorstein Veblen, a very interesting man with a very interesting point of view and economist.
Thorstein Veblen is a very interesting being.  I read about Veblen in economics books.  For instance &apos;The Worldly Philosophers&apos; has a whole chapter on him.  To understand the context of where he fit.  Adam Smith said small government with maximum freedom means wealth.  But then David Ricardo and Thomas Malthus showed some complications to Adam Smith&apos;s theories.  So John Stuart Mill taught that institutions are the solution.  For instance if the landowner is getting rich at everybody&apos;s expense, how bout the landowner gets taxed more?
In this context Thorstein Veblen shows that economists will always disagree on any solution.  If their are 5 economists in the room you will get 6 different answers.  Veblen saw two main groups of people.  Those of the Leisure Class who are the rich rulers, who waste resources and set society&apos;s norms.  The others conform as they are worried about fitting in and end up wasting time and money on things that have no benefit to them.  Then he saw the industrial class as the solution.  As industry develops, people become more and more matter of fact.
Veblen saw ancient but not modern religion as an example of the leisure class setting norms.  He saw religious ornaments and ceremonies as a waste of time.  He saw those working in the factory, and focusing on the matter of facts of breaking free of the norms established by the Leisure Class.  To him ancient religion took control of people by using fear.  However, he saw modern religion as good.  He saw charities as giving back to the people, and he saw this as becoming more and more reality.
Unfortunately some of what Veblen has advocated has come to pass, and the world is no better.  We have become more technological in our communication-internet and cellphones; and have less time for face to face communication.  I miss those days.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Work Audiobook by Barry Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-We-Work-Audiobook/B013PWR1YW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why We Work
Author: Barry Schwartz
Narrator: Barry Schwartz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio / TED
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 147 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace.
Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent.
We&apos;ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact we&apos;ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through &quot;menial&quot; jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal of working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused and unhappy and has established a dangerously misguided system.
Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding and empowering us all to find great work.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barry Schwartz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2015 18:07:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007178/bk_sans_007178_sample.mp3" length="1803818" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-We-Work-Audiobook/B013PWR1YW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TQtb1lnSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why We Work
Author: Barry Schwartz
Narrator: Barry Schwartz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio / TED
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 147 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace.
Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent.
We&apos;ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact we&apos;ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through &quot;menial&quot; jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal of working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused and unhappy and has established a dangerously misguided system.
Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding and empowering us all to find great work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why We Work
Author: Barry Schwartz
Narrator: Barry Schwartz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-01-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio / TED
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 147 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace.
Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent.
We&apos;ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact we&apos;ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through &quot;menial&quot; jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal of working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused and unhappy and has established a dangerously misguided system.
Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding and empowering us all to find great work.

Members Reviews:
Good book for those interested in learning social sciences
I probably was not the target audience. I studied psychology and am an organizational psychology professional. The book was nice but I did not hear anything new that I was unfamiliar with. It is presented in a good way for those unfamiliar with the topic, as I suppose most ted talks and the like one. Interesting work and good presentation of it though

groundbreakingly subversive
this expresses and deepens how I&apos;ve felt forever about motivations, incentives and social assumptions, while thinking very free shared my vision. it draws from psychology, management, economics and philosophy to provide valuable insights and an alternative view of labour . great work

All corporate execs should get this message
This concise presentation of the human nature of what incentivized people to perform their best in the workplace, or any task for that matter, encourages managers and business leaders to look beyond financial incentives to improve their business performance.  Great connections are made between the actions of real employees, working for real companies, and the theories presented.
Particularly at large industrial companies, we need to consider that the company does more than just make profits for its investors.  Ultimate efficiency, where employee engagement is reduced to doing exactly and precisely the instructed task leads to disengaged employees who have no vested interest in improvement of their condition which in turn leads to reduced innovation and higher worker turnover.  Mr.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Process Audiobook by Sarah Stodola</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Process-Audiobook/B00T6R35N2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Process
Subtitle: The Writing Lives of Great Authors
Author: Sarah Stodola
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ernest Hemingway, Zadie Smith, Joan Didion, Franz Kafka, David Foster Wallace, and more. In Process, acclaimed journalist Sarah Stodola examines the creative methods of literature&apos;s most transformative figures. Each chapter contains a mini biography of one of the world&apos;s most lauded authors, focused solely on his or her writing process. Unlike how-to books that preach writing techniques or rules, Process puts the true methods of writers on display in their most captivating incarnation: within the context of the lives from which they sprang. Drawn from both existing material and original research and interviews, Stodola brings to light the fascinating, unique, and illuminating techniques behind these literary behemoths.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sarah Stodola)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2015 18:28:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015312/bk_adbl_015312_sample.mp3" length="2137593" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Process-Audiobook/B00T6R35N2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/515qg1PEpsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Process
Subtitle: The Writing Lives of Great Authors
Author: Sarah Stodola
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ernest Hemingway, Zadie Smith, Joan Didion, Franz Kafka, David Foster Wallace, and more. In Process, acclaimed journalist Sarah Stodola examines the creative methods of literature&apos;s most transformative figures. Each chapter contains a mini biography of one of the world&apos;s most lauded authors, focused solely on his or her writing process. Unlike how-to books that preach writing techniques or rules, Process puts the true methods of writers on display in their most captivating incarnation: within the context of the lives from which they sprang. Drawn from both existing material and original research and interviews, Stodola brings to light the fascinating, unique, and illuminating techniques behind these literary behemoths.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Process
Subtitle: The Writing Lives of Great Authors
Author: Sarah Stodola
Narrator: Andi Arndt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ernest Hemingway, Zadie Smith, Joan Didion, Franz Kafka, David Foster Wallace, and more. In Process, acclaimed journalist Sarah Stodola examines the creative methods of literature&apos;s most transformative figures. Each chapter contains a mini biography of one of the world&apos;s most lauded authors, focused solely on his or her writing process. Unlike how-to books that preach writing techniques or rules, Process puts the true methods of writers on display in their most captivating incarnation: within the context of the lives from which they sprang. Drawn from both existing material and original research and interviews, Stodola brings to light the fascinating, unique, and illuminating techniques behind these literary behemoths.

Members Reviews:
A book after my heart
I love knowing about the insiders&apos; perspective of writers. This book was a detailed examination of some great writers and the parts of their lives lost relevant to writing. I hope there are sequels with more writers examined. I want to know more about some long dead authors; this book dealt with contemporary authors or those of the more recent past like Hemingway or Kafka.

Excellent!
I can be quite selective and picky when it comes to books on writing, but this one definitely held my attention. It offers a lot of interesting information on quite a few authors- information that isn&apos;t common knowledge and so, delicious in its little hidden facts. I would love to read more from this author on the same subject, expanding with more authors. I hope she has a part two or has one in the works... Checking now lol highly recommending this one!

Meh
Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not?
No.  I didn&apos;t find this interesting or illuminating. This seems to be material recycled from other (secondary) sources.  There&apos;s not much new here.
Do you think Process needs a follow-up book? Why or why not?
No.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Death and Life of the Great American School System Audiobook by Diane Ravitch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Death-and-Life-of-the-Great-American-School-System-Audiobook/B007GE20K6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death and Life of the Great American School System
Subtitle: How Testing and Choice Are Undermining Education
Author: Diane Ravitch
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-12
Publisher: Writers&apos; Representatives LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this best-selling expose of national policy gone wrong, America&apos;s foremost historian of education, Diane Ravitch, renounces her support for reform policies implemented over the past decade that she says are wrecking America&apos;s cherished tradition of public education. Strategies like accountability schemes based on questionable standardized tests, merit pay for teachers based on gains on the same unreliable tests, vouchers, and charter schools have been oversold as solutions for our educational problems. Policymakers pushing a market model of reform and charter schools are on the wrong track, ignoring classroom realities. The more they push these policies, Ravitch says, the more they will harm our nation&apos;s school system and undermine the quality of education.
The bipartisan No Child Left Behind program (&quot;NCLB&quot;) implemented with a heavy political hand nationwide, has failed to improve education. It has turned our schools into testing factories to train children how to take standardized tests instead of giving them the knowledge and skills that are necessary components of a good education. The federal &quot;sanctions&quot; and &quot;remedies&quot; now mandated nationwide have unfairly stigmatized thousands of schools, putting them at risk of being closed and privatized.
The &quot;miracles&quot; touted by districts under the new policies vanish on close examination. Test scores in many states and districts are inflated by statistical game-playing and lowered standards. The over-emphasis on testing has all but eliminated the essential elements of a solid education, including history, civics, science, the arts, geography, literature, physical education, health education, and foreign languages. Privatization and deregulation has led predictably to some good and some bad but, on average, charters do not get better results than regular public schools-just new federal subsidies. Teacher evaluation by student test scores is a deeply flawed approach to hiring and job tenure that is driving good teachers out of public education.
The future of public education is at stake. A democratic society needs a healthy, vibrant public education system with good public schools in every neighborhood. On our current course, the schools will be privatized, deregulated, and turned over to entrepreneurs. Based on a careful review of the evidence, Ravitch says that this course of action is unlikely to improve American education.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Diane Ravitch)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Mar 2012 04:43:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/000766/bk_acx0_000766_sample.mp3" length="1237754" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Death-and-Life-of-the-Great-American-School-System-Audiobook/B007GE20K6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Cnv7HBl0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death and Life of the Great American School System
Subtitle: How Testing and Choice Are Undermining Education
Author: Diane Ravitch
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-12
Publisher: Writers&apos; Representatives LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this best-selling expose of national policy gone wrong, America&apos;s foremost historian of education, Diane Ravitch, renounces her support for reform policies implemented over the past decade that she says are wrecking America&apos;s cherished tradition of public education. Strategies like accountability schemes based on questionable standardized tests, merit pay for teachers based on gains on the same unreliable tests, vouchers, and charter schools have been oversold as solutions for our educational problems. Policymakers pushing a market model of reform and charter schools are on the wrong track, ignoring classroom realities. The more they push these policies, Ravitch says, the more they will harm our nation&apos;s school system and undermine the quality of education.
The bipartisan No Child Left Behind program (&quot;NCLB&quot;) implemented with a heavy political hand nationwide, has failed to improve education. It has turned our schools into testing factories to train children how to take standardized tests instead of giving them the knowledge and skills that are necessary components of a good education. The federal &quot;sanctions&quot; and &quot;remedies&quot; now mandated nationwide have unfairly stigmatized thousands of schools, putting them at risk of being closed and privatized.
The &quot;miracles&quot; touted by districts under the new policies vanish on close examination. Test scores in many states and districts are inflated by statistical game-playing and lowered standards. The over-emphasis on testing has all but eliminated the essential elements of a solid education, including history, civics, science, the arts, geography, literature, physical education, health education, and foreign languages. Privatization and deregulation has led predictably to some good and some bad but, on average, charters do not get better results than regular public schools-just new federal subsidies. Teacher evaluation by student test scores is a deeply flawed approach to hiring and job tenure that is driving good teachers out of public education.
The future of public education is at stake. A democratic society needs a healthy, vibrant public education system with good public schools in every neighborhood. On our current course, the schools will be privatized, deregulated, and turned over to entrepreneurs. Based on a careful review of the evidence, Ravitch says that this course of action is unlikely to improve American education.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death and Life of the Great American School System
Subtitle: How Testing and Choice Are Undermining Education
Author: Diane Ravitch
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-12
Publisher: Writers&apos; Representatives LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this best-selling expose of national policy gone wrong, America&apos;s foremost historian of education, Diane Ravitch, renounces her support for reform policies implemented over the past decade that she says are wrecking America&apos;s cherished tradition of public education. Strategies like accountability schemes based on questionable standardized tests, merit pay for teachers based on gains on the same unreliable tests, vouchers, and charter schools have been oversold as solutions for our educational problems. Policymakers pushing a market model of reform and charter schools are on the wrong track, ignoring classroom realities. The more they push these policies, Ravitch says, the more they will harm our nation&apos;s school system and undermine the quality of education.
The bipartisan No Child Left Behind program (&quot;NCLB&quot;) implemented with a heavy political hand nationwide, has failed to improve education. It has turned our schools into testing factories to train children how to take standardized tests instead of giving them the knowledge and skills that are necessary components of a good education. The federal &quot;sanctions&quot; and &quot;remedies&quot; now mandated nationwide have unfairly stigmatized thousands of schools, putting them at risk of being closed and privatized.
The &quot;miracles&quot; touted by districts under the new policies vanish on close examination. Test scores in many states and districts are inflated by statistical game-playing and lowered standards. The over-emphasis on testing has all but eliminated the essential elements of a solid education, including history, civics, science, the arts, geography, literature, physical education, health education, and foreign languages. Privatization and deregulation has led predictably to some good and some bad but, on average, charters do not get better results than regular public schools-just new federal subsidies. Teacher evaluation by student test scores is a deeply flawed approach to hiring and job tenure that is driving good teachers out of public education.
The future of public education is at stake. A democratic society needs a healthy, vibrant public education system with good public schools in every neighborhood. On our current course, the schools will be privatized, deregulated, and turned over to entrepreneurs. Based on a careful review of the evidence, Ravitch says that this course of action is unlikely to improve American education.

Members Reviews:
Good content excellent narrator
I originally read this in hardcover and found Ravitch gives a detailed, well-thought-out and valuable critique of new &quot;educational initiative.&quot; However, the highest credit goes to Eliza Foss who is superb at narrating a relatively dry text, filled with facts, statistics, etc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sociology: Exploring Human Society Audiobook by Line-in Publishing</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sociology-Exploring-Human-Society-Audiobook/B00MTXIAAI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology: Exploring Human Society
Author: Line-in Publishing
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sociology: Exploring Human Society, is a college level introductory audio textbook for Sociology. This comprehensive audio textbook has 17 chapters covering the beginnings of sociology as an academic research discipline, culture and media, sociological research, socialization across the life course, social structure and social interaction, groups and organizations, deviance and crime, and social class and social stratification, global stratification, race and ethnicity, gender and sex, sexuality, family, religion, education and healthcare, politics, the economy, and population and society. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student and ends with a summary of the most important points.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Line-in Publishing)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2014 05:52:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/021919/bk_acx0_021919_sample.mp3" length="1794477" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sociology-Exploring-Human-Society-Audiobook/B00MTXIAAI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516+ocrROZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology: Exploring Human Society
Author: Line-in Publishing
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sociology: Exploring Human Society, is a college level introductory audio textbook for Sociology. This comprehensive audio textbook has 17 chapters covering the beginnings of sociology as an academic research discipline, culture and media, sociological research, socialization across the life course, social structure and social interaction, groups and organizations, deviance and crime, and social class and social stratification, global stratification, race and ethnicity, gender and sex, sexuality, family, religion, education and healthcare, politics, the economy, and population and society. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student and ends with a summary of the most important points.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology: Exploring Human Society
Author: Line-in Publishing
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sociology: Exploring Human Society, is a college level introductory audio textbook for Sociology. This comprehensive audio textbook has 17 chapters covering the beginnings of sociology as an academic research discipline, culture and media, sociological research, socialization across the life course, social structure and social interaction, groups and organizations, deviance and crime, and social class and social stratification, global stratification, race and ethnicity, gender and sex, sexuality, family, religion, education and healthcare, politics, the economy, and population and society. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student and ends with a summary of the most important points.

Members Reviews:
Warning: Activist Pseudo Science
Any additional comments?
I generally spend my time in psychology and neuroscience books. I&apos;ve been wanting to start going after people-system topics for some time, so I thought sociology was a logical field to investigate. This book, an entry level text book, seemed like a good place to start.
It was. Sort of. The field and theories are interesting and thought provoking. But ...
What struck me was the great lengths the author went through to point out how sociology relies on the scientific method. Good. Then, everything seemed to be implicitly or explicitly couched in unsupported value judgements. Distracting to infuriating.
The author is at his worst as a scholar in the last chapters where he gives an irrational, overly simplistic summary (commentary) of the terrible state of the world, from our near complete destruction of the environment (I submit that in fact the planet isn&apos;t practically destroyed) to how the poor Katrina response was clearly racist (it may have been a contributing factor, but it certainly isn&apos;t the case closed explanation). The author even describes George Zimmerman&apos;s part in the Trsyvon Martin incident as having been panic because he (George) confused Trsyvon&apos;s skin color with a weapon. Really?  This is your scholarly assessment of the situation? Shameful. This might be appropriate for a New York Times op-ed, but in my opinion, it has no place in a text book of a scientific field.
This author&apos;s approach is exactly why sociologists get little respect as scientists, which is too bad because we desperately need a better understanding of the workings of relationships among and within societies.
Bottom line: I recommend this book only if you are ok with a bunch of personal opinion and (very liberal) values mixed in with presentation of  an introduction to a field of study.Rick

a manifesto more than a textbook
As much as I agree with the author in his political views, this is a manifesto rather than a social scientific book. It suffers from some serious conformation bias, selectively presenting confirmatory evidence or simply confusing dogmas for facts in order to support specific political agendas rather than providing a balanced discussion.

Needs a part 2
It really teaches the foundation of our society, how culture influences it and also the history of society. I liked this one!

Pleasantly surprised
This was a great sociology book.  Perfect for CLEP preparation.  Very well written, and legitimately interesting information.

Amazing
well written and narrated. if you want to douse your brain with sociology knowledge this is a must.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma Audiobook by Tian Dayton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Neuro-Psychodrama-in-the-Treatment-of-Relational-Trauma-Audiobook/B0186D8A4U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma
Subtitle: A Strength-Based, Experiential Model for Healing PTSD
Author: Tian Dayton
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There is a growing awareness that the body, as well as the mind, needs to be involved in therapy. Neuroscience and attachment theories have clearly demonstrated that emotion is a physiological as well as a mental phenomenon. Dr. Dayton&apos;s approach to experiential work has been in the forefront of what is now so commonly in use in treatment centers that it has become mainstream.
Used in treating relational trauma and PTSD, neuropsychodrama is designed to be easily incorporated into existing programs regardless of length of stay and can be used in outpatient settings, group, and one-to-one practices. Additionally, she has created a model of treatment called relational trauma repair, RTR, which is a multisensory model used in the treatment of relational trauma issues.
Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma provides education woven into a healing, interactive experience. It will mobilize, engage, bond, and motivate groups through a process that is interactional and relational and progressively imparts skills of emotional literacy and emotional regulation.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tian Dayton)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2015 08:37:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/025755/bk_adbl_025755_sample.mp3" length="1766172" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Neuro-Psychodrama-in-the-Treatment-of-Relational-Trauma-Audiobook/B0186D8A4U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41Bb5mnyMjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma
Subtitle: A Strength-Based, Experiential Model for Healing PTSD
Author: Tian Dayton
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There is a growing awareness that the body, as well as the mind, needs to be involved in therapy. Neuroscience and attachment theories have clearly demonstrated that emotion is a physiological as well as a mental phenomenon. Dr. Dayton&apos;s approach to experiential work has been in the forefront of what is now so commonly in use in treatment centers that it has become mainstream.
Used in treating relational trauma and PTSD, neuropsychodrama is designed to be easily incorporated into existing programs regardless of length of stay and can be used in outpatient settings, group, and one-to-one practices. Additionally, she has created a model of treatment called relational trauma repair, RTR, which is a multisensory model used in the treatment of relational trauma issues.
Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma provides education woven into a healing, interactive experience. It will mobilize, engage, bond, and motivate groups through a process that is interactional and relational and progressively imparts skills of emotional literacy and emotional regulation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma
Subtitle: A Strength-Based, Experiential Model for Healing PTSD
Author: Tian Dayton
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There is a growing awareness that the body, as well as the mind, needs to be involved in therapy. Neuroscience and attachment theories have clearly demonstrated that emotion is a physiological as well as a mental phenomenon. Dr. Dayton&apos;s approach to experiential work has been in the forefront of what is now so commonly in use in treatment centers that it has become mainstream.
Used in treating relational trauma and PTSD, neuropsychodrama is designed to be easily incorporated into existing programs regardless of length of stay and can be used in outpatient settings, group, and one-to-one practices. Additionally, she has created a model of treatment called relational trauma repair, RTR, which is a multisensory model used in the treatment of relational trauma issues.
Neuro-Psychodrama in the Treatment of Relational Trauma provides education woven into a healing, interactive experience. It will mobilize, engage, bond, and motivate groups through a process that is interactional and relational and progressively imparts skills of emotional literacy and emotional regulation.

Members Reviews:
brilliant.
clear, precise, accessible, honest, scholarly, brilliant.

Five Stars
Always glad that Amazon carries Tian&apos;s products and at good prices.

Worth reading
Excellent book and very rich methodology and process details.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weapons of Mass Instruction Audiobook by John Taylor Gatto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Weapons-of-Mass-Instruction-Audiobook/B00BL2BLO0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Weapons of Mass Instruction
Subtitle: A Schoolteacher&apos;s Journey Through the Dark World of Compulsory Schooling
Author: John Taylor Gatto
Narrator: Michael Puttonen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-13
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 187 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
John Taylor Gatto&apos;s Weapons of Mass Instruction focuses on mechanisms of traditional education which cripple imagination, discourage critical thinking, and create a false view of learning as a byproduct of rote-memorization drills. Gatto&apos;s earlier book, Dumbing Us Down, introduced the now-famous expression of the title into the common vernacular. Weapons of Mass Instruction adds another chilling metaphor to the brief against conventional schooling.
Gatto demonstrates that the harm school inflicts is rational and deliberate. The real function of pedagogy, he argues, is to render the common population manageable. To that end, young people must be conditioned to rely upon experts, to remain divided from natural alliances and to accept disconnections from their own lived experiences. They must at all costs be discouraged from developing self-reliance and independence.
Escaping this trap requires a strategy Gatto calls &quot;open source learning&quot; which imposes no artificial divisions between learning and life. Through this alternative approach our children can avoid being indoctrinated-only then can they achieve self-knowledge, good judgment, and courage.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John Taylor Gatto has been a hero of mine for years. He has the courage to challenge an education system that is obsolete and out of touch with reality. Years ago, he gave me the courage to speak out and write my books. I trust this book will give you the courage to speak out.&quot; (Robert Kiyosaki, author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad)
&quot;For over 20 years John Taylor Gatto has been working tirelessly to teach us the truth about our education system - that compulsory schooling does not work to foster a democratic way of life!&quot; (Mary Leue, Founder of the Albany Free School)
&quot;All of Gatto&apos;s words shine. Let&apos;s have Gatto as US Secretary of Education and then, this time, he can blow it all up!&quot; (George Meegan, author of The Longest Walk and world record holder, longest unbroken march in human history)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Taylor Gatto)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2013 02:12:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bigh/000489/bk_bigh_000489_sample.mp3" length="2357857" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Weapons-of-Mass-Instruction-Audiobook/B00BL2BLO0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Yfev-k0OL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Weapons of Mass Instruction
Subtitle: A Schoolteacher&apos;s Journey Through the Dark World of Compulsory Schooling
Author: John Taylor Gatto
Narrator: Michael Puttonen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-13
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 187 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
John Taylor Gatto&apos;s Weapons of Mass Instruction focuses on mechanisms of traditional education which cripple imagination, discourage critical thinking, and create a false view of learning as a byproduct of rote-memorization drills. Gatto&apos;s earlier book, Dumbing Us Down, introduced the now-famous expression of the title into the common vernacular. Weapons of Mass Instruction adds another chilling metaphor to the brief against conventional schooling.
Gatto demonstrates that the harm school inflicts is rational and deliberate. The real function of pedagogy, he argues, is to render the common population manageable. To that end, young people must be conditioned to rely upon experts, to remain divided from natural alliances and to accept disconnections from their own lived experiences. They must at all costs be discouraged from developing self-reliance and independence.
Escaping this trap requires a strategy Gatto calls &quot;open source learning&quot; which imposes no artificial divisions between learning and life. Through this alternative approach our children can avoid being indoctrinated-only then can they achieve self-knowledge, good judgment, and courage.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John Taylor Gatto has been a hero of mine for years. He has the courage to challenge an education system that is obsolete and out of touch with reality. Years ago, he gave me the courage to speak out and write my books. I trust this book will give you the courage to speak out.&quot; (Robert Kiyosaki, author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad)
&quot;For over 20 years John Taylor Gatto has been working tirelessly to teach us the truth about our education system - that compulsory schooling does not work to foster a democratic way of life!&quot; (Mary Leue, Founder of the Albany Free School)
&quot;All of Gatto&apos;s words shine. Let&apos;s have Gatto as US Secretary of Education and then, this time, he can blow it all up!&quot; (George Meegan, author of The Longest Walk and world record holder, longest unbroken march in human history)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Weapons of Mass Instruction
Subtitle: A Schoolteacher&apos;s Journey Through the Dark World of Compulsory Schooling
Author: John Taylor Gatto
Narrator: Michael Puttonen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-13
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 187 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
John Taylor Gatto&apos;s Weapons of Mass Instruction focuses on mechanisms of traditional education which cripple imagination, discourage critical thinking, and create a false view of learning as a byproduct of rote-memorization drills. Gatto&apos;s earlier book, Dumbing Us Down, introduced the now-famous expression of the title into the common vernacular. Weapons of Mass Instruction adds another chilling metaphor to the brief against conventional schooling.
Gatto demonstrates that the harm school inflicts is rational and deliberate. The real function of pedagogy, he argues, is to render the common population manageable. To that end, young people must be conditioned to rely upon experts, to remain divided from natural alliances and to accept disconnections from their own lived experiences. They must at all costs be discouraged from developing self-reliance and independence.
Escaping this trap requires a strategy Gatto calls &quot;open source learning&quot; which imposes no artificial divisions between learning and life. Through this alternative approach our children can avoid being indoctrinated-only then can they achieve self-knowledge, good judgment, and courage.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;John Taylor Gatto has been a hero of mine for years. He has the courage to challenge an education system that is obsolete and out of touch with reality. Years ago, he gave me the courage to speak out and write my books. I trust this book will give you the courage to speak out.&quot; (Robert Kiyosaki, author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad)
&quot;For over 20 years John Taylor Gatto has been working tirelessly to teach us the truth about our education system - that compulsory schooling does not work to foster a democratic way of life!&quot; (Mary Leue, Founder of the Albany Free School)
&quot;All of Gatto&apos;s words shine. Let&apos;s have Gatto as US Secretary of Education and then, this time, he can blow it all up!&quot; (George Meegan, author of The Longest Walk and world record holder, longest unbroken march in human history)

Members Reviews:
I will never see school the same
I loved this book.  As a parent of 3 children, one a model student, one a jokester and one who really struggled academically, I know first-hand that one size fits all education is detrimental to the ones who it doesn&apos;t fit.  I worked hard to protect my children&apos;s individuality and not allow it to be standardized.  I couldn&apos;t wrap those words around it while it was going on but the mamabear inside me rose up and defended what needed defending and I did the best I could.  I only wish I had read this book while they were still in school or even before they got there.  READ IT!! RESEARCH WHAT HE CLAIMS...and make your own decisions on how you handle the &quot;experts&quot; who will try to mold your children.  There are fantastic teachers who want only the best for your children and it will line up with what you desire as well but when you don&apos;t see eye to eye with your children&apos;s teachers or school, remember that YOU know your child best and you should advocate for what you think is best.  I&apos;m so grateful that new models of schooling are popping up and I hope to see an end to standardized testing in my lifetime.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Way of the Warrior: The Philosophy of Law Enforcement (Superbia) Audiobook by Bernard Schaffer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Way-of-the-Warrior-The-Philosophy-of-Law-Enforcement-Superbia-Audiobook/B077J59232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Way of the Warrior: The Philosophy of Law Enforcement (Superbia)
Author: Bernard Schaffer
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Blunder Woman Productions
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The true blue line is not thin
Now mandatory in Police academies, FTO programs, and universities! The number one law enforcement philosophy series.
Written by full-time Police Detective and author Bernard Schaffer, whose new hardback novel The Thief of All Light will be available from Kensington Publications in bookstores everywhere.
Whether you&apos;re a hard luck grunt working the street or a white shirt administrator who&apos;d need a GPS to find it, Way of the Warrior is for you.
Equal parts biography and instructional guide, Way of the Warrior focuses on the core of the individual officer: the warrior spirit. It discusses how to successfully uphold the law and not lose your mind in the process.
Contains information on:
This is a must listen for anyone in law enforcement but will also delight fans of thrillers, mysteries, and true crime.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bernard Schaffer)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2017 14:27:38 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100258/bk_acx0_100258_sample.mp3" length="2299446" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Way-of-the-Warrior-The-Philosophy-of-Law-Enforcement-Superbia-Audiobook/B077J59232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61OSbkucX9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Way of the Warrior: The Philosophy of Law Enforcement (Superbia)
Author: Bernard Schaffer
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Blunder Woman Productions
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The true blue line is not thin
Now mandatory in Police academies, FTO programs, and universities! The number one law enforcement philosophy series.
Written by full-time Police Detective and author Bernard Schaffer, whose new hardback novel The Thief of All Light will be available from Kensington Publications in bookstores everywhere.
Whether you&apos;re a hard luck grunt working the street or a white shirt administrator who&apos;d need a GPS to find it, Way of the Warrior is for you.
Equal parts biography and instructional guide, Way of the Warrior focuses on the core of the individual officer: the warrior spirit. It discusses how to successfully uphold the law and not lose your mind in the process.
Contains information on:
This is a must listen for anyone in law enforcement but will also delight fans of thrillers, mysteries, and true crime.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Way of the Warrior: The Philosophy of Law Enforcement (Superbia)
Author: Bernard Schaffer
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: Blunder Woman Productions
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The true blue line is not thin
Now mandatory in Police academies, FTO programs, and universities! The number one law enforcement philosophy series.
Written by full-time Police Detective and author Bernard Schaffer, whose new hardback novel The Thief of All Light will be available from Kensington Publications in bookstores everywhere.
Whether you&apos;re a hard luck grunt working the street or a white shirt administrator who&apos;d need a GPS to find it, Way of the Warrior is for you.
Equal parts biography and instructional guide, Way of the Warrior focuses on the core of the individual officer: the warrior spirit. It discusses how to successfully uphold the law and not lose your mind in the process.
Contains information on:
This is a must listen for anyone in law enforcement but will also delight fans of thrillers, mysteries, and true crime.

Members Reviews:
  ABR Reviewer&apos;s Choice Award Winner
The book The Way of the Warrior: The Philosophy of Law Enforcement by Bernard Schaffer is a teaching biography. Its an articulate no-nonsense account of ones journey into the police fraternity and advice on what that can and in Schaffers opinion should mean. I want to make clear I have no personal ties to law enforcement, the military, or any profession that might have ever used a gun. However, I have a deep appreciation for an honest story, well told and this is definitely one of those. While James Patrick Cronin was an excellent choice to voice this book, I immediately thought of The Way of the Warrior as the combination of 1) excellent and expert instruction from the bestseller What Every BODY Is Saying: An Ex-FBI Agents Guide to Speed-Reading People. I also heard in The Way of the Warrior, 2) the often brutally honest storytelling and vivid descriptions from The Bitter Taste of Dying: A Memoir by Jason Smith, a man working very hard to get away from the law. Expert knowledge and excellent story.
Schaffer doesnt waste time reminiscing about his childhood but includes enough backstory to give us perspective. With over twenty years of experience and a father with another 30 years, the author is more than expert in what it is to be part of a police organization. If someone were to ask, can someone explain what is happening with the police recently, its Bernard Schaffer.
While some of the reviews and blurbs mark it as required reading for police training programs, this wisdom reaches much further and to a general audience. Whether someone is starting in any career, its important to keep out of politics and to focus on finding the mentors you need while enjoying becoming exceptional in a specialty. The Warrior title leads to an easy misconception that being a warrior is about fighting, but this book is about keeping the peace in oneself, in ones department, and keeping ones honor to the profession through pride in ones craft.
The police dramas on television do the profession a disservice because they make it seem like each day is one filled with the excitement that keeps an officer prepared at all times. However, there is often tedium that might make an officer leave their bulletproof vest off their body. The routine might lead to forgoing regular practice for when a situation comes that makes clear the officer has not readied for it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Praise of Slowness Audiobook by Carl Honor&#233;</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Praise-of-Slowness-Audiobook/B01J65TFKA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Praise of Slowness
Subtitle: Challenging the Cult of Speed
Author: Carl Honor&#233;
Narrator: Carl Honor&#233;
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-16
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in the age of speed. We strain to be more efficient, to cram more into each minute, each hour, each day. Since the Industrial Revolution shifted the world into high gear, the cult of speed has pushed us to a breaking point. Consider these facts: Americans on average spend 72 minutes of every day behind the wheel of a car, a typical business executive now loses 68 hours a year to being put on hold, and American adults currently devote on average a mere half hour per week to making love.
Living on the edge of exhaustion, we are constantly reminded by our bodies and minds that the pace of life is spinning out of control. In Praise of Slowness traces the history of our increasingly breathless relationship with time and tackles the consequences of living in this accelerated culture of our own creation. Why are we always in such a rush? What is the cure for time sickness? Is it possible or even desirable to slow down? Realizing the price we pay for unrelenting speed, people all over the world are reclaiming their time and slowing down the pace - and living happier, healthier, and more productive lives as a result. A Slow revolution is taking place.
Here you will find no Luddite calls to overthrow technology and seek a preindustrial utopia. This is a modern revolution championed by cell-phone using, emailing lovers of sanity. The Slow philosophy can be summed up in a single word: balance. People are discovering energy and efficiency where they may have been least expected - in slowing down.
In this engaging and entertaining exploration, award-winning journalist and rehabilitated speedaholic Carl Honor&#233; details our perennial love affair with efficiency and speed in a perfect blend of anecdotal reportage, history, and intellectual inquiry. In Praise of Slowness is the first comprehensive look at the worldwide Slow movements making their way into the mainstream - in offices, factories, neighborhoods, kitchens, hospitals, concert halls, bedrooms, gyms, and schools. Defining a movement that is here to stay, this spirited manifesto will make you completely rethink your relationship with time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Carl Honor&#233;)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2016 18:01:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/harp/005543/bk_harp_005543_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Praise-of-Slowness-Audiobook/B01J65TFKA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41kk1ppNm6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Praise of Slowness
Subtitle: Challenging the Cult of Speed
Author: Carl Honor&#233;
Narrator: Carl Honor&#233;
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-16
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in the age of speed. We strain to be more efficient, to cram more into each minute, each hour, each day. Since the Industrial Revolution shifted the world into high gear, the cult of speed has pushed us to a breaking point. Consider these facts: Americans on average spend 72 minutes of every day behind the wheel of a car, a typical business executive now loses 68 hours a year to being put on hold, and American adults currently devote on average a mere half hour per week to making love.
Living on the edge of exhaustion, we are constantly reminded by our bodies and minds that the pace of life is spinning out of control. In Praise of Slowness traces the history of our increasingly breathless relationship with time and tackles the consequences of living in this accelerated culture of our own creation. Why are we always in such a rush? What is the cure for time sickness? Is it possible or even desirable to slow down? Realizing the price we pay for unrelenting speed, people all over the world are reclaiming their time and slowing down the pace - and living happier, healthier, and more productive lives as a result. A Slow revolution is taking place.
Here you will find no Luddite calls to overthrow technology and seek a preindustrial utopia. This is a modern revolution championed by cell-phone using, emailing lovers of sanity. The Slow philosophy can be summed up in a single word: balance. People are discovering energy and efficiency where they may have been least expected - in slowing down.
In this engaging and entertaining exploration, award-winning journalist and rehabilitated speedaholic Carl Honor&#233; details our perennial love affair with efficiency and speed in a perfect blend of anecdotal reportage, history, and intellectual inquiry. In Praise of Slowness is the first comprehensive look at the worldwide Slow movements making their way into the mainstream - in offices, factories, neighborhoods, kitchens, hospitals, concert halls, bedrooms, gyms, and schools. Defining a movement that is here to stay, this spirited manifesto will make you completely rethink your relationship with time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Praise of Slowness
Subtitle: Challenging the Cult of Speed
Author: Carl Honor&#233;
Narrator: Carl Honor&#233;
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-16
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in the age of speed. We strain to be more efficient, to cram more into each minute, each hour, each day. Since the Industrial Revolution shifted the world into high gear, the cult of speed has pushed us to a breaking point. Consider these facts: Americans on average spend 72 minutes of every day behind the wheel of a car, a typical business executive now loses 68 hours a year to being put on hold, and American adults currently devote on average a mere half hour per week to making love.
Living on the edge of exhaustion, we are constantly reminded by our bodies and minds that the pace of life is spinning out of control. In Praise of Slowness traces the history of our increasingly breathless relationship with time and tackles the consequences of living in this accelerated culture of our own creation. Why are we always in such a rush? What is the cure for time sickness? Is it possible or even desirable to slow down? Realizing the price we pay for unrelenting speed, people all over the world are reclaiming their time and slowing down the pace - and living happier, healthier, and more productive lives as a result. A Slow revolution is taking place.
Here you will find no Luddite calls to overthrow technology and seek a preindustrial utopia. This is a modern revolution championed by cell-phone using, emailing lovers of sanity. The Slow philosophy can be summed up in a single word: balance. People are discovering energy and efficiency where they may have been least expected - in slowing down.
In this engaging and entertaining exploration, award-winning journalist and rehabilitated speedaholic Carl Honor&#233; details our perennial love affair with efficiency and speed in a perfect blend of anecdotal reportage, history, and intellectual inquiry. In Praise of Slowness is the first comprehensive look at the worldwide Slow movements making their way into the mainstream - in offices, factories, neighborhoods, kitchens, hospitals, concert halls, bedrooms, gyms, and schools. Defining a movement that is here to stay, this spirited manifesto will make you completely rethink your relationship with time.

Members Reviews:
Important subject-matter, but misses the mark
Any additional comments?
Carl Honor&#233;&apos;s &quot;In Praise of Slowness&quot; is a well-researched and thorough argument for the far-reaching benefits of slowing down, with plenty of examples of how the trend is taking hold worldwide and in many different arenas of life.
I am passionate about this important topic and appreciate the care with which the author treats it. But I also found the presentation of the material to be oddly disjoint from its theme -- to me, the book itself feels more self-help and less persuasion, and is somewhat combative: full of facts and arguments, with the extensive use of words and phrases like &quot;cult of speed,&quot; &quot;crusade,&quot; and &quot;movement&quot;. In other words, the impression the book leaves me with is more &quot;fast&quot; than I find comfortable, given the subject-matter and intent.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>At Mama&apos;s Knee Audiobook by April Ryan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/At-Mamas-Knee-Audiobook/B071674S3Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: At Mama&apos;s Knee
Subtitle: Mothers and Race in Black and White
Author: April Ryan
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book, The Presidency in Black and White, journalist April Ryan examined race in America through her experience as a White House reporter. In this book, she shifts the conversation from the White House to every home in America. At Mama&apos;s Knee looks at race and race relations through the lessons that mothers transmit to their children.
As a single African American mother in Baltimore, Ryan has struggled with each gut-wrenching, race-related news story to find the words to convey the right lessons to her daughters. To better understand how mothers transfer to their children wisdom on race and race relations, she reached out to other mothers - prominent political leaders like Hillary Clinton and Valerie Jarrett, celebrities like Cindy Williams, and others like Sybrina Fulton, Trayvon Martin&apos;s mother, whose lives have been impacted by prominent race-related events.
At a time when Americans still struggle to address racial division and prejudice, their stories remind us that attitudes change from one generation to the next and one child at a time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Ryan&apos;s emotionally-rich exploration of the influences race, identity and family have on our life experiences reminds us just how powerful an imprint mothers make on us all.&quot; (Vanessa De Luca, Editor-in-Chief, Essence)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (April Ryan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2017 19:59:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007588/bk_tant_007588_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/At-Mamas-Knee-Audiobook/B071674S3Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61DeK4MggzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: At Mama&apos;s Knee
Subtitle: Mothers and Race in Black and White
Author: April Ryan
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book, The Presidency in Black and White, journalist April Ryan examined race in America through her experience as a White House reporter. In this book, she shifts the conversation from the White House to every home in America. At Mama&apos;s Knee looks at race and race relations through the lessons that mothers transmit to their children.
As a single African American mother in Baltimore, Ryan has struggled with each gut-wrenching, race-related news story to find the words to convey the right lessons to her daughters. To better understand how mothers transfer to their children wisdom on race and race relations, she reached out to other mothers - prominent political leaders like Hillary Clinton and Valerie Jarrett, celebrities like Cindy Williams, and others like Sybrina Fulton, Trayvon Martin&apos;s mother, whose lives have been impacted by prominent race-related events.
At a time when Americans still struggle to address racial division and prejudice, their stories remind us that attitudes change from one generation to the next and one child at a time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Ryan&apos;s emotionally-rich exploration of the influences race, identity and family have on our life experiences reminds us just how powerful an imprint mothers make on us all.&quot; (Vanessa De Luca, Editor-in-Chief, Essence)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: At Mama&apos;s Knee
Subtitle: Mothers and Race in Black and White
Author: April Ryan
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-02-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book, The Presidency in Black and White, journalist April Ryan examined race in America through her experience as a White House reporter. In this book, she shifts the conversation from the White House to every home in America. At Mama&apos;s Knee looks at race and race relations through the lessons that mothers transmit to their children.
As a single African American mother in Baltimore, Ryan has struggled with each gut-wrenching, race-related news story to find the words to convey the right lessons to her daughters. To better understand how mothers transfer to their children wisdom on race and race relations, she reached out to other mothers - prominent political leaders like Hillary Clinton and Valerie Jarrett, celebrities like Cindy Williams, and others like Sybrina Fulton, Trayvon Martin&apos;s mother, whose lives have been impacted by prominent race-related events.
At a time when Americans still struggle to address racial division and prejudice, their stories remind us that attitudes change from one generation to the next and one child at a time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Ryan&apos;s emotionally-rich exploration of the influences race, identity and family have on our life experiences reminds us just how powerful an imprint mothers make on us all.&quot; (Vanessa De Luca, Editor-in-Chief, Essence)

Members Reviews:
Very good read.
I have a much better understanding of race and the unique challenges of minorities in this country.  April Ryan is one of my favorite journalists.

At Mama&apos;s Knee is Personal, Poignant and Powerful!
April Ryan has writtten a particularly poignant personal and professsional account of her experience with racism in America. She explores the rather ugly &quot;underbelly&quot; of the racial divide, and how this has affected our daily lives.  Using her hometown of Baltimore, and the powerful White House, as backdrops for this exploration was a brave thing to do.  It engages the reader in worlds that can be starkly different, and her storytelling is engaging and heartfelt.  She describes a racial incident in an expensive Baltimore restaurant, where the White patrons thought she was part of &quot;the help&quot;, while also noting her encounters with some of the most powerful figures in the world - Presidents, cultural icons, powerful leaders in politics, literature, education and contemporary social theory and practice.  She explores how mothers have influenced their children, especially in matters of race, economics, education, and safety.  Particularly riveting was her description of urban violence and discord, seen through the lens of the uprising in Baltimore over the death of Freddie Gray.  Even more heart-rending was how the seeds of urban discontent creeped into her own family with the shooting of several family members.  Throughout the book are the steady drumbeats of the influence of mothers on the fabric of society, and how the  responsibilities of Black mothers are significant and, in many instances, more burdensome, whether Michelle Obama, Iyanla Vanzant, Valerie Jarrett, or her own mom, Vivian.  Her book provides a better understanding of how &quot;words matter&quot;, from birth to death. Her thoughts on the use of the &quot;n-word&quot; is one of the highlights, in my opinion.  The influence of her mom, and mothers all over America, cannot be understated, underrated, dismissed, or devalued.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Foundations-of-Social-Understanding-A-Theory-and-Institutions-Based-Introduction-to-Sociology-Audiobook/B0143BC6X0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology
Author: Thomas Burns, Edward Kick, Dallos Paz
Narrator: Thomas J. Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-15
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The goal of Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology is to convey the essential aspects of sociology, keeping the focus on the theoretical ideas that form the backbone of the discipline. This book fills a niche for instructors and students who wish to have a rigorously presented, yet low-cost text that covers essential aspects of the field.
The text is distinctive in the density of material it covers. The authors move beyond the tiresome debates about which theoretical position is &quot;really&quot; correct and which is wrong. The guiding philosophy is that the discipline of sociology has a strong and integrated core. While no theory explains everything, each of those presented does well at shedding light on something. Part of what needs to be considered in conjunction with the study of theory is the question of what domain of social reality it is most useful at explaining.
The very core of a discipline is the theories it has developed. For better or worse, the discipline of sociology has spawned a sometimes dizzying array of studies, empirical and otherwise. These are necessary, but not sufficient, to have a rich and worthwhile discipline, and one that offers insight into the human condition. Theories - the worthwhile ones - come about more slowly. Theory is not about what happened in the latest studies. It is born of hard-won insight, sometimes over the course of years or decades, or even lifetimes.
Rather than treating theory as if it were a sub-discipline of sociology, the authors see the theories of sociology as the backbone of the discipline itself. Thus, they focus on theoretical development throughout the text, so that students, from the very first day they begin to study sociology, have access to this powerful set of tools in their foundational understanding of society.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Burns)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2015 12:11:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/041432/bk_acx0_041432_sample.mp3" length="2344483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Foundations-of-Social-Understanding-A-Theory-and-Institutions-Based-Introduction-to-Sociology-Audiobook/B0143BC6X0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51lETZ7HAfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>17:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology
Author: Thomas Burns, Edward Kick, Dallos Paz
Narrator: Thomas J. Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-15
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The goal of Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology is to convey the essential aspects of sociology, keeping the focus on the theoretical ideas that form the backbone of the discipline. This book fills a niche for instructors and students who wish to have a rigorously presented, yet low-cost text that covers essential aspects of the field.
The text is distinctive in the density of material it covers. The authors move beyond the tiresome debates about which theoretical position is &quot;really&quot; correct and which is wrong. The guiding philosophy is that the discipline of sociology has a strong and integrated core. While no theory explains everything, each of those presented does well at shedding light on something. Part of what needs to be considered in conjunction with the study of theory is the question of what domain of social reality it is most useful at explaining.
The very core of a discipline is the theories it has developed. For better or worse, the discipline of sociology has spawned a sometimes dizzying array of studies, empirical and otherwise. These are necessary, but not sufficient, to have a rich and worthwhile discipline, and one that offers insight into the human condition. Theories - the worthwhile ones - come about more slowly. Theory is not about what happened in the latest studies. It is born of hard-won insight, sometimes over the course of years or decades, or even lifetimes.
Rather than treating theory as if it were a sub-discipline of sociology, the authors see the theories of sociology as the backbone of the discipline itself. Thus, they focus on theoretical development throughout the text, so that students, from the very first day they begin to study sociology, have access to this powerful set of tools in their foundational understanding of society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology
Author: Thomas Burns, Edward Kick, Dallos Paz
Narrator: Thomas J. Burns
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-19-15
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The goal of Foundations of Social Understanding: A Theory and Institutions Based Introduction to Sociology is to convey the essential aspects of sociology, keeping the focus on the theoretical ideas that form the backbone of the discipline. This book fills a niche for instructors and students who wish to have a rigorously presented, yet low-cost text that covers essential aspects of the field.
The text is distinctive in the density of material it covers. The authors move beyond the tiresome debates about which theoretical position is &quot;really&quot; correct and which is wrong. The guiding philosophy is that the discipline of sociology has a strong and integrated core. While no theory explains everything, each of those presented does well at shedding light on something. Part of what needs to be considered in conjunction with the study of theory is the question of what domain of social reality it is most useful at explaining.
The very core of a discipline is the theories it has developed. For better or worse, the discipline of sociology has spawned a sometimes dizzying array of studies, empirical and otherwise. These are necessary, but not sufficient, to have a rich and worthwhile discipline, and one that offers insight into the human condition. Theories - the worthwhile ones - come about more slowly. Theory is not about what happened in the latest studies. It is born of hard-won insight, sometimes over the course of years or decades, or even lifetimes.
Rather than treating theory as if it were a sub-discipline of sociology, the authors see the theories of sociology as the backbone of the discipline itself. Thus, they focus on theoretical development throughout the text, so that students, from the very first day they begin to study sociology, have access to this powerful set of tools in their foundational understanding of society.

Members Reviews:
Great for Passing CLEP!
Any additional comments?
I used this Sociology text as my primary course material for the CLEP Intro to Sociology. It covered all the relevant information in a way that was easy to understand. The author used a conversational tone which made listening pleasant. I wish more textbooks were like this one. It was fantastic to be able to listen to the material and go about my other responsibilities. I passed my CLEP exam with a good score, thank you, Mr. Burns.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grass Roots Audiobook by Emily Dufton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Grass-Roots-Audiobook/B077TF49BG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grass Roots
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America
Author: Emily Dufton
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How earnest hippies, frightened parents, suffering patients, and other ordinary Americans went to war over marijuana
In the last five years, eight states have legalized recreational marijuana. To many, continued progress seems certain. But pot was on a similar trajectory 40 years ago, only to encounter a fierce backlash. In Grass Roots, historian Emily Dufton tells the remarkable story of marijuana&apos;s crooked path from acceptance to demonization and back again and of the thousands of grassroots activists who made changing marijuana laws their life&apos;s work.
During the 1970s, pro-pot campaigners with roots in the counterculture secured the drug&apos;s decriminalization in a dozen states. Soon, though, concerned parents began to mobilize; finding a champion in Nancy Reagan, they transformed pot into a national scourge and helped to pave the way for an aggressive war on drugs. Chastened marijuana advocates retooled their message, promoting pot as a medical necessity and eventually declaring legalization a matter of racial justice. For the moment, these activists are succeeding - but marijuana&apos;s history suggests how swiftly another counterrevolution could unfold.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A lively, perceptive refresher course on the politics of pot.&quot; (
Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Dufton makes a potent argument that, more than any other legal or illegal substance, marijuana is a drug that makes people care.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Emily Dufton)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 17:52:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/003617/bk_hach_003617_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Grass-Roots-Audiobook/B077TF49BG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51mukmOyUXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grass Roots
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America
Author: Emily Dufton
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How earnest hippies, frightened parents, suffering patients, and other ordinary Americans went to war over marijuana
In the last five years, eight states have legalized recreational marijuana. To many, continued progress seems certain. But pot was on a similar trajectory 40 years ago, only to encounter a fierce backlash. In Grass Roots, historian Emily Dufton tells the remarkable story of marijuana&apos;s crooked path from acceptance to demonization and back again and of the thousands of grassroots activists who made changing marijuana laws their life&apos;s work.
During the 1970s, pro-pot campaigners with roots in the counterculture secured the drug&apos;s decriminalization in a dozen states. Soon, though, concerned parents began to mobilize; finding a champion in Nancy Reagan, they transformed pot into a national scourge and helped to pave the way for an aggressive war on drugs. Chastened marijuana advocates retooled their message, promoting pot as a medical necessity and eventually declaring legalization a matter of racial justice. For the moment, these activists are succeeding - but marijuana&apos;s history suggests how swiftly another counterrevolution could unfold.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A lively, perceptive refresher course on the politics of pot.&quot; (
Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Dufton makes a potent argument that, more than any other legal or illegal substance, marijuana is a drug that makes people care.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grass Roots
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America
Author: Emily Dufton
Narrator: Greg Baglia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How earnest hippies, frightened parents, suffering patients, and other ordinary Americans went to war over marijuana
In the last five years, eight states have legalized recreational marijuana. To many, continued progress seems certain. But pot was on a similar trajectory 40 years ago, only to encounter a fierce backlash. In Grass Roots, historian Emily Dufton tells the remarkable story of marijuana&apos;s crooked path from acceptance to demonization and back again and of the thousands of grassroots activists who made changing marijuana laws their life&apos;s work.
During the 1970s, pro-pot campaigners with roots in the counterculture secured the drug&apos;s decriminalization in a dozen states. Soon, though, concerned parents began to mobilize; finding a champion in Nancy Reagan, they transformed pot into a national scourge and helped to pave the way for an aggressive war on drugs. Chastened marijuana advocates retooled their message, promoting pot as a medical necessity and eventually declaring legalization a matter of racial justice. For the moment, these activists are succeeding - but marijuana&apos;s history suggests how swiftly another counterrevolution could unfold.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A lively, perceptive refresher course on the politics of pot.&quot; (
Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Dufton makes a potent argument that, more than any other legal or illegal substance, marijuana is a drug that makes people care.&quot; (
Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
A must read
A great source to understand the history behind existing laws and the back and forth on marijuana regulations. A quite useful book to help you decide what is your personal opinion on the topic based on data and facts rather than fake news.

Interesting read
Most of the history was down well. Too often she was bogged down on politics, way too much beat down on Nancy Reagan, for example.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Social Organism Audiobook by Oliver Luckett, Michael Casey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Social-Organism-Audiobook/B01LVXBAMI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Organism
Subtitle: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life
Author: Oliver Luckett, Michael Casey
Narrator: Oliver Luckett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From visionary tech entrepreneur Oliver Luckett and MIT Media Lab&apos;s Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-hear theory of social media - how it works, how it&apos;s changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit.
In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of 21st-century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine has helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that have persisted for decades.
How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses - and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers - bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media&apos;s form, function, and possibilities. It&apos;s time we did.
In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: Social networks - to an astonishing degree - mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world&apos;s social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media - and to make online content that impacts the world - you must start with the social organism.
With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick&apos;s The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world - a guide not just to social media but to human life today and where it is headed next.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Social Organism&apos;s exploration of social media goes far beyond a recipe for clicks and &apos;likes&apos; and presents a deeply convincing theory of how life is changing in the digital age, and how you can use social media not only to transform your business but to help change the world.&quot; (Arianna Huffington, cofounder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post)
&quot;As individuals, we are the authors of our own thoughts. But, social media has triggered emergence. The sum of our public thoughts has become greater than the whole - a new life has manifested. The Social Organism brings context and perspective to this, our hyperconnected ecosystem.&quot; (Biz Stone, cofounder of Twitter, Medium, and Jelly)
&quot;Social media is the most obvious recent way that human life is being forever changed by technology. This book&apos;s brilliant unifying metaphor, the Social Organism (which is the converse of my mentor Marvin Minsky&apos;s book Society of Mind) illuminates how the ground is shifting beneath our feet.&quot; (Ray Kurzweil, inventor, author, and futurist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Oliver Luckett)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 08:58:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002794/bk_hach_002794_sample.mp3" length="2399693" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Social-Organism-Audiobook/B01LVXBAMI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51lNZbDH58L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Organism
Subtitle: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life
Author: Oliver Luckett, Michael Casey
Narrator: Oliver Luckett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From visionary tech entrepreneur Oliver Luckett and MIT Media Lab&apos;s Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-hear theory of social media - how it works, how it&apos;s changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit.
In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of 21st-century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine has helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that have persisted for decades.
How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses - and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers - bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media&apos;s form, function, and possibilities. It&apos;s time we did.
In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: Social networks - to an astonishing degree - mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world&apos;s social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media - and to make online content that impacts the world - you must start with the social organism.
With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick&apos;s The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world - a guide not just to social media but to human life today and where it is headed next.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Social Organism&apos;s exploration of social media goes far beyond a recipe for clicks and &apos;likes&apos; and presents a deeply convincing theory of how life is changing in the digital age, and how you can use social media not only to transform your business but to help change the world.&quot; (Arianna Huffington, cofounder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post)
&quot;As individuals, we are the authors of our own thoughts. But, social media has triggered emergence. The sum of our public thoughts has become greater than the whole - a new life has manifested. The Social Organism brings context and perspective to this, our hyperconnected ecosystem.&quot; (Biz Stone, cofounder of Twitter, Medium, and Jelly)
&quot;Social media is the most obvious recent way that human life is being forever changed by technology. This book&apos;s brilliant unifying metaphor, the Social Organism (which is the converse of my mentor Marvin Minsky&apos;s book Society of Mind) illuminates how the ground is shifting beneath our feet.&quot; (Ray Kurzweil, inventor, author, and futurist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Social Organism
Subtitle: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life
Author: Oliver Luckett, Michael Casey
Narrator: Oliver Luckett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 77 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From visionary tech entrepreneur Oliver Luckett and MIT Media Lab&apos;s Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-hear theory of social media - how it works, how it&apos;s changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit.
In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of 21st-century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine has helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that have persisted for decades.
How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses - and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers - bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media&apos;s form, function, and possibilities. It&apos;s time we did.
In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: Social networks - to an astonishing degree - mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world&apos;s social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media - and to make online content that impacts the world - you must start with the social organism.
With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick&apos;s The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world - a guide not just to social media but to human life today and where it is headed next.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Social Organism&apos;s exploration of social media goes far beyond a recipe for clicks and &apos;likes&apos; and presents a deeply convincing theory of how life is changing in the digital age, and how you can use social media not only to transform your business but to help change the world.&quot; (Arianna Huffington, cofounder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post)
&quot;As individuals, we are the authors of our own thoughts. But, social media has triggered emergence. The sum of our public thoughts has become greater than the whole - a new life has manifested. The Social Organism brings context and perspective to this, our hyperconnected ecosystem.&quot; (Biz Stone, cofounder of Twitter, Medium, and Jelly)
&quot;Social media is the most obvious recent way that human life is being forever changed by technology. This book&apos;s brilliant unifying metaphor, the Social Organism (which is the converse of my mentor Marvin Minsky&apos;s book Society of Mind) illuminates how the ground is shifting beneath our feet.&quot; (Ray Kurzweil, inventor, author, and futurist)

Members Reviews:
Great read if looking to gain further insight into social media from a liberal sociopolitical perspective
Let me first start off by saying I am extremely liberal and hail from an uber conservative evangelist family.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Culture of Narcissism Audiobook by Christopher Lasch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Narcissism-Audiobook/B071KH5XB1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Culture of Narcissism
Subtitle: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations
Author: Christopher Lasch
Narrator: Barry Press
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When The Culture of Narcissism was first published, it was clear that Christopher Lasch had identified something important: what was happening to American society in the wake of the decline of the family over the last century. The book quickly became a best seller. This edition includes a new afterword, &quot;The Culture of Narcissism Revisited.&quot;</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christopher Lasch)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2017 12:38:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007921/bk_tant_007921_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Culture-of-Narcissism-Audiobook/B071KH5XB1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51XcbyDuHmL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Culture of Narcissism
Subtitle: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations
Author: Christopher Lasch
Narrator: Barry Press
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When The Culture of Narcissism was first published, it was clear that Christopher Lasch had identified something important: what was happening to American society in the wake of the decline of the family over the last century. The book quickly became a best seller. This edition includes a new afterword, &quot;The Culture of Narcissism Revisited.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Culture of Narcissism
Subtitle: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations
Author: Christopher Lasch
Narrator: Barry Press
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-27-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When The Culture of Narcissism was first published, it was clear that Christopher Lasch had identified something important: what was happening to American society in the wake of the decline of the family over the last century. The book quickly became a best seller. This edition includes a new afterword, &quot;The Culture of Narcissism Revisited.&quot;

Members Reviews:
A Monument in the Social Sciences
In his 1990 afterword to The Culture of Narcissism, Christopher Lasch explains his purposes in his original book.  The common clich&#233; is that the 60&apos;s are the decade of social consciousness and cultural revolution, the 70&apos;s the decade of me-ism and political apathy.  The Culture of Narcissism was thus seen as a 1970&apos;s jeremiad against a culture of self-regarding selfishness.
Not so.  The book grew out of an earlier study of the family (Haven in a Heartless World) and is concerned with far larger cultural patterns than the transient decade-by-decade changes of the late 20th century.  Lasch is concerned with the bureaucratization of both business and life, the surrendering of parental authority to `professionals&apos; who are anxious to justify their existence and reap the benefits of a general cultural and personal dependency.  We emerge from the womb too early, our primal feelings being those of loss (of our previous blissful state) and the painful realization of our utter dependency.  This leads to both systems of thought and political/cultural programs designed to capitalize on those psychological realities.  Rather than come to terms with our limitations and constraints we strive to regain our bliss by indulging our dependency and many stand by to help us with that doomed quest.
From that point, Lasch explores multiple aspects of our society, from higher education to sport to paternalism in its many forms, to sex, politics and popular culture.  The result is a masterpiece of cultural history and analysis.  In the course of the book Lasch is forced to struggle with multiple difficulties.  First, cultural history is endlessly complicated and does not yield answers easily.  We know that something has happened (SAT scores have gone down despite increased investments in education; western history is no longer required in colleges and universities; sexual hookups are more common, committed relationships more difficult, etc.) but to find precise causes for these realities (if and when they can be identified as realities) is very difficult.  Second, human behavior results from human psychology, but `human psychology&apos; is something very much in dispute.  Lasch&apos;s primary allegiance is to Freud and to many Freud is no longer a psychiatrist but rather a philosopher or poet.  Finally, human cultural history subsumes all history.  Those who would explicate it must do so with an awareness of human history, science, behavior, art, economics and so on.  This is not a task for the weak of heart.
The bottom line is that Lasch comes as close as anyone to facing these difficulties and still succeeding in the writing of a significant, persuasive book.  Indeed, The Culture of Narcissism is one of the monuments of 20th century social science/cultural history.  The book is so rich as to defy easy summary.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Creative Spark Audiobook by Agust&#237;n Fuentes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Creative-Spark-Audiobook/B06XKQVFCX</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Creative Spark
Subtitle: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional
Author: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Narrator: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Jared Diamond&apos;s million-copy-selling classic Guns, Germs, and Steel, a bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?
Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agust&#237;n Fuentes argues that your child&apos;s finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft.
Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors&apos; creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It&apos;s not the drive to reproduce, nor competition for mates or resources or power, nor our propensity for caring for one another that has separated us out from all other creatures.
As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can&apos;t accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agust&#237;n Fuentes&apos; resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire listeners - and spark all kinds of creativity.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Agust&#237;n Fuentes)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2017 15:30:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/003096/bk_peng_003096_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Creative-Spark-Audiobook/B06XKQVFCX</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41uHIUDhr1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Creative Spark
Subtitle: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional
Author: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Narrator: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Jared Diamond&apos;s million-copy-selling classic Guns, Germs, and Steel, a bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?
Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agust&#237;n Fuentes argues that your child&apos;s finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft.
Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors&apos; creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It&apos;s not the drive to reproduce, nor competition for mates or resources or power, nor our propensity for caring for one another that has separated us out from all other creatures.
As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can&apos;t accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agust&#237;n Fuentes&apos; resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire listeners - and spark all kinds of creativity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Creative Spark
Subtitle: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional
Author: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Narrator: Agust&#237;n Fuentes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the tradition of Jared Diamond&apos;s million-copy-selling classic Guns, Germs, and Steel, a bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?
Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agust&#237;n Fuentes argues that your child&apos;s finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft.
Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors&apos; creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It&apos;s not the drive to reproduce, nor competition for mates or resources or power, nor our propensity for caring for one another that has separated us out from all other creatures.
As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can&apos;t accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agust&#237;n Fuentes&apos; resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire listeners - and spark all kinds of creativity.

Members Reviews:
What&apos;s new?
Ive probably listened to about 15 books dealing with the history of humanity. One thing they pretty much all have in common is that they generally have some kind of hypothesis, or central idea, that they are trying to support. Some kind of new angle or perspective to help us to think about humanity in a new way.
This book claims to do this, but I dont think it succeeds. Its central idea is a new synthesis upholding the idea that human creativity is the crucial factor defining who and what we are. But really, isnt this just another way of saying that we are big-brained, clever, cooperative creatures who have exploited the intelligence niche in the World? I think it is. We all know that this is what weve done, and this author doesnt add anything new to our thinking on this.
Its an enjoyable enough book, retelling the story of hominids and hominins and tool-making and becoming successful at hunting, despite our lack of any fearsome body parts such as sharp claws or fangs, and our mastery of fire. Im pretty easy to please on this front. I love going back to the savanna and imagining how our ancestors used their wits to survive in a harsh unforgiving world.
But there is no new theory in this book. And the final chapter, in which the author dishes out a load of advice on how we should live our lives, based on his now-proven hypothesis, verges on the irritating. But go ahead and listen to it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Think Like an Architect Audiobook by Hal Box</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-Like-an-Architect-Audiobook/B01IIQKLUQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Like an Architect
Subtitle: Roger Fullington Series in Architecture
Author: Hal Box
Narrator: Mark D. Mickelson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The design of cities and buildings affects the quality of our lives. Making the built environment useful, safe, comfortable, efficient, and as beautiful as possible is a universal quest. We dream about how we might live, work, and play. From these dreams come some 95 percent of all private and public buildings; professional architects design only about five percent of the built environment. While much of what non-architects build is beautiful and useful, the ugliness and inconveniences that blight many urban areas demonstrate that an understanding of good architectural design is vital for creating livable buildings and public spaces. To help promote this understanding among non-architects, as well as among those considering architecture as a profession, award-winning architect and professor Hal Box explains the process of making architecture from concept to completed building, using real-life examples to illustrate the principles involved in designing buildings that enhance the quality of life for those who live with them.
Box believes that everyone should be involved in making architecture and has organized this book as a series of letters to friends and students about the process of creating architecture. He describes what architecture should be and do, how to look at and appreciate good buildings, and how to understand the design process, work with an architect, or become an architect. He also provides an overview of architectural history. For those involved in building projects, Box offers practical guidance about what goes into constructing a building, from the first view of the site to the finished building. For students thinking of becoming architects, he describes an architect&apos;s typical training and career path. And for the wide public audience interested in architecture and the built environment, Box addresses how architecture relates to the city, where the art of architecture is headed, and why good architecture matters.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Hal Box)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jul 2016 06:35:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063718/bk_acx0_063718_sample.mp3" length="1713459" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-Like-an-Architect-Audiobook/B01IIQKLUQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61GQhJm9XNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Like an Architect
Subtitle: Roger Fullington Series in Architecture
Author: Hal Box
Narrator: Mark D. Mickelson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The design of cities and buildings affects the quality of our lives. Making the built environment useful, safe, comfortable, efficient, and as beautiful as possible is a universal quest. We dream about how we might live, work, and play. From these dreams come some 95 percent of all private and public buildings; professional architects design only about five percent of the built environment. While much of what non-architects build is beautiful and useful, the ugliness and inconveniences that blight many urban areas demonstrate that an understanding of good architectural design is vital for creating livable buildings and public spaces. To help promote this understanding among non-architects, as well as among those considering architecture as a profession, award-winning architect and professor Hal Box explains the process of making architecture from concept to completed building, using real-life examples to illustrate the principles involved in designing buildings that enhance the quality of life for those who live with them.
Box believes that everyone should be involved in making architecture and has organized this book as a series of letters to friends and students about the process of creating architecture. He describes what architecture should be and do, how to look at and appreciate good buildings, and how to understand the design process, work with an architect, or become an architect. He also provides an overview of architectural history. For those involved in building projects, Box offers practical guidance about what goes into constructing a building, from the first view of the site to the finished building. For students thinking of becoming architects, he describes an architect&apos;s typical training and career path. And for the wide public audience interested in architecture and the built environment, Box addresses how architecture relates to the city, where the art of architecture is headed, and why good architecture matters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Like an Architect
Subtitle: Roger Fullington Series in Architecture
Author: Hal Box
Narrator: Mark D. Mickelson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-18-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The design of cities and buildings affects the quality of our lives. Making the built environment useful, safe, comfortable, efficient, and as beautiful as possible is a universal quest. We dream about how we might live, work, and play. From these dreams come some 95 percent of all private and public buildings; professional architects design only about five percent of the built environment. While much of what non-architects build is beautiful and useful, the ugliness and inconveniences that blight many urban areas demonstrate that an understanding of good architectural design is vital for creating livable buildings and public spaces. To help promote this understanding among non-architects, as well as among those considering architecture as a profession, award-winning architect and professor Hal Box explains the process of making architecture from concept to completed building, using real-life examples to illustrate the principles involved in designing buildings that enhance the quality of life for those who live with them.
Box believes that everyone should be involved in making architecture and has organized this book as a series of letters to friends and students about the process of creating architecture. He describes what architecture should be and do, how to look at and appreciate good buildings, and how to understand the design process, work with an architect, or become an architect. He also provides an overview of architectural history. For those involved in building projects, Box offers practical guidance about what goes into constructing a building, from the first view of the site to the finished building. For students thinking of becoming architects, he describes an architect&apos;s typical training and career path. And for the wide public audience interested in architecture and the built environment, Box addresses how architecture relates to the city, where the art of architecture is headed, and why good architecture matters.

Members Reviews:
loved it
I loved the fact that the book leterly helps you to think like an architect. Although, there are many points I find myself need to search for an architectural terminology. But if you really need to think like an architect you need to write down some points.

Great ideas on how to revive architecture.
I liked Mr. Box&apos;s opinions on architecture,  and his thoughts on the decline of architecture. The narration  was devoid of feeling, and detrimental to the book. Like how modern architecture has taken away alot of what is special about great buildings.

An amazing, all encompassing look at Architecture
An enlightened thorough construct of the world of architecture. Truly fascinating, I loved the book. I  will continue to use it as a thought provoking guide and reference. The title doesn&apos;t do the book justice, although relevant doesn&apos;t reflect the jewel that it is.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Going Solo Audiobook by Eric Klinenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Going-Solo-Audiobook/B0073WYKAY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Going Solo
Subtitle: The Extraordinary Rise and Surprising Appeal of Living Alone
Author: Eric Klinenberg
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory examination of the most significant demographic shift since the baby boomthe sharp increase in the number of people who live alonethat offers surprising insights on the benefits of this epochal change.
Renowned sociologist and author Eric Klinenberg explores the dramatic rise of solo living and examines the seismic impact its having on our culture, business, and politics. Conventional wisdom tells us that living by oneself leads to loneliness and isolation, but, as Klinenberg shows, most solo dwellers are deeply engaged in social and civic life. In fact, compared with their married counterparts, they are more likely to eat out and exercise, go to art and music classes, attend public events and lectures, and volunteer. Theres even evidence that people who live alone enjoy better mental health than unmarried people who live with others and have more environmentally sustainable lifestyles than families, since they favor urban apartments over large suburban homes.
It is now more common for an American adult to live alone than with family or a roommate, and Klinenberg analyzes the challenges and opportunities these people face: young professionals who pay higher rent for the freedom and privacy of their own apartments; singles in their 30s and 40s who refuse to compromise their career or lifestyle for an unsatisfying partner; divorced men and women who no longer believe that marriage is a reliable source of happiness or stability; and the elderly, most of whom prefer living by themselves to living with friends or their children. Living alone is more the rule than the exception in places like Manhattan, half of whose residents live by themselves, and many of Americas largest cities, where more than a third of the population does.
Drawing on over 300 interviews with men and women of all ages and every class who live alone, Klinenberg reaches a startling conclusion: In a world of ubiquitous media and hyperconnectivity, this way of life helps us discover ourselves and appreciate the pleasure of good company.
With eye-opening statistics, original data, and vivid portraits of people who go solo, Klinenberg upends the conventional wisdom to deliver the definitive take on how the rise of living alone is transforming the American experience. Going Solo is a powerfuland necessaryassessment of an unprecedented social change.

Critic Reviews:
Klinenberg takes an optimists look at how society could make sure singlesyoung and old, rich and poorcan make the connections that support them in their living spaces and beyond. (Publishers Weekly)
CompellingWith articles in the New York Times Magazine, Rolling Stone, and Slate and appearances on the radio program This American Life, Klinenberg is at ease in both scholarly and popular milieus, and his book is recommended for libraries and individuals in both worlds. (Library Journal)
An optimistic look at shifting social priorities that need not threaten our fundamental values. (Kirkus Reviews)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Klinenberg)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2012 22:36:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004817/bk_blak_004817_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Going-Solo-Audiobook/B0073WYKAY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Sw6Cta2bL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Going Solo
Subtitle: The Extraordinary Rise and Surprising Appeal of Living Alone
Author: Eric Klinenberg
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory examination of the most significant demographic shift since the baby boomthe sharp increase in the number of people who live alonethat offers surprising insights on the benefits of this epochal change.
Renowned sociologist and author Eric Klinenberg explores the dramatic rise of solo living and examines the seismic impact its having on our culture, business, and politics. Conventional wisdom tells us that living by oneself leads to loneliness and isolation, but, as Klinenberg shows, most solo dwellers are deeply engaged in social and civic life. In fact, compared with their married counterparts, they are more likely to eat out and exercise, go to art and music classes, attend public events and lectures, and volunteer. Theres even evidence that people who live alone enjoy better mental health than unmarried people who live with others and have more environmentally sustainable lifestyles than families, since they favor urban apartments over large suburban homes.
It is now more common for an American adult to live alone than with family or a roommate, and Klinenberg analyzes the challenges and opportunities these people face: young professionals who pay higher rent for the freedom and privacy of their own apartments; singles in their 30s and 40s who refuse to compromise their career or lifestyle for an unsatisfying partner; divorced men and women who no longer believe that marriage is a reliable source of happiness or stability; and the elderly, most of whom prefer living by themselves to living with friends or their children. Living alone is more the rule than the exception in places like Manhattan, half of whose residents live by themselves, and many of Americas largest cities, where more than a third of the population does.
Drawing on over 300 interviews with men and women of all ages and every class who live alone, Klinenberg reaches a startling conclusion: In a world of ubiquitous media and hyperconnectivity, this way of life helps us discover ourselves and appreciate the pleasure of good company.
With eye-opening statistics, original data, and vivid portraits of people who go solo, Klinenberg upends the conventional wisdom to deliver the definitive take on how the rise of living alone is transforming the American experience. Going Solo is a powerfuland necessaryassessment of an unprecedented social change.

Critic Reviews:
Klinenberg takes an optimists look at how society could make sure singlesyoung and old, rich and poorcan make the connections that support them in their living spaces and beyond. (Publishers Weekly)
CompellingWith articles in the New York Times Magazine, Rolling Stone, and Slate and appearances on the radio program This American Life, Klinenberg is at ease in both scholarly and popular milieus, and his book is recommended for libraries and individuals in both worlds. (Library Journal)
An optimistic look at shifting social priorities that need not threaten our fundamental values. (Kirkus Reviews)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Going Solo
Subtitle: The Extraordinary Rise and Surprising Appeal of Living Alone
Author: Eric Klinenberg
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory examination of the most significant demographic shift since the baby boomthe sharp increase in the number of people who live alonethat offers surprising insights on the benefits of this epochal change.
Renowned sociologist and author Eric Klinenberg explores the dramatic rise of solo living and examines the seismic impact its having on our culture, business, and politics. Conventional wisdom tells us that living by oneself leads to loneliness and isolation, but, as Klinenberg shows, most solo dwellers are deeply engaged in social and civic life. In fact, compared with their married counterparts, they are more likely to eat out and exercise, go to art and music classes, attend public events and lectures, and volunteer. Theres even evidence that people who live alone enjoy better mental health than unmarried people who live with others and have more environmentally sustainable lifestyles than families, since they favor urban apartments over large suburban homes.
It is now more common for an American adult to live alone than with family or a roommate, and Klinenberg analyzes the challenges and opportunities these people face: young professionals who pay higher rent for the freedom and privacy of their own apartments; singles in their 30s and 40s who refuse to compromise their career or lifestyle for an unsatisfying partner; divorced men and women who no longer believe that marriage is a reliable source of happiness or stability; and the elderly, most of whom prefer living by themselves to living with friends or their children. Living alone is more the rule than the exception in places like Manhattan, half of whose residents live by themselves, and many of Americas largest cities, where more than a third of the population does.
Drawing on over 300 interviews with men and women of all ages and every class who live alone, Klinenberg reaches a startling conclusion: In a world of ubiquitous media and hyperconnectivity, this way of life helps us discover ourselves and appreciate the pleasure of good company.
With eye-opening statistics, original data, and vivid portraits of people who go solo, Klinenberg upends the conventional wisdom to deliver the definitive take on how the rise of living alone is transforming the American experience. Going Solo is a powerfuland necessaryassessment of an unprecedented social change.

Critic Reviews:
Klinenberg takes an optimists look at how society could make sure singlesyoung and old, rich and poorcan make the connections that support them in their living spaces and beyond. (Publishers Weekly)
CompellingWith articles in the New York Times Magazine, Rolling Stone, and Slate and appearances on the radio program This American Life, Klinenberg is at ease in both scholarly and popular milieus, and his book is recommended for libraries and individuals in both worlds. (Library Journal)
An optimistic look at shifting social priorities that need not threaten our fundamental values. (Kirkus Reviews)

Members Reviews:
Looks Good on Paper
This is fascinating information and author Eric Klinenberg made a lot of talk show appearances when the book came out.  He makes a persuasive case that living alone has become a popular and often perfectly satisfying choice for millions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The News Audiobook by Alain de Botton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-News-Audiobook/B00I2WV50M</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The News
Subtitle: A User&apos;s Manual
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Nicholas Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The news is everywhere. We cant stop constantly checking it on our computer screens, but what is this doing to our minds? We are never really taught how to make sense of the torrent of news we face every day, writes Alain de Botton (author of the best-selling The Architecture of Happiness), but this has a huge impact on our sense of what matters and of how we should lead our lives. In his dazzling new book, de Botton takes 25 archetypal news stories - including an airplane crash, a murder, a celebrity interview and a political scandal - and submits them to unusually intense analysis with a view to helping us navigate our news-soaked age.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alain de Botton)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2014 05:01:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/017330/bk_adbl_017330_sample.mp3" length="1584633" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-News-Audiobook/B00I2WV50M</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/617XBnv0N-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The News
Subtitle: A User&apos;s Manual
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Nicholas Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The news is everywhere. We cant stop constantly checking it on our computer screens, but what is this doing to our minds? We are never really taught how to make sense of the torrent of news we face every day, writes Alain de Botton (author of the best-selling The Architecture of Happiness), but this has a huge impact on our sense of what matters and of how we should lead our lives. In his dazzling new book, de Botton takes 25 archetypal news stories - including an airplane crash, a murder, a celebrity interview and a political scandal - and submits them to unusually intense analysis with a view to helping us navigate our news-soaked age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The News
Subtitle: A User&apos;s Manual
Author: Alain de Botton
Narrator: Nicholas Bell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The news is everywhere. We cant stop constantly checking it on our computer screens, but what is this doing to our minds? We are never really taught how to make sense of the torrent of news we face every day, writes Alain de Botton (author of the best-selling The Architecture of Happiness), but this has a huge impact on our sense of what matters and of how we should lead our lives. In his dazzling new book, de Botton takes 25 archetypal news stories - including an airplane crash, a murder, a celebrity interview and a political scandal - and submits them to unusually intense analysis with a view to helping us navigate our news-soaked age.

Members Reviews:
The News and a Treatise on Life
What did you love best about The News?
De Botton presents truths and insights not only about the news which greatly affects our modern culture, but he examines aspects of society as a whole that I found enjoyable and thought-provoking.
What other book might you compare The News to and why?
I don&apos;t know that I&apos;ve ever read a book quite like &quot;The News&quot;, to be honest.
What about Nicholas Bells performance did you like?
He has a lovely English accent that is pleasant, but not distracting from the content.  The attention is drawn to De Botton&apos;s words, not Bell&apos;s performance of them.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
At times it did make me laugh out loud, recognizing the amusing truth behind many of De Botton&apos;s thoughts.  But more often than not, it had me pondering issues of life in ways I never have before.  I found myself jotting down notes on numerous occasions.
Any additional comments?
This copy of &quot;The News&quot; was provided for review purposes only.

These were new and worthy ideas.
I enjoyed this book primarily because of the introduction of what I found to be new ideas. I also found Bell&apos;s narration soothing, mainly due I believe due to the fact that he has a steady meter in his reading and a calm tone to his voice. I will certainly be listening to this time and time again. I will also be purchasing more of De Bottoms audio books.

Quit the news
This stoical view of the news is refreshing to be as I quit the news one year ago. The author gives a philosophical argument of why the news falls short whenever it could actually help us. He not only gives specifics as to each type of news&apos; failings he also gives us what the news could be to answer our deep needs as a society and individuals.

Not newsworthy
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
There are some interesting concepts, but they are poorly integrated into the text.  I was hoping for much more.
Would you ever listen to anything by Alain de Botton again?
No
Would you be willing to try another one of Nicholas Bells performances?
No
If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from The News?
The book isn&apos;t laid out in scenes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return to Life Audiobook by Jim B. Tucker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Return-to-Life-Audiobook/B00IJH20N6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return to Life
Subtitle: Extraordinary Cases of Children Who Remember Past Lives
Author: Jim B. Tucker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 166 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A first-person account of Jim Tucker&apos;s experiences with a number of extraordinary children with memories of past lives, Return to Life focuses mostly on American cases, presenting each family&apos;s story and describing his investigation. His goal is to determine what happened - what the child has said, how the parents have reacted, whether the child&apos;s statements match the life of a particular deceased person, and whether the child could have learned such information through normal means.
Tucker has found cases that provide persuasive evidence that some children do, in fact, possess memories of previous lives. Among others, listeners will meet a boy who describes a previous life on a small island. When Tucker takes him to that island, he finds that some details eerily match the boy&apos;s statements and some do not. Another boy points to a photograph from the 1930s and says he used to be one of the men in it. Once the laborious efforts to identify that man are successful, many of the child&apos;s numerous memories are found to match the details of his life.
Soon after his second birthday, a third boy begins expressing memories of being a World War II pilot who is eventually identified.Thought-provoking and captivating, Return to Life urges its listeners to think about life and death, and reflect about their own consciousness and spirituality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An important milestone of an emerging scientific paradigm.&quot; (Deepak Chopra)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim B. Tucker)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Mar 2014 06:30:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/003617/bk_tant_003617_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Return-to-Life-Audiobook/B00IJH20N6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51C+BiUrR5L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return to Life
Subtitle: Extraordinary Cases of Children Who Remember Past Lives
Author: Jim B. Tucker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 166 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A first-person account of Jim Tucker&apos;s experiences with a number of extraordinary children with memories of past lives, Return to Life focuses mostly on American cases, presenting each family&apos;s story and describing his investigation. His goal is to determine what happened - what the child has said, how the parents have reacted, whether the child&apos;s statements match the life of a particular deceased person, and whether the child could have learned such information through normal means.
Tucker has found cases that provide persuasive evidence that some children do, in fact, possess memories of previous lives. Among others, listeners will meet a boy who describes a previous life on a small island. When Tucker takes him to that island, he finds that some details eerily match the boy&apos;s statements and some do not. Another boy points to a photograph from the 1930s and says he used to be one of the men in it. Once the laborious efforts to identify that man are successful, many of the child&apos;s numerous memories are found to match the details of his life.
Soon after his second birthday, a third boy begins expressing memories of being a World War II pilot who is eventually identified.Thought-provoking and captivating, Return to Life urges its listeners to think about life and death, and reflect about their own consciousness and spirituality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An important milestone of an emerging scientific paradigm.&quot; (Deepak Chopra)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return to Life
Subtitle: Extraordinary Cases of Children Who Remember Past Lives
Author: Jim B. Tucker
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-05-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 166 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A first-person account of Jim Tucker&apos;s experiences with a number of extraordinary children with memories of past lives, Return to Life focuses mostly on American cases, presenting each family&apos;s story and describing his investigation. His goal is to determine what happened - what the child has said, how the parents have reacted, whether the child&apos;s statements match the life of a particular deceased person, and whether the child could have learned such information through normal means.
Tucker has found cases that provide persuasive evidence that some children do, in fact, possess memories of previous lives. Among others, listeners will meet a boy who describes a previous life on a small island. When Tucker takes him to that island, he finds that some details eerily match the boy&apos;s statements and some do not. Another boy points to a photograph from the 1930s and says he used to be one of the men in it. Once the laborious efforts to identify that man are successful, many of the child&apos;s numerous memories are found to match the details of his life.
Soon after his second birthday, a third boy begins expressing memories of being a World War II pilot who is eventually identified.Thought-provoking and captivating, Return to Life urges its listeners to think about life and death, and reflect about their own consciousness and spirituality.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An important milestone of an emerging scientific paradigm.&quot; (Deepak Chopra)

Members Reviews:
I think we do!
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
This book is not just your mystical, airy fairy book.  Mr Tucker has done his research and produced some compelling evidence for Reincarnation.
What did you like best about this story?
The stories were incredible but in the last two chapters he provides his theory and some scientific exploration.  This went a bit over my head but it was very interesting.
What does Patrick Lawlor bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
Great Narrator.  Just suits this book down to the ground.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
Yes

Nothing new
Would you consider the audio edition of Return to Life to be better than the print version?
The narrator was excellent.  He made the book an easy listen, which is probably the reason why I finished it.
What could Jim B. Tucker have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you?
My disappointment with this book resides on the fact that it adds no original material to the serious literature on re-encarnation (which is a topic I am very interested on).  The author worked with Dr. Ian Stevenson, who did most of the academic research on cases of reincarnation available today and basically capitalizes on that relationship.
What about Patrick Lawlors performance did you like?
This is a short book that can be listened to in one or two sittings.
Any additional comments?
If you are interested in reincarnation and are not familiar with Ian Stevenson&apos;s work, this book may serve to guide you in his direction and expose you to some interesting rigorous research on a number of cases.  If you are already unto Stevenson, you can skip this.

This is a must read.
Well written and very affirming.  It is very rich in content.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migrations and Cultures Audiobook by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Migrations-and-Cultures-Audiobook/B003ORVG9U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Migrations and Cultures
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Most commentators look at the issue of immigration from the viewpoint of immediate politics. In doing so, they focus on only a piece of the issue and lose touch with the larger picture. Now Thomas Sowell offers a sweeping historical and global look at a large number of migrations over a long period of time. Migrations and Cultures shows the persistence of cultural traits in particular racial and ethnic groups, and the role these groups relocations play in redistributing skills, knowledge, and other forms of human capital. This book answers the question: What are the effects of disseminating the patterns of the particular set of skills, attitudes, and lifestyles each ethnic group has carried forthboth for the immigrants and for the host countries, in social as well as economic terms?

Critic Reviews:
This is a lively and provocative book that is important reading for anyone who thinks we have too many immigrants or too few, who favors affirmative action and multicultural programs or opposes them.Deflates any windbag oratory about the United States being a unique land of opportunity, where migrants succeed by discarding their former culture and leaping naked into the great melting pot. (
New York Times)
Interesting insights abound.comprehensive and detailed. (
Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is one of the wonders of the American intellectual world.Not only is this book crammed with detailed research that even experts will find instructive, but it is willing to look unflinchingly at evidence that suggests migration can be bad as well as goodand even that the era of mass migration may be drawing to a close. (Peter Brimelow, author of 
Alien Nation: Common Sense about Americas Immigration Disaster)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2010 15:50:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003809/bk_blak_003809_sample.mp3" length="2399844" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Migrations-and-Cultures-Audiobook/B003ORVG9U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517WPOC6H3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Migrations and Cultures
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Most commentators look at the issue of immigration from the viewpoint of immediate politics. In doing so, they focus on only a piece of the issue and lose touch with the larger picture. Now Thomas Sowell offers a sweeping historical and global look at a large number of migrations over a long period of time. Migrations and Cultures shows the persistence of cultural traits in particular racial and ethnic groups, and the role these groups relocations play in redistributing skills, knowledge, and other forms of human capital. This book answers the question: What are the effects of disseminating the patterns of the particular set of skills, attitudes, and lifestyles each ethnic group has carried forthboth for the immigrants and for the host countries, in social as well as economic terms?

Critic Reviews:
This is a lively and provocative book that is important reading for anyone who thinks we have too many immigrants or too few, who favors affirmative action and multicultural programs or opposes them.Deflates any windbag oratory about the United States being a unique land of opportunity, where migrants succeed by discarding their former culture and leaping naked into the great melting pot. (
New York Times)
Interesting insights abound.comprehensive and detailed. (
Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is one of the wonders of the American intellectual world.Not only is this book crammed with detailed research that even experts will find instructive, but it is willing to look unflinchingly at evidence that suggests migration can be bad as well as goodand even that the era of mass migration may be drawing to a close. (Peter Brimelow, author of 
Alien Nation: Common Sense about Americas Immigration Disaster)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Migrations and Cultures
Subtitle: A World View
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Most commentators look at the issue of immigration from the viewpoint of immediate politics. In doing so, they focus on only a piece of the issue and lose touch with the larger picture. Now Thomas Sowell offers a sweeping historical and global look at a large number of migrations over a long period of time. Migrations and Cultures shows the persistence of cultural traits in particular racial and ethnic groups, and the role these groups relocations play in redistributing skills, knowledge, and other forms of human capital. This book answers the question: What are the effects of disseminating the patterns of the particular set of skills, attitudes, and lifestyles each ethnic group has carried forthboth for the immigrants and for the host countries, in social as well as economic terms?

Critic Reviews:
This is a lively and provocative book that is important reading for anyone who thinks we have too many immigrants or too few, who favors affirmative action and multicultural programs or opposes them.Deflates any windbag oratory about the United States being a unique land of opportunity, where migrants succeed by discarding their former culture and leaping naked into the great melting pot. (
New York Times)
Interesting insights abound.comprehensive and detailed. (
Publishers Weekly)
Thomas Sowell is one of the wonders of the American intellectual world.Not only is this book crammed with detailed research that even experts will find instructive, but it is willing to look unflinchingly at evidence that suggests migration can be bad as well as goodand even that the era of mass migration may be drawing to a close. (Peter Brimelow, author of 
Alien Nation: Common Sense about Americas Immigration Disaster)

Members Reviews:
A must read
A combination of incredible writing and research. A very important book now and for future generations.

Well-researched, well-presented
It&apos;s obvious that the author spent years if not decades compiling the data and thoughts to write this book. The product is an exciting journey through the history of human migration that leaves me with a much deeper understanding of culture and its consequences.

food for thought
a very interesting and different perspective that provides a lot of food for thought.  Although as an audio  book,  I thought sometimes keeping all the numbers,  percentages and time spans in my mind without being able to easily refer back to them, was a bit challenging.  Still, the point comes across and portraits a different picture of migration within historical and cultural contexts.

Stunning overview of migration history over time throughout the world.
This book is so pertinent for making informed decisions about integration and understanding our collective heritage, that I am buying copies for all my family members and close friends. Thomas Sowell has meticulously captured the history of the migrations of cultures around the planet and all the repercussions of their settlements and resettlements. I particularly liked his analysis at the end which, after all the explanations about immigration and it&apos;s disruptive and constructive forces, he recommends that the focus for the future be on the development of human capital without permanent relocation. Essentially the history of human migration is the history of human suffering and struggle in an attempt for a better life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You Audiobook by The Great Courses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Language-and-Society-What-Your-Speech-Says-About-You-Audiobook/B00Q5AM80O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Valerie Fridland
Format: Original Recording
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Language is not a passive means of communication. In fact, it&apos;s the active process through which we construct societies, and, within them, our own social lives and realities. Language - as we use it in our day-to-day interactions - fundamentally shapes our experience, our thinking, our perceptions, and the very social systems within which our lives unfold.
Nowhere is the social role of language revealed more clearly than in the fascinating field of sociolinguistics. Among many eye-opening perspectives, the work of sociolinguistics points out that:
In these 24 thought-provoking lectures, you&apos;ll investigate how social differences based on factors such as region, class, ethnicity, occupation, gender, and age are inseparable from language differences. Further, you&apos;ll explore how these linguistic differences arise, and how they both reflect and generate our social systems. You&apos;ll look at the remarkable ways in which our society is a reflection of our language, how differences in the way people use language create differences in society, how people construct and define social contexts by their language use, and ultimately why our speech reveals so much about us. Join a brilliantly insightful sociolinguist and teacher in a compelling inquiry that sheds light on how our linguistic choices play a determining role in every aspect of our lives.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2014 19:21:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000395/bk_tcco_000395_sample.mp3" length="2399678" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Language-and-Society-What-Your-Speech-Says-About-You-Audiobook/B00Q5AM80O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TuXP1PXVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Valerie Fridland
Format: Original Recording
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Language is not a passive means of communication. In fact, it&apos;s the active process through which we construct societies, and, within them, our own social lives and realities. Language - as we use it in our day-to-day interactions - fundamentally shapes our experience, our thinking, our perceptions, and the very social systems within which our lives unfold.
Nowhere is the social role of language revealed more clearly than in the fascinating field of sociolinguistics. Among many eye-opening perspectives, the work of sociolinguistics points out that:
In these 24 thought-provoking lectures, you&apos;ll investigate how social differences based on factors such as region, class, ethnicity, occupation, gender, and age are inseparable from language differences. Further, you&apos;ll explore how these linguistic differences arise, and how they both reflect and generate our social systems. You&apos;ll look at the remarkable ways in which our society is a reflection of our language, how differences in the way people use language create differences in society, how people construct and define social contexts by their language use, and ultimately why our speech reveals so much about us. Join a brilliantly insightful sociolinguist and teacher in a compelling inquiry that sheds light on how our linguistic choices play a determining role in every aspect of our lives.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Valerie Fridland
Format: Original Recording
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-12-14
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 90 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Language is not a passive means of communication. In fact, it&apos;s the active process through which we construct societies, and, within them, our own social lives and realities. Language - as we use it in our day-to-day interactions - fundamentally shapes our experience, our thinking, our perceptions, and the very social systems within which our lives unfold.
Nowhere is the social role of language revealed more clearly than in the fascinating field of sociolinguistics. Among many eye-opening perspectives, the work of sociolinguistics points out that:
In these 24 thought-provoking lectures, you&apos;ll investigate how social differences based on factors such as region, class, ethnicity, occupation, gender, and age are inseparable from language differences. Further, you&apos;ll explore how these linguistic differences arise, and how they both reflect and generate our social systems. You&apos;ll look at the remarkable ways in which our society is a reflection of our language, how differences in the way people use language create differences in society, how people construct and define social contexts by their language use, and ultimately why our speech reveals so much about us. Join a brilliantly insightful sociolinguist and teacher in a compelling inquiry that sheds light on how our linguistic choices play a determining role in every aspect of our lives.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Like nails on a chalkboard
Would you try another book from The Great Courses and/or Professor Valerie Fridland?
Yes but not if Mrs Fridland narrates it. One of the other reviewers pointed out how annoying her voice is and I have to agree. It&apos;s shrill, weirdly chipper,and just not comfortable to listen to for more than a few minutes.
What was one of the most memorable moments of Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You?
I zoned out a lot during this audio book, something that very rarely happens. Mrs Fridland just didn&apos;t keep me interested all that long. The few points I do remember were interesting though.
What didnt you like about Professor Valerie Fridlands performance?
She has a high pitched voice, too shrill. Not pleasant.
Was Language and Society: What Your Speech Says About You worth the listening time?
I didn&apos;t retain a lot of the concepts. This might be a lecture better ingested from a written source material.
Any additional comments?
The content is interesting but I just couldn&apos;t finish it. Mrs Fridland&apos;s voice and fact that visualizing language-based concepts is hard make this for a fairly tough audio book to get through.

Worst Great Courses I&apos;ve Heard
Painful attempts at humor, sudden yelling, and a subtitle so inaacurate I&apos;d call it deceptive.

Incredibly frustrating narrator
This book was maddening. For a linguist and professional speaker, the narrator sure struggled with the English language. She was constantly stumbling on her words and laughing at her terrible jokes. I couldn&apos;t force myself to finish it.

Nothing like the other Great Courses
At the beginning of this book, Professor Fridland asks us to listen to her voice and then imagine what she is.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grocery Audiobook by Michael Ruhlman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Grocery-Audiobook/B06XKJXDSJ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grocery
Subtitle: The Buying and Selling of Food in America
Author: Michael Ruhlman
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-16-17
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Grocery, best-selling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America&apos;s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it - the grocery store.
In a culture obsessed with food - how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us - there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight - in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen&apos;s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets - and our food and culture - have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-20th century and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.
A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Ruhlman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2017 05:13:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/005035/bk_rand_005035_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Grocery-Audiobook/B06XKJXDSJ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5114bwa+oZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grocery
Subtitle: The Buying and Selling of Food in America
Author: Michael Ruhlman
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-16-17
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Grocery, best-selling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America&apos;s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it - the grocery store.
In a culture obsessed with food - how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us - there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight - in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen&apos;s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets - and our food and culture - have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-20th century and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.
A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Grocery
Subtitle: The Buying and Selling of Food in America
Author: Michael Ruhlman
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-16-17
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Grocery, best-selling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America&apos;s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it - the grocery store.
In a culture obsessed with food - how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us - there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight - in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen&apos;s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets - and our food and culture - have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-20th century and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.
A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers.

Members Reviews:
Surprisingly Gripping
Who knew a story about grocery stores could so captivate. Days later I can&apos;t stop thinking about it.

a close look with the arc of history
Interesting coverage of an Ohio based, family run chain of supermarkets.  The book does a nice job identifying how the family run chains (which are billion dollar companies) operate and compete against the giants of the industry.

A very nice listen and I feel a must for anyone who loves food
Grocery was an excellent listen to and I work in the grocery industry so perhaps I might be a bit biased but I feel that it taught me a great deal more about what I deal with seemingly everyday and what I don&apos;t deal with behind the scenes to give me a greater respect for what mine and other companies deal with.
The ending as well touched me deeply and made me smile a little thinking about my own past shopping at the store I now work at and is letting me look at it with new eyes as not just a job but in a way a part of who I was and am now for the better.

Excellent writing as usual...
I was hoping for a deeper focus on non-independent groceries... solving those tasks where money is a huge factor in having enough to survive isn&apos;t mentioned ... neither is the fact that small groceries are too expensive for anyone on assistance.

Unscientific fear-mongering
Would you try another book from Michael Ruhlman and/or Jonathan Todd Ross?
No - Micheal Ruhlman has spread unscientific fear-mongering. I will never try another book from him again.
The narrator - Jonathan Todd Ross - was fine.
Has Grocery turned you off from other books in this genre?
No
What about Jonathan Todd Rosss performance did you like?
Took a little while for him to grab his stride, but once he did he made this non-fiction book almost sound like a narrative.
If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from Grocery?
I&apos;d cut all the stuff that is unscientific and bolsters a fear of science and farmers.
Any additional comments?
It was fine until he got into organic not using pesticides (they do) or GMOs being dangerous (they&apos;re not).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>English in America: A Linguistic History Audiobook by The Great Courses</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/English-in-America-A-Linguistic-History-Audiobook/B01AYGITSO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: English in America: A Linguistic History
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Natalie Schilling
Format: Original Recording
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Think about this: How would you address a group of two or more people? Would you say &quot;you&quot;, &quot;you all&quot;, &quot;yous&quot;, &quot;you lot&quot;, &quot;y&apos;all&quot;, &quot;you guys&quot;, &quot;you&apos;uns&quot;, &quot;yinz&quot;, or something else? Would that change depending on whom you were talking to or where you were? Your answers can provide revealing insights into who you are, where you grew up or live now, and your social, economic, and educational background.
Welcome to the enthralling world of linguistics. If you&apos;ve ever been curious about how words like awesomesauce ever came to be, let alone made it into the Oxford English Dictionary, or if you&apos;ve wondered why you say &quot;firefly&quot; and someone else calls the same insect a &quot;lightning bug&quot;, English in America is for you.
There&apos;s an incredibly rich and colorful history behind American English. A profoundly diverse assortment of cultures has influenced our vocabulary, pronunciation, and grammar, and the language continues to grow and shift. Dialect variations are widespread and actually increasing, and the new words, accents, and sentence structures both reflect and shape changes in our culture and society. Investigating these dialects is the domain of sociolinguistics, the study of the intricate interrelation between language variation and cultural, interpersonal, and personal identity.
Over 24 lectures, you&apos;ll encounter a wide range of ethnic and social groups that have shaped the course of the development of American English over the centuries: English speakers from all over the British Isles; speakers of West African languages; immigrants from Western and Eastern Europe; speakers of languages from Asia; and Spanish speakers from all over the world. In considering the contributions of these groups, you&apos;ll also gain deep insights into the perceptions - and misperceptions - about language and dialect variation. As you&apos;ll discover, American English is an umbrella term for many different EnglishES, reflecting who we have always been as a nation.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (The Great Courses)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2016 08:25:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tcco/000432/bk_tcco_000432_sample.mp3" length="2399731" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/English-in-America-A-Linguistic-History-Audiobook/B01AYGITSO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61en+dTfzOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: English in America: A Linguistic History
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Natalie Schilling
Format: Original Recording
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Think about this: How would you address a group of two or more people? Would you say &quot;you&quot;, &quot;you all&quot;, &quot;yous&quot;, &quot;you lot&quot;, &quot;y&apos;all&quot;, &quot;you guys&quot;, &quot;you&apos;uns&quot;, &quot;yinz&quot;, or something else? Would that change depending on whom you were talking to or where you were? Your answers can provide revealing insights into who you are, where you grew up or live now, and your social, economic, and educational background.
Welcome to the enthralling world of linguistics. If you&apos;ve ever been curious about how words like awesomesauce ever came to be, let alone made it into the Oxford English Dictionary, or if you&apos;ve wondered why you say &quot;firefly&quot; and someone else calls the same insect a &quot;lightning bug&quot;, English in America is for you.
There&apos;s an incredibly rich and colorful history behind American English. A profoundly diverse assortment of cultures has influenced our vocabulary, pronunciation, and grammar, and the language continues to grow and shift. Dialect variations are widespread and actually increasing, and the new words, accents, and sentence structures both reflect and shape changes in our culture and society. Investigating these dialects is the domain of sociolinguistics, the study of the intricate interrelation between language variation and cultural, interpersonal, and personal identity.
Over 24 lectures, you&apos;ll encounter a wide range of ethnic and social groups that have shaped the course of the development of American English over the centuries: English speakers from all over the British Isles; speakers of West African languages; immigrants from Western and Eastern Europe; speakers of languages from Asia; and Spanish speakers from all over the world. In considering the contributions of these groups, you&apos;ll also gain deep insights into the perceptions - and misperceptions - about language and dialect variation. As you&apos;ll discover, American English is an umbrella term for many different EnglishES, reflecting who we have always been as a nation.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: English in America: A Linguistic History
Author: The Great Courses
Narrator: Professor Natalie Schilling
Format: Original Recording
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-05-16
Publisher: The Great Courses
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Think about this: How would you address a group of two or more people? Would you say &quot;you&quot;, &quot;you all&quot;, &quot;yous&quot;, &quot;you lot&quot;, &quot;y&apos;all&quot;, &quot;you guys&quot;, &quot;you&apos;uns&quot;, &quot;yinz&quot;, or something else? Would that change depending on whom you were talking to or where you were? Your answers can provide revealing insights into who you are, where you grew up or live now, and your social, economic, and educational background.
Welcome to the enthralling world of linguistics. If you&apos;ve ever been curious about how words like awesomesauce ever came to be, let alone made it into the Oxford English Dictionary, or if you&apos;ve wondered why you say &quot;firefly&quot; and someone else calls the same insect a &quot;lightning bug&quot;, English in America is for you.
There&apos;s an incredibly rich and colorful history behind American English. A profoundly diverse assortment of cultures has influenced our vocabulary, pronunciation, and grammar, and the language continues to grow and shift. Dialect variations are widespread and actually increasing, and the new words, accents, and sentence structures both reflect and shape changes in our culture and society. Investigating these dialects is the domain of sociolinguistics, the study of the intricate interrelation between language variation and cultural, interpersonal, and personal identity.
Over 24 lectures, you&apos;ll encounter a wide range of ethnic and social groups that have shaped the course of the development of American English over the centuries: English speakers from all over the British Isles; speakers of West African languages; immigrants from Western and Eastern Europe; speakers of languages from Asia; and Spanish speakers from all over the world. In considering the contributions of these groups, you&apos;ll also gain deep insights into the perceptions - and misperceptions - about language and dialect variation. As you&apos;ll discover, American English is an umbrella term for many different EnglishES, reflecting who we have always been as a nation.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Exceptionally interesting course!
This is one of the very best courses to which I have listened (and I have listened to perhaps 30 so far). The presentation style was exceptionally clear and the information was pitched perfectly for me - not so simple that it was boring for someone who had some knowledge of linguistics already - but not so advanced that only a fellow academic in the topic could understand.

More like a book than lectures
Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?
Probably not. It did have some very interesting parts, but I agree with another reviewer that it got too political. Even though I don&apos;t necessarily disagree with most of her political views, I didn&apos;t decide to listen to the lectures because I wanted a political commentary on language - I was just interested in the development of American English.
Would you be willing to try another one of Professor Natalie Schillings performances?
No. I usually love Great Courses, but this was more like a book than lectures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 100 Cases in Civil Procedure: Legal Briefs Audiobook by AudioLearn Legal Content Team</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Top-100-Cases-in-Civil-Procedure-Legal-Briefs-Audiobook/B075DGBS14</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Top 100 Cases in Civil Procedure: Legal Briefs
Author: AudioLearn Legal Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-07-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook provides legal briefs for the top 100 cases that have formed the foundation of civil procedure in the United States.
Each case brief will cover the facts, procedural history, issue, holding, rule, reasoning, disposition, dissents, or concurrences.
Civil procedure can be one of the most difficult areas to study in the law. This audiobook will go over some of the most important cases that have shaped civil procedure over the decades. You&apos;ll learn everything from jurisdiction, venue, how to plead a complaint properly, and even an overview of class actions. The most important part of each case will be the holding and rationale, so you can use these cases to apply to future fact patterns you encounter both in studying for a bar exam or practicing the law.
Also included is our civil procedure course outline. This outline is detailed and comprehensive, covering everything you might expect to learn in a typical law school civil procedure course.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Legal Content Team)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2017 02:35:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/095589/bk_acx0_095589_sample.mp3" length="2402682" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Top-100-Cases-in-Civil-Procedure-Legal-Briefs-Audiobook/B075DGBS14</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gAGmx16oL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Top 100 Cases in Civil Procedure: Legal Briefs
Author: AudioLearn Legal Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-07-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook provides legal briefs for the top 100 cases that have formed the foundation of civil procedure in the United States.
Each case brief will cover the facts, procedural history, issue, holding, rule, reasoning, disposition, dissents, or concurrences.
Civil procedure can be one of the most difficult areas to study in the law. This audiobook will go over some of the most important cases that have shaped civil procedure over the decades. You&apos;ll learn everything from jurisdiction, venue, how to plead a complaint properly, and even an overview of class actions. The most important part of each case will be the holding and rationale, so you can use these cases to apply to future fact patterns you encounter both in studying for a bar exam or practicing the law.
Also included is our civil procedure course outline. This outline is detailed and comprehensive, covering everything you might expect to learn in a typical law school civil procedure course.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Top 100 Cases in Civil Procedure: Legal Briefs
Author: AudioLearn Legal Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-07-17
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook provides legal briefs for the top 100 cases that have formed the foundation of civil procedure in the United States.
Each case brief will cover the facts, procedural history, issue, holding, rule, reasoning, disposition, dissents, or concurrences.
Civil procedure can be one of the most difficult areas to study in the law. This audiobook will go over some of the most important cases that have shaped civil procedure over the decades. You&apos;ll learn everything from jurisdiction, venue, how to plead a complaint properly, and even an overview of class actions. The most important part of each case will be the holding and rationale, so you can use these cases to apply to future fact patterns you encounter both in studying for a bar exam or practicing the law.
Also included is our civil procedure course outline. This outline is detailed and comprehensive, covering everything you might expect to learn in a typical law school civil procedure course.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Certainly not for everybody
Indeed, this is probably for very few. Do you like picking through case summaries from jurisdictions all over the USA, sizing up their rationales from quick sketches? I thought not. But I actually do like it. It does for me what a beer after work does for Joe Six-Pack.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bobos in Paradise Audiobook by David Brooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bobos-in-Paradise-Audiobook/B002V8HHFA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bobos in Paradise
Subtitle: The New Upper Class and How They Got There
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: David Brooks
Format: Abridged
Length: 8 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 193 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
But now the bohemian and the bourgeois are all mixed up, as David Brooks explains in this brilliant description of upscale culture in America. It is hard to tell an espresso-sipping professor from a cappuccino-gulping banker. Laugh and sob as you hear about the information age economy&apos;s new dominant class. Marvel at their attitudes toward morality, sex, work, and lifestyle, and at how the members of this new elite have combined the values of the counter-cultural sixties with those of the achieving eighties. These are the people who set the tone for society today, for you. They are bourgeois bohemians: Bobos.
Bobos define our age. Their hybrid culture is the atmosphere we breathe. Their status codes govern social life, and their moral codes govern ethics and influence our politics. Bobos in Paradise is a witty and serious look at the cultural consequences of the information age and a penetrating description of how we live now.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Brooks)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2001 17:42:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhau/000011/bk_rhau_000011_sample.mp3" length="1286792" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bobos-in-Paradise-Audiobook/B002V8HHFA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41kRF4qWHyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bobos in Paradise
Subtitle: The New Upper Class and How They Got There
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: David Brooks
Format: Abridged
Length: 8 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 193 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
But now the bohemian and the bourgeois are all mixed up, as David Brooks explains in this brilliant description of upscale culture in America. It is hard to tell an espresso-sipping professor from a cappuccino-gulping banker. Laugh and sob as you hear about the information age economy&apos;s new dominant class. Marvel at their attitudes toward morality, sex, work, and lifestyle, and at how the members of this new elite have combined the values of the counter-cultural sixties with those of the achieving eighties. These are the people who set the tone for society today, for you. They are bourgeois bohemians: Bobos.
Bobos define our age. Their hybrid culture is the atmosphere we breathe. Their status codes govern social life, and their moral codes govern ethics and influence our politics. Bobos in Paradise is a witty and serious look at the cultural consequences of the information age and a penetrating description of how we live now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bobos in Paradise
Subtitle: The New Upper Class and How They Got There
Author: David Brooks
Narrator: David Brooks
Format: Abridged
Length: 8 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 193 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
But now the bohemian and the bourgeois are all mixed up, as David Brooks explains in this brilliant description of upscale culture in America. It is hard to tell an espresso-sipping professor from a cappuccino-gulping banker. Laugh and sob as you hear about the information age economy&apos;s new dominant class. Marvel at their attitudes toward morality, sex, work, and lifestyle, and at how the members of this new elite have combined the values of the counter-cultural sixties with those of the achieving eighties. These are the people who set the tone for society today, for you. They are bourgeois bohemians: Bobos.
Bobos define our age. Their hybrid culture is the atmosphere we breathe. Their status codes govern social life, and their moral codes govern ethics and influence our politics. Bobos in Paradise is a witty and serious look at the cultural consequences of the information age and a penetrating description of how we live now.

Members Reviews:
Bobos in Paradise
Brooks has a wry sense of humor, a gift of gab, and a good way with words. This is probably a better book to read than listen to, as the overworked parts could be scanned or skipped.  His reading style, with constant portentous emphasis, becomes dull, and then irritating. Just as composers of music should not usually conduct the orchestra, writers who are amateur readers should let pros read their prose. (Ummm...sorry..) His reading almost kills an otherwise amusing, light read.

Eye Opening, Educational, Funny
I found Bobos to be eye opening about upper class culture, and refreshing to listen to.  Yes, I sometimes got lost in the constant sense of irony and sarcasm that Brooks carries in his voice.  But it was funny!  I&apos;m normally not into social science.  And while I wouldn&apos;t exactly call this &quot;science,&quot; it did deliver a lot of information that would have been rather dry to choke down some other way.  But with Brooks&apos; style, I laughed and learned.  It&apos;s like edutainment.

A magazine article stretched to book length
Mr. Brooks takes an evanescent ethos of the age (one of many, if I am right) and explains that those in its thrall are the new ruling class.    He develops a straw man at tedious length.  In reality, the bobos such as he describes barely exist.  (Even a crude analytic estimate of how many there are and where they are would have helped the thesis.)  Further, Brooks damages his rendition of the book by repeatedly pronouncing &quot;mores&quot; to rhyme with &quot;pores&quot;, and mispronouncing about a dozen other names and words.

He Nails It
Interesting and funny.  I often laughed out loud while listening, yet I came away convinced that Mr. Brooks&apos; concept of &quot;Bobo&quot; might actually describe something real.  The book is now 11 years old yet still pretty much describes this phenomenon.

Bobos for Bozos
This is one of the most dull, boring tedious books that I have ever listened to.  With the exception of the 2nd hour or so, it is filled with uninteresting tangents referencing obscure careers and ideals that would have little interest for the average person.  Even the average &quot;Bobo&quot; as defined by the author would have little interest in his ramblings.  Don&apos;t waste your book credits or your time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Male Handbook Audiobook by Kevin Powell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Black-Male-Handbook-Audiobook/B002V1JG60</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Black Male Handbook
Subtitle: A Blueprint for Life
Author: Kevin Powell
Narrator: Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, Glymph Glymph
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-09
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An NAACP Image Award nominee, The Black Male Handbook is an impassioned call to end the problems facing today&apos;s Black men. Author and activist Kevin Powell offers insights on steering away from violence and toward a more responsible manhood. A new climate is rising in the Black community. Despite a shared thirst for cutting-edge opportunities and fresh directions, today&apos;s hiphop generation is still plagued by many long-standing problems. But with guidance from these inspiring essays, the modern Black male can rise above the political, cultural, and spiritual struggles opposing him to thrive against all odds. Featured prominently on The Oprah Winfrey Show, Powell and his book offer welcome guidance to all Black men - and the women who love them. Narrators Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, and Avery Glymph each turn in compelling performances, capturing every facet of this important work.
&#169;2008 Kevin Powell; (P)2009 Recorded Books, LLC</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kevin Powell)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2009 13:12:38 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/003432/bk_reco_003432_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Black-Male-Handbook-Audiobook/B002V1JG60</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516EfZM8G4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Black Male Handbook
Subtitle: A Blueprint for Life
Author: Kevin Powell
Narrator: Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, Glymph Glymph
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-09
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An NAACP Image Award nominee, The Black Male Handbook is an impassioned call to end the problems facing today&apos;s Black men. Author and activist Kevin Powell offers insights on steering away from violence and toward a more responsible manhood. A new climate is rising in the Black community. Despite a shared thirst for cutting-edge opportunities and fresh directions, today&apos;s hiphop generation is still plagued by many long-standing problems. But with guidance from these inspiring essays, the modern Black male can rise above the political, cultural, and spiritual struggles opposing him to thrive against all odds. Featured prominently on The Oprah Winfrey Show, Powell and his book offer welcome guidance to all Black men - and the women who love them. Narrators Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, and Avery Glymph each turn in compelling performances, capturing every facet of this important work.
&#169;2008 Kevin Powell; (P)2009 Recorded Books, LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Black Male Handbook
Subtitle: A Blueprint for Life
Author: Kevin Powell
Narrator: Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, Glymph Glymph
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-09
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 28 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An NAACP Image Award nominee, The Black Male Handbook is an impassioned call to end the problems facing today&apos;s Black men. Author and activist Kevin Powell offers insights on steering away from violence and toward a more responsible manhood. A new climate is rising in the Black community. Despite a shared thirst for cutting-edge opportunities and fresh directions, today&apos;s hiphop generation is still plagued by many long-standing problems. But with guidance from these inspiring essays, the modern Black male can rise above the political, cultural, and spiritual struggles opposing him to thrive against all odds. Featured prominently on The Oprah Winfrey Show, Powell and his book offer welcome guidance to all Black men - and the women who love them. Narrators Ezra Knight, Kevin R. Free, and Avery Glymph each turn in compelling performances, capturing every facet of this important work.
&#169;2008 Kevin Powell; (P)2009 Recorded Books, LLC

Members Reviews:
men&apos;s group
I will definitely begin using this with the young men at my institution. thank you.

Loved it!!!
Great information a blueprint for living. I would recommend this book to anyone looking to live happy, healthy, successful life.

Frank White
This was a wonderful book with amazing content for black males of all ages. amazing</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changing the Game Audiobook by John O&apos;Sullivan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Changing-the-Game-Audiobook/B01ETOFL3I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Changing the Game
Subtitle: The Parent&apos;s Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids
Author: John O&apos;Sullivan
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O&apos;Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a new paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John O&apos;Sullivan)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Apr 2016 21:12:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/008085/bk_brll_008085_sample.mp3" length="2165596" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Changing-the-Game-Audiobook/B01ETOFL3I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61PrLHJboRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Changing the Game
Subtitle: The Parent&apos;s Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids
Author: John O&apos;Sullivan
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O&apos;Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a new paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Changing the Game
Subtitle: The Parent&apos;s Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids
Author: John O&apos;Sullivan
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O&apos;Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a new paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids.

Members Reviews:
A must read for anyone associated with kids sports.
Not only a good model, but gives direction and actual questions and action items to do/ask yourself, kids, coaches, and other parents. You can see a lot of The 7 Habits applied to kids sports. A great model for how kids sports should be.

must read
must read for any youth coach and parent of a young athlete.  wow. got alot out of it.

5 star book
This book was excellent! I have a very competitive hard working hockey player. He is also good at baseball, football, chess, and school. Most things come easier to him than his friends at this point in his life. He tried out for a very good hockey team this spring and was the last kid cut. His confidence was high going into that tryout and leaving that experience his confidence took a complete nosedive. Listening to this audiobook has helped me understand his situation better and has given me tips on how to boost his confidence to get him believing in himself again. I also coach my son&apos;s winter hockey team. A lot of good insight from the coaching side of things in this audiobook as well. This audiobook describes a lot of situations other youth sport families have gone through and gives a lot of great info on how to deal with different situations. This audiobook also lays the groundwork for how kids/parents/coaches need to communicate, act, etc. This book should help you as a parent or coach alleviate some of your frustrations. Must read for all parents and coaches!

Great for Parents
This book is great for parents, and hpwvto inform them on how to change the youth sport culture.
For a coach, it was nothing I hadn&apos;t already heard before. Regardless, very good information, and a good listen.

Good read
Lots of great ideas for coaches and parents. A must read if you&apos;re a parent of an athlete grandparent or coach.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking the Bridgeless Canyon Audiobook by Kathy Baldock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Walking-the-Bridgeless-Canyon-Audiobook/B00V905ZNW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Bridgeless Canyon
Subtitle: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community
Author: Kathy Baldock
Narrator: Kathy Baldock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-26-15
Publisher: CanyonWalkerPress
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001 Kathy Baldock, a straight, conservative evangelical Christian, met Netto Montoya, a lesbian Native American, on the local hiking trails near her home in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Their friendship challenged Baldock&apos;s cultural and religious beliefs about gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people. In Walking the Bridgeless Canyon: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community, Baldock uncovers the historical, cultural, medical, and political filters of discrimination through which the LGBT community is seen. With the foundation firmly established, she examines the most controversial filter of all: what the Bible says about same-sex behavior.
Ten years of research as well as relationships with thousands of gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people led to answering important questions:
Baldock carefully constructs a timeline as she untangles the details of various influences and influencers. Along the way she shares fascinating stories and testimonies enriching the historical journey. Finally, for those who are wondering how they might enter into productive and respectful conversations about the intersection of faith and sexual orientation or gender identity, this book offers the resources and tools needed to make informed and wise Christ-centered choices.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kathy Baldock)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2015 09:55:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/032630/bk_acx0_032630_sample.mp3" length="2398660" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Walking-the-Bridgeless-Canyon-Audiobook/B00V905ZNW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61eSBG+QS0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Bridgeless Canyon
Subtitle: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community
Author: Kathy Baldock
Narrator: Kathy Baldock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-26-15
Publisher: CanyonWalkerPress
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001 Kathy Baldock, a straight, conservative evangelical Christian, met Netto Montoya, a lesbian Native American, on the local hiking trails near her home in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Their friendship challenged Baldock&apos;s cultural and religious beliefs about gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people. In Walking the Bridgeless Canyon: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community, Baldock uncovers the historical, cultural, medical, and political filters of discrimination through which the LGBT community is seen. With the foundation firmly established, she examines the most controversial filter of all: what the Bible says about same-sex behavior.
Ten years of research as well as relationships with thousands of gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people led to answering important questions:
Baldock carefully constructs a timeline as she untangles the details of various influences and influencers. Along the way she shares fascinating stories and testimonies enriching the historical journey. Finally, for those who are wondering how they might enter into productive and respectful conversations about the intersection of faith and sexual orientation or gender identity, this book offers the resources and tools needed to make informed and wise Christ-centered choices.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Bridgeless Canyon
Subtitle: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community
Author: Kathy Baldock
Narrator: Kathy Baldock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-26-15
Publisher: CanyonWalkerPress
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001 Kathy Baldock, a straight, conservative evangelical Christian, met Netto Montoya, a lesbian Native American, on the local hiking trails near her home in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Their friendship challenged Baldock&apos;s cultural and religious beliefs about gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people. In Walking the Bridgeless Canyon: Repairing the Breach Between the Church and the LGBT Community, Baldock uncovers the historical, cultural, medical, and political filters of discrimination through which the LGBT community is seen. With the foundation firmly established, she examines the most controversial filter of all: what the Bible says about same-sex behavior.
Ten years of research as well as relationships with thousands of gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender people led to answering important questions:
Baldock carefully constructs a timeline as she untangles the details of various influences and influencers. Along the way she shares fascinating stories and testimonies enriching the historical journey. Finally, for those who are wondering how they might enter into productive and respectful conversations about the intersection of faith and sexual orientation or gender identity, this book offers the resources and tools needed to make informed and wise Christ-centered choices.

Members Reviews:
One of the best books on this topic
This is a comprehensive book that looks at the historical, scientific, sociopolitical and Biblical/church history aspects of all things LGBT. It is filled cover to cover with detailed anecdotes, personal experiences and stories.
The first third or so of the book not really church-specific, so it is quite disarming for anyone expecting to pick up a book and have arguments arrayed against them. The book also doesn&apos;t try to &apos;convince&apos; the reader per se, but rather tells stories and lets the reader reach their own conclusions.
The earlier empirical chapters are very thoroughly researched; Kathy shows an impressive breadth and depth of knowledge on those topics, yet without becoming tedious. Similarly, the examination of the &apos;clobber passages&apos; is thorough, but not laboured or excessively long. There are some other books out there that spend far too long on dissecting a few verses.
It is encouraging to hear from someone who is straight, who knows what they are talking about, who is active in supporting LGBT lives, who is strong in their Christian faith (which is important to me), and who is articulate in their expression. Kathy also reads very well (I would recommend 1.25x speed).
There are very few books that I would recommend to a broad church audience - but this is one of them. It is probably one of the best, if not the best, book on this topic that I have read. Well done Kathy, and thank you for your ongoing support of the LGBT community.

Outstanding Presentation! Compelling Life Stories!
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Highly recommend this book for every person Christian or not!
What other book might you compare Walking the Bridgeless Canyon to and why?
No other book like it!
Any additional comments?
Could not have been more blessed by the book&apos;s information and the author&apos;s outstanding presentation! Kathy Baldock&apos;s voice delivers compelling real life stories, including her own personal journey across the paradigm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Play Anything Audiobook by Ian Bogost</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Play-Anything-Audiobook/B01KP45R2Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Play Anything
Subtitle: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games
Author: Ian Bogost
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we&apos;d ever call fun. But what if we&apos;ve gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games.
Play Anything reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn&apos;t be soccer if it wasn&apos;t composed of two teams of 11 players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn&apos;t be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it&apos;s the hard things in life that give it meaning.
Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances - like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints - as sources for meaning and joy. We can &quot;play anything&quot; by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today&apos;s chaotic world can only be tamed - and enjoyed - when we first impose boundaries on ourselves.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ian Bogost)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2016 17:23:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/009682/bk_reco_009682_sample.mp3" length="2399774" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Play-Anything-Audiobook/B01KP45R2Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51OTu8-bBuL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Play Anything
Subtitle: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games
Author: Ian Bogost
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we&apos;d ever call fun. But what if we&apos;ve gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games.
Play Anything reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn&apos;t be soccer if it wasn&apos;t composed of two teams of 11 players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn&apos;t be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it&apos;s the hard things in life that give it meaning.
Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances - like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints - as sources for meaning and joy. We can &quot;play anything&quot; by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today&apos;s chaotic world can only be tamed - and enjoyed - when we first impose boundaries on ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Play Anything
Subtitle: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games
Author: Ian Bogost
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Life is boring: filled with meetings and traffic, errands and emails. Nothing we&apos;d ever call fun. But what if we&apos;ve gotten fun wrong? In Play Anything, visionary game designer and philosopher Ian Bogost shows how we can overcome our daily anxiety; transforming the boring, ordinary world around us into one of endless, playful possibilities. The key to this playful mindset lies in discovering the secret truth of fun and games.
Play Anything reveals that games appeal to us not because they are fun, but because they set limitations. Soccer wouldn&apos;t be soccer if it wasn&apos;t composed of two teams of 11 players using only their feet, heads, and torsos to get a ball into a goal; Tetris wouldn&apos;t be Tetris without falling pieces in characteristic shapes. Such rules seem needless, arbitrary, and difficult. Yet it is the limitations that make games enjoyable, just like it&apos;s the hard things in life that give it meaning.
Play is what happens when we accept these limitations, narrow our focus, and, consequently, have fun. Which is also how to live a good life. Manipulating a soccer ball into a goal is no different than treating ordinary circumstances - like grocery shopping, lawn mowing, and making PowerPoints - as sources for meaning and joy. We can &quot;play anything&quot; by filling our days with attention and discipline, devotion and love for the world as it really is, beyond our desires and fears. Ranging from Internet culture to moral philosophy, ancient poetry to modern consumerism, Bogost shows us how today&apos;s chaotic world can only be tamed - and enjoyed - when we first impose boundaries on ourselves.

Members Reviews:
Great book, bad title
I did not find in this book what I was expecting from the title.
It&apos;s well written and interesting. I touches briefly on boredom and limits. Much of the time is passed criticizing irony. I would say that irony, instead of play, is the main focus of this book.

or become a monk
Being satisfied with everything for what it is and what we are may that the joy out of the things that matter and send it out in the darkness only to return to us as something else.

Useless
This book has nothing that pertains to practical application. Talks about hipsters obsessions hints that the ideas discussed might have useful applications but does nothing to explore implementation or utilization.
Just a collection of ponderings about pretentious interests

Convoluted
Would you try another book from Ian Bogost and/or Jonathan Yen?
Not Bogost but Yen was a good narrator
What could Ian Bogost have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you?
This was very hard to follow in my opinion.  I understood the premise that it is the restrictions of things that make it a game, but I felt the examples jumped all over the place.
Have you listened to any of Jonathan Yens other performances before? How does this one compare?
No I have not.
What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment?
frustration

frustrating
This book was a let-down. Way too biased without any compassion for differences or minorities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modern Loss Audiobook by Gabrielle Birkner, Rebecca Soffer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Modern-Loss-Audiobook/B0773VCL5Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Modern Loss
Subtitle: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome.
Author: Gabrielle Birkner, Rebecca Soffer
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-18
Publisher: Harper Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as &quot;redefining mourning&quot;, this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices.
At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it&apos;s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map.
Let&apos;s face it: Most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We&apos;re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit.
Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they cofounded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and - above all - empathize.
Soffer and Birkner, along with 40 guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN&apos;s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message.
Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gabrielle Birkner)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2018 08:34:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/harp/006474/bk_harp_006474_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Modern-Loss-Audiobook/B0773VCL5Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51uzV2ixwrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Modern Loss
Subtitle: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome.
Author: Gabrielle Birkner, Rebecca Soffer
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-18
Publisher: Harper Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as &quot;redefining mourning&quot;, this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices.
At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it&apos;s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map.
Let&apos;s face it: Most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We&apos;re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit.
Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they cofounded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and - above all - empathize.
Soffer and Birkner, along with 40 guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN&apos;s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message.
Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Modern Loss
Subtitle: Candid Conversation About Grief. Beginners Welcome.
Author: Gabrielle Birkner, Rebecca Soffer
Narrator: Josh Bloomberg, Meredith Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-23-18
Publisher: Harper Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Inspired by the website that the New York Times hailed as &quot;redefining mourning&quot;, this book is a fresh and irreverent examination into navigating grief and resilience in the age of social media, offering comfort and community for coping with the mess of loss through candid original essays from a variety of voices.
At a time when we mourn public figures and national tragedies with hashtags, where intimate posts about loss go viral and we receive automated birthday reminders for dead friends, it&apos;s clear we are navigating new terrain without a road map.
Let&apos;s face it: Most of us have always had a difficult time talking about death and sharing our grief. We&apos;re awkward and uncertain; we avoid, ignore, or even deny feelings of sadness; we offer platitudes; we send sympathy bouquets whittled out of fruit.
Enter Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner, who can help us do better. Each having lost parents as young adults, they cofounded Modern Loss, responding to a need to change the dialogue around the messy experience of grief. Now, in this wise and often funny book, they offer the insights of the Modern Loss community to help us cry, laugh, grieve, identify, and - above all - empathize.
Soffer and Birkner, along with 40 guest contributors including Lucy Kalanithi, singer Amanda Palmer, and CNN&apos;s Brian Stelter, reveal their own stories on a wide range of topics including triggers, sex, secrets, and inheritance. Each contribution provides a unique perspective on loss as well as a remarkable life-affirming message.
Brutally honest and inspiring, Modern Loss invites us to talk intimately and humorously about grief, helping us confront the humanity (and mortality) we all share. Beginners welcome.

Members Reviews:
This gorgeous book is a gift for anyone who has or will grieve&#226;so, all of us
Disclaimer: Gabrielle Birkner is a friend from college, but for the sake of this book, all that means is that I was aware of the site early on, and I preordered the book.
This book is gorgeous. I laughed, I cried and everything in between. As a rabbi, I&#226;ve recommended the website to countless mourners. I&#226;ve already sent the book to friends who have grieved and are grieving; all have said they wished the book (and the site) were around when they first experienced loss. The writing is funny, profound, and deeply honest&#226;Rebecca and Gabrielle share deeply of themselves, and elicit the same sort of emotion from the contributors. All of us will mourn and grieve at some point in our lives, and we are lucky to have these words to help guide us through.

Wise and wonderful counsel for some of life&apos;s crappiest experiences
Full-disclosure: I&apos;m lucky enough to know Rebecca Soffer and Gabrielle Birkner in real life, and I have been a Modern Loss fan from the beginning. Objectively, I can say this book is wonderful, honest, and a great read. If you&apos;re living through the whole gamut of human experience, these essays will resonate. They offer the reassurance of close friends are hilarious and wise, the ones who will whisper to you in the lonely hours that you will get through this. You&apos;ll find every type of reassurance to laugh, to cry, to wallow, and when all else fails, to chose whatever method of railing against the crappy unfairness of the universe works for you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Marcel Mauss&apos;s The Gift Audiobook by Elizabeth D. Whitaker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Marcel-Mausss-The-Gift-Audiobook/B01G92KZI4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Marcel Mauss&apos;s The Gift
Subtitle: The Form and Reason for Exchange in Archaic Societies
Author: Elizabeth D. Whitaker
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 1925, The Gift is one of French sociologist Marcel Mauss&apos;s few non-collaborative works. In it, he elevates what might appear to be a simple gift from the status of innocent object to something that has the capacity to motivate people and define social relationships. The Gift analyzes cultures across the world and across time, with the way gifts are given and received working as a guide to understanding the rules and traditions of many different societies. Gifts can be tangible, like jewelry, or intangible, like the offering of skills. But there is always a binding relationship whenever gifts are given, received, or exchanged.
Mauss looks at the evidence of how different cultures operate in this arena in light of the philosophy of his day. This leads him to conclude that understanding the importance of this ritual of giving and receiving leads to a fairer society. Through gifts people grasp the importance of their own social obligations, even though, as Mauss points out, human beings do make choices about their participation in gift exchange.
The Gift is still relevant and influential today, because it explains how economics and social and cultural systems affect each other.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Elizabeth D. Whitaker)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 May 2016 07:48:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/060174/bk_acx0_060174_sample.mp3" length="398918" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Marcel-Mausss-The-Gift-Audiobook/B01G92KZI4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41AoA-9Qh9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Marcel Mauss&apos;s The Gift
Subtitle: The Form and Reason for Exchange in Archaic Societies
Author: Elizabeth D. Whitaker
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 1925, The Gift is one of French sociologist Marcel Mauss&apos;s few non-collaborative works. In it, he elevates what might appear to be a simple gift from the status of innocent object to something that has the capacity to motivate people and define social relationships. The Gift analyzes cultures across the world and across time, with the way gifts are given and received working as a guide to understanding the rules and traditions of many different societies. Gifts can be tangible, like jewelry, or intangible, like the offering of skills. But there is always a binding relationship whenever gifts are given, received, or exchanged.
Mauss looks at the evidence of how different cultures operate in this arena in light of the philosophy of his day. This leads him to conclude that understanding the importance of this ritual of giving and receiving leads to a fairer society. Through gifts people grasp the importance of their own social obligations, even though, as Mauss points out, human beings do make choices about their participation in gift exchange.
The Gift is still relevant and influential today, because it explains how economics and social and cultural systems affect each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Marcel Mauss&apos;s The Gift
Subtitle: The Form and Reason for Exchange in Archaic Societies
Author: Elizabeth D. Whitaker
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Published in 1925, The Gift is one of French sociologist Marcel Mauss&apos;s few non-collaborative works. In it, he elevates what might appear to be a simple gift from the status of innocent object to something that has the capacity to motivate people and define social relationships. The Gift analyzes cultures across the world and across time, with the way gifts are given and received working as a guide to understanding the rules and traditions of many different societies. Gifts can be tangible, like jewelry, or intangible, like the offering of skills. But there is always a binding relationship whenever gifts are given, received, or exchanged.
Mauss looks at the evidence of how different cultures operate in this arena in light of the philosophy of his day. This leads him to conclude that understanding the importance of this ritual of giving and receiving leads to a fairer society. Through gifts people grasp the importance of their own social obligations, even though, as Mauss points out, human beings do make choices about their participation in gift exchange.
The Gift is still relevant and influential today, because it explains how economics and social and cultural systems affect each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The One World Schoolhouse Audiobook by Salman Khan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-One-World-Schoolhouse-Audiobook/B009HVNGQI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The One World Schoolhouse
Subtitle: Education Reimagined
Author: Salman Khan
Narrator: Salman Khan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-12
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 333 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salman Khan, founder of the Khan Academy, has written what is destined to become one of the most influential books about education in our time.
A free, world-class education for anyone, anywhere: This is the goal of the Khan Academy, a passion project that grew from an ex-engineer and hedge funder&apos;s online tutoring sessions with his niece, who was struggling with algebra, into a worldwide phenomenon. Today millions of students, parents, and teachers use the Khan Academy&apos;s free videos and software, which have expanded to encompass nearly every conceivable subject; and Academy techniques are being employed with exciting results in a growing number of classrooms around the globe.
Like many innovators, Khan rethinks existing assumptions and imagines what education could be if freed from them. And his core idea - liberating teachers from lecturing and state-mandated calendars and opening up class time for truly human interaction - has become his life&apos;s passion. Schools seek his advice about connecting to students in a digital age, and people of all ages and backgrounds flock to the site to utilize this fresh approach to learning.
In The One World Schoolhouse, Khan presents his radical vision for the future of education, as well as his own remarkable story, for the first time. In this audiobook you will discover, among other things:
Parents and politicians routinely bemoan the state of our education system. Statistics suggest we&apos;ve fallen behind the rest of the world in literacy, math, and sciences. With a shrewd reading of history, Khan explains how this crisis presented itself, and why a return to &quot;mastery learning&quot;, abandoned in the 20th century and ingeniously revived by tools like the Khan Academy, could offer the best opportunity to level the playing field, and to give all of our children a world-class education now.
More than just a solution, The One World Schoolhouse serves as a call for free, universal, global education, and an explanation of how Khan&apos;s simple yet revolutionary thinking can help achieve this inspiring goal.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Salman Khan)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Oct 2012 05:33:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/001036/bk_hach_001036_sample.mp3" length="2399769" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-One-World-Schoolhouse-Audiobook/B009HVNGQI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51mIO62hVSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The One World Schoolhouse
Subtitle: Education Reimagined
Author: Salman Khan
Narrator: Salman Khan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-12
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 333 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salman Khan, founder of the Khan Academy, has written what is destined to become one of the most influential books about education in our time.
A free, world-class education for anyone, anywhere: This is the goal of the Khan Academy, a passion project that grew from an ex-engineer and hedge funder&apos;s online tutoring sessions with his niece, who was struggling with algebra, into a worldwide phenomenon. Today millions of students, parents, and teachers use the Khan Academy&apos;s free videos and software, which have expanded to encompass nearly every conceivable subject; and Academy techniques are being employed with exciting results in a growing number of classrooms around the globe.
Like many innovators, Khan rethinks existing assumptions and imagines what education could be if freed from them. And his core idea - liberating teachers from lecturing and state-mandated calendars and opening up class time for truly human interaction - has become his life&apos;s passion. Schools seek his advice about connecting to students in a digital age, and people of all ages and backgrounds flock to the site to utilize this fresh approach to learning.
In The One World Schoolhouse, Khan presents his radical vision for the future of education, as well as his own remarkable story, for the first time. In this audiobook you will discover, among other things:
Parents and politicians routinely bemoan the state of our education system. Statistics suggest we&apos;ve fallen behind the rest of the world in literacy, math, and sciences. With a shrewd reading of history, Khan explains how this crisis presented itself, and why a return to &quot;mastery learning&quot;, abandoned in the 20th century and ingeniously revived by tools like the Khan Academy, could offer the best opportunity to level the playing field, and to give all of our children a world-class education now.
More than just a solution, The One World Schoolhouse serves as a call for free, universal, global education, and an explanation of how Khan&apos;s simple yet revolutionary thinking can help achieve this inspiring goal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The One World Schoolhouse
Subtitle: Education Reimagined
Author: Salman Khan
Narrator: Salman Khan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-04-12
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 333 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salman Khan, founder of the Khan Academy, has written what is destined to become one of the most influential books about education in our time.
A free, world-class education for anyone, anywhere: This is the goal of the Khan Academy, a passion project that grew from an ex-engineer and hedge funder&apos;s online tutoring sessions with his niece, who was struggling with algebra, into a worldwide phenomenon. Today millions of students, parents, and teachers use the Khan Academy&apos;s free videos and software, which have expanded to encompass nearly every conceivable subject; and Academy techniques are being employed with exciting results in a growing number of classrooms around the globe.
Like many innovators, Khan rethinks existing assumptions and imagines what education could be if freed from them. And his core idea - liberating teachers from lecturing and state-mandated calendars and opening up class time for truly human interaction - has become his life&apos;s passion. Schools seek his advice about connecting to students in a digital age, and people of all ages and backgrounds flock to the site to utilize this fresh approach to learning.
In The One World Schoolhouse, Khan presents his radical vision for the future of education, as well as his own remarkable story, for the first time. In this audiobook you will discover, among other things:
Parents and politicians routinely bemoan the state of our education system. Statistics suggest we&apos;ve fallen behind the rest of the world in literacy, math, and sciences. With a shrewd reading of history, Khan explains how this crisis presented itself, and why a return to &quot;mastery learning&quot;, abandoned in the 20th century and ingeniously revived by tools like the Khan Academy, could offer the best opportunity to level the playing field, and to give all of our children a world-class education now.
More than just a solution, The One World Schoolhouse serves as a call for free, universal, global education, and an explanation of how Khan&apos;s simple yet revolutionary thinking can help achieve this inspiring goal.

Members Reviews:
Inspiring and Revolutionary
Simply stated The One World School House is AWESOME.  Khan details how the Khan Academy started, the history of the lecture style educational style, the shortcomings of current educational system, and the vision on how technology can be used to revolutionize education for everyone in the modern time!  LISTEN to this book!

How to revolutionize our clunky schools
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes. People need to be empowered by a realistic hope that we can do much better in our schools, that we have the tools to do it now, and that it is actually being done. Our education system is at once our biggest problem and our biggest opportunity as a nation. Khan shows that the solutions most often proposed simply won&apos;t make a difference. The school model must be changed. And he lays out some very thoughtful, concrete ways to change the model.

For anyone who cares about schools!
Sal Khan is one of the big thinkers of the century.  But he just stumbled across his big ideas while helping out a family member.   His Khan Academy is often thought to be anti-teacher and anti-school, but it is not.  It would be interesting to learn more about the application of his ideas to younger children and to topics other than science and math.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Empathy Audiobook by Frans de Waal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Empathy-Audiobook/B002V8ODLQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Empathy
Subtitle: Nature&apos;s Lessons for a Kinder Society
Author: Frans de Waal
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 10-21-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is it really human nature to stab one another in the back in our climb up the corporate ladder? Competitive, selfish behavior is often explained away as instinctive, thanks to evolution and &quot;survival of the fittest&quot;, but in fact, humans are equally hard-wired for empathy. Using research from the fields of anthropology, psychology, animal behavior, and neuroscience, Frans de Waal brilliantly argues that humans are group animals - highly cooperative, sensitive to injustice, and mostly peace-loving - just like other primates, elephants, and dolphins. This revelation has profound implications for everything from politics to office culture.
&#169;2009 Frans de Waal; (P)2009 Tantor</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Frans de Waal)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2009 13:30:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/001116/bk_tant_001116_sample.mp3" length="2399437" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Empathy-Audiobook/B002V8ODLQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51UZ5PJbH7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Empathy
Subtitle: Nature&apos;s Lessons for a Kinder Society
Author: Frans de Waal
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 10-21-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is it really human nature to stab one another in the back in our climb up the corporate ladder? Competitive, selfish behavior is often explained away as instinctive, thanks to evolution and &quot;survival of the fittest&quot;, but in fact, humans are equally hard-wired for empathy. Using research from the fields of anthropology, psychology, animal behavior, and neuroscience, Frans de Waal brilliantly argues that humans are group animals - highly cooperative, sensitive to injustice, and mostly peace-loving - just like other primates, elephants, and dolphins. This revelation has profound implications for everything from politics to office culture.
&#169;2009 Frans de Waal; (P)2009 Tantor</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Empathy
Subtitle: Nature&apos;s Lessons for a Kinder Society
Author: Frans de Waal
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 10-21-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 97 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Is it really human nature to stab one another in the back in our climb up the corporate ladder? Competitive, selfish behavior is often explained away as instinctive, thanks to evolution and &quot;survival of the fittest&quot;, but in fact, humans are equally hard-wired for empathy. Using research from the fields of anthropology, psychology, animal behavior, and neuroscience, Frans de Waal brilliantly argues that humans are group animals - highly cooperative, sensitive to injustice, and mostly peace-loving - just like other primates, elephants, and dolphins. This revelation has profound implications for everything from politics to office culture.
&#169;2009 Frans de Waal; (P)2009 Tantor

Members Reviews:
A Lot Of Things In Common With Our Animal Friends!
I enjoyed reading The Age of Empathy because it really hit home with me since I am a vegetarian and it was an &quot;easy leap&quot; to understand the empathy and compassion of animals and how it can easily apply to humans.
I think there is a lot to learn here in this very good read!!!

Brilliant and incredibly important
The importance of this book cannot be overstated. Finally a look at the biology of one of our most important traits. How empathy is linked to our success as a species is utterly undeniable. And the behavior is much less conscious than we think.
However, after listening to the incredible science behind Empathy, I can&apos;t help but feel that consciously widening this vastly unconscious trait&apos;s reach with our intellect and consciousness would push our species to the next frontier in our existence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction Audiobook by John Monaghan, Peter Just</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-and-Cultural-Anthropology-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GUSAH6I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: John Monaghan, Peter Just
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know what anthropology is, look at what anthropologists do. This Very Short Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology combines an accessible account of some of the disciplines guiding principles and methodology with abundant examples and illustrations of anthropologists at work.
Peter Just and John Monaghan begin by discussing anthropology&apos;s most important contributions to modern thought: its investigation of culture as a distinctively human characteristic, its doctrine of cultural relativism, and its methodology of fieldwork and ethnography. They then examine specific ways in which social and cultural anthropology have advanced our understanding of human society and culture, drawing on examples from their own fieldwork. The audiobook ends with an assessment of anthropology&apos;s present position, and a look forward to its likely future.

Editorial Reviews:
Tackling a new field of study can be an intimidating prospect, especially if you&apos;re doing it on your own without the guidance of a classroom. With an easy-to-follow organization, a reliance on vivid fieldwork, and a critical look at the history of anthropology, John Monaghan and Peter Just&apos;s Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction is a perfect way to begin learning about anthropology. With notable Audible performer Eric Martin lending his soft baritone delivery, this audiobook is as pleasing to listen to as it is informative.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Monaghan)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2013 23:09:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015408/bk_adbl_015408_sample.mp3" length="1208601" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Social-and-Cultural-Anthropology-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GUSAH6I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/614eBuO0q0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: John Monaghan, Peter Just
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know what anthropology is, look at what anthropologists do. This Very Short Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology combines an accessible account of some of the disciplines guiding principles and methodology with abundant examples and illustrations of anthropologists at work.
Peter Just and John Monaghan begin by discussing anthropology&apos;s most important contributions to modern thought: its investigation of culture as a distinctively human characteristic, its doctrine of cultural relativism, and its methodology of fieldwork and ethnography. They then examine specific ways in which social and cultural anthropology have advanced our understanding of human society and culture, drawing on examples from their own fieldwork. The audiobook ends with an assessment of anthropology&apos;s present position, and a look forward to its likely future.

Editorial Reviews:
Tackling a new field of study can be an intimidating prospect, especially if you&apos;re doing it on your own without the guidance of a classroom. With an easy-to-follow organization, a reliance on vivid fieldwork, and a critical look at the history of anthropology, John Monaghan and Peter Just&apos;s Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction is a perfect way to begin learning about anthropology. With notable Audible performer Eric Martin lending his soft baritone delivery, this audiobook is as pleasing to listen to as it is informative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction
Author: John Monaghan, Peter Just
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know what anthropology is, look at what anthropologists do. This Very Short Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology combines an accessible account of some of the disciplines guiding principles and methodology with abundant examples and illustrations of anthropologists at work.
Peter Just and John Monaghan begin by discussing anthropology&apos;s most important contributions to modern thought: its investigation of culture as a distinctively human characteristic, its doctrine of cultural relativism, and its methodology of fieldwork and ethnography. They then examine specific ways in which social and cultural anthropology have advanced our understanding of human society and culture, drawing on examples from their own fieldwork. The audiobook ends with an assessment of anthropology&apos;s present position, and a look forward to its likely future.

Editorial Reviews:
Tackling a new field of study can be an intimidating prospect, especially if you&apos;re doing it on your own without the guidance of a classroom. With an easy-to-follow organization, a reliance on vivid fieldwork, and a critical look at the history of anthropology, John Monaghan and Peter Just&apos;s Social and Cultural Anthropology: A Very Short Introduction is a perfect way to begin learning about anthropology. With notable Audible performer Eric Martin lending his soft baritone delivery, this audiobook is as pleasing to listen to as it is informative.

Members Reviews:
Good listen - great overview
I&apos;ve been interested in learning more about these topics for a while: even contemplating going to grad school someday  --- this was a great mini-step on that direction. The 2 authors use tangible examples from their fieldwork and those anecdotes really stick with you. It is, of course, an overview and doesn&apos;t dive deep --- but it helps the listener understand the common pov&apos;s of anthropologists; what is agreed on and what&apos;s up for debate. The overview helped me know what areas of like to dive deeper in and further study.

Excellent text for undergraduate or advanced high school intro course
Sufficiently nuanced while retaining clarity enhanced with fascinating ethnographic examples makes for illuminating interesting text

Great introduction
The authors give clear explanations and examples, acknowledge differing viewpoints and provide further references. Great.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Lessons on Irish Whiskey Audiobook by 27Press</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/7-Lessons-on-Irish-Whiskey-Audiobook/B071VJJKJF</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 7 Lessons on Irish Whiskey
Subtitle: An Introduction to Drinking and Enjoying the Whiskeys of Ireland
Author: 27Press
Narrator: Daniel David Shapiro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: 27Press
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you&apos;re new to Irish Whiskey, we guarantee you&apos;ll walk away from our lessons feeling confident enough to talk shop with the most experienced bartenders and Irish Whiskey fans. You will gain immediate fundamental knowledge of how Irish Whiskey is made at the top Irish distilleries like New Midleton, Old Bushmills, Kilbeggan, and Cooley. If you&apos;re already familiar with Irish Whiskey, you will assuredly still learn along the way.
Seven Lessons on Irish Whiskey is a comprehensive guide that will help you gain a thorough understanding of the drink. This book primarily covers Irish Whiskey production and the major distilleries, but you&apos;ll also learn about Irish Whiskey cocktails, Irish Whiskey history, and more!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (27Press)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2017 08:53:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/086006/bk_acx0_086006_sample.mp3" length="245386" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/7-Lessons-on-Irish-Whiskey-Audiobook/B071VJJKJF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IGjhyu7BL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 7 Lessons on Irish Whiskey
Subtitle: An Introduction to Drinking and Enjoying the Whiskeys of Ireland
Author: 27Press
Narrator: Daniel David Shapiro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: 27Press
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you&apos;re new to Irish Whiskey, we guarantee you&apos;ll walk away from our lessons feeling confident enough to talk shop with the most experienced bartenders and Irish Whiskey fans. You will gain immediate fundamental knowledge of how Irish Whiskey is made at the top Irish distilleries like New Midleton, Old Bushmills, Kilbeggan, and Cooley. If you&apos;re already familiar with Irish Whiskey, you will assuredly still learn along the way.
Seven Lessons on Irish Whiskey is a comprehensive guide that will help you gain a thorough understanding of the drink. This book primarily covers Irish Whiskey production and the major distilleries, but you&apos;ll also learn about Irish Whiskey cocktails, Irish Whiskey history, and more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 7 Lessons on Irish Whiskey
Subtitle: An Introduction to Drinking and Enjoying the Whiskeys of Ireland
Author: 27Press
Narrator: Daniel David Shapiro
Format: Unabridged
Length: 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: 27Press
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you&apos;re new to Irish Whiskey, we guarantee you&apos;ll walk away from our lessons feeling confident enough to talk shop with the most experienced bartenders and Irish Whiskey fans. You will gain immediate fundamental knowledge of how Irish Whiskey is made at the top Irish distilleries like New Midleton, Old Bushmills, Kilbeggan, and Cooley. If you&apos;re already familiar with Irish Whiskey, you will assuredly still learn along the way.
Seven Lessons on Irish Whiskey is a comprehensive guide that will help you gain a thorough understanding of the drink. This book primarily covers Irish Whiskey production and the major distilleries, but you&apos;ll also learn about Irish Whiskey cocktails, Irish Whiskey history, and more!

Members Reviews:
Short and sweet
This is a very short work, but scarcely a word is wasted and it gives the reader a reasonably comprehensive understanding of how Irish Whiskey is made, and some notes about the few remaining distilleries that still produce Irish whiskey (as the book explains, the start of the 20th century saw hundreds of distilleries in operation, but a series of unfortunate events reduced them down to seven by the middle of the century).
I approached this book as a lover of single malt Scottish whisky, and was curious to understand the differences between Scotch and Irish whiskey.  The answer seems to be that there are many more similarities than there are differences, and even the oft-cited examples (no peat in Irish whiskey, triple distillation for Irish whiskey; compared to peat in Scottish whisky and double distillation) are as filled with exceptions (some whiskey has peat, many whiskies do not; some whisky is also triple distilled) as not.
There is probably a reason why the realistic practical drinker of &apos;brown spirits&apos; doesn&apos;t limit himself (or herself!) to only Scottish single malt.  I feel encouraged to attack a bottle of, hmmmm, Knappogue Castle 1951 (singled out in the book as being one of the most sought after whiskeys in the world, although the book fails to explain why).
The book keeps on offering a link to supplemental material on its website.  One does wonder why this supplemental material - some of which might seem to be core that should be in the book, such as a recipe for how to make an Irish Cream type drink - is not actually in the book.  And when one goes to the publisher website, they annoyingly will not show you the supplementary material unless you give them an email address in return.
So why four stars instead of five?  It would have been nice to see a few illustrations - the book has none whatsoever.  And the book is very brief.  Of course it doesn&apos;t pretend to be lengthy, and makes a positive point of describing it as a 40 minute read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reconnaissance Man Audiobook by Aaron Clarey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reconnaissance-Man-Audiobook/B01LZ424G5</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reconnaissance Man
Author: Aaron Clarey
Narrator: Jim Fear
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-16
Publisher: Paric
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nobody should be going to college immediately after high school. They should be taking a two year road trip across the country to find out who they are and what they want out of life instead. But still, every year we send millions of inexperienced 18-year-olds down a path of debt, worthless degrees, poor employment prospects, commonness and misery. The results are two full generations of adults who wasted decades of their lives chasing dreams that would never come true. And sadly there&apos;s another generation on deck about to do the same. But it doesn&apos;t have to be this way. We can all become &quot;Reconnaissance Men&quot; instead.
The Reconnaissance Man (or Woman) takes the time to explore this country, not just to see what this country has to offer, but to find out who they are, where they belong, and what they really want out of life. They don&apos;t rush off to college, let alone return to get their &quot;master&apos;s degree&quot; until they know about the world around them and precisely how they fit in it. Of course, this journey may take months (more likely years) but that&apos;s better than wasting eight years in a school you hate, and 20 years in a career you loathe, only to find out you&apos;re 50 and there&apos;s no way you can undo what&apos;s been done. Become a Reconnaissance Man instead. It&apos;s easier, much more fun, and is how life was meant to be lived.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Aaron Clarey)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2016 16:53:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/068192/bk_acx0_068192_sample.mp3" length="771284" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Reconnaissance-Man-Audiobook/B01LZ424G5</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Fvjxn2YbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reconnaissance Man
Author: Aaron Clarey
Narrator: Jim Fear
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-16
Publisher: Paric
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nobody should be going to college immediately after high school. They should be taking a two year road trip across the country to find out who they are and what they want out of life instead. But still, every year we send millions of inexperienced 18-year-olds down a path of debt, worthless degrees, poor employment prospects, commonness and misery. The results are two full generations of adults who wasted decades of their lives chasing dreams that would never come true. And sadly there&apos;s another generation on deck about to do the same. But it doesn&apos;t have to be this way. We can all become &quot;Reconnaissance Men&quot; instead.
The Reconnaissance Man (or Woman) takes the time to explore this country, not just to see what this country has to offer, but to find out who they are, where they belong, and what they really want out of life. They don&apos;t rush off to college, let alone return to get their &quot;master&apos;s degree&quot; until they know about the world around them and precisely how they fit in it. Of course, this journey may take months (more likely years) but that&apos;s better than wasting eight years in a school you hate, and 20 years in a career you loathe, only to find out you&apos;re 50 and there&apos;s no way you can undo what&apos;s been done. Become a Reconnaissance Man instead. It&apos;s easier, much more fun, and is how life was meant to be lived.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Reconnaissance Man
Author: Aaron Clarey
Narrator: Jim Fear
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-16
Publisher: Paric
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nobody should be going to college immediately after high school. They should be taking a two year road trip across the country to find out who they are and what they want out of life instead. But still, every year we send millions of inexperienced 18-year-olds down a path of debt, worthless degrees, poor employment prospects, commonness and misery. The results are two full generations of adults who wasted decades of their lives chasing dreams that would never come true. And sadly there&apos;s another generation on deck about to do the same. But it doesn&apos;t have to be this way. We can all become &quot;Reconnaissance Men&quot; instead.
The Reconnaissance Man (or Woman) takes the time to explore this country, not just to see what this country has to offer, but to find out who they are, where they belong, and what they really want out of life. They don&apos;t rush off to college, let alone return to get their &quot;master&apos;s degree&quot; until they know about the world around them and precisely how they fit in it. Of course, this journey may take months (more likely years) but that&apos;s better than wasting eight years in a school you hate, and 20 years in a career you loathe, only to find out you&apos;re 50 and there&apos;s no way you can undo what&apos;s been done. Become a Reconnaissance Man instead. It&apos;s easier, much more fun, and is how life was meant to be lived.

Members Reviews:
Looking for direction?..
..this will point you directly where you want to go.
(For all young, growing individuals)
I recommend that everyone reads this book along with &quot;Worthless&quot; and &quot;Bachelor Pad Economics&quot;.

43 yr old libertarian wants to get out of Lubbock
my favorite quote from this book is &quot; watch the Cubs lose at Wrigley Field&quot;
Asshole gives a no-nonsense upfront way to see our great country as cheaply as possible
whether you are a young man or woman or even an old man or woman

Cappys best for young ones
Amazing I loved it specially the towns part. H h h h h he he he he he

A must for the teenagers
love this book definitely a must for 18 to 25 year old man highly recommended

The beginning wasn&apos;t as great as the ending.
great book, I live about 50 miles from from the author in minnesota. I am planning to visit Seattle, Salt Lake, and Vegas. Great book for someone who hasn&apos;t yet planted roots and wants to find a way out of their socialist hell hole state. I have 40-60 years left to work in my life. Minnesota is the coldest state and 6th highest taxed. Thanks Mark dayton.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Caped Crusade Audiobook by Glen Weldon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Caped-Crusade-Audiobook/B01BPHEHGO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Caped Crusade
Subtitle: Batman and the Rise of Nerd Culture
Author: Glen Weldon
Narrator: Glen Weldon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-22-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 602 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A witty, intelligent cultural history from NPR book critic Glen Weldon explains Batman&apos;s rises and falls throughout the ages - and what his story tells us about ourselves.
Since his creation, Batman has been many things: a two-fisted detective; a planet-hopping gadabout; a campy pop-art sensation; a pointy-eared master spy; and a grim and gritty ninja of the urban night. For more than three-quarters of a century, he has cycled from a figure of darkness to one of lightness and back again; he&apos;s a bat-shaped Rorschach inkblot who takes on the various meanings our changing culture projects onto him. How we perceive Batman&apos;s character, whether he&apos;s delivering dire threats in a raspy Christian Bale growl or trading blithely homoerotic double entendres with partner Robin on the comics page, speaks to who we are and how we wish to be seen by the world. It&apos;s this endlessly mutable quality that has made him so enduring.
And it&apos;s Batman&apos;s fundamental nerdiness - his gadgets, his obsession, his oath, even his lack of superpowers - that uniquely resonates with his fans who feel a fiercely protective love for the character. Today, fueled by the Internet, that breed of passion for elements of popular culture is everywhere. Which is what makes Batman the perfect lens through which to understand geek culture, its current popularity, and its social significance.
In The Caped Crusade, with humor and insight, Glen Weldon, book critic for NPR and author of Superman: The Unauthorized Biography, lays out Batman&apos;s 78-year cultural history and shows how he has helped make us who we are today and why his legacy remains so strong.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Glen Weldon)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2016 14:15:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007405/bk_sans_007405_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Caped-Crusade-Audiobook/B01BPHEHGO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514m7d5kyJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Caped Crusade
Subtitle: Batman and the Rise of Nerd Culture
Author: Glen Weldon
Narrator: Glen Weldon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-22-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 602 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A witty, intelligent cultural history from NPR book critic Glen Weldon explains Batman&apos;s rises and falls throughout the ages - and what his story tells us about ourselves.
Since his creation, Batman has been many things: a two-fisted detective; a planet-hopping gadabout; a campy pop-art sensation; a pointy-eared master spy; and a grim and gritty ninja of the urban night. For more than three-quarters of a century, he has cycled from a figure of darkness to one of lightness and back again; he&apos;s a bat-shaped Rorschach inkblot who takes on the various meanings our changing culture projects onto him. How we perceive Batman&apos;s character, whether he&apos;s delivering dire threats in a raspy Christian Bale growl or trading blithely homoerotic double entendres with partner Robin on the comics page, speaks to who we are and how we wish to be seen by the world. It&apos;s this endlessly mutable quality that has made him so enduring.
And it&apos;s Batman&apos;s fundamental nerdiness - his gadgets, his obsession, his oath, even his lack of superpowers - that uniquely resonates with his fans who feel a fiercely protective love for the character. Today, fueled by the Internet, that breed of passion for elements of popular culture is everywhere. Which is what makes Batman the perfect lens through which to understand geek culture, its current popularity, and its social significance.
In The Caped Crusade, with humor and insight, Glen Weldon, book critic for NPR and author of Superman: The Unauthorized Biography, lays out Batman&apos;s 78-year cultural history and shows how he has helped make us who we are today and why his legacy remains so strong.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Caped Crusade
Subtitle: Batman and the Rise of Nerd Culture
Author: Glen Weldon
Narrator: Glen Weldon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-22-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 602 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A witty, intelligent cultural history from NPR book critic Glen Weldon explains Batman&apos;s rises and falls throughout the ages - and what his story tells us about ourselves.
Since his creation, Batman has been many things: a two-fisted detective; a planet-hopping gadabout; a campy pop-art sensation; a pointy-eared master spy; and a grim and gritty ninja of the urban night. For more than three-quarters of a century, he has cycled from a figure of darkness to one of lightness and back again; he&apos;s a bat-shaped Rorschach inkblot who takes on the various meanings our changing culture projects onto him. How we perceive Batman&apos;s character, whether he&apos;s delivering dire threats in a raspy Christian Bale growl or trading blithely homoerotic double entendres with partner Robin on the comics page, speaks to who we are and how we wish to be seen by the world. It&apos;s this endlessly mutable quality that has made him so enduring.
And it&apos;s Batman&apos;s fundamental nerdiness - his gadgets, his obsession, his oath, even his lack of superpowers - that uniquely resonates with his fans who feel a fiercely protective love for the character. Today, fueled by the Internet, that breed of passion for elements of popular culture is everywhere. Which is what makes Batman the perfect lens through which to understand geek culture, its current popularity, and its social significance.
In The Caped Crusade, with humor and insight, Glen Weldon, book critic for NPR and author of Superman: The Unauthorized Biography, lays out Batman&apos;s 78-year cultural history and shows how he has helped make us who we are today and why his legacy remains so strong.

Members Reviews:
A Batman Thesis for Nerds and Normals Alike
An opening along the lines of Holy book reviews, Batman! or even Pow! Zap! A Batman book! would do this title a disservice, especially seeing as how author and NPR comic-book critic Glen Weldon tirelessly points out how the legion of Bat-Nerds have desperately tried to bury any references to the full-color, high-gloss Batman of the late sixties in favor of the Denny ONeil comics of darkness and night, and Christopher Nolans growling films. Weldon covers this and a whole lot more in his meticulously researched, thesis-in-the-making, THE CAPED CRUSADE, which provides the ultimate pop-culture look at all things Batman.
Weldons book, to stay within a theme, hangs between a historical look at the characters comic book origins, a healthy discourse on the Adam West series from 1966, and a deep cut insider-look at the Burton-Schumacher-Nolan films. All of these insights are heavily intertwined with nerd backlash and fandom praise. Weldon shows the fine balance of acceptance between how Batman plays into pop culture, and how outside events, shaped by various creator control, influence the stories of the Caped Crusader.
Loaded with interviews, quotes, and plenty of subjected barbs at fandom foolishness, THE CAPED CRUSADE is a fun, quick read. Weldon maintains his nerd credentials throughout, but also provides an impartial take on the character to satisfy the reading pleasure for the occasional normal who might only be familiar with all things Christian Bale.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Abundance Audiobook by Annie Dillard, Geoff Dyer - foreword</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Abundance-Audiobook/B01BI2AT36</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Abundance
Subtitle: Narrative Essays Old and New
Author: Annie Dillard, Geoff Dyer - foreword
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pulitzer Prize-Winning Author
In recognition of her long and lauded career as a master essayist, a landmark collection including her most beloved pieces and some rarely seen work, rigorously curated by the author herself
&quot;A writer who never seems tired, who has never plodded her way through a page or sentence, Dillard can only be enjoyed by a wide-awake reader,&quot; warns Geoff Dyer in his introduction to this stellar collection. Carefully culled from her past work, The Abundance is quintessential Annie Dillard, delivered in her fierce and undeniably singular voice, filled with fascinating detail and metaphysical fact. The pieces within will exhilarate both admiring fans and a new generation of readers, having been &quot;re-framed and re-hung,&quot; with fresh editing and reordering by the author, to situate these now seminal works within her larger canon.
The Abundance reminds us that Dillard&apos;s brand of &quot;novelized nonfiction&quot; pioneered the form long before it came to be widely appreciated. Intense, vivid, and fearless, her work endows the true and seemingly ordinary aspects of life - a commuter chases snowball-throwing children through neighborhood streets, a teenager memorizes Rimbaud&apos;s poetry - with beauty and irony, inviting listeners onto sweeping landscapes, to join her in exploring the complexities of time and death, with a sense of humor: in one instance, an eagle falls from the sky with a weasel attached to its throat; in another, a man walks into a bar.
Reminding us of the indelible contributions of this formative figure in contemporary nonfiction, The Abundance exquisitely showcases Annie Dillard&apos;s enigmatic, enduring genius, as Dillard herself wishes it to be marked.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Susan Ericksen transports listeners through time in her enraptured narration of 22 of Dillards foremost essays.... A complex journey beautifully told commands listening over and over to fully appreciate its layers of meaning and lyrical storytelling.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Annie Dillard)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2016 03:12:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007839/bk_brll_007839_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Abundance-Audiobook/B01BI2AT36</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51V7QREInSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Abundance
Subtitle: Narrative Essays Old and New
Author: Annie Dillard, Geoff Dyer - foreword
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pulitzer Prize-Winning Author
In recognition of her long and lauded career as a master essayist, a landmark collection including her most beloved pieces and some rarely seen work, rigorously curated by the author herself
&quot;A writer who never seems tired, who has never plodded her way through a page or sentence, Dillard can only be enjoyed by a wide-awake reader,&quot; warns Geoff Dyer in his introduction to this stellar collection. Carefully culled from her past work, The Abundance is quintessential Annie Dillard, delivered in her fierce and undeniably singular voice, filled with fascinating detail and metaphysical fact. The pieces within will exhilarate both admiring fans and a new generation of readers, having been &quot;re-framed and re-hung,&quot; with fresh editing and reordering by the author, to situate these now seminal works within her larger canon.
The Abundance reminds us that Dillard&apos;s brand of &quot;novelized nonfiction&quot; pioneered the form long before it came to be widely appreciated. Intense, vivid, and fearless, her work endows the true and seemingly ordinary aspects of life - a commuter chases snowball-throwing children through neighborhood streets, a teenager memorizes Rimbaud&apos;s poetry - with beauty and irony, inviting listeners onto sweeping landscapes, to join her in exploring the complexities of time and death, with a sense of humor: in one instance, an eagle falls from the sky with a weasel attached to its throat; in another, a man walks into a bar.
Reminding us of the indelible contributions of this formative figure in contemporary nonfiction, The Abundance exquisitely showcases Annie Dillard&apos;s enigmatic, enduring genius, as Dillard herself wishes it to be marked.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Susan Ericksen transports listeners through time in her enraptured narration of 22 of Dillards foremost essays.... A complex journey beautifully told commands listening over and over to fully appreciate its layers of meaning and lyrical storytelling.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Abundance
Subtitle: Narrative Essays Old and New
Author: Annie Dillard, Geoff Dyer - foreword
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pulitzer Prize-Winning Author
In recognition of her long and lauded career as a master essayist, a landmark collection including her most beloved pieces and some rarely seen work, rigorously curated by the author herself
&quot;A writer who never seems tired, who has never plodded her way through a page or sentence, Dillard can only be enjoyed by a wide-awake reader,&quot; warns Geoff Dyer in his introduction to this stellar collection. Carefully culled from her past work, The Abundance is quintessential Annie Dillard, delivered in her fierce and undeniably singular voice, filled with fascinating detail and metaphysical fact. The pieces within will exhilarate both admiring fans and a new generation of readers, having been &quot;re-framed and re-hung,&quot; with fresh editing and reordering by the author, to situate these now seminal works within her larger canon.
The Abundance reminds us that Dillard&apos;s brand of &quot;novelized nonfiction&quot; pioneered the form long before it came to be widely appreciated. Intense, vivid, and fearless, her work endows the true and seemingly ordinary aspects of life - a commuter chases snowball-throwing children through neighborhood streets, a teenager memorizes Rimbaud&apos;s poetry - with beauty and irony, inviting listeners onto sweeping landscapes, to join her in exploring the complexities of time and death, with a sense of humor: in one instance, an eagle falls from the sky with a weasel attached to its throat; in another, a man walks into a bar.
Reminding us of the indelible contributions of this formative figure in contemporary nonfiction, The Abundance exquisitely showcases Annie Dillard&apos;s enigmatic, enduring genius, as Dillard herself wishes it to be marked.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Susan Ericksen transports listeners through time in her enraptured narration of 22 of Dillards foremost essays.... A complex journey beautifully told commands listening over and over to fully appreciate its layers of meaning and lyrical storytelling.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
Attend. Stick around for that extra moment. You&#226;re about to see something.
Annie Dillard stopped writing. An NPR story told me. And as I read The Abundance I wondered what Dillard, the writer who stopped writing, wanted to tell me.
Dillard is among a gifted few who notice things so well, who can describe what she notices too. As I read, I too then noticed (I thought) that I was reading a memoir, a slow unfolding of life story, years unfolding like we unfold tablecloths.
Maybe this is what Dillard was telling me: life is lived when you notice the details. Attend to the moment and play out other moments by describing your experience. Turn it all into flowing story, eager, page-flipping story. But not too eager. While we&#226;re excited by the unfolding cloth, we&#226;re also nudged by Dillard to pay attention. Be excited, but not impatient. Dillard&#226;s kind see things because they wait around that extra moment. Most of us wander away just a second before. Then we hear Dillard yell, &#226;Oh look!&#226; We turn. It&#226;s gone.
Attend, my friend. Attend. Stick around for that extra moment. You&#226;re about to see something.

Good purchase. On-time delivery.
Good purchase. On-time delivery.

Oh, how she sees.
Wonderful! Who would have known the abundance was that full?

Five Stars
it is a beautiful book

some of the essays are wonderful.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brazillionaires Audiobook by Alex Cuadros</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Brazillionaires-Audiobook/B01HZWEXKI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brazillionaires
Author: Alex Cuadros
Narrator: Alex Cuadros
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For listeners of Michael Lewis comes an engrossing tale of a country&apos;s spectacular rise and fall, intertwined with the story of Brazil&apos;s wealthiest citizen, Eike Batista - a universal story of hubris and tragedy that uncovers the deeper meaning of this era of billionaires.
When Bloomberg News invited the young American journalist Alex Cuadros to report on Brazil&apos;s emerging class of billionaires at the height of the historic Brazilian boom, he was poised to cover two of the biggest business stories of our time: how the giants of the developing world were triumphantly taking their place at the center of global capitalism and how wealth inequality was changing societies everywhere. The billionaires of Brazil and their massive fortunes resided at the very top of their country&apos;s economic pyramid, and whether they quietly accumulated exceptional power or extravagantly displayed their decadence, they formed a potent microcosm of the world&apos;s richest .001 percent.
Eike Batista, a flamboyant and charismatic evangelist for the country&apos;s new gospel of wealth, epitomized much of this rarefied sphere: In 2012 Batista ranked as the eighth-richest person in the world, was famous for his marriage to a beauty queen, and was a fixture in the Brazilian press. His constantly repeated ambition was to become the world&apos;s richest man and to bring Brazil along with him to the top.
But by 2015 Batista was bankrupt; his son, Thor, had been indicted for manslaughter; and Brazil - its president facing impeachment, its provinces combating an epidemic, and its business and political class torn apart by scandal - had become a cautionary tale of a country run aground by its elites.
Over the four years Cuadros was on the billionaire beat, he reported on media moguls and televangelists, energy barons and shadowy figures from the years of military dictatorship, soy barons who lived on the outskirts of the Amazon and new-economy billionaires spinning money from speculation. He learned just how deeply they all reached into Brazilian life. They held sway over the economy, government, media, and stewardship of the environment; they determined the spiritual fates and populated the imaginations of their countrymen. Cuadros&apos; zealous reporting takes us from penthouses to courtrooms, from favelas to extravagant art fairs, from scenes of unimaginable wealth to desperate, massive street protests. Within a business narrative that deftly explains and dramatizes the volatility of the global economy, Cuadros offers us literary journalism with a grand sweep.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alex Cuadros)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2016 01:18:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004659/bk_rand_004659_sample.mp3" length="2399793" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Brazillionaires-Audiobook/B01HZWEXKI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61w39XcnSRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brazillionaires
Author: Alex Cuadros
Narrator: Alex Cuadros
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For listeners of Michael Lewis comes an engrossing tale of a country&apos;s spectacular rise and fall, intertwined with the story of Brazil&apos;s wealthiest citizen, Eike Batista - a universal story of hubris and tragedy that uncovers the deeper meaning of this era of billionaires.
When Bloomberg News invited the young American journalist Alex Cuadros to report on Brazil&apos;s emerging class of billionaires at the height of the historic Brazilian boom, he was poised to cover two of the biggest business stories of our time: how the giants of the developing world were triumphantly taking their place at the center of global capitalism and how wealth inequality was changing societies everywhere. The billionaires of Brazil and their massive fortunes resided at the very top of their country&apos;s economic pyramid, and whether they quietly accumulated exceptional power or extravagantly displayed their decadence, they formed a potent microcosm of the world&apos;s richest .001 percent.
Eike Batista, a flamboyant and charismatic evangelist for the country&apos;s new gospel of wealth, epitomized much of this rarefied sphere: In 2012 Batista ranked as the eighth-richest person in the world, was famous for his marriage to a beauty queen, and was a fixture in the Brazilian press. His constantly repeated ambition was to become the world&apos;s richest man and to bring Brazil along with him to the top.
But by 2015 Batista was bankrupt; his son, Thor, had been indicted for manslaughter; and Brazil - its president facing impeachment, its provinces combating an epidemic, and its business and political class torn apart by scandal - had become a cautionary tale of a country run aground by its elites.
Over the four years Cuadros was on the billionaire beat, he reported on media moguls and televangelists, energy barons and shadowy figures from the years of military dictatorship, soy barons who lived on the outskirts of the Amazon and new-economy billionaires spinning money from speculation. He learned just how deeply they all reached into Brazilian life. They held sway over the economy, government, media, and stewardship of the environment; they determined the spiritual fates and populated the imaginations of their countrymen. Cuadros&apos; zealous reporting takes us from penthouses to courtrooms, from favelas to extravagant art fairs, from scenes of unimaginable wealth to desperate, massive street protests. Within a business narrative that deftly explains and dramatizes the volatility of the global economy, Cuadros offers us literary journalism with a grand sweep.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brazillionaires
Author: Alex Cuadros
Narrator: Alex Cuadros
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For listeners of Michael Lewis comes an engrossing tale of a country&apos;s spectacular rise and fall, intertwined with the story of Brazil&apos;s wealthiest citizen, Eike Batista - a universal story of hubris and tragedy that uncovers the deeper meaning of this era of billionaires.
When Bloomberg News invited the young American journalist Alex Cuadros to report on Brazil&apos;s emerging class of billionaires at the height of the historic Brazilian boom, he was poised to cover two of the biggest business stories of our time: how the giants of the developing world were triumphantly taking their place at the center of global capitalism and how wealth inequality was changing societies everywhere. The billionaires of Brazil and their massive fortunes resided at the very top of their country&apos;s economic pyramid, and whether they quietly accumulated exceptional power or extravagantly displayed their decadence, they formed a potent microcosm of the world&apos;s richest .001 percent.
Eike Batista, a flamboyant and charismatic evangelist for the country&apos;s new gospel of wealth, epitomized much of this rarefied sphere: In 2012 Batista ranked as the eighth-richest person in the world, was famous for his marriage to a beauty queen, and was a fixture in the Brazilian press. His constantly repeated ambition was to become the world&apos;s richest man and to bring Brazil along with him to the top.
But by 2015 Batista was bankrupt; his son, Thor, had been indicted for manslaughter; and Brazil - its president facing impeachment, its provinces combating an epidemic, and its business and political class torn apart by scandal - had become a cautionary tale of a country run aground by its elites.
Over the four years Cuadros was on the billionaire beat, he reported on media moguls and televangelists, energy barons and shadowy figures from the years of military dictatorship, soy barons who lived on the outskirts of the Amazon and new-economy billionaires spinning money from speculation. He learned just how deeply they all reached into Brazilian life. They held sway over the economy, government, media, and stewardship of the environment; they determined the spiritual fates and populated the imaginations of their countrymen. Cuadros&apos; zealous reporting takes us from penthouses to courtrooms, from favelas to extravagant art fairs, from scenes of unimaginable wealth to desperate, massive street protests. Within a business narrative that deftly explains and dramatizes the volatility of the global economy, Cuadros offers us literary journalism with a grand sweep.

Members Reviews:
A Michael Lewis style take on Brazil
If you are looking for an explanation of what happened to Brazil&apos;s economy on the characters involved in it then this is your book! It&apos;s framed around the rise and fall of Eike but gives a lot of perspective both on the country and the ultra rich class.

A wonderfully brilliant roller coaster detailing Brazil&apos;s ultra super rich
Alex Cuadros has successfully written and narrated such an epic tale that could only be the work of non-fiction. Brazillionaires is gripping from start to finish. Part expos&#233;, part biography, you get a glimpse into the world of Brazil&apos;s biggest movers and shakers. In doing so, you get a bit of a birds eye view on society  and the mechanics that drive progress in a rapidly developing country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust that Society Needs to Thrive Audiobook by Bruce Schneier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Liars-and-Outliers-Enabling-the-Trust-that-Society-Needs-to-Thrive-Audiobook/B008RBP8VA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust that Society Needs to Thrive
Author: Bruce Schneier
Narrator: Reese Emery
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 134 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How does society function when you can&apos;t trust everyone?
When we think about trust, we naturally think about personal relationships or bank vaults. That&apos;s too narrow. Trust is much broader, and much more important. Nothing in society works without trust. It&apos;s the foundation of communities, commerce, democracy - everything.
In this insightful and entertaining book, Schneier weaves together ideas from across the social and biological Science &amp; Technologys to explain how society induces trust. He shows how trust works and fails in social settings, communities, organizations, countries, and the world.
In today&apos;s hyper-connected society, understanding the mechanisms of trust is as important as understanding electricity was a century ago. Issues of trust and security are critical to solving problems as diverse as corporate responsibility, global warming, and our moribund political system. After listening to Liars and Outliers, you&apos;ll think about social problems, large and small, differently.
About the author: Bruce Schneier is an internationally renowned security technologist who studies the human side of security. He is the author of 11 books; and hundreds of articles, essays, and academic papers. He has testified before Congress, is a frequent guest on television and radio, and is regularly quoted in the press. His blog and monthly newsletter at www.schneier.com reach over devoted 250,000 devoted readers world-wide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The closest thing the security industry has to a rock star.&quot; (The Register)
&quot;A rich, insightfully fresh take on what security really means!&quot; (David Ropeik, author of How Risky is it, Really?)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bruce Schneier)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Aug 2012 03:55:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/004779/bk_adbl_004779_sample.mp3" length="2219171" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Liars-and-Outliers-Enabling-the-Trust-that-Society-Needs-to-Thrive-Audiobook/B008RBP8VA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51iYDgApUAL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust that Society Needs to Thrive
Author: Bruce Schneier
Narrator: Reese Emery
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 134 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How does society function when you can&apos;t trust everyone?
When we think about trust, we naturally think about personal relationships or bank vaults. That&apos;s too narrow. Trust is much broader, and much more important. Nothing in society works without trust. It&apos;s the foundation of communities, commerce, democracy - everything.
In this insightful and entertaining book, Schneier weaves together ideas from across the social and biological Science &amp; Technologys to explain how society induces trust. He shows how trust works and fails in social settings, communities, organizations, countries, and the world.
In today&apos;s hyper-connected society, understanding the mechanisms of trust is as important as understanding electricity was a century ago. Issues of trust and security are critical to solving problems as diverse as corporate responsibility, global warming, and our moribund political system. After listening to Liars and Outliers, you&apos;ll think about social problems, large and small, differently.
About the author: Bruce Schneier is an internationally renowned security technologist who studies the human side of security. He is the author of 11 books; and hundreds of articles, essays, and academic papers. He has testified before Congress, is a frequent guest on television and radio, and is regularly quoted in the press. His blog and monthly newsletter at www.schneier.com reach over devoted 250,000 devoted readers world-wide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The closest thing the security industry has to a rock star.&quot; (The Register)
&quot;A rich, insightfully fresh take on what security really means!&quot; (David Ropeik, author of How Risky is it, Really?)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust that Society Needs to Thrive
Author: Bruce Schneier
Narrator: Reese Emery
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 134 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How does society function when you can&apos;t trust everyone?
When we think about trust, we naturally think about personal relationships or bank vaults. That&apos;s too narrow. Trust is much broader, and much more important. Nothing in society works without trust. It&apos;s the foundation of communities, commerce, democracy - everything.
In this insightful and entertaining book, Schneier weaves together ideas from across the social and biological Science &amp; Technologys to explain how society induces trust. He shows how trust works and fails in social settings, communities, organizations, countries, and the world.
In today&apos;s hyper-connected society, understanding the mechanisms of trust is as important as understanding electricity was a century ago. Issues of trust and security are critical to solving problems as diverse as corporate responsibility, global warming, and our moribund political system. After listening to Liars and Outliers, you&apos;ll think about social problems, large and small, differently.
About the author: Bruce Schneier is an internationally renowned security technologist who studies the human side of security. He is the author of 11 books; and hundreds of articles, essays, and academic papers. He has testified before Congress, is a frequent guest on television and radio, and is regularly quoted in the press. His blog and monthly newsletter at www.schneier.com reach over devoted 250,000 devoted readers world-wide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The closest thing the security industry has to a rock star.&quot; (The Register)
&quot;A rich, insightfully fresh take on what security really means!&quot; (David Ropeik, author of How Risky is it, Really?)

Members Reviews:
Good to understand trust
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes, if u are interested in trust in society.
What was one of the most memorable moments of Liars and Outliers: Enabling the Trust that Society Needs to Thrive?
The history of trust from (very) ancient times.
What does Reese Emery bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
From the audio, I do understand his English (Im a Spanish speaker), so that&apos;s enough for me to say the audio is just fine.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would be the tag line be?
Do you trust me?
Any additional comments?
It&apos;s different from other Schneier books (Secrets and Lies, Beyond Fear) and he concentrates only in trust (a part of security). So it was interesting to know about this field, but it was not (for me) THE Book like the ones I just mentioned. Anyway, nice audio book.

One of the most useful books I have read.
I constantly reference this book.
I have used the information I learned in this book to pass several of the management classes in my university degree program.
I reference this book to my autistic son all the time.
My son and I often do not understand why &quot;normal&quot; people do some of the things they do. This book has explained many of them.
I initially read it as part of my decade long studies of computer security.  I was unaware it would offer so much insight into human motivations.
Mr.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Evil Hours Audiobook by David J. Morris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Evil-Hours-Audiobook/B00T87J5NO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Evil Hours
Subtitle: A Biography of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Author: David J. Morris
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Just as polio loomed over the 1950s and AIDS stalked the 1980s and 1990s, post-traumatic stress disorder haunts us in the early years of the 21st century. Over a decade into the United States&apos; &quot;global war on terror&quot;, PTSD afflicts as many as 30 percent of the conflict&apos;s veterans. But the disorder&apos;s reach extends far beyond the armed forces. In total, some 27 million Americans are believed to be PTSD survivors. Yet to many of us, the disorder remains shrouded in mystery, secrecy, and shame.
Now David J. Morris - a war correspondent, former Marine, and PTSD sufferer himself - presents the essential account of this illness. Through interviews with individuals living with PTSD, forays into the scientific, literary, and cultural history of the illness, and memoir, Morris crafts a moving work that will speak not only to those with the condition and to their loved ones but also to all of us struggling to make sense of an anxious and uncertain time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An eye-opening investigation of war&apos;s casualties.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David J. Morris)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2015 10:42:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004483/bk_tant_004483_sample.mp3" length="2371232" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Evil-Hours-Audiobook/B00T87J5NO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bbz-4CMYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Evil Hours
Subtitle: A Biography of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Author: David J. Morris
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Just as polio loomed over the 1950s and AIDS stalked the 1980s and 1990s, post-traumatic stress disorder haunts us in the early years of the 21st century. Over a decade into the United States&apos; &quot;global war on terror&quot;, PTSD afflicts as many as 30 percent of the conflict&apos;s veterans. But the disorder&apos;s reach extends far beyond the armed forces. In total, some 27 million Americans are believed to be PTSD survivors. Yet to many of us, the disorder remains shrouded in mystery, secrecy, and shame.
Now David J. Morris - a war correspondent, former Marine, and PTSD sufferer himself - presents the essential account of this illness. Through interviews with individuals living with PTSD, forays into the scientific, literary, and cultural history of the illness, and memoir, Morris crafts a moving work that will speak not only to those with the condition and to their loved ones but also to all of us struggling to make sense of an anxious and uncertain time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An eye-opening investigation of war&apos;s casualties.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Evil Hours
Subtitle: A Biography of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Author: David J. Morris
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-17-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Just as polio loomed over the 1950s and AIDS stalked the 1980s and 1990s, post-traumatic stress disorder haunts us in the early years of the 21st century. Over a decade into the United States&apos; &quot;global war on terror&quot;, PTSD afflicts as many as 30 percent of the conflict&apos;s veterans. But the disorder&apos;s reach extends far beyond the armed forces. In total, some 27 million Americans are believed to be PTSD survivors. Yet to many of us, the disorder remains shrouded in mystery, secrecy, and shame.
Now David J. Morris - a war correspondent, former Marine, and PTSD sufferer himself - presents the essential account of this illness. Through interviews with individuals living with PTSD, forays into the scientific, literary, and cultural history of the illness, and memoir, Morris crafts a moving work that will speak not only to those with the condition and to their loved ones but also to all of us struggling to make sense of an anxious and uncertain time.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An eye-opening investigation of war&apos;s casualties.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Good coverage of military PTSD
In this important work, Morris traces the history of what we now call post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), even back into the ancient days. He begins the book with his own experiences with PTSD. He then talks about how PTSD affects the lives of its sufferers. He also discusses the major treatments for PTSD, many of which he has tried out himself. He apparently interviewed quite a few people for the book - at least he claims he did - though those interviews are generally chiseled down into two or three sentence mentions.
One thing that disappointed me is that this is not a book about PTSD in general - it is a book about PTSD in military. PTSD is suffered more by women than by men. Most Americans with PTSD are women who have been raped or beaten or otherwise traumatized during a non-war setting. One review I read said &quot;rape is also discussed extensively.&quot; It wasn&apos;t. Rape got a side comment every once in a while - generally in the form of a quote from Alice Sebold&apos;s memoir. However, most of the research on PTSD, and Morris&apos; own personal experience with PTSD, is military-related, therefore it is understandable that he would focus on military PTSD. Plus, if you actually read the jacket carefully (which I did not), it&apos;s pretty clear that this is a book mostly about military PTSD.
The book also tended to wander and get a bit dull at times, but its important content made up for this minor annoyance. In the end, I thought this was a good book that could have been an amazing book if he had taken that extra step to include womens&apos; experiences a little more.
The narrator was great - no complaints there.

TRAUMA
In most lives, there is at least one trauma; i.e. a traumatic experience that imprints a sense of unease, fear, or terror that affirms physical mortality.  It may be a near death experience, a car crash, a sexual assault, a natural disaster, or the relentless physical/mental trauma of war.
David Morris is a former marine who served his country in the 1990s, when America is between wars.  After four years, Morris resigns his commission and returns to civilian life.  Then, 9/11 occurs.  America becomes embroiled in Iraq and Morris chooses to become an embedded civilian reporter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Did the Chicken Cross the World? Audiobook by Andrew Lawler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Did-the-Chicken-Cross-the-World-Audiobook/B00SS1RO8O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?
Subtitle: The Epic Saga of the Bird That Powers Civilization
Author: Andrew Lawler
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 101 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From ancient empires to modern economics, veteran journalist Andrew Lawler delivers a sweeping history of the animal that has been most crucial to the spread of civilization across the globe: the chicken.
Queen Victoria was obsessed with it. Socrates&apos; last words were about it. Charles Darwin and Louis Pasteur made their scientific breakthroughs using it. Catholic popes, African shamans, Chinese philosophers, and Muslim mystics praised it. Throughout the history of civilization, humans have embraced it in every form imaginable--as a messenger of the gods, a powerful sex symbol, a gambling aid, an emblem of resurrection, an all-purpose medicine, a handy research tool, an inspiration for bravery, the epitome of evil, and, of course, the star of the world&apos;s most famous joke.
In Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?, science writer Andrew Lawler takes us on an adventure from prehistory to the modern era with a fascinating account of the partnership between human and chicken (the most successful of all cross-species relationships). Beginning with the recent discovery in Montana that the chicken&apos;s unlikely ancestor is T. rex, this audiobook builds on Lawler&apos;s popular Smithsonian cover article, &quot;How the Chicken Conquered the World&quot;, to track the chicken from its original domestication in the jungles of Southeast Asia some 10,000 years ago to postwar America, where it became the most engineered of animals, to the uncertain future of what is now humanity&apos;s single most important source of protein.
In a masterful combination of historical sleuthing and journalistic exploration on four continents, Lawler reframes the way we feel and think about our most important animal partner--and, by extension, all domesticated animals and even nature itself. Lawler&apos;s narrative reveals the secrets behind the chicken&apos;s transformation from a shy jungle bird into an animal of astonishing versatility, capable of serving our species&apos; changing needs.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew Lawler)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2015 18:00:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022006/bk_adbl_022006_sample.mp3" length="1925687" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Why-Did-the-Chicken-Cross-the-World-Audiobook/B00SS1RO8O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/610bFZq2HPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?
Subtitle: The Epic Saga of the Bird That Powers Civilization
Author: Andrew Lawler
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 101 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From ancient empires to modern economics, veteran journalist Andrew Lawler delivers a sweeping history of the animal that has been most crucial to the spread of civilization across the globe: the chicken.
Queen Victoria was obsessed with it. Socrates&apos; last words were about it. Charles Darwin and Louis Pasteur made their scientific breakthroughs using it. Catholic popes, African shamans, Chinese philosophers, and Muslim mystics praised it. Throughout the history of civilization, humans have embraced it in every form imaginable--as a messenger of the gods, a powerful sex symbol, a gambling aid, an emblem of resurrection, an all-purpose medicine, a handy research tool, an inspiration for bravery, the epitome of evil, and, of course, the star of the world&apos;s most famous joke.
In Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?, science writer Andrew Lawler takes us on an adventure from prehistory to the modern era with a fascinating account of the partnership between human and chicken (the most successful of all cross-species relationships). Beginning with the recent discovery in Montana that the chicken&apos;s unlikely ancestor is T. rex, this audiobook builds on Lawler&apos;s popular Smithsonian cover article, &quot;How the Chicken Conquered the World&quot;, to track the chicken from its original domestication in the jungles of Southeast Asia some 10,000 years ago to postwar America, where it became the most engineered of animals, to the uncertain future of what is now humanity&apos;s single most important source of protein.
In a masterful combination of historical sleuthing and journalistic exploration on four continents, Lawler reframes the way we feel and think about our most important animal partner--and, by extension, all domesticated animals and even nature itself. Lawler&apos;s narrative reveals the secrets behind the chicken&apos;s transformation from a shy jungle bird into an animal of astonishing versatility, capable of serving our species&apos; changing needs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?
Subtitle: The Epic Saga of the Bird That Powers Civilization
Author: Andrew Lawler
Narrator: Dennis Holland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-03-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 101 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From ancient empires to modern economics, veteran journalist Andrew Lawler delivers a sweeping history of the animal that has been most crucial to the spread of civilization across the globe: the chicken.
Queen Victoria was obsessed with it. Socrates&apos; last words were about it. Charles Darwin and Louis Pasteur made their scientific breakthroughs using it. Catholic popes, African shamans, Chinese philosophers, and Muslim mystics praised it. Throughout the history of civilization, humans have embraced it in every form imaginable--as a messenger of the gods, a powerful sex symbol, a gambling aid, an emblem of resurrection, an all-purpose medicine, a handy research tool, an inspiration for bravery, the epitome of evil, and, of course, the star of the world&apos;s most famous joke.
In Why Did the Chicken Cross the World?, science writer Andrew Lawler takes us on an adventure from prehistory to the modern era with a fascinating account of the partnership between human and chicken (the most successful of all cross-species relationships). Beginning with the recent discovery in Montana that the chicken&apos;s unlikely ancestor is T. rex, this audiobook builds on Lawler&apos;s popular Smithsonian cover article, &quot;How the Chicken Conquered the World&quot;, to track the chicken from its original domestication in the jungles of Southeast Asia some 10,000 years ago to postwar America, where it became the most engineered of animals, to the uncertain future of what is now humanity&apos;s single most important source of protein.
In a masterful combination of historical sleuthing and journalistic exploration on four continents, Lawler reframes the way we feel and think about our most important animal partner--and, by extension, all domesticated animals and even nature itself. Lawler&apos;s narrative reveals the secrets behind the chicken&apos;s transformation from a shy jungle bird into an animal of astonishing versatility, capable of serving our species&apos; changing needs.

Members Reviews:
Oddly organized, but stirring
The chapter organization of this book is pretty baffling, but the story it tells is moving, capturing  the history and ethical dilemmas of the most common bird in the world.

I thought it would be interesting
This must be a book you like a lot or dont like a lot. With machine-gun rapidity it hits you with a stream of factoids tied together by some relationship to a theme but without much continuitynothing to make the reader interested in whats coming next.
Ive tried listening to several sections of the book and all are of a kindone fact after another. You might say What did this guy expect? Its a book about chickens. Maybe so, but I thought it would be interesting.

Who would have thought
Well I was totally blown away by this little book and it&apos;s fascinating story of the simple chicken. Who would have thought that it could have had such an interesting history. A must read for anybody who needs a change from other subjects. This book explains the history of domesticating chickens to modern industrial chicken processing. Sounds sort of boring but it is the total opposite. Great read.

Highly recommended.
Lots of detail. Interesting background stories.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unequal Childhoods Audiobook by Annette Lareau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unequal-Childhoods-Audiobook/B0064RB8IQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unequal Childhoods
Subtitle: Class, Race, and Family Life, Second Edition, with an Update a Decade Later
Author: Annette Lareau
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 61 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Class does make a difference in the lives and futures of American children. Drawing on in-depth observations of black and white middle-class, working-class, and poor families, Unequal Childhoods explores this fact, offering a picture of childhood today. Here are the frenetic families managing their children&apos;s hectic schedules of &quot;leisure&quot; activities; and here are families with plenty of time but little economic security. Lareau shows how middle-class parents, whether black or white, engage in a process of &quot;concerted cultivation&quot; designed to draw out children&apos;s talents and skills, while working-class and poor families rely on &quot;the accomplishment of natural growth,&quot; in which a child&apos;s development unfolds spontaneously-as long as basic comfort, food, and shelter are provided.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A fascinating study.&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Annette Lareau)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2011 23:03:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002268/bk_tant_002268_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unequal-Childhoods-Audiobook/B0064RB8IQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Y8+6ZR9UL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unequal Childhoods
Subtitle: Class, Race, and Family Life, Second Edition, with an Update a Decade Later
Author: Annette Lareau
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 61 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Class does make a difference in the lives and futures of American children. Drawing on in-depth observations of black and white middle-class, working-class, and poor families, Unequal Childhoods explores this fact, offering a picture of childhood today. Here are the frenetic families managing their children&apos;s hectic schedules of &quot;leisure&quot; activities; and here are families with plenty of time but little economic security. Lareau shows how middle-class parents, whether black or white, engage in a process of &quot;concerted cultivation&quot; designed to draw out children&apos;s talents and skills, while working-class and poor families rely on &quot;the accomplishment of natural growth,&quot; in which a child&apos;s development unfolds spontaneously-as long as basic comfort, food, and shelter are provided.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A fascinating study.&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unequal Childhoods
Subtitle: Class, Race, and Family Life, Second Edition, with an Update a Decade Later
Author: Annette Lareau
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 61 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Class does make a difference in the lives and futures of American children. Drawing on in-depth observations of black and white middle-class, working-class, and poor families, Unequal Childhoods explores this fact, offering a picture of childhood today. Here are the frenetic families managing their children&apos;s hectic schedules of &quot;leisure&quot; activities; and here are families with plenty of time but little economic security. Lareau shows how middle-class parents, whether black or white, engage in a process of &quot;concerted cultivation&quot; designed to draw out children&apos;s talents and skills, while working-class and poor families rely on &quot;the accomplishment of natural growth,&quot; in which a child&apos;s development unfolds spontaneously-as long as basic comfort, food, and shelter are provided.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A fascinating study.&quot; (Malcolm Gladwell)

Members Reviews:
Very informative book
I listened to this book after it was mentioned in the book Outliers by Malcom Gladwell. It makes a good argument for the invisible benefits of social class created by American society despite the contradictions to the core beliefs that make up the &quot;American Dream&quot; . I believe it indirectly shines a light on the &quot;Rich getting richer and poor getting poorer&quot; problem and even why it&apos;s been hard for minorities to overcome some of the hurdles to true racial equality.
The book can be dry at certains points but that&apos;s hard to avoid when you have a research based non-fictinal book.
Overall it is a good investment regardless of what your opinion may be at the end

Essential reading for everyone
Illustrates the pros and cons of modern parenting strategies, as well as unexpected effects of cultural differences between lower and upper classes. These effects are not the only important factors people should be aware of - whether as parents, policy-makers, or mere voters - but Lareau illustrates why an important part of what Americans broadly accept as true is not actually true.

Meh
[{ &quot;id&quot; : 53, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Overall&quot;, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;overall&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?&quot;, &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;No. The data is repetitive and is written with a clear bias. While the information is important, it should be taken in from a different source. &quot; }, { &quot;id&quot; : 23, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Story&quot;, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;story&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;Has Unequal Childhoods turned you off from other books in this genre?&quot;, &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Not at all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Geography of Genius Audiobook by Eric Weiner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Geography-of-Genius-Audiobook/B017WPTOF2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geography of Genius
Subtitle: A Search for the World&apos;s Most Creative Places from Ancient Athens to Silicon Valley
Author: Eric Weiner
Narrator: Eric Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 365 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Travel the world with Eric Weiner, the New York Times best-selling author of The Geography of Bliss, as he journeys from Athens to Silicon Valley - and throughout history, too - to show how creative genius flourishes in specific places at specific times.
In The Geography of Genius, acclaimed travel writer Weiner sets out to examine the connection between our surroundings and our most innovative ideas. He explores the history of places, like Vienna of 1900, Renaissance Florence, ancient Athens, Song Dynasty Hangzhou, and Silicon Valley, to show how certain urban settings are conducive to ingenuity. And, with his trademark insightful humor, he walks the same paths as the geniuses who flourished in these settings to see if the spirit of what inspired figures like Socrates, Michelangelo, and Leonardo remains. In these places, Weiner asks, &quot;What was in the air, and can we bottle it?&quot;
This link can be traced back through history: Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution gelled while he was riding in a carriage. Freud did his best thinking at his favorite coffeehouse. Beethoven, like many geniuses, preferred long walks in the woods.
Sharp and provocative, The Geography of Genius redefines the argument about how genius came to be. His reevaluation of the importance of culture in nurturing creativity is an informed romp through history that will surely jump-start a national conversation.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Weiner)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 13:15:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007292/bk_sans_007292_sample.mp3" length="2399758" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Geography-of-Genius-Audiobook/B017WPTOF2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51BCojtJlYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geography of Genius
Subtitle: A Search for the World&apos;s Most Creative Places from Ancient Athens to Silicon Valley
Author: Eric Weiner
Narrator: Eric Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 365 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Travel the world with Eric Weiner, the New York Times best-selling author of The Geography of Bliss, as he journeys from Athens to Silicon Valley - and throughout history, too - to show how creative genius flourishes in specific places at specific times.
In The Geography of Genius, acclaimed travel writer Weiner sets out to examine the connection between our surroundings and our most innovative ideas. He explores the history of places, like Vienna of 1900, Renaissance Florence, ancient Athens, Song Dynasty Hangzhou, and Silicon Valley, to show how certain urban settings are conducive to ingenuity. And, with his trademark insightful humor, he walks the same paths as the geniuses who flourished in these settings to see if the spirit of what inspired figures like Socrates, Michelangelo, and Leonardo remains. In these places, Weiner asks, &quot;What was in the air, and can we bottle it?&quot;
This link can be traced back through history: Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution gelled while he was riding in a carriage. Freud did his best thinking at his favorite coffeehouse. Beethoven, like many geniuses, preferred long walks in the woods.
Sharp and provocative, The Geography of Genius redefines the argument about how genius came to be. His reevaluation of the importance of culture in nurturing creativity is an informed romp through history that will surely jump-start a national conversation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Geography of Genius
Subtitle: A Search for the World&apos;s Most Creative Places from Ancient Athens to Silicon Valley
Author: Eric Weiner
Narrator: Eric Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 365 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Travel the world with Eric Weiner, the New York Times best-selling author of The Geography of Bliss, as he journeys from Athens to Silicon Valley - and throughout history, too - to show how creative genius flourishes in specific places at specific times.
In The Geography of Genius, acclaimed travel writer Weiner sets out to examine the connection between our surroundings and our most innovative ideas. He explores the history of places, like Vienna of 1900, Renaissance Florence, ancient Athens, Song Dynasty Hangzhou, and Silicon Valley, to show how certain urban settings are conducive to ingenuity. And, with his trademark insightful humor, he walks the same paths as the geniuses who flourished in these settings to see if the spirit of what inspired figures like Socrates, Michelangelo, and Leonardo remains. In these places, Weiner asks, &quot;What was in the air, and can we bottle it?&quot;
This link can be traced back through history: Darwin&apos;s theory of evolution gelled while he was riding in a carriage. Freud did his best thinking at his favorite coffeehouse. Beethoven, like many geniuses, preferred long walks in the woods.
Sharp and provocative, The Geography of Genius redefines the argument about how genius came to be. His reevaluation of the importance of culture in nurturing creativity is an informed romp through history that will surely jump-start a national conversation.

Members Reviews:
Strained conclusions
An interesting romp trough some of the global nexuses of brilliant  work. Lots of historical perspective but also lots of hasty conclusions,  perhaps driven by the author&apos; s preconceptions. A case in point. Presumption: The church (or religion in general) squelched creativity. No genius could develop in its &quot;shadow&quot;.  The author coveniently  disregards Copernicus, Mendel, Bacon, Ockham and many others. Might the church also be a super-geographic locatiom of genius? Another example is the concept of &quot;phase transition&quot;  as a brilliancy driver. Increase the population density and a non linear dramatic change will happen. The analogy to states of matter is unfortunate. Yes, water will transition to ice under pressure but only under enormous pressure thousands of times atmospheric (or all the ocean bottoms would be solid  ice). A lot easier to just slow a sparse population down a little (cool) to get the same effect...

Fun and informative read. That&apos;s all
This is an entertaining and informative book. well written and well researched. But the theories put forward by the author are shaky at best. He takes us to places of concentrated genius yet his explanation on the nature of genius are more anecdotal than scientific.
I was a bit dissapointed not to see places like Paris in the 20s or Abbasid Baghdad in the list, but one cannot cover everything in one book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Our Backyard Audiobook by Nita Belles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Our-Backyard-Audiobook/B00XP3CBLK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Our Backyard
Subtitle: Human Trafficking in America and What We Can Do to Stop It
Author: Nita Belles
Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-15
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern slavery is happening all around you...and you can be part of the solution.
Human trafficking is not just something that happens in other countries. Nor is it something that just happens to &quot;other people&quot;, such as runaways or the disenfranchised. Even kids in your own neighborhood can fall victim. But they don&apos;t have to.
Through true stories and expertise from her many years of boots-on-the-ground experience, anti-trafficking expert Nita Belles teaches you everything you need to know about human trafficking in the United States - helping you identify risk factors, take practical steps to keep your loved ones and neighbors safe from predators, and recognize trafficking around you so that you can help fight it.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nita Belles)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2015 05:24:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/oasi/001477/bk_oasi_001477_sample.mp3" length="2390067" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-Our-Backyard-Audiobook/B00XP3CBLK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tfxZCzO9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Our Backyard
Subtitle: Human Trafficking in America and What We Can Do to Stop It
Author: Nita Belles
Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-15
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern slavery is happening all around you...and you can be part of the solution.
Human trafficking is not just something that happens in other countries. Nor is it something that just happens to &quot;other people&quot;, such as runaways or the disenfranchised. Even kids in your own neighborhood can fall victim. But they don&apos;t have to.
Through true stories and expertise from her many years of boots-on-the-ground experience, anti-trafficking expert Nita Belles teaches you everything you need to know about human trafficking in the United States - helping you identify risk factors, take practical steps to keep your loved ones and neighbors safe from predators, and recognize trafficking around you so that you can help fight it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Our Backyard
Subtitle: Human Trafficking in America and What We Can Do to Stop It
Author: Nita Belles
Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-26-15
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Modern slavery is happening all around you...and you can be part of the solution.
Human trafficking is not just something that happens in other countries. Nor is it something that just happens to &quot;other people&quot;, such as runaways or the disenfranchised. Even kids in your own neighborhood can fall victim. But they don&apos;t have to.
Through true stories and expertise from her many years of boots-on-the-ground experience, anti-trafficking expert Nita Belles teaches you everything you need to know about human trafficking in the United States - helping you identify risk factors, take practical steps to keep your loved ones and neighbors safe from predators, and recognize trafficking around you so that you can help fight it.

Members Reviews:
Excellent, Informative, Heartbreaking, Powerful.
Would you listen to In Our Backyard again? Why?
I would definitely listen to this book again because it was so valuable and educational regarding the horrific realities of modern day slavery; human trafficking.
What was one of the most memorable moments of In Our Backyard?
I would have to say the anecdotes that recounted the trials and horrors that various people have gone through being enslaved and human trafficking.
Which character  as performed by Nicol Zanzarella  was your favorite?
That is a difficult one to answer. I think it would have to be the narrator as a whole, not really a specific character.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
A devastating glimpse into the horrifying reality of modern day slavery.
Any additional comments?
I would highly recommend this book to anybody interested in 1. learning more about this terrifying reality 2. getting involved in its abolishment.
Great job to the author. She is one of my heroes.

INFORMATIVE
I really enjoyed ready this book. I feel better informed about human trafficking issues after reading it and am further motivated to do whatever I can to help bring awareness and make use of my money and votes in a way that will impact the end of this human atrocity. I want to help. I&apos;m continuing to research, I&apos;ve found a friend with the same passion and we are going to educate ourselves and others and together do whatever we can. I would love to be contacted by the author for direction on how to proceed for the most impact.  But I will reach out if I don&apos;t hear from her. I would also like a list of statistics from the book. They were informative and I&apos;d like to have them memorized so that I can effectively communicate to others the magnitude of this horror.

Great content. Mildly irritating voice.
Really enjoyed this book however the reader spoke every single sentence with an upward inflection making her sound like computer or Siri. It was mildly irritating but I found the content of the book to be very valuable!

A good entry to learning about HT
Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?
Yes if they have little understanding about human trafficking.  It is a good introductory book on the subject since it covers not just sex trafficking issues, but also labor trafficking issues.
What was your reaction to the ending? (No spoilers please!)
I am a resources adviser for an anti-human trafficking organization, so this is not a surprising story for me.  I have listened to/read a hundred books on the subject.  Every single one is pretty sad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Courtroom 302 Audiobook by Steve Bogira</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Courtroom-302-Audiobook/B07565Z1WJ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Courtroom 302
Subtitle: A Year Behind the Scenes in an American Criminal Courthouse
Author: Steve Bogira
Narrator: Mark Kamish
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Courtroom 302 is the fascinating story of one year in Chicago&apos;s Cook County Criminal Courthouse, the busiest felony courthouse in the country. Here we see the system through the eyes of the men and women who experience it, not only in the courtroom but in the lockup, the jury room, the judge&apos;s chambers, the spectators&apos; gallery.
From the daily grind of the court to the highest-profile case of the year, Steve Bogira&apos;s masterful investigation raises fundamental issues of race, civil rights, and justice in America.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steve Bogira)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2017 16:17:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008349/bk_tant_008349_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Courtroom-302-Audiobook/B07565Z1WJ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hQIehCxgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Courtroom 302
Subtitle: A Year Behind the Scenes in an American Criminal Courthouse
Author: Steve Bogira
Narrator: Mark Kamish
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Courtroom 302 is the fascinating story of one year in Chicago&apos;s Cook County Criminal Courthouse, the busiest felony courthouse in the country. Here we see the system through the eyes of the men and women who experience it, not only in the courtroom but in the lockup, the jury room, the judge&apos;s chambers, the spectators&apos; gallery.
From the daily grind of the court to the highest-profile case of the year, Steve Bogira&apos;s masterful investigation raises fundamental issues of race, civil rights, and justice in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Courtroom 302
Subtitle: A Year Behind the Scenes in an American Criminal Courthouse
Author: Steve Bogira
Narrator: Mark Kamish
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Courtroom 302 is the fascinating story of one year in Chicago&apos;s Cook County Criminal Courthouse, the busiest felony courthouse in the country. Here we see the system through the eyes of the men and women who experience it, not only in the courtroom but in the lockup, the jury room, the judge&apos;s chambers, the spectators&apos; gallery.
From the daily grind of the court to the highest-profile case of the year, Steve Bogira&apos;s masterful investigation raises fundamental issues of race, civil rights, and justice in America.

Members Reviews:
Enlightening and Thought-Provoking
I believe that most Americans realize that our legal system is broken. Courtroom 302 presents an enlightening and sobering account of the overburdened Chicago court system, revealing just how broken it truly is. Although this focuses on Chicago, I would suspect it is representative of big cities across the nation. The 14th Amendment guarantees &quot;equal protection of the laws&quot; but it is obvious that some are more equal than others. The rich or well-connected have advantages beyond &quot;equal&quot;. If their cases aren&apos;t dismissed or just swept under the rug, they have the advantage of top notch attorneys dedicated to their case and also have the means to post bail. On the other hand, the poor usually have to rely on overworked and underpaid public defenders that have dozens of other cases. Bail is often beyond their means.
A large part of the problem is the legal machine itself. Any &quot;cog&quot; that slows down the machine is often looked down on by its peers. Too many attorneys and judges are more concerned with their numbers, whether it is for career advancement or facing re-election, to worry about justice. Fairness is too often trumped by expediency.
Poverty, environment, drugs and mental illness can play a part in predicting future offenders. I am certainly not implying that all poor people become criminals. I live in a major city in a predominantly poor Hispanic neighborhood and my neighbors are all good people. Most of the poor are law-abiding citizens, so it comes down to a choice. In the face of poverty and a criminal environment, some choose to rise above their circumstances, while others succumb to it. Nor do I think that you are destined to criminal activity because you suffer from a mental illness. I simply think that these groups are more vulnerable. I also believe that not nearly enough is done to improve mental health or rehabilitate those addicted to drugs. The government should be spending more to prevent crime instead of building new prisons.
A couple of things in this audiobook surprised me. First, convicted criminals in Chicago only serve half of their sentence due to overcrowding. Second, I was struck by the inequity of sentences. Someone caught with a small amount of drugs can expect to serve a lengthy sentence, while a man who beats his wife to a bloody pulp gets a slap on the wrist in comparison. I certainly don&apos;t condone drug use but how is it worse to possess a gram of cocaine than to beat your wife? Wrong, just wrong.
Okay, rant over. Courtroom 302 really riled me up, which I suspect was the point. Although a lengthy listen, I was captivated by the stories and interviews of the participants. How sad that a defendant took a plea deal only because he knew that he wouldn&apos;t get a fair shake from the Chicago legal system.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In a Different Key Audiobook by John Donvan, Caren Zucker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-a-Different-Key-Audiobook/B01AMSK1X0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In a Different Key
Subtitle: The Story of Autism
Author: John Donvan, Caren Zucker
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 100 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nearly 75 years ago, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family&apos;s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition and of the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it. Unfolding over decades, it is a beautifully rendered history of ordinary people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism - by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.
It is the story of women like Ruth Sullivan, who rebelled against a medical establishment that blamed cold and rejecting &quot;refrigerator mothers&quot; for causing autism, and of fathers who pushed scientists to dig harder for treatments. Many others played starring roles, too: doctors like Leo Kanner, who pioneered our understanding of autism; lawyers like Tom Gilhool, who took the families&apos; battle for education to the courtroom; scientists who sparred over how to treat autism; and those with autism, like Temple Grandin, Alex Plank, and Ari Ne&apos;eman, who explained their inner worlds and championed the philosophy of neurodiversity.
This is also a story of fierce controversies - from the question of whether there is truly an autism &quot;epidemic&quot; and whether vaccines played a part in it to scandals involving &quot;facilitated communication&quot;, one of many treatments that have proven to be blind alleys, to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism. There are dark turns, too: We learn about experimenters feeding LSD to children with autism or shocking them with electricity to change their behavior; and the authors reveal compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death.
By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this compelling, well-researched book, the authors weave together the heroic search by parents for treatment and services for their children with the personal stories of a fascinating cast of characters. An invaluable guide for those dealing with autism and an inspiring affirmation of every individual&apos;s contribution to &apos;the fabric of humanity.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;Donvan and Zucker&apos;s tremendous study keeps autism at its center while telling an extraordinary tale of social change.... Viewed as a whole, the narrative ultimately reveals a transition from an emphasis on treating individual cases to a more society-wide effort for advocacy and inclusion - an effort that this book will do much to advance.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Donvan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2016 18:26:32 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004459/bk_rand_004459_sample.mp3" length="2399826" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/In-a-Different-Key-Audiobook/B01AMSK1X0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/512CzrUIOKL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>23:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In a Different Key
Subtitle: The Story of Autism
Author: John Donvan, Caren Zucker
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 100 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nearly 75 years ago, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family&apos;s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition and of the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it. Unfolding over decades, it is a beautifully rendered history of ordinary people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism - by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.
It is the story of women like Ruth Sullivan, who rebelled against a medical establishment that blamed cold and rejecting &quot;refrigerator mothers&quot; for causing autism, and of fathers who pushed scientists to dig harder for treatments. Many others played starring roles, too: doctors like Leo Kanner, who pioneered our understanding of autism; lawyers like Tom Gilhool, who took the families&apos; battle for education to the courtroom; scientists who sparred over how to treat autism; and those with autism, like Temple Grandin, Alex Plank, and Ari Ne&apos;eman, who explained their inner worlds and championed the philosophy of neurodiversity.
This is also a story of fierce controversies - from the question of whether there is truly an autism &quot;epidemic&quot; and whether vaccines played a part in it to scandals involving &quot;facilitated communication&quot;, one of many treatments that have proven to be blind alleys, to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism. There are dark turns, too: We learn about experimenters feeding LSD to children with autism or shocking them with electricity to change their behavior; and the authors reveal compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death.
By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this compelling, well-researched book, the authors weave together the heroic search by parents for treatment and services for their children with the personal stories of a fascinating cast of characters. An invaluable guide for those dealing with autism and an inspiring affirmation of every individual&apos;s contribution to &apos;the fabric of humanity.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;Donvan and Zucker&apos;s tremendous study keeps autism at its center while telling an extraordinary tale of social change.... Viewed as a whole, the narrative ultimately reveals a transition from an emphasis on treating individual cases to a more society-wide effort for advocacy and inclusion - an effort that this book will do much to advance.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In a Different Key
Subtitle: The Story of Autism
Author: John Donvan, Caren Zucker
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 100 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Nearly 75 years ago, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family&apos;s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition and of the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it. Unfolding over decades, it is a beautifully rendered history of ordinary people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism - by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.
It is the story of women like Ruth Sullivan, who rebelled against a medical establishment that blamed cold and rejecting &quot;refrigerator mothers&quot; for causing autism, and of fathers who pushed scientists to dig harder for treatments. Many others played starring roles, too: doctors like Leo Kanner, who pioneered our understanding of autism; lawyers like Tom Gilhool, who took the families&apos; battle for education to the courtroom; scientists who sparred over how to treat autism; and those with autism, like Temple Grandin, Alex Plank, and Ari Ne&apos;eman, who explained their inner worlds and championed the philosophy of neurodiversity.
This is also a story of fierce controversies - from the question of whether there is truly an autism &quot;epidemic&quot; and whether vaccines played a part in it to scandals involving &quot;facilitated communication&quot;, one of many treatments that have proven to be blind alleys, to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism. There are dark turns, too: We learn about experimenters feeding LSD to children with autism or shocking them with electricity to change their behavior; and the authors reveal compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death.
By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this compelling, well-researched book, the authors weave together the heroic search by parents for treatment and services for their children with the personal stories of a fascinating cast of characters. An invaluable guide for those dealing with autism and an inspiring affirmation of every individual&apos;s contribution to &apos;the fabric of humanity.&quot; (Kirkus)
&quot;Donvan and Zucker&apos;s tremendous study keeps autism at its center while telling an extraordinary tale of social change.... Viewed as a whole, the narrative ultimately reveals a transition from an emphasis on treating individual cases to a more society-wide effort for advocacy and inclusion - an effort that this book will do much to advance.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tort Law AudioLearn - A Course Outline Audiobook by AudioLearn Content Team</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Tort-Law-AudioLearn-A-Course-Outline-Audiobook/B01ENY80YG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tort Law AudioLearn - A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-16
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
AudioLearn Law School Course Outlines Presents Tort Law
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a Law School Tort Law course.
Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course.
Inside, you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following topics:
You Also Get Two Bonus Audiobooks: Law School Survival Guide; Legal Terminology AudioLearn - Top 500 Legal Terms You Must Know!.
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (AudioLearn Content Team)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2016 08:41:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/057886/bk_acx0_057886_sample.mp3" length="2229236" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Tort-Law-AudioLearn-A-Course-Outline-Audiobook/B01ENY80YG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51OD-24468L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tort Law AudioLearn - A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-16
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
AudioLearn Law School Course Outlines Presents Tort Law
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a Law School Tort Law course.
Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course.
Inside, you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following topics:
You Also Get Two Bonus Audiobooks: Law School Survival Guide; Legal Terminology AudioLearn - Top 500 Legal Terms You Must Know!.
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tort Law AudioLearn - A Course Outline
Author: AudioLearn Content Team
Narrator: Terry Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-16
Publisher: AudioLearn
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
AudioLearn Law School Course Outlines Presents Tort Law
Written by authorities in the field and professionally narrated for easy listening, this outline covers what is typically taught in a Law School Tort Law course.
Included are detailed explanations of critical issues and topics you must know to master the course.
Inside, you&apos;ll find:
In this outline, we&apos;ll review the following topics:
You Also Get Two Bonus Audiobooks: Law School Survival Guide; Legal Terminology AudioLearn - Top 500 Legal Terms You Must Know!.
AudioLearn&apos;s Law Outlines support your studies, help with exam preparation and provide a comprehensive audio review of the topic matter.

Members Reviews:
Okay
Useful but more examples would be helpful. Different narrator would be appreciated. Several chapters are totally irrelevant as they are about choosing law schools, is law school right for you, what practicing law is like, etc. this seemed like useless filler. There are lots of books about those subjects and I was hoping this would be mostly about torts

Fine but needs a printed version to go with it.
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
I think the information here is good and thorough, but I&apos;m giving it a low rating because it would be more helpful to come with a PDF or some kind of print version to study along with it. For those of us who need to learn through reading, listening and writing notes in the book, this is missing a huge portion of what is needed to study.
Would you be willing to try another book from  AudioLearn Content Team? Why or why not?
Yes, if a print version was available to go along with it.

Only 3.5 hours on tort law
Totally misleading description.
Rest of running time is on &apos;How to survive law school&apos; and general description of legal terminology. It&apos;s also US law.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connectography Audiobook by Parag Khanna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Connectography-Audiobook/B01JYC41PO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connectography
Subtitle: Mapping the Future of Global Civilization
Author: Parag Khanna
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Connectivity is the most revolutionary force of the 21st century. Mankind is reengineering the planet, investing up to 10 trillion dollars per year in transportation, energy, and communications infrastructure linking the world&apos;s burgeoning megacities together. This has profound consequences for geopolitics, economics, demographics, the environment, and social identity. Connectivity, not geography, is our destiny.
In Connectography, visionary strategist Parag Khanna travels from Ukraine to Iran, Mongolia to North Korea, Pakistan to Nigeria, and across the Arctic Circle to explain the unprecedented changes affecting every part of the planet. He shows how militaries are deployed to protect supply chains as much as borders, and how nations are less at war over territory than engaged in tugs-of-war over pipelines, railways, shipping lanes, and Internet cables. The new arms race is to connect to the most markets - a race China is now winning, having launched a wave of infrastructure investments to unite Eurasia around its new Silk Roads. The United States can only regain ground by fusing with its neighbors into a super-continental North American Union of shared resources and prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
Incredible. We don&apos;t often question the typical world map that hangs on the walls of classrooms - a patchwork of yellow, pink and green that separates the world into more than two hundred nations. But Parag Khanna, a global strategist, says that this map is, essentially, obsolete. (
The Washington Post)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Parag Khanna)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2016 04:56:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006417/bk_tant_006417_sample.mp3" length="2399667" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Connectography-Audiobook/B01JYC41PO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61uqWURwGXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connectography
Subtitle: Mapping the Future of Global Civilization
Author: Parag Khanna
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Connectivity is the most revolutionary force of the 21st century. Mankind is reengineering the planet, investing up to 10 trillion dollars per year in transportation, energy, and communications infrastructure linking the world&apos;s burgeoning megacities together. This has profound consequences for geopolitics, economics, demographics, the environment, and social identity. Connectivity, not geography, is our destiny.
In Connectography, visionary strategist Parag Khanna travels from Ukraine to Iran, Mongolia to North Korea, Pakistan to Nigeria, and across the Arctic Circle to explain the unprecedented changes affecting every part of the planet. He shows how militaries are deployed to protect supply chains as much as borders, and how nations are less at war over territory than engaged in tugs-of-war over pipelines, railways, shipping lanes, and Internet cables. The new arms race is to connect to the most markets - a race China is now winning, having launched a wave of infrastructure investments to unite Eurasia around its new Silk Roads. The United States can only regain ground by fusing with its neighbors into a super-continental North American Union of shared resources and prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
Incredible. We don&apos;t often question the typical world map that hangs on the walls of classrooms - a patchwork of yellow, pink and green that separates the world into more than two hundred nations. But Parag Khanna, a global strategist, says that this map is, essentially, obsolete. (
The Washington Post)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Connectography
Subtitle: Mapping the Future of Global Civilization
Author: Parag Khanna
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-23-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Connectivity is the most revolutionary force of the 21st century. Mankind is reengineering the planet, investing up to 10 trillion dollars per year in transportation, energy, and communications infrastructure linking the world&apos;s burgeoning megacities together. This has profound consequences for geopolitics, economics, demographics, the environment, and social identity. Connectivity, not geography, is our destiny.
In Connectography, visionary strategist Parag Khanna travels from Ukraine to Iran, Mongolia to North Korea, Pakistan to Nigeria, and across the Arctic Circle to explain the unprecedented changes affecting every part of the planet. He shows how militaries are deployed to protect supply chains as much as borders, and how nations are less at war over territory than engaged in tugs-of-war over pipelines, railways, shipping lanes, and Internet cables. The new arms race is to connect to the most markets - a race China is now winning, having launched a wave of infrastructure investments to unite Eurasia around its new Silk Roads. The United States can only regain ground by fusing with its neighbors into a super-continental North American Union of shared resources and prosperity.

Critic Reviews:
Incredible. We don&apos;t often question the typical world map that hangs on the walls of classrooms - a patchwork of yellow, pink and green that separates the world into more than two hundred nations. But Parag Khanna, a global strategist, says that this map is, essentially, obsolete. (
The Washington Post)

Members Reviews:
The juice for the next generation
I really enjoyed this book. It is dense but the macro concepts are so important. In a nutshell: Man-made borders are not as important as man-made supply chains. Nation building within man-made borders is not as important as group affinity - think along the lines of &quot;I&apos;m a Google&apos;r&quot; vs &quot;I&apos;m Canadian&quot;. Overall a really great read to understand how connectivity is the juice for the next generation.

Great book but the narrator is a drag
Would you listen to Connectography again? Why?
It&apos;s a great book for understanding the basics of geopolitics and the global economy. He makes some very interesting arguments about the effects of technology, trade, and urban migration on the relevance of political borders in much of the world.
Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Paul Boehmer?
Just about anyone.
Any additional comments?
It would be interesting to know how many times the word &quot;connectivity&quot; is repeated. Because it happens A LOT.

Returned due to the AI narrator.  Horrible.
Any additional comments?
It is worthwhile to know things like (to paraphrase) &apos;armies no longer fight over borders, but for supply chains&apos; however unless you like robotic like narration, I suggest you avoid.

My favorite book of 2016
Very eye opening book on how global flows of information and trade are driving geopolitics.

it&apos;s OK
many intersting points and examples but nothing revolutionary. the beginning was very dull and mandane, but became more interesting toward the middle</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Virus of the Mind Audiobook by Richard Brodie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Virus-of-the-Mind-Audiobook/B0036GTKVK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Virus of the Mind
Subtitle: The New Science of the Meme
Author: Richard Brodie
Narrator: Richard Brodie
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-09
Publisher: Hay House
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Virus of the Mind is the first popular work devoted to the science of memetics, a controversial new field that transcends psychology, biology, anthropology, and cognitive science. Memetics is the science of memes, the invisible but very real DNA of human society. Here, the author carefully builds on the work of scientists Richard Dawkins, Douglas Hofstadter, Daniel Dennett, and others who have become fascinated with memes and their potential impact on our lives.
Mind viruses have already infected governments, educational systems, and inner cities, leading to some of the most pervasive and troublesome problems of society today: youth gangs, the welfare cycle, the deterioration of the public schools, and ever growing government bureaucracy. Richard Brodie weaves together science, ethics, and current events as he raises these and other very disturbing issues relating to memes.
&#169;2009 Hay House, Inc.; (P)2009 Hay House, Inc.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Brodie)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2009 01:57:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hayh/000254/bk_hayh_000254_sample.mp3" length="2399732" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Virus-of-the-Mind-Audiobook/B0036GTKVK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PXB26r5RL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Virus of the Mind
Subtitle: The New Science of the Meme
Author: Richard Brodie
Narrator: Richard Brodie
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-09
Publisher: Hay House
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Virus of the Mind is the first popular work devoted to the science of memetics, a controversial new field that transcends psychology, biology, anthropology, and cognitive science. Memetics is the science of memes, the invisible but very real DNA of human society. Here, the author carefully builds on the work of scientists Richard Dawkins, Douglas Hofstadter, Daniel Dennett, and others who have become fascinated with memes and their potential impact on our lives.
Mind viruses have already infected governments, educational systems, and inner cities, leading to some of the most pervasive and troublesome problems of society today: youth gangs, the welfare cycle, the deterioration of the public schools, and ever growing government bureaucracy. Richard Brodie weaves together science, ethics, and current events as he raises these and other very disturbing issues relating to memes.
&#169;2009 Hay House, Inc.; (P)2009 Hay House, Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Virus of the Mind
Subtitle: The New Science of the Meme
Author: Richard Brodie
Narrator: Richard Brodie
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-09
Publisher: Hay House
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Virus of the Mind is the first popular work devoted to the science of memetics, a controversial new field that transcends psychology, biology, anthropology, and cognitive science. Memetics is the science of memes, the invisible but very real DNA of human society. Here, the author carefully builds on the work of scientists Richard Dawkins, Douglas Hofstadter, Daniel Dennett, and others who have become fascinated with memes and their potential impact on our lives.
Mind viruses have already infected governments, educational systems, and inner cities, leading to some of the most pervasive and troublesome problems of society today: youth gangs, the welfare cycle, the deterioration of the public schools, and ever growing government bureaucracy. Richard Brodie weaves together science, ethics, and current events as he raises these and other very disturbing issues relating to memes.
&#169;2009 Hay House, Inc.; (P)2009 Hay House, Inc.

Members Reviews:
The &quot;Memes Explain Everything&quot; Meme.
Authors work hard and I am inclined to be on their side, until they start in, quite gratuitously, with their libertarian interpretations of the U.S. Constitution, a meme out of context here, and hardly the only one. So yes, this is a biased review. First, if you have never (or barely) heard of memes you may find the book enlightening. Especially if you are in marketing and want the latest &quot;theory of everything.&quot; The author does a good job of recapping evolution, viral replication, and cultural replication. Nicely summarized. After that, well... anything goes. It used to be that &quot;theories of everything&quot; were promulgated by people like Kant or Marx who had actually read everything. Today they are launched with little footing in history, philosophy, or sociology. Almost no attention is given here to the problematic ontology or definition of memes. How big or small a strand of information makes a meme? What causal mechanisms can be attributed to memes? With no definition &quot;meme&quot; can be applied to anything. And is. Including a rehash of such &quot;psychology for salesmen&quot; topics as operant conditioning and subliminal advertising. (By such a broad definition we might hypothesize that the nice feeling of splashing into water is the &quot;meme&quot; by which swimming pools use humans to reproduce themselves.) Take out the word &quot;meme&quot; and stick in &quot;reflex&quot; and little changes. But I sense myself getting cranky. It has long been my fear that under modern capitalism advances in cognitive science, genetics, and sociobiology will all develop as branches of market research in the hands of the Hayek Youth Movement, and this book seems to confirm that dread. Even so, if you want a brief, light overview of what is, in fact, something of a paradigm shift, this is reasonably well written and well read. I was not the right &quot;host.&quot;

thought provoking
While I have to admit that it sounds a little like a sermon, the concept is easy to grasp and not dry at all. This is an good lesson in critical thinking for people who dont want to fall for dumb ideas.

How true, enlightening. Memes run mind, world.
If you could sum up Virus of the Mind in three words, what would they be?
Memes run the world.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
Realization, discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Journalist and the Murderer Audiobook by Janet Malcolm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Journalist-and-the-Murderer-Audiobook/B00TOSTICK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Journalist and the Murderer
Author: Janet Malcolm
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-24-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Janet Malcolm delves into the psychopathology of journalism using a strange and unprecedented lawsuit as her larger-than-life example: the lawsuit of Jeffrey MacDonald, a convicted murderer, against Joe McGinniss, the author of Fatal Vision. Examining the always uneasy, sometimes tragic relationship that exists between journalist and subject, Malcolm finds that neither journalist nor subject can avoid the moral impasse that is built into the journalistic situation.
This audiobook is a work of journalism as well as an essay on journalism: It at once exemplifies and dissects its subject. In her interviews with the leading and subsidiary characters in the MacDonald-McGinniss case, Malcolm is always aware of herself as a player in a game that she cannot lose. The journalist-subject encounter has always troubled journalists, but never before has it been looked at so unflinchingly and so ruefully. Hovering over the narrative is the MacDonald murder case itself. The Journalist and the Murderer derives from and reflects many of the dominant intellectual concerns of our time, and it will have a particular appeal for those who cherish the odd, the off-center, and the unsolved.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An elegantly written, thought-provoking, and sometimes outrageous essay that should be in every media collection.&quot; (
Library Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Janet Malcolm)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2015 16:52:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004513/bk_tant_004513_sample.mp3" length="2324187" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Journalist-and-the-Murderer-Audiobook/B00TOSTICK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51+sscXeP3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Journalist and the Murderer
Author: Janet Malcolm
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-24-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Janet Malcolm delves into the psychopathology of journalism using a strange and unprecedented lawsuit as her larger-than-life example: the lawsuit of Jeffrey MacDonald, a convicted murderer, against Joe McGinniss, the author of Fatal Vision. Examining the always uneasy, sometimes tragic relationship that exists between journalist and subject, Malcolm finds that neither journalist nor subject can avoid the moral impasse that is built into the journalistic situation.
This audiobook is a work of journalism as well as an essay on journalism: It at once exemplifies and dissects its subject. In her interviews with the leading and subsidiary characters in the MacDonald-McGinniss case, Malcolm is always aware of herself as a player in a game that she cannot lose. The journalist-subject encounter has always troubled journalists, but never before has it been looked at so unflinchingly and so ruefully. Hovering over the narrative is the MacDonald murder case itself. The Journalist and the Murderer derives from and reflects many of the dominant intellectual concerns of our time, and it will have a particular appeal for those who cherish the odd, the off-center, and the unsolved.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An elegantly written, thought-provoking, and sometimes outrageous essay that should be in every media collection.&quot; (
Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Journalist and the Murderer
Author: Janet Malcolm
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-24-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Janet Malcolm delves into the psychopathology of journalism using a strange and unprecedented lawsuit as her larger-than-life example: the lawsuit of Jeffrey MacDonald, a convicted murderer, against Joe McGinniss, the author of Fatal Vision. Examining the always uneasy, sometimes tragic relationship that exists between journalist and subject, Malcolm finds that neither journalist nor subject can avoid the moral impasse that is built into the journalistic situation.
This audiobook is a work of journalism as well as an essay on journalism: It at once exemplifies and dissects its subject. In her interviews with the leading and subsidiary characters in the MacDonald-McGinniss case, Malcolm is always aware of herself as a player in a game that she cannot lose. The journalist-subject encounter has always troubled journalists, but never before has it been looked at so unflinchingly and so ruefully. Hovering over the narrative is the MacDonald murder case itself. The Journalist and the Murderer derives from and reflects many of the dominant intellectual concerns of our time, and it will have a particular appeal for those who cherish the odd, the off-center, and the unsolved.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An elegantly written, thought-provoking, and sometimes outrageous essay that should be in every media collection.&quot; (
Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Good Reporting &amp; Bad Philosophic Discussion
Excellent presentation of the facts and issues in the case. Boring philosophic review of such things as the differences in fiction and nonfiction characters.

Struggled to Finish
Very boring.  Would not recommend.  I thought there would be new info on the case and all it was was someone&apos;s opinion of how the original book was written.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary of Outliers the Story of Success by Malcolm Gladwell Audiobook by FlashBooks Book Summaries</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Outliers-the-Story-of-Success-by-Malcolm-Gladwell-Audiobook/B01LW1QKUL</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Outliers the Story of Success by Malcolm Gladwell
Subtitle: Book Summary Includes Analysis
Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Narrator: Dean Bokhari
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this stunning new book, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of &quot;outliers&quot; - the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high achievers different?
His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band.
Brilliant and entertaining, Outliers is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate.
Book summary, not the original book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (FlashBooks Book Summaries)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2016 21:56:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/068063/bk_acx0_068063_sample.mp3" length="1626847" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-of-Outliers-the-Story-of-Success-by-Malcolm-Gladwell-Audiobook/B01LW1QKUL</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41K5PWSoWYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Outliers the Story of Success by Malcolm Gladwell
Subtitle: Book Summary Includes Analysis
Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Narrator: Dean Bokhari
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this stunning new book, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of &quot;outliers&quot; - the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high achievers different?
His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band.
Brilliant and entertaining, Outliers is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate.
Book summary, not the original book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Outliers the Story of Success by Malcolm Gladwell
Subtitle: Book Summary Includes Analysis
Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Narrator: Dean Bokhari
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-16
Publisher: FlashBooks Book Summaries
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this stunning new book, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of &quot;outliers&quot; - the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high achievers different?
His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band.
Brilliant and entertaining, Outliers is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate.
Book summary, not the original book.

Members Reviews:
bad in all categories. I
I had read the book before the summary and the summary Harley resembled what I read in the book</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Audiobook by Jenny Block</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Open-Audiobook/B00J8UTJ7I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Open
Subtitle: Love, Sex, and Life in an Open Marriage
Author: Jenny Block
Narrator: Lauren Weedman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Finally, a book about open marriage that grapples with the problems surrounding monogamy and fidelity in an honest, heartfelt, and non-fringe manner. Jenny Block is your average girl next door, a suburban wife and mother for whom married life never felt quite right. While many books on this topic presuppose that the listener is ready to embrace an &quot;alternative lifestyle&quot;, Block operates from the assumption that most couples who are curious about or engaged in open marriages are in fact more like her - normal people who question whether monogamy is right for them; good people who love their spouses but want variation; capable parents who are not deviant just because they choose to be honest about their desires. Open challenges our notions of what traditional marriage looks like, and presents one woman&apos;s journey down an uncertain path that ultimately proves open marriage is a viable option for her and others.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jenny Block)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2014 10:38:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015592/bk_adbl_015592_sample.mp3" length="1772296" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Open-Audiobook/B00J8UTJ7I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/31IENt2PWBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Open
Subtitle: Love, Sex, and Life in an Open Marriage
Author: Jenny Block
Narrator: Lauren Weedman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Finally, a book about open marriage that grapples with the problems surrounding monogamy and fidelity in an honest, heartfelt, and non-fringe manner. Jenny Block is your average girl next door, a suburban wife and mother for whom married life never felt quite right. While many books on this topic presuppose that the listener is ready to embrace an &quot;alternative lifestyle&quot;, Block operates from the assumption that most couples who are curious about or engaged in open marriages are in fact more like her - normal people who question whether monogamy is right for them; good people who love their spouses but want variation; capable parents who are not deviant just because they choose to be honest about their desires. Open challenges our notions of what traditional marriage looks like, and presents one woman&apos;s journey down an uncertain path that ultimately proves open marriage is a viable option for her and others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Open
Subtitle: Love, Sex, and Life in an Open Marriage
Author: Jenny Block
Narrator: Lauren Weedman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-15-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 111 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Finally, a book about open marriage that grapples with the problems surrounding monogamy and fidelity in an honest, heartfelt, and non-fringe manner. Jenny Block is your average girl next door, a suburban wife and mother for whom married life never felt quite right. While many books on this topic presuppose that the listener is ready to embrace an &quot;alternative lifestyle&quot;, Block operates from the assumption that most couples who are curious about or engaged in open marriages are in fact more like her - normal people who question whether monogamy is right for them; good people who love their spouses but want variation; capable parents who are not deviant just because they choose to be honest about their desires. Open challenges our notions of what traditional marriage looks like, and presents one woman&apos;s journey down an uncertain path that ultimately proves open marriage is a viable option for her and others.

Members Reviews:
&quot;Open&quot; inspires a new look at marriage
I know my wife loves me. I also know that our needs differ. This book offers a model of how Open Marriage can be enriching. It&apos;s inspiring in its normality. There are a few glitches with the recording -- the editor missed a few times where the narrator repeated a sentence. And there were some small issues in the reading that a good director would have improved. But those are just quibbles. Thank you for this wonderful book.

I appreciate the authenticity.
In a world were so many people are faking the funk, whether they are aware or not-- it is refreshing and inspiring to read about people living authentically.

Great
This is one of if not the best books on the topic.
It avoids the preachy tone many of the other books about open relationships have.

Book full of great insights!
This book has a lot of great info in it! I had been trying to find books that spoke to polyamory/open relationships and find a good source of that here. With hearing her different stories through life you get to know the gradual evolution she went through and the challenges that came up. Good read if you are also searching for more insight and understanding of this life style.
And the narrator did a great job as well. A few glitches with the audio from time to time but over all not distracting.

Very interesting concept for a relationship.
Overall very good audible product. Personally, but would have like a voice rate a bit slower, maybe 90% because 100% felt like it was rushing through and 75% was to slow to listen to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The White Umbrella Audiobook by Mary Frances Bowley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-White-Umbrella-Audiobook/B01MRLEMMH</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The White Umbrella
Subtitle: Walking with Survivors of Sex Trafficking
Author: Mary Frances Bowley
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert, Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sex trafficking. We hear about it on the nightly news and in special interest stories from around the world, but it occurs daily in communities all around us. Every year, thousands of young women are forced into sexual exploitation. Most are under the age of 18. The damage this causes to their emotions and souls is immeasurable.
But they are not without hope.
The White Umbrella tells stories of survivors as well as those who came alongside to help them to recovery. It describes the pain and the strength of these young women and those who held the &quot;white umbrella&quot; of protection and purity over them on the road to restoration.
This book offers principles and guidance to anyone with a heart for these hurting young women and a desire to help. It is an ideal resource for individuals or organizations seeking to learn what they can do to assist these victims in becoming whole again.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mary Frances Bowley)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2016 06:28:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006840/bk_tant_006840_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-White-Umbrella-Audiobook/B01MRLEMMH</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51DimD8z8UL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The White Umbrella
Subtitle: Walking with Survivors of Sex Trafficking
Author: Mary Frances Bowley
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert, Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sex trafficking. We hear about it on the nightly news and in special interest stories from around the world, but it occurs daily in communities all around us. Every year, thousands of young women are forced into sexual exploitation. Most are under the age of 18. The damage this causes to their emotions and souls is immeasurable.
But they are not without hope.
The White Umbrella tells stories of survivors as well as those who came alongside to help them to recovery. It describes the pain and the strength of these young women and those who held the &quot;white umbrella&quot; of protection and purity over them on the road to restoration.
This book offers principles and guidance to anyone with a heart for these hurting young women and a desire to help. It is an ideal resource for individuals or organizations seeking to learn what they can do to assist these victims in becoming whole again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The White Umbrella
Subtitle: Walking with Survivors of Sex Trafficking
Author: Mary Frances Bowley
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert, Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-06-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sex trafficking. We hear about it on the nightly news and in special interest stories from around the world, but it occurs daily in communities all around us. Every year, thousands of young women are forced into sexual exploitation. Most are under the age of 18. The damage this causes to their emotions and souls is immeasurable.
But they are not without hope.
The White Umbrella tells stories of survivors as well as those who came alongside to help them to recovery. It describes the pain and the strength of these young women and those who held the &quot;white umbrella&quot; of protection and purity over them on the road to restoration.
This book offers principles and guidance to anyone with a heart for these hurting young women and a desire to help. It is an ideal resource for individuals or organizations seeking to learn what they can do to assist these victims in becoming whole again.

Members Reviews:
There is Hope for the Broken
This book had so much good information about the struggles that sex trafficking victims face and how to best help these ladies and offer them hope for the future.

Been waiting....
I love this book and have been waiting for the audible to come out for years. Major insight on how the world of &apos;human trafficking&apos; as we think we know it. Stories follow everyone from the staff, to the victims and even their families. Put it in presepectives you would&apos;ve never known to look for.
I didn&apos;t like the narrator at all. I was listening to it 1.75X faster to have her speak normal (little fast). Other books I only go to 1.25X or 1.50X. But such a good book I couldn&apos;t lower the star average for that!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Until It Hurts Audiobook by Mark Hyman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Until-It-Hurts-Audiobook/B00AHHEUVG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Until It Hurts
Subtitle: Americas Obsession with Youth Sports and How It Harms Our Kids
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every year, more than 3.5 million children under age 15 require medical treatment for sports injuries, nearly half of which are the result of simple overuse. Journalist Mark Hyman investigates the evolution of youth sports from mere games to full-on quests to turn children into tomorrow&apos;s superstar athletes by pushing them beyond physical and emotional limits. Opening up a crucial discussion about the perils of youth-sports culture today, Hyman offers the solutions and answers we need.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Hyman)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Dec 2012 17:42:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/007265/bk_adbl_007265_sample.mp3" length="2037700" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Until-It-Hurts-Audiobook/B00AHHEUVG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51mhmamyCqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Until It Hurts
Subtitle: Americas Obsession with Youth Sports and How It Harms Our Kids
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every year, more than 3.5 million children under age 15 require medical treatment for sports injuries, nearly half of which are the result of simple overuse. Journalist Mark Hyman investigates the evolution of youth sports from mere games to full-on quests to turn children into tomorrow&apos;s superstar athletes by pushing them beyond physical and emotional limits. Opening up a crucial discussion about the perils of youth-sports culture today, Hyman offers the solutions and answers we need.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Until It Hurts
Subtitle: Americas Obsession with Youth Sports and How It Harms Our Kids
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Every year, more than 3.5 million children under age 15 require medical treatment for sports injuries, nearly half of which are the result of simple overuse. Journalist Mark Hyman investigates the evolution of youth sports from mere games to full-on quests to turn children into tomorrow&apos;s superstar athletes by pushing them beyond physical and emotional limits. Opening up a crucial discussion about the perils of youth-sports culture today, Hyman offers the solutions and answers we need.

Members Reviews:
Are We Pushing Young Athletes Too Far?
At what cost are we asking our kids to live out our dreams? Hard work and love of sport are one thingbut sixteen year olds, used up and limping around like old men is quite another.
Hyman examines the youth sports culture that drives kids to be &quot;superstar&quot; athletes at earlier and earlier ages-- starting with himself. He&apos;s been in the trenches as a &quot;sports dad,&quot; getting  heavily involved in the leagues and practices, until it became as much a fulltime job as my fulltime job.
I always thought the push for excellence in young players was so they could get scholarships to colleges, or into professional leagues. If their injuries make them used up before they even get there, what are we doing?
Hyman offers solutions and perspective he knows how many people have this on their minds.  I&apos;d recommend this book to anyone with kids, especially those ferrying their kids to three kinds of practice every day of the week.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting Audiobook by Jonathan V. Last</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-to-Expect-When-No-Ones-Expecting-Audiobook/B00EAPN6XY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting
Subtitle: America&apos;s Coming Demographic Disaster
Author: Jonathan V. Last
Narrator: Jonathan V. Last
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-13
Publisher: Encounter Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Look around you and think for a minute: Is America too crowded?
For years, we have been warned about the looming danger of overpopulation: people jostling for space on a planet that&apos;s busting at the seams and running out of oil and food and land and everything else.
It&apos;s all bunk. The population bomb never exploded. Instead, statistics from around the world make clear that since the 1970s, we&apos;ve been facing exactly the opposite problem: people are having too few babies. Population growth has been slowing for two generations. The world&apos;s population will peak, and then begin shrinking, within the next fifty years. In some countries, it&apos;s already started. Japan, for instance, will be half its current size by the end of the century. In Italy, there are already more deaths than births every year. China&apos;s One-Child Policy has left that country without enough women to marry its men, not enough young people to support the country&apos;s elderly, and an impending population contraction that has the ruling class terrified.
And all of this is coming to America, too. In fact, it&apos;s already here. Middle-class Americans have their own, informal one-child policy these days. And an alarming number of upscale professionals don&apos;t even go that far - they have dogs, not kids. In fact, if it weren&apos;t for the wave of immigration we experienced over the last thirty years, the United States would be on the verge of shrinking, too.
What happened? Everything about modern life, from Bugaboo strollers to insane college tuition to government regulations, has pushed Americans in a single direction, making it harder to have children. And making the people who do still want to have children feel like second-class citizens.
What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting explains why the population implosion happened and how it is remaking culture, the economy, and politics both at home and around the world. Because if America wants to continue to lead the world, we need to have more babies.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathan V. Last)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2013 06:27:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/009216/bk_acx0_009216_sample.mp3" length="2371728" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-to-Expect-When-No-Ones-Expecting-Audiobook/B00EAPN6XY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5133ZwBmeeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting
Subtitle: America&apos;s Coming Demographic Disaster
Author: Jonathan V. Last
Narrator: Jonathan V. Last
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-13
Publisher: Encounter Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Look around you and think for a minute: Is America too crowded?
For years, we have been warned about the looming danger of overpopulation: people jostling for space on a planet that&apos;s busting at the seams and running out of oil and food and land and everything else.
It&apos;s all bunk. The population bomb never exploded. Instead, statistics from around the world make clear that since the 1970s, we&apos;ve been facing exactly the opposite problem: people are having too few babies. Population growth has been slowing for two generations. The world&apos;s population will peak, and then begin shrinking, within the next fifty years. In some countries, it&apos;s already started. Japan, for instance, will be half its current size by the end of the century. In Italy, there are already more deaths than births every year. China&apos;s One-Child Policy has left that country without enough women to marry its men, not enough young people to support the country&apos;s elderly, and an impending population contraction that has the ruling class terrified.
And all of this is coming to America, too. In fact, it&apos;s already here. Middle-class Americans have their own, informal one-child policy these days. And an alarming number of upscale professionals don&apos;t even go that far - they have dogs, not kids. In fact, if it weren&apos;t for the wave of immigration we experienced over the last thirty years, the United States would be on the verge of shrinking, too.
What happened? Everything about modern life, from Bugaboo strollers to insane college tuition to government regulations, has pushed Americans in a single direction, making it harder to have children. And making the people who do still want to have children feel like second-class citizens.
What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting explains why the population implosion happened and how it is remaking culture, the economy, and politics both at home and around the world. Because if America wants to continue to lead the world, we need to have more babies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting
Subtitle: America&apos;s Coming Demographic Disaster
Author: Jonathan V. Last
Narrator: Jonathan V. Last
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-13
Publisher: Encounter Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Look around you and think for a minute: Is America too crowded?
For years, we have been warned about the looming danger of overpopulation: people jostling for space on a planet that&apos;s busting at the seams and running out of oil and food and land and everything else.
It&apos;s all bunk. The population bomb never exploded. Instead, statistics from around the world make clear that since the 1970s, we&apos;ve been facing exactly the opposite problem: people are having too few babies. Population growth has been slowing for two generations. The world&apos;s population will peak, and then begin shrinking, within the next fifty years. In some countries, it&apos;s already started. Japan, for instance, will be half its current size by the end of the century. In Italy, there are already more deaths than births every year. China&apos;s One-Child Policy has left that country without enough women to marry its men, not enough young people to support the country&apos;s elderly, and an impending population contraction that has the ruling class terrified.
And all of this is coming to America, too. In fact, it&apos;s already here. Middle-class Americans have their own, informal one-child policy these days. And an alarming number of upscale professionals don&apos;t even go that far - they have dogs, not kids. In fact, if it weren&apos;t for the wave of immigration we experienced over the last thirty years, the United States would be on the verge of shrinking, too.
What happened? Everything about modern life, from Bugaboo strollers to insane college tuition to government regulations, has pushed Americans in a single direction, making it harder to have children. And making the people who do still want to have children feel like second-class citizens.
What to Expect When No One&apos;s Expecting explains why the population implosion happened and how it is remaking culture, the economy, and politics both at home and around the world. Because if America wants to continue to lead the world, we need to have more babies.

Members Reviews:
Good Read, But Dismisses Obvious Questions
This book definitely has conservative leanings. It actually helped me understand the conservative mindset in modern America. The book constantly admits that immigrants are the only reason why birth rates are increasing in industrialized nations, but never explores the reason the native population&apos;s birth rate is falling outside of social issues. Why is there an increase in IVF? Also, why are only ethnic groups that practice social and genetic purism seem to be the only groups suffering population decrease? What about the rest of the world? Why are many experiencing population booms with less resources, but with constant GDP growth? The book was well research, but never seemed to answer the really hard questions. I&apos;d still recommend it as a good read. Just so you can understand the rise of nationalism and authoritarianism in many industrialized countries.

Factual and timely
The author comes to the topic with a clear stand point, but that doesn&apos;t matter too much, because he makes his arguments with painstaking factuality - always basing his claims on numerous studies and statistics.
It&apos;s a topic that will dramatically transform human societies in our lifetimes, but that few people have become aware of.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A More Perfect Union Audiobook by J. Tony Litherland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-More-Perfect-Union-Audiobook/B00NQ83Q54</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A More Perfect Union
Subtitle: An Introduction to American Government and Politics
Author: J. Tony Litherland
Narrator: Corey Snow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A More Perfect Union is a college level introductory audio textbook for American Government, Political Science, and American History courses. Materials cover the history and philosophy of government and their influence on the Founding Fathers. It traces the development of the American Republican Democratic system of government from colonial times to today, and explains the components of the federal government. Topics include the founding, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, Congress, the Presidency, federal bureaucracy, the judiciary, public opinion and political socialization, political parties, elections and voting, campaigns, the media and the press, interest groups, social policy, economic policy, and foreign and defense policy. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student in the reading and ends with a summary of the most important points. Study question and answer guide, keywords, and several appendices are also included in order to reinforce the material and acquaint the student with primary sources. Hyperlinks are provided to the glossary, and footnotes.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. Tony Litherland)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2014 03:40:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/023376/bk_acx0_023376_sample.mp3" length="560633" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-More-Perfect-Union-Audiobook/B00NQ83Q54</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Ge+nOIh-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A More Perfect Union
Subtitle: An Introduction to American Government and Politics
Author: J. Tony Litherland
Narrator: Corey Snow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A More Perfect Union is a college level introductory audio textbook for American Government, Political Science, and American History courses. Materials cover the history and philosophy of government and their influence on the Founding Fathers. It traces the development of the American Republican Democratic system of government from colonial times to today, and explains the components of the federal government. Topics include the founding, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, Congress, the Presidency, federal bureaucracy, the judiciary, public opinion and political socialization, political parties, elections and voting, campaigns, the media and the press, interest groups, social policy, economic policy, and foreign and defense policy. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student in the reading and ends with a summary of the most important points. Study question and answer guide, keywords, and several appendices are also included in order to reinforce the material and acquaint the student with primary sources. Hyperlinks are provided to the glossary, and footnotes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A More Perfect Union
Subtitle: An Introduction to American Government and Politics
Author: J. Tony Litherland
Narrator: Corey Snow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-14
Publisher: Line-in Publishing
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A More Perfect Union is a college level introductory audio textbook for American Government, Political Science, and American History courses. Materials cover the history and philosophy of government and their influence on the Founding Fathers. It traces the development of the American Republican Democratic system of government from colonial times to today, and explains the components of the federal government. Topics include the founding, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, Congress, the Presidency, federal bureaucracy, the judiciary, public opinion and political socialization, political parties, elections and voting, campaigns, the media and the press, interest groups, social policy, economic policy, and foreign and defense policy. Each chapter begins with an introduction that serves to guide the student in the reading and ends with a summary of the most important points. Study question and answer guide, keywords, and several appendices are also included in order to reinforce the material and acquaint the student with primary sources. Hyperlinks are provided to the glossary, and footnotes.

Members Reviews:
For the student this text is a value text in ...
For the student this text is a value text in that its presentation of content is well constructed and at the appropriate level for the beginning college student. In addition the cost of ownership for the student, in all media, e.g. text, digital and audio, is more than reasonable. More text need to be published in this same format and multiple methods of delivery.

Came in great condition and faster than expected
Came in great condition and faster than expected. Great for my class, but a lot of grammatical errors by the editors

A solid overview of the origins and nature of United ...
A solid overview of the origins and nature of United States government and politics.  It does gloss over some of the origins and holds to a taditional view that may not be entirely historical.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Wolf Called Romeo Audiobook by Nick Jans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Wolf-Called-Romeo-Audiobook/B00L3J8RWA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 132 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly 30 years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species - up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, but as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An astute, deeply respectful encounter between man and wolf.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nick Jans)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2014 12:60:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/003916/bk_tant_003916_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Wolf-Called-Romeo-Audiobook/B00L3J8RWA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51H8ZpqC7JL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 132 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly 30 years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species - up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, but as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An astute, deeply respectful encounter between man and wolf.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 132 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly 30 years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species - up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, but as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An astute, deeply respectful encounter between man and wolf.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Taking Responsibility
Very well written. Including the information on the plight of wolves, and misperceptions about them. This info was important to include in the story because it is the foundation upon which the controversies in the story (and all human &amp; wolf encounters) take place.

North Carolinian who loved Romeo
Why do the worlds most perfect and beautiful creatures always come to this end?  I know one should take stock in the miraculous being and his time here on earth but I can&apos;t help but feel as though the real &quot;wolf&quot; (both Park Myers and Jeff Peacock) always come out unscathed.  I knew before I read the book that Romeo was murdered but the details of death are heart breaking.  I am left wondering what can we do as a concerned human to better protect wild animals and habitat.

Wow, what a story!
I heard Nick Jans speak recently and decided to listen to his book. The story of Romeo the Wolf is heartwarming, informative, inspiring, disconcerting, and sobering...all at the same time. Read this book and learn about the world of wild animals &amp; inspiring and disappointing humans that we live with on Planet Earth.

Easy Listening
The book was easy to listen to and enjoyable.  Lots of good background information about wolves and culture in the United States. The book was surprisingly informative for a simple story about a friendly wolf.

Must read for wildlife lovers
The story of a wolf and an Alaskan community is disappointing and uplifting at the same time. Truly a remarkable wolf and the community that loved him. The author does a wonderful job describing the images of wolf, dogs, and humans that came together to form a &quot;family.&quot;  I&apos;ve listened to it twice already and plan to again and again. Nick Jans - Thank you for sharing your experiences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Books for Living Audiobook by Will Schwalbe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Books-for-Living-Audiobook/B01MTOL8VZ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Books for Living
Author: Will Schwalbe
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the beloved New York Times best-selling The End of Your Life Book Club, an inspiring and magical exploration of the power of books to shape our lives in an era of constant connectivity.
Why is it that we read? Is it to pass time? To learn something new? To escape from reality? For Will Schwalbe, reading is a way to entertain himself but also to make sense of the world, to become a better person, and to find the answers to the big (and small) questions about how to live his life. In this delightful celebration of reading, Schwalbe invites us along on his quest for books that speak to the specific challenges of living in our modern world, with all its noise and distractions. In each chapter he discusses a particular book - what brought him to it (or vice versa), the people in his life he associates with it, and how it became a part of his understanding of himself in the world. These books span centuries and genres (from classic works of adult and children&apos;s literature to contemporary thrillers and even cookbooks), and each one relates to the questions and concerns we all share. Throughout, Schwalbe focuses on the way certain books can help us honor those we&apos;ve loved and lost and figure out how to live each day more fully. Rich with stories and recommendations, Books for Living is a treasure for everyone who loves books and loves to hear the answer to the question &quot;what are you reading?&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this warmly engaging, enlightening, and stirring memoir-in-books and literary celebration, Schwalbe reminds us that reading &apos;isn&apos;t just a strike against narrowness, mind control, and domination; it&apos;s one of the world&apos;s greatest joys.&apos;&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s tremendous experience with reading and his stellar taste make for a fine guide to the varied and idiosyncratic list of books for which he advocates. By the end of the book, all serious readers will have added some titles to their to-read lists.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s &apos;manifesto for readers&apos; is not about his favorite books but those that helped him when he had a need. Written in a chatty, conversational style, the book is thematically organized by a wide variety of needs: slowing down, searching, trusting, napping, praying, etc.... In an age when the number of readers is declining, a delightful book like this might just snare a few new recruits.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Will Schwalbe)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2016 03:14:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004851/bk_rand_004851_sample.mp3" length="124776" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Books-for-Living-Audiobook/B01MTOL8VZ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41QHUqYILqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Books for Living
Author: Will Schwalbe
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the beloved New York Times best-selling The End of Your Life Book Club, an inspiring and magical exploration of the power of books to shape our lives in an era of constant connectivity.
Why is it that we read? Is it to pass time? To learn something new? To escape from reality? For Will Schwalbe, reading is a way to entertain himself but also to make sense of the world, to become a better person, and to find the answers to the big (and small) questions about how to live his life. In this delightful celebration of reading, Schwalbe invites us along on his quest for books that speak to the specific challenges of living in our modern world, with all its noise and distractions. In each chapter he discusses a particular book - what brought him to it (or vice versa), the people in his life he associates with it, and how it became a part of his understanding of himself in the world. These books span centuries and genres (from classic works of adult and children&apos;s literature to contemporary thrillers and even cookbooks), and each one relates to the questions and concerns we all share. Throughout, Schwalbe focuses on the way certain books can help us honor those we&apos;ve loved and lost and figure out how to live each day more fully. Rich with stories and recommendations, Books for Living is a treasure for everyone who loves books and loves to hear the answer to the question &quot;what are you reading?&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this warmly engaging, enlightening, and stirring memoir-in-books and literary celebration, Schwalbe reminds us that reading &apos;isn&apos;t just a strike against narrowness, mind control, and domination; it&apos;s one of the world&apos;s greatest joys.&apos;&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s tremendous experience with reading and his stellar taste make for a fine guide to the varied and idiosyncratic list of books for which he advocates. By the end of the book, all serious readers will have added some titles to their to-read lists.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s &apos;manifesto for readers&apos; is not about his favorite books but those that helped him when he had a need. Written in a chatty, conversational style, the book is thematically organized by a wide variety of needs: slowing down, searching, trusting, napping, praying, etc.... In an age when the number of readers is declining, a delightful book like this might just snare a few new recruits.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Books for Living
Author: Will Schwalbe
Narrator: Jeff Harding
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-27-16
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the author of the beloved New York Times best-selling The End of Your Life Book Club, an inspiring and magical exploration of the power of books to shape our lives in an era of constant connectivity.
Why is it that we read? Is it to pass time? To learn something new? To escape from reality? For Will Schwalbe, reading is a way to entertain himself but also to make sense of the world, to become a better person, and to find the answers to the big (and small) questions about how to live his life. In this delightful celebration of reading, Schwalbe invites us along on his quest for books that speak to the specific challenges of living in our modern world, with all its noise and distractions. In each chapter he discusses a particular book - what brought him to it (or vice versa), the people in his life he associates with it, and how it became a part of his understanding of himself in the world. These books span centuries and genres (from classic works of adult and children&apos;s literature to contemporary thrillers and even cookbooks), and each one relates to the questions and concerns we all share. Throughout, Schwalbe focuses on the way certain books can help us honor those we&apos;ve loved and lost and figure out how to live each day more fully. Rich with stories and recommendations, Books for Living is a treasure for everyone who loves books and loves to hear the answer to the question &quot;what are you reading?&quot;

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this warmly engaging, enlightening, and stirring memoir-in-books and literary celebration, Schwalbe reminds us that reading &apos;isn&apos;t just a strike against narrowness, mind control, and domination; it&apos;s one of the world&apos;s greatest joys.&apos;&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s tremendous experience with reading and his stellar taste make for a fine guide to the varied and idiosyncratic list of books for which he advocates. By the end of the book, all serious readers will have added some titles to their to-read lists.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Schwalbe&apos;s &apos;manifesto for readers&apos; is not about his favorite books but those that helped him when he had a need. Written in a chatty, conversational style, the book is thematically organized by a wide variety of needs: slowing down, searching, trusting, napping, praying, etc.... In an age when the number of readers is declining, a delightful book like this might just snare a few new recruits.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)

Members Reviews:
A book for those who love books
Thoughtful, introspective and beautifully written. A book lover reflecting on his life through the prism of the books he has read. I also learnt about some authors I had not heard about and I look forward to exploring their works.
The only thing I didn&apos;t like was the fake soft tone the narrator used for reading passages written by women.

Such a comforting book
This book is so comforting, like hot tea on a cold day, or a cozy blanket when you&apos;re cold. Mr. Schwalbe takes about many books in this book, and the life lessons he learned, and shares many personal stories. This book is very comforting if you are stressed. I also recommend his first book, The End of Your Life Bookclub.

Good, but the first one was better
Would you consider the audio edition of Books for Living to be better than the print version?
Wouldn&apos;t know.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sociology Audiobook by James M. Henslin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sociology-Audiobook/B003NHAHW8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology
Subtitle: A Down-to-Earth Approach, 10/e
Author: James M. Henslin
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 33 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-10
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Henslin shares the excitement of sociology, with his acclaimed &quot;down-to-earth&quot; approach and personal writing style that highlight the sociology of everyday life and its relevance to students&apos; lives. With wit, personal reflection, and illuminating examples, he shares with readers his passion for sociology.
&#169;2010 Pearson Education; (P)2010 Pearson Education</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (James M. Henslin)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 May 2010 09:40:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pear/000380/bk_pear_000380_sample.mp3" length="2399725" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sociology-Audiobook/B003NHAHW8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61YznPxL9lL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>33:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology
Subtitle: A Down-to-Earth Approach, 10/e
Author: James M. Henslin
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 33 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-10
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Henslin shares the excitement of sociology, with his acclaimed &quot;down-to-earth&quot; approach and personal writing style that highlight the sociology of everyday life and its relevance to students&apos; lives. With wit, personal reflection, and illuminating examples, he shares with readers his passion for sociology.
&#169;2010 Pearson Education; (P)2010 Pearson Education</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sociology
Subtitle: A Down-to-Earth Approach, 10/e
Author: James M. Henslin
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 33 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-10
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Henslin shares the excitement of sociology, with his acclaimed &quot;down-to-earth&quot; approach and personal writing style that highlight the sociology of everyday life and its relevance to students&apos; lives. With wit, personal reflection, and illuminating examples, he shares with readers his passion for sociology.
&#169;2010 Pearson Education; (P)2010 Pearson Education

Members Reviews:
Basics were great
This book brought mixed feelings as I was very interested and pleased with the subject matter and its handling, but the contextualisations where many times for me disingenuous.
It felt that writer went great lengths not to alienate &quot;American exceptionalism and War on terror&quot; indoctrinated. It also seemed that writers own comfort zone was long way left. This mix made the book in parts seem so disingenuous. If you can pass that, you are in for very insightful journey.

A nightmare to try and manage
What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you?
This audiobook downloaded in a disconnected bunch of 1(ish) hour  segments. Some segments began at the start of chapters, others did not. Further, Audible didn&apos;t automatically parse them together as per usual. Each segment was treated as its own audiobook. Finally, I couldn&apos;t find a beginning segment. I&apos;ve used Audible a lot, and in this presentation, Audible seriously let me down.

Hints on managing this poorly designed audiobook
Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not?
I downloaded earlier this morning nad have sampled only a few snippets.  It looks like my time will be well spentbut I haven&apos;t read it yet.
Who was your favorite character and why?
n/a
What didnt you like about Mina Sandss performance?
Her voice is at leastcrisp and clear, but didn&apos;t bring any human expression or warmth to the narration.  In my opinion, some of the text to speech voices available on Amazon&apos;s HDX tablets are more expressive.  There is a nasal quality to her voice that put me off at first but eventually I got used to it.
Was Sociology worth the listening time?
It probably will be.   The chapters are topical and I plan to read them on an as-needed basisi.  This tenth edition is now (Apirl 2015) two editions old but that is all right with me - Because this is an &quot;old&quot; edition I was able to pick up the  hardback print tenth editon really cheapon Amazon Marketplace.  I will use the print edition to help me navigate the audio eiditon and
to access any visual elements that are critical to understanding the narration.
I am visually impaired and primarily  rely on text to speech or audiobooks for my &quot;reading.&quot;  The combination of the audiio version (which only cost me one credit) and the print version (I paid $2 plus shipping) gives me access to material that would otherwise be difficult to obtain.
Any additional comments?
This audiobook arrives as 22 individual chapters.  As another reviewer mentions this is difficult to mange.  Here are the promised &quot;hints&quot;&quot;
I will be managing  this on a Kindle HDX  a Kindle by listing my  audiobooks &quot;by title,&quot; and going down tthe list to &quot;chapter.&quot; Each segment&apos;s title beings &quot;Ch. 1,&quot; &quot;Ch. 2&quot; etc. so they are all listed together and in proper chapter order.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Think Sociology Audiobook by Dr. John Carl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-Sociology-Audiobook/B003L7XT84</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Sociology
Author: Dr. John Carl
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-09
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in a world of fast-paced change that is being fueled by new technologies, changing personal and social relationships, and changing cultural values and economic conditions. Sociology is a discipline that can help you understand this change. Looking at their world through the sociological perspective enables students to better understand themselves and their place in an evolving and complex world.
Designed for today&apos;s students, Think Sociology shows you how sociologists think and how to understand the rapidly changing world they live in.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dr. John Carl)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 20:02:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pear/000366/bk_pear_000366_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Think-Sociology-Audiobook/B003L7XT84</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GnBdFc1iL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Sociology
Author: Dr. John Carl
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-09
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in a world of fast-paced change that is being fueled by new technologies, changing personal and social relationships, and changing cultural values and economic conditions. Sociology is a discipline that can help you understand this change. Looking at their world through the sociological perspective enables students to better understand themselves and their place in an evolving and complex world.
Designed for today&apos;s students, Think Sociology shows you how sociologists think and how to understand the rapidly changing world they live in.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Think Sociology
Author: Dr. John Carl
Narrator: Mina Sands
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-04-09
Publisher: Pearson Education, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We live in a world of fast-paced change that is being fueled by new technologies, changing personal and social relationships, and changing cultural values and economic conditions. Sociology is a discipline that can help you understand this change. Looking at their world through the sociological perspective enables students to better understand themselves and their place in an evolving and complex world.
Designed for today&apos;s students, Think Sociology shows you how sociologists think and how to understand the rapidly changing world they live in.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Trail of Tears Audiobook by Naomi Schaefer Riley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Trail-of-Tears-Audiobook/B077H69BKH</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The New Trail of Tears
Subtitle: How Washington Is Destroying American Indians
Author: Naomi Schaefer Riley
Narrator: Christa Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-28-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know why American Indians have the highest rates of poverty of any racial group, why suicide is the second leading cause of death among Indian men, why native women are two and a half times more likely to be raped than the national average, and why gang violence affects American Indian youth more than any other group, do not look to history.
There is no doubt that white settlers devastated Indian communities in the 19th, and early 20th centuries. But it is our policies today - denying Indians ownership of their land, refusing them access to the free market, and failing to provide the police and legal protections due to them as American citizens - that have turned reservations into small third-world countries in the middle of the richest and freest nation on earth.
The tragedy of our Indian policies demands reexamination immediately - not only because they make the lives of millions of American citizens harder and more dangerous - but also because they represent a microcosm of everything that has gone wrong with modern liberalism. They are the result of decades of politicians and bureaucrats showering a victimized people with money and cultural sensitivity instead of what they truly need-the education, the legal protections, and the autonomy to improve their own situation.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Naomi Schaefer Riley)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2017 02:14:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008870/bk_tant_008870_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-New-Trail-of-Tears-Audiobook/B077H69BKH</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/613ihFbmz3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The New Trail of Tears
Subtitle: How Washington Is Destroying American Indians
Author: Naomi Schaefer Riley
Narrator: Christa Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-28-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know why American Indians have the highest rates of poverty of any racial group, why suicide is the second leading cause of death among Indian men, why native women are two and a half times more likely to be raped than the national average, and why gang violence affects American Indian youth more than any other group, do not look to history.
There is no doubt that white settlers devastated Indian communities in the 19th, and early 20th centuries. But it is our policies today - denying Indians ownership of their land, refusing them access to the free market, and failing to provide the police and legal protections due to them as American citizens - that have turned reservations into small third-world countries in the middle of the richest and freest nation on earth.
The tragedy of our Indian policies demands reexamination immediately - not only because they make the lives of millions of American citizens harder and more dangerous - but also because they represent a microcosm of everything that has gone wrong with modern liberalism. They are the result of decades of politicians and bureaucrats showering a victimized people with money and cultural sensitivity instead of what they truly need-the education, the legal protections, and the autonomy to improve their own situation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The New Trail of Tears
Subtitle: How Washington Is Destroying American Indians
Author: Naomi Schaefer Riley
Narrator: Christa Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-28-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If you want to know why American Indians have the highest rates of poverty of any racial group, why suicide is the second leading cause of death among Indian men, why native women are two and a half times more likely to be raped than the national average, and why gang violence affects American Indian youth more than any other group, do not look to history.
There is no doubt that white settlers devastated Indian communities in the 19th, and early 20th centuries. But it is our policies today - denying Indians ownership of their land, refusing them access to the free market, and failing to provide the police and legal protections due to them as American citizens - that have turned reservations into small third-world countries in the middle of the richest and freest nation on earth.
The tragedy of our Indian policies demands reexamination immediately - not only because they make the lives of millions of American citizens harder and more dangerous - but also because they represent a microcosm of everything that has gone wrong with modern liberalism. They are the result of decades of politicians and bureaucrats showering a victimized people with money and cultural sensitivity instead of what they truly need-the education, the legal protections, and the autonomy to improve their own situation.

Members Reviews:
Reservations about Reservations
This book is long overdo.  I recall President Reagan Interior Secretary, James G. Watt (1981-1983) outraged the media because he told the truth about Indian Reservations.  Ms. Riley toured many reservations and found that Mr. Watt&apos;s perceptions are still valid.  Having visited a more than a view reservations, Ms. Riley should be taken seriously.  Basically, the reservation system need reevaluation.  What started as the solution to a problem has now become the problem.

Factual incit into a failed federal government reservation system for American Indians.
Excellent Book. An honest look at the real problems on American Indian Reservations ESTABLISHED by the Federal Government.  Tribal members suffer under a socialist system created by our government that does not reward hard work or ownership of the land or houses they live in.  Good Read. Eye opening facts and well written.  Highly recommended.

Five Stars
Excellent!

Five Stars
Very interesting book ...

Necessary reading for anyone concerned about a significant (and almost ...
Necessary reading for anyone concerned about a significant (and almost forgotten) element of our population.
While she points out how many ways our government and the Canadian Government have treated the Indians as &quot;children,&quot; she tells conditions in which many of the Indians show no personal effort to establish themselves as a part of the world they live in.
The fact that a few are doctors and lawyers shows that where there is a will, there IS A WAY.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amazing Grace Audiobook by Jonathan Kozol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Amazing-Grace-Audiobook/B0035B9DHC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Amazing Grace
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Dick Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-10
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amazing Grace is a book about the hearts of children who grow up in the South Bronx - the poorest congressional district of our nation.
The children we meet through the deepening friendships that evolve between Janathan Kozol and their families defy the stereotypes of urban youth too frequently presented on TV and in newspapers. Tender, generous, and often religiously devout, they speak with painful clarity about the poverty and racial isolation that have wounded but not hardened them.
&quot;It&apos;s not like being in a jail,&quot; says 15-year-old Isabel. &quot;It&apos;s more like being hidden. It&apos;s as if you have been put in a garage where, if they don&apos;t have room for something but aren&apos;t sure if they should throw it out, they put it there where they don&apos;t need to think of it again.&quot;
Without rhetoric, but drawing extensively upon the words of children, parents, and priests, this book does not romanticize or soften the effects of violence and sickness. Amazing Grace makes clear that the postmodern ghetto of America is not a social accident but is created and sustained by greed, neglect, racism, and expedience. It asks questions like, What is the value of child&apos;s life? What do we plan to do with those whom we have decided are superfluous? How tough do we dare to be?</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathan Kozol)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2010 15:43:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/002027/bk_brll_002027_sample.mp3" length="2399728" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Amazing-Grace-Audiobook/B0035B9DHC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41kD65zk5KL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Amazing Grace
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Dick Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-10
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amazing Grace is a book about the hearts of children who grow up in the South Bronx - the poorest congressional district of our nation.
The children we meet through the deepening friendships that evolve between Janathan Kozol and their families defy the stereotypes of urban youth too frequently presented on TV and in newspapers. Tender, generous, and often religiously devout, they speak with painful clarity about the poverty and racial isolation that have wounded but not hardened them.
&quot;It&apos;s not like being in a jail,&quot; says 15-year-old Isabel. &quot;It&apos;s more like being hidden. It&apos;s as if you have been put in a garage where, if they don&apos;t have room for something but aren&apos;t sure if they should throw it out, they put it there where they don&apos;t need to think of it again.&quot;
Without rhetoric, but drawing extensively upon the words of children, parents, and priests, this book does not romanticize or soften the effects of violence and sickness. Amazing Grace makes clear that the postmodern ghetto of America is not a social accident but is created and sustained by greed, neglect, racism, and expedience. It asks questions like, What is the value of child&apos;s life? What do we plan to do with those whom we have decided are superfluous? How tough do we dare to be?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Amazing Grace
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Dick Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-10
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amazing Grace is a book about the hearts of children who grow up in the South Bronx - the poorest congressional district of our nation.
The children we meet through the deepening friendships that evolve between Janathan Kozol and their families defy the stereotypes of urban youth too frequently presented on TV and in newspapers. Tender, generous, and often religiously devout, they speak with painful clarity about the poverty and racial isolation that have wounded but not hardened them.
&quot;It&apos;s not like being in a jail,&quot; says 15-year-old Isabel. &quot;It&apos;s more like being hidden. It&apos;s as if you have been put in a garage where, if they don&apos;t have room for something but aren&apos;t sure if they should throw it out, they put it there where they don&apos;t need to think of it again.&quot;
Without rhetoric, but drawing extensively upon the words of children, parents, and priests, this book does not romanticize or soften the effects of violence and sickness. Amazing Grace makes clear that the postmodern ghetto of America is not a social accident but is created and sustained by greed, neglect, racism, and expedience. It asks questions like, What is the value of child&apos;s life? What do we plan to do with those whom we have decided are superfluous? How tough do we dare to be?

Members Reviews:
Useless
The book is badly dated. The content described poverty in the 1990&apos;s and is mostly the story of one or two adults and a few teenagers living in NYC. It is not a story of children living in poverty.

A Poignant Look at the South Bronx in the 1990s
I think this book would have had much more of an impact if I&apos;d read it back in 1995 when it was first published. The cold sad truth is that these stories are now all-too-familiar in many impoverished neighborhoods around our nation including in my own city of Birmingham, Alabama. Although I have not studied the statistics, my gut tells me that the income gap between the poorest poor and the richest rich in New York City has widened substantially since this book was written. The New York Times, however, reported just this year about the number of middle class professionals, many of them white, moving into the neighborhoods described in Jonathan Kozol&apos;s book. Apparently the attraction is affordable real estate, an increasingly safe neighborhood where major crime has plummeted over the past 20 years, and a reasonable commute to jobs in Manhatten. I&apos;m pleased to hear that the reputation of the neighborhood is changing for what appears to be the better but I would be very interested in a follow up book on the children highlighted in &quot;Amazing Grace.&quot; Where are they today and have those precious children benefited from the enhancements and improvements in their neighborhood? My prayers may have already been answered as Kozol&apos;s newest book, Fire in the Ashes, which was published in August 2012 does just that.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Renting Lacy Audiobook by Linda Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Renting-Lacy-Audiobook/B00GJVAB9E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Renting Lacy
Subtitle: A Story of America&apos;s Prostituted Children (A Call to Action)
Author: Linda Smith
Narrator: Moe Egan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-13
Publisher: Shared Hope International
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The average age of entry into prostitution in America is 13-years-old. Forced into a life they never chose, manipulated, abused, and tortured at the hands of the pimps who control them, our country&apos;s children are sold on the streets, on the internet, and at truck stops across America every night. They aren&apos;t bad kids who made bad choices. They are victims of child sex trafficking. They come from our neighborhoods, our schools, our churches, and sometimes our own homes.
Author Linda Smith brings to life characters based on real stories and interviews with teen survivors. Meet &quot;Lacy&quot; and &quot;Star&quot; as they reveal the underbelly of our country s commercial sex trade. Get to know the men who sell them, and the ones who buy them. Let Renting Lacy draw you into the lives of these young girls as they struggle to survive each night, watching their childhood hopes and dreams slip away in the darkness. Let it compel you to action.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Linda Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Nov 2013 04:59:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/012478/bk_acx0_012478_sample.mp3" length="2140100" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Renting-Lacy-Audiobook/B00GJVAB9E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61rK4ofUUUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Renting Lacy
Subtitle: A Story of America&apos;s Prostituted Children (A Call to Action)
Author: Linda Smith
Narrator: Moe Egan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-13
Publisher: Shared Hope International
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The average age of entry into prostitution in America is 13-years-old. Forced into a life they never chose, manipulated, abused, and tortured at the hands of the pimps who control them, our country&apos;s children are sold on the streets, on the internet, and at truck stops across America every night. They aren&apos;t bad kids who made bad choices. They are victims of child sex trafficking. They come from our neighborhoods, our schools, our churches, and sometimes our own homes.
Author Linda Smith brings to life characters based on real stories and interviews with teen survivors. Meet &quot;Lacy&quot; and &quot;Star&quot; as they reveal the underbelly of our country s commercial sex trade. Get to know the men who sell them, and the ones who buy them. Let Renting Lacy draw you into the lives of these young girls as they struggle to survive each night, watching their childhood hopes and dreams slip away in the darkness. Let it compel you to action.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Renting Lacy
Subtitle: A Story of America&apos;s Prostituted Children (A Call to Action)
Author: Linda Smith
Narrator: Moe Egan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-13
Publisher: Shared Hope International
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The average age of entry into prostitution in America is 13-years-old. Forced into a life they never chose, manipulated, abused, and tortured at the hands of the pimps who control them, our country&apos;s children are sold on the streets, on the internet, and at truck stops across America every night. They aren&apos;t bad kids who made bad choices. They are victims of child sex trafficking. They come from our neighborhoods, our schools, our churches, and sometimes our own homes.
Author Linda Smith brings to life characters based on real stories and interviews with teen survivors. Meet &quot;Lacy&quot; and &quot;Star&quot; as they reveal the underbelly of our country s commercial sex trade. Get to know the men who sell them, and the ones who buy them. Let Renting Lacy draw you into the lives of these young girls as they struggle to survive each night, watching their childhood hopes and dreams slip away in the darkness. Let it compel you to action.

Members Reviews:
Distressing Reality...
though this is a fictionalized account, it is taken from hundreds of interviews with real children living through the hell of underground sex trades that function everywhere--and probably closer than you think.  A real eye opener and a call to action.

Forever changed
This story is a must read for  anyone who needs to know the truth about sex trafficking. I will never be the same after knowing what I now know. We cannot allow our children to be victims. I will be a voice for the voiceless.

Renting Lacy review
Very informative book with a general overview of how children are fed into the trafficking world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Uncommon Vocabulary Audiobook by Jim Boyd, Jr.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/An-Uncommon-Vocabulary-Audiobook/B00UG348MW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: An Uncommon Vocabulary
Author: Jim Boyd, Jr.
Narrator: Angelina Will
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Jim Boyd
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There are two activities in life that are essential to one&apos;s happiness. The first is to have one&apos;s day (to explore, engage, and enjoy life), and the second is to say one&apos;s say (to say the words to oneself and/or others that are worth saying).
An Uncommon Vocabulary is an exercise in saying one&apos;s say. Simply put, it is an A-to-Z book of common words and phrases that are described in ways better suited to them, in the opinion of the author.
The concepts described herein are working definitions, definitions that can be brought to mind to facilitate one&apos;s thinking and actions within particular circumstances.
When a working definition is properly occasioned (brought to mind at the appropriate time and in the appropriate circumstances), advantageous effects flow from it. In this way one&apos;s personal narrative (thinking vocabulary) is made richer and more rewarding, and one becomes more coherent and positive in dealing with everyday events.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Boyd)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2015 21:31:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/031750/bk_acx0_031750_sample.mp3" length="2402243" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/An-Uncommon-Vocabulary-Audiobook/B00UG348MW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/611XEB3IpBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: An Uncommon Vocabulary
Author: Jim Boyd, Jr.
Narrator: Angelina Will
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Jim Boyd
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There are two activities in life that are essential to one&apos;s happiness. The first is to have one&apos;s day (to explore, engage, and enjoy life), and the second is to say one&apos;s say (to say the words to oneself and/or others that are worth saying).
An Uncommon Vocabulary is an exercise in saying one&apos;s say. Simply put, it is an A-to-Z book of common words and phrases that are described in ways better suited to them, in the opinion of the author.
The concepts described herein are working definitions, definitions that can be brought to mind to facilitate one&apos;s thinking and actions within particular circumstances.
When a working definition is properly occasioned (brought to mind at the appropriate time and in the appropriate circumstances), advantageous effects flow from it. In this way one&apos;s personal narrative (thinking vocabulary) is made richer and more rewarding, and one becomes more coherent and positive in dealing with everyday events.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: An Uncommon Vocabulary
Author: Jim Boyd, Jr.
Narrator: Angelina Will
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Jim Boyd
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There are two activities in life that are essential to one&apos;s happiness. The first is to have one&apos;s day (to explore, engage, and enjoy life), and the second is to say one&apos;s say (to say the words to oneself and/or others that are worth saying).
An Uncommon Vocabulary is an exercise in saying one&apos;s say. Simply put, it is an A-to-Z book of common words and phrases that are described in ways better suited to them, in the opinion of the author.
The concepts described herein are working definitions, definitions that can be brought to mind to facilitate one&apos;s thinking and actions within particular circumstances.
When a working definition is properly occasioned (brought to mind at the appropriate time and in the appropriate circumstances), advantageous effects flow from it. In this way one&apos;s personal narrative (thinking vocabulary) is made richer and more rewarding, and one becomes more coherent and positive in dealing with everyday events.

Members Reviews:
It would be better as Whispersync
A sequential presentation of words and phrases with interpretations as indicated.  An excellent resource for readers and authors alike, as well as useful for those involved in public speaking.  See publisher&apos;s blurb.
Ms Will did an excellent job of keeping it from being a boring exercise, but it would be better as Whispersync.

Knowledge is power!
Brain food!
This audiobook was provided by the author, narrator, or publisher at no cost in exchange for an unbiased review courtesy of AudiobookBoom dot com.

Potential but nothing groundbreaking
What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you?
More depth to the words chosen, such as humerus quips or even a bit of backround to the words that were picked.
What could Jim Boyd, Jr. have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you?
One thing he could have done was use sentences to illustrate a unique perspective or otherwise.
What three words best describe Angelina Wills voice?
Perfect for this
You didnt love this book...  but did it have any redeeming qualities?
It had great potential but sadly misses so much
Any additional comments?
I received this book for free in exchange for an honest review

Vocabulary Words
What disappointed you about An Uncommon Vocabulary?
Quite simply, some methods are better than others when it comes to building your vocabulary. Unfortunately, I don&apos;t consider the method used in this audiobook to be an effective way to grow your vocabulary.
The narrator&apos;s method is as follows: state the vocabulary word, and then define the vocabulary word; recite the next vocabulary word, and then define the next vocabulary word, etc.
As an educator, I can tell you that this is NOT an effective way to build your vocabulary! The narrator should at least use each new vocabulary word in a sentence (remember, the narrator merely defines each vocabulary word)!
I was disappointed by this audiobook...
Any additional comments?
I was provided this audiobook at no charge by the author, publisher and/or narrator in exchange for an unbiased review.

Interesting take on words
What made the experience of listening to An Uncommon Vocabulary the most enjoyable?
The narrator was a pleasure to listen to.
What about Angelina Wills performance did you like?
Her voice was melodic.
Any additional comments?
This book is a dictionary. It defines common and uncommon words in new ways.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Birth of the Pill Audiobook by Jonathan Eig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Birth-of-the-Pill-Audiobook/B00Q75H6KE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Birth of the Pill
Subtitle: How Four Crusaders Reinvented Sex and Launched a Revolution
Author: Jonathan Eig
Narrator: Gayle Hendrix
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 175 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fascinating story of one of the most important scientific discoveries of the twentieth century.
We know it simply as &quot;the pill&quot;, yet its genesis was anything but simple. Jonathan Eig&apos;s masterful narrative revolves around four principal characters: the fiery feminist Margaret Sanger, who was a champion of birth control in her campaign for the rights of women but neglected her own children in pursuit of free love; the beautiful Katharine McCormick, who owed her fortune to her wealthy husband, the son of the founder of International Harvester and a schizophrenic; the visionary scientist Gregory Pincus, who was dismissed by Harvard in the 1930s as a result of his experimentation with in vitro fertilization but who, after he was approached by Sanger and McCormick, grew obsessed with the idea of inventing a drug that could stop ovulation; and the telegenic John Rock, a Catholic doctor from Boston who battled his own church to become an enormously effective advocate in the effort to win public approval for the drug that would be marketed by Searle as Enovid. Spanning the years from Sanger&apos;s heady Greenwich Village days in the early 20th century to trial tests in Puerto Rico in the 1950s to the cusp of the sexual revolution in the 1960s, this is a grand story of radical feminist politics, scientific ingenuity, establishment opposition, and, ultimately, a sea change in social attitudes. Brilliantly researched and briskly written, The Birth of the Pill is gripping social, cultural, and scientific history.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathan Eig)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2014 14:40:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021517/bk_adbl_021517_sample.mp3" length="2066958" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Birth-of-the-Pill-Audiobook/B00Q75H6KE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51BEV96j5hL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Birth of the Pill
Subtitle: How Four Crusaders Reinvented Sex and Launched a Revolution
Author: Jonathan Eig
Narrator: Gayle Hendrix
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 175 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fascinating story of one of the most important scientific discoveries of the twentieth century.
We know it simply as &quot;the pill&quot;, yet its genesis was anything but simple. Jonathan Eig&apos;s masterful narrative revolves around four principal characters: the fiery feminist Margaret Sanger, who was a champion of birth control in her campaign for the rights of women but neglected her own children in pursuit of free love; the beautiful Katharine McCormick, who owed her fortune to her wealthy husband, the son of the founder of International Harvester and a schizophrenic; the visionary scientist Gregory Pincus, who was dismissed by Harvard in the 1930s as a result of his experimentation with in vitro fertilization but who, after he was approached by Sanger and McCormick, grew obsessed with the idea of inventing a drug that could stop ovulation; and the telegenic John Rock, a Catholic doctor from Boston who battled his own church to become an enormously effective advocate in the effort to win public approval for the drug that would be marketed by Searle as Enovid. Spanning the years from Sanger&apos;s heady Greenwich Village days in the early 20th century to trial tests in Puerto Rico in the 1950s to the cusp of the sexual revolution in the 1960s, this is a grand story of radical feminist politics, scientific ingenuity, establishment opposition, and, ultimately, a sea change in social attitudes. Brilliantly researched and briskly written, The Birth of the Pill is gripping social, cultural, and scientific history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Birth of the Pill
Subtitle: How Four Crusaders Reinvented Sex and Launched a Revolution
Author: Jonathan Eig
Narrator: Gayle Hendrix
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 175 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The fascinating story of one of the most important scientific discoveries of the twentieth century.
We know it simply as &quot;the pill&quot;, yet its genesis was anything but simple. Jonathan Eig&apos;s masterful narrative revolves around four principal characters: the fiery feminist Margaret Sanger, who was a champion of birth control in her campaign for the rights of women but neglected her own children in pursuit of free love; the beautiful Katharine McCormick, who owed her fortune to her wealthy husband, the son of the founder of International Harvester and a schizophrenic; the visionary scientist Gregory Pincus, who was dismissed by Harvard in the 1930s as a result of his experimentation with in vitro fertilization but who, after he was approached by Sanger and McCormick, grew obsessed with the idea of inventing a drug that could stop ovulation; and the telegenic John Rock, a Catholic doctor from Boston who battled his own church to become an enormously effective advocate in the effort to win public approval for the drug that would be marketed by Searle as Enovid. Spanning the years from Sanger&apos;s heady Greenwich Village days in the early 20th century to trial tests in Puerto Rico in the 1950s to the cusp of the sexual revolution in the 1960s, this is a grand story of radical feminist politics, scientific ingenuity, establishment opposition, and, ultimately, a sea change in social attitudes. Brilliantly researched and briskly written, The Birth of the Pill is gripping social, cultural, and scientific history.

Members Reviews:
Important history but repetitive themes
Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not?
The time was well spent, and I enjoyed the focus on 4 main characters in bringing the story alive.  However I found the focus on several main themes (e.g., the context of the times) was repetitive and got tiresome. The book could have been better edited I thought.
What did you like best about this story?
I was always interested in the subject matter, as I was very active in the women&apos;s health movement in the 1970s.
What didnt you like about Gayle Hendrixs performance?
I was very annoyed by the narrator&apos;s cadence, her sing song manner of narrating the book, and her emphasis on wrong phrases (or so I thought).  This was my least favorite aspect of the listening experience and the worst narrator I&apos;ve listened to.
Was The Birth of the Pill worth the listening time?
Yes it was as an important piece of social history.
Any additional comments?
I was very struck by the details of how clinical medical research was conducted in the 40s and 50s- with little informed consent, on mental patients and prisoners with no protections at all. It was also amazing how the Pill was developed- with very little real funding and only through the largess of basically one wealthy champion, but always with Margaret Sanger at the forefront.

must read
We take for granted a lot of things these days and women&apos;s equality is one of those things. Everyone should read this book to get a better understanding how backwards we were just 50 years ago. One of the best books I&apos;ve read in a while.  We are all better off when all members of our society are equal.  the pill was  a great equalizer for women .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Can You Trust? Audiobook by Rachel Botsman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Who-Can-You-Trust-Audiobook/B075H36YMP</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Can You Trust?
Subtitle: How Technology Brought Us Together - and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum.
If you can&apos;t trust those in charge, who can you trust?
From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&apos;t the age of distrust - far from it.
In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver.
This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship. If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&apos;s next for humanity.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rachel Botsman)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 23:51:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/001010/bk_pauk_001010_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Who-Can-You-Trust-Audiobook/B075H36YMP</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GqwbySkHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Can You Trust?
Subtitle: How Technology Brought Us Together - and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum.
If you can&apos;t trust those in charge, who can you trust?
From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&apos;t the age of distrust - far from it.
In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver.
This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship. If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&apos;s next for humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who Can You Trust?
Subtitle: How Technology Brought Us Together - and Why It Could Drive Us Apart
Author: Rachel Botsman
Narrator: Caroline Baum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Who Can You Trust? by Rachel Botsman, read by Caroline Baum.
If you can&apos;t trust those in charge, who can you trust?
From government to business, banks to media, trust in institutions is at an all-time low. Widespread corruption, elitism and economic disparity have led to a worldwide upsurge of anti-establishment movements. But this isn&apos;t the age of distrust - far from it.
In this revolutionary book, world-renowned trust expert Rachel Botsman reveals that we are at the tipping point of one of the biggest social transformations in human history. A new world order is emerging: we have lost faith in brands, leaders and systems, but millions of people every day rent their home to total strangers on AirBnB, exchange cryptocurrency online, or get in the car of an unknown Uber driver.
This is the age of distributed trust; a paradigm shift driven by new technologies that are rewriting the rules of an all-too-human relationship. If we are to benefit from this radical transformation, it is vital that we understand the new mechanics of how trust is built, managed, lost and repaired. In Who Can You Trust?, Botsman provides a detailed map of this uncharted landscape - and explores what&apos;s next for humanity.

Members Reviews:
Fascinating
Absolutely fascinating look at modern tech. Really interested to hear about Uber in light of recent happenings!
Brilliantly narrated as well

Silk Road to block chain
This is a fantastic book and an incredibly thought provoking study of trust and the way it is developing in the modern digital world. How we build trust with people we never see and how we rely on the opinions of others to make choices of our own.  In fact if you decide to get this book as a result of my review then you may find this book a fascinating commentary on your behaviour!

Essential reading for our times
Who Can You Trust is exceptionally well researched, a great contemporary read, thoughtful and provocative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Racial Contract Audiobook by Charles Wade Mills</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Racial-Contract-Audiobook/B01FKZ524I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Racial Contract
Author: Charles Wade Mills
Narrator: Jeff Wilburn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-16
Publisher: Cornell University Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Racial Contract puts classic Western social contract theory to extraordinary radical use. With a sweeping look at the European expansionism and racism of the last 500 years, Charles W. Mills demonstrates how this peculiar and unacknowledged &quot;contract&quot; has shaped a system of global European domination: how it brings into existence &quot;whites&quot; and &quot;non-whites,&quot; full persons and sub-persons, how it influences white moral theory and moral psychology; and how this system is imposed on non-whites through ideological conditioning and violence. The Racial Contract argues that the society we live in is a continuing white supremacist state.
Holding up a mirror to mainstream philosophy, this provocative book explains the evolving outline of the racial contract from the time of the New World conquest and subsequent colonialism to the written slavery contract, to the &quot;separate but equal&quot; system of segregation in the twentieth-century United States. According to Mills, the contract has provided the theoretical architecture justifying an entire history of European atrocity against non-whites, from David Hume&apos;s and Immanuel Kant&apos;s claims that blacks had inferior cognitive power, to the Holocaust, to the kind of imperialism in Asia that was demonstrated by the Vietnam War.
Mills suggests that the ghettoization of philosophical work on race is no accident. This book challenges the assumption that mainstream theory is itself raceless. Just as feminist theory has revealed orthodox political philosophy&apos;s invisible white male bias, Mills&apos;s explication of the racial contract exposes its racial underpinnings.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles Wade Mills)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 May 2016 22:40:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/059236/bk_acx0_059236_sample.mp3" length="2400114" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Racial-Contract-Audiobook/B01FKZ524I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51DfLz3koRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Racial Contract
Author: Charles Wade Mills
Narrator: Jeff Wilburn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-16
Publisher: Cornell University Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Racial Contract puts classic Western social contract theory to extraordinary radical use. With a sweeping look at the European expansionism and racism of the last 500 years, Charles W. Mills demonstrates how this peculiar and unacknowledged &quot;contract&quot; has shaped a system of global European domination: how it brings into existence &quot;whites&quot; and &quot;non-whites,&quot; full persons and sub-persons, how it influences white moral theory and moral psychology; and how this system is imposed on non-whites through ideological conditioning and violence. The Racial Contract argues that the society we live in is a continuing white supremacist state.
Holding up a mirror to mainstream philosophy, this provocative book explains the evolving outline of the racial contract from the time of the New World conquest and subsequent colonialism to the written slavery contract, to the &quot;separate but equal&quot; system of segregation in the twentieth-century United States. According to Mills, the contract has provided the theoretical architecture justifying an entire history of European atrocity against non-whites, from David Hume&apos;s and Immanuel Kant&apos;s claims that blacks had inferior cognitive power, to the Holocaust, to the kind of imperialism in Asia that was demonstrated by the Vietnam War.
Mills suggests that the ghettoization of philosophical work on race is no accident. This book challenges the assumption that mainstream theory is itself raceless. Just as feminist theory has revealed orthodox political philosophy&apos;s invisible white male bias, Mills&apos;s explication of the racial contract exposes its racial underpinnings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/498/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Racial Contract
Author: Charles Wade Mills
Narrator: Jeff Wilburn
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-16
Publisher: Cornell University Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Social Sciences

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Racial Contract puts classic Western social contract theory to extraordinary radical use. With a sweeping look at the European expansionism and racism of the last 500 years, Charles W. Mills demonstrates how this peculiar and unacknowledged &quot;contract&quot; has shaped a system of global European domination: how it brings into existence &quot;whites&quot; and &quot;non-whites,&quot; full persons and sub-persons, how it influences white moral theory and moral psychology; and how this system is imposed on non-whites through ideological conditioning and violence. The Racial Contract argues that the society we live in is a continuing white supremacist state.
Holding up a mirror to mainstream philosophy, this provocative book explains the evolving outline of the racial contract from the time of the New World conquest and subsequent colonialism to the written slavery contract, to the &quot;separate but equal&quot; system of segregation in the twentieth-century United States. According to Mills, the contract has provided the theoretical architecture justifying an entire history of European atrocity against non-whites, from David Hume&apos;s and Immanuel Kant&apos;s claims that blacks had inferior cognitive power, to the Holocaust, to the kind of imperialism in Asia that was demonstrated by the Vietnam War.
Mills suggests that the ghettoization of philosophical work on race is no accident. This book challenges the assumption that mainstream theory is itself raceless. Just as feminist theory has revealed orthodox political philosophy&apos;s invisible white male bias, Mills&apos;s explication of the racial contract exposes its racial underpinnings.

Members Reviews:
An incredible book
This book points to fundamental issues in philosophy that explain the ways in which mainstream political theory operates to make invisible the racial structuring of our society. It is a book that every white person and surely every white philosopher should read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
